NC0023868_Application (ATC)_20211022

BCity of
URLINGTON
-Water Resources
,,,,
RECEIVED
2 2 2021
Request For NCDEQIDWRINPDES
Authorization to Construct Application
For
Skid Mounted Mobile Belt Press
East Burlington WWTP
225 Stone Quarry Road OCT 2 2�71
Burlington, NC 27217 _,.�......
NPDES# NC0023868
Attention: Michelle McKay
Contact for Information:
Darrin Allred
Chief Operator
East Burlington WWTP
336-578-0515 ext. 1

f
�4vl�GTON ,��
'�� a
1 _, City o Burlington
FE8 I4.1S°
Robert C. Patterson,Jr., P.E.
Water Resources Director
October 8,2021
Ms.Michelle McKay
NORTH CAROLINA DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENT AND NATURAL RESOURCES
DIVISION OF WATER RESOURCES/NPDES RECEIVED
1617 MAIL SERVICE CENTER
RALEIGH,NORTH CAROLINA 27699-1617 U C T 2 2 2021
RE: Request for Authorization to Construct for a 2 meter skid mounted mobile belt press
NCDEQ/DWR/NPDES
Dear Ms. McKay:
This is a request for the Authorization to Construct to add a 2 meter skid mounted mobile belt press at the East
Burlington Wastewater Treatment Plant(NPDES Permit NC002368). The belt press will be an addition to the plant
to help remove the solids,especially during the wet cold months when we cannot land apply.The past several years
we have had to contract dewatering our solids during during the cold and wet months.
The press will be located next to our Lime Stabilization tanks which is also the location that the solids will be pulled
from to feed the press.The filtrate and wash down water will go directly into the nearby manhole that flows to the
Equalization basin.The dewatered material will be discharged into an open top forty foot trailer and then sent to
contractor's facility. Included in the Residuals Management section of this application is contractor's acceptance
letter for the dewatered material. We do not anticipate any interruptions or changes in the plants flow or processes
involved with this project.
Once the Authorization to Construct has been approved,we will be looking at approximately 4 months to receive the
press. The time line for completion of setting up the press and building and connecting the piping and wiring will be
approximately 1 month.
The following are included: ..
1. Cover Letter ,
2. Application to Construct . - ,--rt r _
3. Copy of the final NPDES permit that includes part A ''`
4. 3DP Belt Filter Press n C 2 2021
5. BDP Bench Test Report )
6. Process Flow Diagram&Residuals Management
7. Press Building and Concrete Pad •
8. Drawings-Equipment and Electrical •
If you need any additional information,please contact Darrin Allred,East Burlington WWTP Chief Operator,at 336-
578-0515 or me at 336-222-5133. Thank you for your assistance on this matter.
Sincerely,
Rkte R
Robert C. Patterson,Jr.
Water Resources Director
Connecting the Triad and the Triangle
1302 Belmont Street-PO Box 1358-Burlington,NC 27216
336-222-5133-Fax:[phone]-www.BurlingtonNC.gov

Cover Letter
Application to Construct
3
' NPDES Permit
4 3DP Belt Filter Press
r
It BDP Bench Test Report
6 Process Flow Diagram
And Residual Management
IIIPress Building and Pad
8 Drawings

1101
W

I
O C T 2 2 2021State of North Carolina
Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
Water Resources
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY APPLICATION FOR AUTHORIZATION TO CONSTRUCT PERMIT(FORM ATC-12-
14)
SECTION 1: INSTRUCTIONS AND INFORMATION
A. The Division of Water Resources will accept this application package for review only if all of the items are provided and the
application is complete. Failure to submit all of the required items will result in the application package being returned as
incomplete per 15A NCAC 02T.0105(b).
B. Plans and specifications must be prepared in accordance with 15 NCAC 02H. 0100, 15A NCAC 02T, North Carolina General
Statute 133-3, North Carolina General Statute 143-215.1, and Division of Water Resources Minimum Design Criteria for NPDES
Wastewater Treatment Facilities.
C. The plans and specifications submitted must represent a completed final design that is ready to advertise for bid.
D. Any content changes made to this Form ATC-12-14 shall result in the application package being returned.
E. The Applicant shall submit ONE ORIGINAL and ONE DIGITAL COPY (CD) of the application, all supporting documentation and
attachments. All information must be submitted bound or in a 3-ring binder, with a Section tab for each Section, except the
Engineering Plans.
F. Check the boxes below to indicate that the information is provided and the requirements are met.
G. If attachments are necessary for clarity or due to space limitations, such attachments are considered part of the application
package and must be numbered to correspond to the item referenced.
H. For any project that requires review under the State Environmental Policy Act(SEPA), an Authorization to Construct cannot be
issued prior to the completion of a State Clearinghouse advertisement period for a FONSI, EIS, etc. unless the project qualifies
for a Determination of Minor Construction Activity.
,. For more information,visit the Division of Water Resources web site at:http://portal.ncdenr.org/web/wq/swp/os/nodes.
J. In addition to this Authorization to Construct, the Applicant should be aware that other permits may be required from other
Sections of the Division of Water Resources (for example: reclaimed water facilities permits; Class A or B biosolids residuals
permit).
SECTION 2:APPLICANT INFORMATION AND PROJECT DESCRIPTION
A. APPLICANT
Applicant's name City of Burlington
Signature authority's name per 15A NCAC 02T.0106(b) Hardin Watkins
Signature authority's title City Manager
Complete mailing address 425 S. Lexington Ave. Burlington,NC 27215
Telephone number 336-222-5023
Email address [e-mail]
B. PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER
Professional Engineer's name Michael C.Heavener,PE
Professional Engineer's title Owner
North Carolina Professional Engineer's License No. 18107
Firm name N/A
Firm License number N/A
Complete mailing address 1304 Waverly Road NW,Wilson NC 27896
Application for Authorization to Construct Permit(FORM ATC-12-14) Page 1

State of North Carolina
IC Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
Water Resources
ENVIRONMENTAL OUALITY APPLICATION FOR AUTHORIZATION TO CONSTRUCT PERMIT (FORM ATC-12-
14)
Telephone number 828-855-3182
Email address [e-mail]
II
C. NPDES PERMIT
NPDES Permit number NC 0023868
Current Permitted flow(MGD)—include permit
flow phases if applicable 12 MGD
D. PROJECT DESCRIPTION
Provide a brief description of the project:
Will be adding a skid mounted dewatering belt press as another alternative way to remove the solids from the plant during for
the cold and wet months when land application is not possible.
SECTION 3: APPLICATION ITEMS REQUIRED FOR SUBMITTAL FOR ALL PROJECTS
A. Cover Letter
® The letter must include a request for the Authorization to Construct;the facility NPDES Number; a brief project description
that indicates whether the project is a new facility, facility modification, treatment process modification, or facility
expansion;the construction timeline;and a list of all items and attachments included in the application package.
❑ If any of the requirements of 15 NCAC 02H. 0100, 15A NCAC 02T, North Carolina General Statute 133-3, North Carolina
General Statute 143-215.1, and Division of Water Resources Minimum Design Criteria for NPDES Wastewater Treatment
Facilities are not met by the proposed design,the letter must include an itemized list of the requirements that are not met.
B. NPDES Permit
® Submit Part I of the Final NPDES permit for this facility that includes Part A (Effluent Limitations and Monitoring
Requirements)for the monthly average flow limit that corresponds to the work that is requested for this project.
C. Special Order by Consent
❑ If the facility is subject to any Special Orders by Consent(SOC),submit the applicable SOC.
® Not Applicable.
D. Finding of No Significant Impact or Record of Decision
❑ Submit a copy of the Finding of No Significant Impact or Record of Decision for this project.
❑ Provide a brief description of any of the mitigating factors or activities included in the approved Environmental Document
that impact any aspect of design of this project, if not specified in the Finding of No Significant Impact or Record of Decision.
• Not Applicable.
Application for Authorization to Construct Permit(FORM ATC-12-14) Page 2

State of North Carolina
Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
Water Resources
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY APPLICATION FOR AUTHORIZATION TO CONSTRUCT PERMIT(FORM ATC-12-
14)
E. Engineering Plans
® Per 15A NCAC 02T.0504(c)(1),submit one set of detailed plans that have been signed,sealed and dated by a 'north Carolina
Licensed Professional Engineer.
® Per 21 NCAC 56 .1103(a)(6),the name,address and License number of the Licensee's firm shall be included on each sheet of
the engineering drawings.
® Plans must be labeled as follows: FINAL DRAWING—FOR REVIEW PURPOSES ONLY—NOT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION.
❑ 15A NCAC 02H .0124 requires multiple (dual at a minimum) components such as pumps, chemical feed systems, aeration
equipment and disinfection equipment. Is this requirement met by the design? n Yes or ® No. If no, provide an
explanation:The project is not a treatment process,the equipment is an addition to help remove the solids during the cold
and wet months when land application is not possible.
Plans shall include:
• Plans for all applicable disciplines needed for bidding and construction of the proposed project(check as appropriate):
❑ Civil ® Not Applicable
® Process Mechanical ❑ Not Applicable
❑ Structural ® Not Applicable
❑ Electrical ® Not Applicable
® Instrumentation/Controls ❑ Not Applicable
❑ Architectural ® Not Applicable
❑ Building Mechanical ® Not Applicable
❑ Building Plumbing ® Not Applicable
• Plan and profile views and associated details of all modified treatment units including piping, valves, and equipment
(pumps, blowers, mixers,diffusers,etc.)
® Are any modifications proposed that impact the hydraulic profile of the treatment facility?❑Yes or® No. If yes, provide
a hydraulic profile drawing on one sheet that includes all impacted upstream and downstream units. The profile shall
include the top of wall elevations of each impacted treatment unit and the water surface elevations within each impacted
treatment unit for two flow conditions: (1) the NPDES permitted flow with all trains in service and (2) the peak hourly flow
with one treatment train removed from service.
® Are any modifications proposed that impact the process flow diagram or process flow schematic of the treatment facility?
(J Yes or ® No. If yes, provide the process flow diagram or process flow schematic showing all modified flow paths
including aeration, recycle/return, wasting, and chemical feed, with the location of all monitoring and control instruments
noted.
F. ® Engineering Specifications
® Per 15A NCAC 02T.0504(c)(2),submit one set of specifications that have been signed,sealed and dated by a North Carolina
Licensed Professional Engineer.
® Specifications must be labeled as follows: FINAL SPECIFICATIONS — FOR REVIEW PURPOSES ONLY — NOT RELEASED FOR
CONSTRUCTION.
Specifications shall include:
El Specifications for all applicable disciplines needed for bidding and construction of the proposed project (check as
appropriate):
Application for Authorization to Construct Permit(FORM ATC-12-14) Page 3

State of North Carolina
Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
Water Resources
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY APPLICATION FOR AUTHORIZATION TO CONSTRUCT PERMIT(FORM ATC-12-
14)
❑ Civil ® Not Applicable
® Process Mechanical ❑ Not Applicable
El Structural ® Not Applicable
❑ Electrical ® Not Applicable
® Instrumentation/Controls ❑ Not Applicable
❑ Architectural ® Not Applicable
❑ Building Mechanical ® Not Applicable
❑ Building Plumbing ® Not Applicable
❑ Detailed specifications for all treatment units and processes including piping, valves, equipment (pumps, blowers, mixers,
diffusers,etc.),and instrumentation.
❑ Means of ensuring quality and integrity of the finished product including leakage testing requirements for structures and
pipelines, and performance testing requirements for equipment.
❑ Bid Form for publically bid projects.
G. Construction Sequence Plan
® Construction Sequence Plan such that construction activities will not result in overflows or bypasses to waters of the State.
The Plan must not imply that the Contractor is responsible for operation of treatment facilities. List the location of the
Construction Sequence Plan as in the Engineering Plans or in the Engineering Specifications or in both:
N/A, not a part of the treatment flow process.
H. Engineering Calculations
❑ Per i5A NCAC 02T .0504(c)(3), submit one set of engineering calculations that have been signed, sealed and dated by a
North Carolina Licensed Professional Engineer; the seal, signature and date shall be placed on the cover sheet of the
calculations.
For new or expanding facilities and for treatment process modifications that are included in Section 4.C,the calculations shall
include at a minimum:
❑ Demonstration of how peak hour design flow was determined with a justification of the selected peaking factor.
❑ Influent pollutant loading demonstrating how the design influent characteristics in Section 4.6.2 of this form were
determined.
❑ Pollutant loading for each treatment unit demonstrating how the design effluent concentrations in Section 4.B.2 of this
form were determined.
❑ Hydraulic loading for each treatment unit.
❑ Sizing criteria for each treatment unit and associated equipment(blowers, mixers, pumps,etc.)
❑ Total dynamic head(TDH)calculations and system curve analysis for each pump specified that is included in Section 4.C.6.
❑ Buoyancy calculations for all below grade structures.
❑ Supporting documentation that the specified auxiliary power source is capable of powering all essential treatment units.
Application for Authorization to Construct Permit(FORM ATC-12-14) Page 4

State of North Carolina
Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
Water Resources
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY APPLICATION FOR AUTHORIZATION TO CONSTRUCT PERMIT (FORM ATC-12-
14)
I. Permits
❑ Provide the following information for each permit and/or certification required for this project: N/A
Permit/ If Not Issued Provide
Not Date Date Certification Status and Expected
Permit/Certification Applicable Submitted Approved Number Issuance Date
Dam Safety x
Soil Erosion and Sediment Control x
USCOE /Section 404 Permit x
Water Quality Certification (401) x
USCOE/Section 10 x
Stormwater Management Plan x
CAMA x
NCDOT Encroachment Agreement x
Railroad Encroachment Agreement x
Other: x
J. Residuals Management Plan
• For all new facilities, expanding facilities, or modifications that result in a change to sludge production and/or sludge
processes, provide a Residuals Management Plan meeting the requirements of 15A NCAC 02T .0504(i) and .0508; the Plan
must include:
® A detailed explanation as to how the generated residuals(including trash,sediment and grit)will be collected, handled,
processed,stored,treated,and disposed.
❑ An evaluation of the treatment facility's residuals storage requirements based upon the maximum anticipated residuals
production rate and ability to remove residuals.
® A permit for residuals utilization or a written commitment to the Applicant from a Permittee of a Department approved
residuals disposal/utilization program that has adequate permitted capacity to accept the residuals or has submitted a
residuals/utilization program application.
❑ If oil, grease, grit or screenings removal and collection is a designated unit process, a detailed explanation as to how
the oil/grease will be collected, handled, processed,stored and disposed.
LI Not Applicable.
Application for Authorization to Construct Permit(FORM ATC-12-14) Page 5

State of North Carolina
Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
Water Resources
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY APPLICATION FOR AUTHORIZATION TO CONSTRUCT PERMIT(FORM ATC-12-
14)
SECTION 4: PROJECT INFORMATION N/A—Equipment Addition for Dewatering Solids
A. WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT FLOW INFORMATION—COMPLETE FOR NEW OR EXPANDING FACILITIES
1. Provide the following flow information:
Plant Flows
Existing Plant Design MGD
Current NPDES Permit Limit MGD
Current Annual Average
MGD
(past 12 months)
For Past 12 Months: For Past 24 Months:
Start Date: month/yr Start Date: month/yr
End Date: month/yr End Date:month/yr
Maximum Month MGD MGD
Maximum Day MGD MGD
Peak Hour MGD MGD
Application for Authorization to Construct Permit(FORM ATC-12-14) Page 6

State of North Carolina
Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
Water Resources
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY APPLICATION FOR AUTHORIZATION TO CONSTRUCT PERMIT(FORM ATC-12-
14)
B. WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY DESIGN INFORMATION—COMPLETE FOR NEW OR EXPANDING FACILITIES AND
FOR TREATMENT PROCESS MODIFICATIONS N/A Equipment Addition for Dewatering Solids
1. Have all of the requirements of 15 NCAC 02H.0100, 15A NCAC 02T, North Carolina General Statute 133-.5, North Carolina
General Statute 143-215.1,and Division of Water Resources Minimum Design Criteria for NPDES Wastewater Treatment
Facilities been met by the proposed design and specifications?❑Yes or❑No. If no,provide justification as to why the
requirements are not met,consistent with 15A NCAC 02T.0105(n):
2. Provide the design influent and effluent characteristics that are used as the basis for the project design,and the NPDES
permit limits for the following parameters:
Project Basis of Design
Design Influent Design Influent
Influent Concentration Load
Concentration- (Must be (Must be
Current Annual supported by supported by
Average(past Engineering Engineering Design Effluent
12 months)if Calculations Calculations Concentration and/or NPDES Permit Limits
Parameter Available [Section 3.H]) [Section 3.H]) Load (monthly average)
Ammonia Nitrogen mg/L Summer mg/L Summer
(NH3 N) mg/L mg/L lb/day
mg/L Winter mg/L Winter
Biochemical mg/L Summer mg/L Summer
Oxygen Demand mg/L mg/L lb/day
(BOD5) mg/L Winter mg/L Winter
Fecal Coliform per 100 mL per 100 mL
Nitrate+Nitrite
Nitrogen(NO3-N+ mg/L mg/L
NO2-N)
Total Kjeldahl
Nitrogen mg/L
mg/L mg/L
Total Nitrogen
lb/year lb/year
mg/L mg/L
Total Phosphorus mg/L mg/L lb/day
lb/year lb/year
Total Suspended mg/L mg/L lb/day mg/L mg/L
Solids(TSS)
3. Based on the"Project Basis of Design" parameters listed above,will the proposed design allow the treatment facility to
meet the NPDES Permit Limits listed above?❑Yes or No. If no,describe how and why the Permit Limits will not be
met:
Application for Authorization to Construct Permit(FORM ATC-12-14) Page 7

,,
...
, ...
Biz State of North Carolina
Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
Water Resources
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY APPLICATION FOR AUTHORIZATION TO CONSTRUCT PERMIT(FORM ATC-12-
14)
4. Per 15A NCAC 02T.0505(i),by-pass and overflow lines are prohibited. Is this condition met by the design?n Yes or❑ No
If no,describe the treatment units bypassed,why this is necessary, and where the bypass discharges:
5. Per 15A fN SAC 02T.0505(k), multiple pumps shall be provided wherever pumps are used. Is this condition met by the
design?❑Yes or❑No. If no, provide an explanation:
6. Per 15A NCAC 02T.0505(1), power reliability shall be provided consisting of automatically activated standby power supply
onsite capable of powering all essential treatment units under design conditions,or dual power supply shall be provided
per 15A NCAC 02H. 0124(2)(a). Is this condition met by the design? [ Yes or❑ No. If no,provide(as an attachment
to this Application)written approval from the Director that the facility:
Has a private water supply that automatically shuts off during power failures and does not contain elevated water
storage tanks,and
Has sufficient storage capacity that no potential for overflow exists,and
i- Can tolerate septic wastewater due to prolonged detention.
7. Per 15A NCAC 02T.0505(o),a minimum of 30 days of residual storage shall be provided. Is this condition met by the
design? ®Yes or❑ No. If no,explain the alternative design criteria proposed for this project in accordance 15A NCAC
02T.105(n):
8. Per 15A NCAC 02T.0505(q),the public shall be prohibited from access to the wastewater treatment facilities. Explain how
the design complies with this requirement:
9. Is the treatment facility located within the 100-year flood plain? ❑Yes or❑ No. If yes,describe how the facility is
protected from the 100-year flood:
C. WASTEWATER TREATMENT UNIT AND MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT INFORMATION—COMPLETE FOR NEW OR
EXPANDING FACILITIES AND FOR MODIFIED TREATMENT UNITS
1. PRELIMINARY AND PRIMARY TREATMENT(i.e., physical removal operations and flow equalization):
No.of Plan Sheet Specification Calculations
Treatment Unit Type Size per Unit Provided?
Units Reference Reference
(Yes or No)
Manual Bar Screen MGD at peak hourly flow
Mechanical Bar
Screen MGD at peak hourly flow
Grit Removal MGD at peak hourly flow
Flow Equalization -- gallons
Primary Clarifier Circular ft diameter; ft side
water depth
Primary Clarifier Rectangular square feet; ft side
water depth
Other
Application for Authorization to Construct Permit(FORM ATC-12-14) Page 8

State of North Carolina
Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
Water Resources
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY APPLICATION FOR AUTHORIZATION TO CONSTRUCT PERMIT(FORM ATC-12-
14)
2. SECONDARY TREATMENT(BIOLOGICAL REACTORS AND CLARIFIERS)(i.e.,biological and chemical processes to remove
organics and nutrients)
No.of Plan Sheet Specification Calculations
Treatment Unit Type Size per Unit Provided?
Units Reference Reference
(Yes or No)
Aerobic Zones/ gallons
Tanks
Anoxic Zones/ gallons
Tanks
Anaerobic
Zones/Tanks gallons
Sequencing Batch
Reactor(SBR) -- gallons
Membrane
Bioreactor(MBR) gallons
Secondary Clarifier Circular
ft diameter; ft side
water depth
Secondary Clarifier Rectangular square feet; ft side
water depth
Other
3. TERTIARY TREATMENT
No.of Plan Sheet Specification Calculations
Treatment Unit Units Type Size per Unit Reference Reference Provided?
(Yes or No)
Tertiary Clarifier Circular ft diameter; ft side
water depth
Tertiary Clarifier Rectangular square feet; ft side
water depth
Tertiary Filter square feet
Tertiary Membrane
Filtration square feet
Post-Treatment
Flow Equalization -- gallons
Post-Aeration gallons
Other
4. DISINFECTION
No.of Plan Sheet Specification Calculations
Treatment Unit Units Type Size per Unit Reference Reference Provided?
(Yes or No)
gal/day per bank at peak
Ultraviolet Light (Parallel;in
hourly flow; number of
series)
banks; number of
lamps/bank
Chlorination (Gas; gallons of contact
tablet;liquid) tank/unit
Application for Authorization to Construct Permit(FORM ATC-12-14) Page 9

State of North Carolina
Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
Water Resources
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY APPLICATION FOR AUTHORIZATION TO CONSTRUCT PERMIT(FORM ATC-12-
14)
Dechlorination (Gas; gallons of contact
tablet;liquid) tank/unit
5. RESIDUALS TREATMENT
No.of Plan Sheet Specification Calculations
Treatment Unit Provided?
Units Type Size per Unit Reference Reference
(Yes or No)
Gravity Thickening square feet; ft side
Tank water depth
Mechanical Yes
Thickening/ 1 Belt press 1400-2400 dry lb/hour@ 75-150 Application Section 4 Lab analysis
Dewatering gpm Book
Aerobic Digestion gallons
Anaerobic
Digestion gallons
Composting dry lb/hour
Drying dry lb/hour
Other
6. PUMP SYSTEMS(include influent,intermediate,effluent,major recycles,waste sludge,thickened waste sludge and plant
drain pumps)
Capacity of
Location No.of Purpose Type each pump Plan Sheet Specification
Pumps GPM TDH Reference Reference
7. MIXERS
Power of
Location No.of Purpose Type each Mixer Plan Sheet Specification
Mixers (HP) Reference Reference
Application for Authorization to Construct Permit(FORM ATC-12-14) Page 10

AC."' State of North Carolina
Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
Water Resources
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY APPLICATION FOR AUTHORIZATION TO CONSTRUCT PERMIT(FORM ATC-12-
14)
8. BLOWERS
Capacity of
Location No.of Purpose Type each Blower Plan Sheet Specification
Blowers (CFM) Reference Reference
9. ODOR CONTROL
Location No.of Purpose Type ' Plan Sheet Specification
Units Reference Reference
D. SETBACKS—COMPLETE FOR NEW WASTEWATER TREATMENT STRUCTURES
1. The minimum distance for each setback parameter to the wastewater treatment/storage units per 15A NCAC 02T .0506(b)
are as follows:
Is Minimum Distance
Minimum Distance Requirement met by the
Setback Parameter Required from Nearest Design?If"No",identify
Treatment/Storage
Unit Setback Waivers in Item D.2
Below
Any habitable residence or place of assembly under separate 100 ft ❑Yes ❑ No
ownership or not to be maintained as part of the project site
Any private or public water supply source 100 ft ❑Yes ❑ No
Surface waters(streams—intermittent and perennial, perennial 50 ft ❑Yes ❑ No
waterbodies,and wetlands)
Any well with exception of monitoring wells 100 ft ❑Yes ❑ No
Any property line 50 ft ❑ Yes ❑ No
2. Have any setback waivers been obtained per 15A NCAC 02T .0506(d)? ❑ Yes or U No. If yes, have these waivers been
written, notarized and signed by all parties involved and recorded with the County Register of Deeds? ❑ Yes or No. If
no,provide an explanation:
Application for Authorization to Construct Permit(FORM ATC-12-14) Page 11

■
State of North Carolina
Department of Environmental Quality
• Division of Water Resources
Water Resources
ENvoioNMEN1 Al QUALITY APPLICATION FOR AUTHORIZATION TO CONSTRUCT PERMIT(FORM ATC-12-
14)
SECTION 5:APPLICATION CERTIFICATION BY PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER
Professional Engineer's Certification per 15A NCAC 02T.0105:
I, Michael Heavener, attest that this application package for an Authorization to Construct
(Typed Name of Professional Engineer)
for the Facility-East Burlington WWTP Project-Skid mounted Belt Press
(Facility and Project Name)
was prepared under my direct supervisory control and to the best of my knowledge is accurate, complete and consistent
with the information supplied in the engineering plans, specifications, calculations, and all other supporting
documentation for this project. I further attest that to the best of my knowledge the proposed design has been
prepared in accordance with all applicable regulations and statutes, 15 NCAC 02H.0100, 15A NCAC 02T, North Carolina
General Statute 133-3, North Carolina General Statute 143-215.1,and Division of Water Resources Minimum Design
Criteria for NPDES Wastewater Treatment Facilities,and this Authorization to Construct Permit Application,except as
provided for and explained in Section 4.B.1 of this Application. I understand that the Division of Water Resources'
issuance of the Authorization to Construct Permit may be based solely upon this Certification and that the Division may
waive the technical review of the plans, specifications,calculations and other supporting documentation provided in this
application package. I further understand that the application package may be subject to a future audit by the Division.
Although certain portions of this submittal package may have been prepared,signed and sealed by other professionals
licensed in North Carolina, inclusion of these materials under my signature and seal signifies that I have reviewed the
materials and have determined that the materials are consistent with the project design.
I understand that in accordance with General Statutes 143-215.6A and 143-215.6B,any person who knowingly makes
any false statement, representation, or certification in any application package shall be guilty of a Class 2 misdemeanor,
which may include a fine not to exceed$10,000, as well as civil penalties up to$25,000 per violation.
North Carolina Professional Engineer's seal with written signature placed over or adjacent to the seal and dated:
otttoseseirs
�•4K CARO[j�'••.
te7g.ggiagi
t A
10
1(40,10.,a 4
Ntx
1304- tetkra G (44
��N •``.
bt), ot.)s '11 0,
79(0
Application for Authorization to Construct Permit(FORM ATC-12-14) Page 12

State of North Carolina
Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
Water Resources
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY APPLICATION FOR AUTHORIZATION TO CONSTRUCT PERMIT(FORM ATC-12-
14)
SECTION 6: APPLICATION CERTIFICATION BY APPLICANT
Applicant's Certification per 15A NCAC 02T.0106O:
I, Hardin Watkins, attest that this application package for an Authorization to Construct
(Typed Name of Signature Authority and Title)
for the Facility-East Burlington WWTP Project-Belt press addition
(Facility and Project Name)
has been reviewed by me and is accurate and complete to the best of my knowledge. I also understand that if all
required parts of this application package are not completed and that if all required supporting information and
attachments are not included, this application package will be returned to me as incomplete. I further certify that in
accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0120(b),the Applicant or any affiliate has not been convicted of environmental crimes,
has not abandoned a wastewater facility without proper closure, does not have an outstanding civil penalty where all
appeals have been abandoned or exhausted, are compliant with any active compliance schedule,and does not have any
overdue annual fees.
' understand that the Division of Water Resources' issuance of the Authorization to Construct Permit may be based
solely upon acceptance of the Licensed Professional Engineer's Certification contained in Section 5,and that the Division
may waive the technical review of the plans, specifications, calculations and other supporting documentation provided
in this application package. I further understand that the application package may be subject to a future audit.
I understand that in accordance with General Statutes 143-215.6A and 143-215.6E any person who knowingly makes
any false statement, representation, or certification in any application package shall be guilty of a Class 2 misdemeanor,
which may include a fine not to exceed$10,000, as well as civil penalties up to$25,000 per violation.
Signature: Ke<A-4,1 pct, �_, Date:
THE COMPLETED APPLICATION AND SUPPORTING INFORMATION SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO:
NORTH CAROLINA DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENT AND NATURAL RESOURCES
DIVISION OF WATER RESOURCES/NPDES
By U.S. Postal Service By Courier/Special Delivery:
1617 MAIL SERVICE CENTER 512 N. SALISBURY STREET, 9TH FLOOR
RALEIGH, NORTH CAROLINA 27699-1617 RALEIGH, NORTH CAROLINA 27604
TELEPHONE NUMBER: [phone]
Application for Authorization to Construct Permit(FORM ATC-12-14) Page 13

•
Permit NC0023868
Part I
A. (1) EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS AND MONITORING REQUIREMENTS
a. During the period beginning on the effective date of this permit and lasting until expiration, the
Permittee is authorized to discharge treated wastewater from Ouffa11001. Such discharges shall be
limited and monitored ' by the Permittee as specified below:
EFFLUENT EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS MONITORING REQUIREMENTS
CHARACTERISTICS Monthly Weekly Daily Measurement Sample Sample
Average Average Maximum Frequency Type Location 2
or
Flow 12.0 MGD Continuous RecordingInfluent
Effluent
Total Monthly Flow Monitor&Report,MG Monthly Recorded or Influent or
(TMF) Calculated Effluent
pH Not less than 6.0 S.U. nor greater than
DailyGrab
b Effluent
9.0 S.U.
Total Residual Chlorine° 28 µg/L Daily Grab Effluent
Dissolved Oxygen Not less than 5.0 mg/L,daily average Daily Grab Effluent
Temperature,°C Daily Grab Effluent
Conductivity, µmhos/cm Daily Grab Effluent
BOD,5-day,(20°C)5 12.0 mg/L 18.0 mg/L 2/Week Composite + Influent&
(April 1 —October 31) Effluent
BOD,5-day,(20°C)5 24.0 mg/L 36.0 mg/L 2/Week Composite Influent&
(November 1 —March 31) Effluent
fluent
Total Suspended Solids 5 30.0 mg/L 45.0 mg/L 2/Week Composite I Effluen&
NH3 as N 4.0 mg/L 12.0 mg/L 2/Week Composite Effluent
(April 1-October 31)
NH3 as N 8.0 mg/L 24.0 mg/L 2/Week Composite Effluent
(November 1-March 31)
Fecal Coliform 200/100mL 400/I00mL 2/Week Grab Effluent
(geometric mean)
Total KjeIdahl Nitrogen 6 Monitor&Report,mg/L Weekly Composite Effluent
Nitrate/Nitrite Nitrogen 6 Monitor&Report,mg/L Weekly Composite Effluent
Total Nitrogen(TN)3'6 Monitor&Report,mg/L Weekly Composite Effluent
TN Load 3'' Monitor&Report, lb/mo Monthly
Calculated Effluent
Monitor&Report,lb/yr Annually
Total Phosphorus(TP) Monitor&Report,mg/L Weekly Composite Effluent
TP Load 3,' Monitor&Report, lb/mo Monthly
Calculated Effluent
Monitor&Report, lb/yr Annually
Total Copper B _ Quarterly Composite Effluent
Total Zinc 8 Quarterly Composite Effluent
Chronic Toxicity 9 Quarterly Composite Effluent
Effluent Pollutant Scan Footnote 10 Effluent
Page 3 of 13

A74111
NCDENR
North Carolina Department of Environment and Natural Resources
Pat McCrory ,
ECIEC rkr a III
Governor etary
June 6, 2014 , 11 JUN - 9 2014
Robert C. Patterson,Jr.
Water Resources Director
P. O. Box 1358
Burlington,NC 27216-1358
Subject: Issuance of NPDES Permit
Permit NC0023868
East Burlington WWTP
Alamance County
Class IV
Dear Mr. Patterson:
Division personnel have reviewed and approved your application for renewal of the subject
permit. Accordingly, we are forwarding the attached NPDES permit. This permit is issued pursuant to
the requirements of North Carolina General Statute 143-215.1 and the Memorandum of Agreement
between North Carolina and the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency dated October 15, 2007 (or as
subsequently amended).
Proposed federal regulations require electronic submittal of all discharge monitoring reports
(DMRs) and specify that, if a state does not establish a system to receive such submittals, then
permittees must submit DMRs electronically to the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). The
Division anticipates that these regulations will be adopted and is beginning implementation.
The requirement to begin reporting discharge monitoring data electronically using the NC
DWR's Electronic Discharge Monitoring Report (eDMR) internet application has been added to your
final NPDES permit with eDMR reporting to begin no later than April 1,2015, [See Special Condition
A. (10)]. For information on eDMR, registering for eDMR and obtaining an eDMR user account,
please visit the following web page:
http://portal.ncdenr.org/web/wq/adminibog/iptiledmr.
For information on EPA's proposed NPDES Electronic Reporting Rale, please visit the following web
site:
http://www2.epa.govicompliance/proposed-npdes-electronic-reporting-rule.
1617 Mail Service Center,Raleigh,North Catohna 27699-1617
Phone:[phone]nIemel,mar nollalerqualily0,9
m Equal OpponnanytAifirinative Ado Employer

I
Robert C. Patterson,Jr., Water Resources Director
June 6,2014
Page 2 of 3
Summary of Changes in Final Permit from Existing Permit
1) BOD, TSS, Ammortia'as Nitrogen, and Fecal Coliforrn monitoring were reduced to 2/week.The
Exceptional Performance Criterion for monitoring reduction was met for these parameters and
implemented in this permit
2) Outfall COI Total Delivered Nitrogen Load compliance date was revised to January 1, 2018,
aria is contingent on the Permittee obtaining all necessary authorization-to-construct permits
to meet the limit prior to December 31, 2016. Compliance date and conditions as defined by
Jordan Take-Waifeiiifer Discharge Rule (15A NCAC 02B .0270) as modified by North
Carolina Session Law 2011-394 (HB119) was implemented in this permit. [See Special
Condition A.(2)].
3) Total Copper and Total Zinc monitoring was reduced to quarterly to be in conjunction with
toxicity test. Division guidance for monitoring these action level parameters was implemented
in this permit.
4) Total Cyanide and Total Silver monitoring were removed but remain as pretreatment and
Effluent Pollutant Scan monitoring parameters. Division guidance for monitoring these
parameters was implemented in this permit.
5) Effluent Pollutant Scan seasonal monitoring requirement was revised to require a total ofthree
seasonal scans in designated years prior to the next permit renewal. In addition, a new
narrative was added alerting the Permittee to the four second species toxicity tests
requirements that must be completed prior to the next permit renewal. The US EPA permit
renewal requirements for seasonal scans and second species toxicity testing were defined in this
permit, [See Special Condition A. (5)].
6) A new special condition A. (9) Mercury Minimization Plan (MMP) was added and must be
Icompleted no later than January I, 2015. The US EPA approved Mercury TMDL was
implemented in this permit. [See Special Condition A. (9)].
7) Supplement to Permit Cover Sheet components list and Chronic Toxicity Pass/Fail Permit
Limit narratives were updated. [See Special Condition A.(4)].
8) A Special Condition and footnote for electronic reporting of DMRs with compliance to begin
no later than April 1, 2015 was added to this permit. [See Special Condition A.(10)].
9) The transport factors, TNTF and TPTF, for East Burlington WWTP NC0023868 were corrected.
[See Special Conditions A.(6)and A. (8)].
If any parts, measurement frequencies or sampling requirements contained in this permit are
unacceptable to you, you have the right to an adjudicatory hearing upon written request within thirty
I (30) days following receipt of this letter. This request must be in the form of a written petition,
conforming to Chapter 150B of the North Carolina General Statutes, and filed with the Office of
Administrative Hearings (6714 Mail Service Center, Raleigh, North Carolina 27699-6714). Unless
such demand is made,this decision shall be final and binding.
Please note that this permit is not transferable except after notice to the Division. The Division
may require modification or revocation and reissuance of the permit. This permit does not affect the
legal requirements to obtain other permits which may be required by the Division of Water Resources
or permits required by the Division of Land Resources,the Coastal Area Management Act or any other
federal or local governmental permits that may be required.
I

Permit NC0023868
STAIE OF NORTH CAROLINA
DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENT AND NATURAL RESOURCES
DIVISION OF WATER RESOURCES
PERMIT
TO DISCHARGE WAS IEWAI ER UNDER THE
NATIONAL POLLUTANT DISCHARGE ET,IMENATION SYS UM
In compliance with the provisions of North Carolina General Statute 143-215.1,other lawful standards and
regulations promulgated and adopted by the North Carolina Environmental Management Commission,and the
Federal Water Pollution Control Act,as amended,the
City of Burlington
is hereby authorized to discharge wastewater from a facility located at the
East Burlington WWTP
225 Stone Quarry Road
Burlington
A lamance County
to receiving waters designated as the Haw River in the Cape Fear River Basin
in accordance with effluent limitations,monitoring requirements,and other conditions set forth in Parts
I, II, III, and IV hereof,
This permit shall become effective July 1,2014.
This permit and authorization to discharge shall expire at midnight on June 30,2019.
Signed this day June 6,2014.
omas A. Reeder,Director
Division of Water Resources
By Authority of the Environmental Management Commission
Page 1 of 13

•
Robert C. Patterson,Jr.,Water Resources Director
June 6, 2014
Page 3 of 3
If you have any questions concerning this permit, please contact Ron Berry at telephone
number(919) 807-6396 or at email [e-mail].
Sincerely,
lovie)Aitmt
homas A. Reeder, Director
6(1/Division of Water Resources,NCDENR
Attachments
Cc: Winston Salem Regional Office/Water Quality Programs
EPA Region IV(email)
Email: [e-mail]
WSS/Aquatic Toxicology Branch/Susan Meadows (email)
WSS/Ecosystems Branch/Steve Kroeger(email)
g ( )
WSS/Ecosystems Branch/Carrie Ruhiman(email)
PWSS/Regional Engineer/Eric Hudson(email)
Mike Templeton (email)
Central Files
NPDES File

Permit NC0023868 •
SUPPLEMENT TO PERMIT COVER SHEET
All previous NPDES Permits issued to this facility, whether for operation or discharge are hereby
revoked. As of this permit issuance,any previously issued permit bearing this number is no longer
effective. Therefore,the exclusive authority to operate and discharge from this-facility arises under the
permit conditions,requirements,terms,and provisions included herein.
The City of Burlington
is hereby authorized to:
1. Continue to operate an existing 12.0 MGD wastewater treatment facility consisting of the following
components:
• Bar screen
• Grit chamber
• Influent flow meter - • • •
• Influent composite sampler
• One(1)4.0 MG equalization basin with surface aerators
• Two (2) 100 ft diameter primary clarifiers
• Eight(8) 150,000 gallon anoxic/anaerobic tanks with mixers
• One(1)800,000 gallon return sludge denitrification tank with mixers
• Two(2) 1.5 MG aeration basins with blowers
• Two(2) I00 ft diameter secondary clarifiers
• Two(2)90 ft diameter secondary clarifiers
• Six (6)350 ft2 cell tertiary sand filters(7 modules per cell)
• One(1) 379,000 gallon backwash storage basin and pumps
• Two(2) 142,000 gallon chlorine contact chambers with chlorinators
• Dechlorination system
• Step cascade post aerator
• Effluent flow meter with recorder
• Effluent composite sampler
• Two (2) 39,900 gallon sludge thickeners
• One (1)412,000 gallon aerated sludge storage tank with mixer
• One(1)412,000 gallon stabilized sludge storage tank mixer
• One(1)400,000 gallon auxiliary sludge storage tank with jet mixer •
• Two(2) 118,400 gallon secondary sludge thickeners
• Bulk chemical storage tanks for alum, liquid caustic,polymer,powdered activated carbon,and
lime; day tanks and chemical feed systems
• Backup generators
The facility is located at East Burlington Wastewater Treatment Plant on 225 Stone Quarry Road in
Burlington,Alamance County.
2. To discharge from said treatment works at the location specified on the attached map into the Haw
River,which is classified WS-V,NSW waters in the Cape Fear River Basin.
Page 2of13

•
Permit NC0023868
Part I
A. (1) EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS AND MONITORING REQUIREMENTS
a. During the period beginning on the effective date of this permit and lasting until expiration, the
Permittee is authorized to discharge treated wastewater from Outfall 001. Such discharges shall be
limited and monitored 1 by the Permittee as specified below:
EFFLUENT EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS MONITORING REQUIREMENTS
CHARACTERISTICS Monthly Weekly Daily Measurement Sample Sample
Average Average Maximum Frequency Type Location 2
or
Flow 12.0 MGD Continuous RecordingInfluent
Effluent
Total Monthly Flow 3 Monitor& Report,MG Monthly Recorded or Influent or
(TMF) Calculated Effluent
Not less than 6.0 S.U. nor greater than
pH 9.0 S.U. Daily Grab Effluent
Total Residual Chlorine 4 28 µg/L Daily Grab Effluent
Dissolved Oxygen Not less than 5.0 mg/L,daily average Daily Grab Effluent
Temperature,°C Daily Grab Effluent
Conductivity, µmhos/cm Daily Grab Effluent
BOD,5-day,(20°C)s 12.0 mg/L 18.0 mg/L 2/Week Composite Influent&
(April I —October 31) Effluent
BOD,5-day,(20°C) 24.0 mg/L 36.0 mg/L 2/Week Composite Influent&
(November 1 —March 31) Effluent
fluent
Total Suspended Solids S 30.0 mg/L 45.0 mg/L 2/Week Composite I Effluent
NH3 as N 4.0 mg/L 12.0 mg/L 2/Week Composite Effluent
(April 1-October 31)
NH3 as N
(November 1-March 31) 8.0 mg/L 24.0 mg/L 2/Week - Composite Effluent
Fecal Coliform 200/100mL 400/I00mL 2/Week Grab Effluent
(geometric mean)
Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen 6 Monitor& Report,mg/L Weekly Composite Effluent
Nitrate/Nitrite Nitrogen 6 Monitor&Report,mg/L Weekly Composite Effluent
Total Nitrogen (TN)3'6 Monitor&Report,mg/L Weekly Composite Effluent
TN Load 3'' Monitor& Report, lb/mo Monthly
Calculated Effluent
Monitor& Report,lb/yr Annually
Total Phosphorus(TP) Monitor&Report,mg/L Weekly Composite Effluent
TP Load�' Monitor&Report, lb/mo Monthly
Calculated Effluent
Monitor&Report, ib/yr Annually
Total Copper B Quarterly Composite Effluent
Total Zinc 8 Quarterly Composite Effluent
Chronic Toxicity 9 Quarterly Composite Effluent
Effluent Pollutant Scan Footnote 10 Effluent
Page 3 of 13

Permit NC0023868
(Continued A.(1)EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS AND MONITORING REQUIREMENTS)
Footnotes:
1. No later than April 1,2015,the Permittee shall begin submitting discharge monitoring reports
electronically using NC DWR's eDMR application system. See Special Condition A. (10)
ELECTRONIC REPORTING OF DISCHARGE MONITORING REPORTS.
2. For instream monitoring requirements and sample locations, see Special Condition A. (3)
INSTREAMMONITORING REQUIREMENTS. Instream monitoring requirements shall be waived
as long as the facility continues to participate in the Upper Cape Fear River Basin Association.
3. TMF is total monthly flow.TN Load or TP Load is the mass quantity of Total Nitrogen and Total
Phosphorus discharged in a given period of time. See Special Condition A. (8) CALCULATION
AND REPORTING OF NUTRIENT LOADS.
4. The Division shall consider all effluent TRC values reported below 50 µg/L to be in compliance
with the permit. However,the Permittee shall continue to record and submit all values reported by
a North Carolina certified laboratory(including field certified),even if these values fall below 50
ig/L.
5. The monthly average BOD5 and Total Suspended Solids concentrations shall not exceed 15% of
the respective influent value(85%removal).
6. TN=TKN+(NO3-N+NO2-N),where TN is Total Nitrogen,TKN is Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen,and
(NO3-N+NO2-N)are Nitrate/Nitrite Nitrogen,respectively.
7. The facility is subject to nutrient limitations as specified in Special Condition A. (2) COMBINED
LIMITATIONS FOR NUTRIENTS—Ourfall COL
8. Total copper and total zinc shall be measured in conjunction with quarterly chronic toxicity test.
9, Chronic Toxicity(Ceriodaphnia) P/F at 36% in February, May,August and November,see Special
Condition A. (4)CHRONIC TOXICITY PASS/FAIL PERMIT LIMIT.
10. The permittee shall perform three Effluent Pollutant Scans during the term of this permit, see
Special Condition A. (5)EFFLUENT POLLUTANT SCAN.
b. There shall be no discharge of floating solids or visible foam in other than trace amounts.
1 •
1
1
1
Page 4 of 13

•
Permit NC0023868
A. (2) COMBINED LIMITATIONS FOR NUTRIENTS—Outfall COI
a. During the period beginning on the effective date of this permit or as specified below and lasting
until permit expiration,the Permittee is further authorized to discharge Total Nitrogen and Total
Phosphorus from the East Burlington WWTP(NC0023868,Outfall 001)and the South Burlington
WWTP(NC0023876,Outfall 001)subject to the following combined,delivered load limitations:
Total Nitrogen, Total Phosphorus,
Delivered (1b/yr)I Delivered(lb/yr)
Permit Facility Active Combined Active Combined
Allocations Limit Allocations Limit
NC0023868 East Burlington 148,670 16,746
WWTP
NC0023876 South
uWTP Burlington 154,463 17,717
303,133
(effective 1/1/2018)2 34,463
Footnote:
1. Allocations and limits in this table are expressed as delivered loads. See Condition A. (8)
regarding calculation of delivered loads from discharge loads.
2. Per the Jordan Lake Wastewater Discharge Rule (1SA NCAC 02B .0270) as modified by
North Carolina Session Law 2011-394 (HBl 19), the annual mass Total Nitrogen limit shall
be effective January 1, 2018. The Permittee must acquire the necessary authorization-to-
construct permits for construction, installation, or alteration of the treatment works for
purpose of complying with this limit prior to December 31,2016.
b. Compliance with these limits shall be determined in accordance with Special Conditions A. (7),
Annual Limits for Total Nitrogen and Total Phosphorus,and A. (8),Calculation and Reporting of
Nutrient Loads.
c. Nutrient monitoring and reporting requirements are specified in Special Conditions A. (1),
Effluent Limitations and Monitoring Requirements, and A.(8), Calculation and Reporting of
Nutrient Loads.
d. Pursuant to N.C. General Statute Section 143-215.1 and the implementing rules found in Title
15A of the North Carolina Administrative Code, specifically, 15A NCAC 02B.0270, and Part II,
Sections B-12 and B-13 of this permit, the Division of Water Resources (Division) may reopen
the permits listed above and establish more stringent nutrient limits upon finding that such limits
are necessary to prevent the discharges from causing localized water quality impacts in the
receiving streams.
e. The Permittee may request that its permits be modified to rescind these combined limits and
establish individual mass discharge limits for each facility.The Division may,after written
notification to the Permittee,rescind these combined limits and establish individual mass
discharge limits for each facility if it determines that the combined limits do not support the
objectives of the Jordan Lake Nutrient Management Strategy.The Division shall provide for
public review of the proposed permit modifications and include in the permit an appropriate
schedule of compliance for the proposed nutrient limits.
Page 5 of 13

Permit NC0023868
A. (3)INSTREAM MONITORING REQUIREMENTS
Instream monitoring requirements in this NPDES permit shall be provisionally waived so long as the
Permittee remains a member of the Upper Cape Fear River Basin Association and the Association
continues to function as approved by the Division and Environmental Management Commission. If the
Permittee does not participate in the Association or if the Association ceases to function, the instream
monitoring requirements in this permit become effective immediately; and the Division may reopen this
permit by administrative letter to establish additional instream monitoring requirements it deems
necessary to adequately characterize the effects of the discharges on water quality in the receiving
stream.
PARAMETERS TO BE SAMPLED:
Parameter Sample Type Frequency
Dissolved Oxygen,mg/L Grab 3/week(June 1 —September 30)
1/week(October 1 —May 31)
Tem erature, °C Grab 3/week(June 1 September 30)
p 1/week(October 1 —May 31)
Conductivity, µmhoskm Grab 3/week(June 1 —September 30)
1/week(October 1 —May 31)
Total Phosphorus,mg/L Grab 3lweek(June 1 —September 30)
1/week(October 1 —May 31)
SAMPLE LOCATIONS:
1. Upstream at Hopedale Road(NCSR 1712)
2. Downstream:DI at NC Highway 54, D2 at NCSR 2158(above the dam).
REPORTING REQUIREMENTS:
Instream sampling should be coordinated to reduce redundant sampling for the Burlington — East,
Burlington — South, and Graham wastewater treatment facilities under the guidance of the Winston-
Salem Regional Office. Each facility should conduct instream sampling the same day and in so far as
possible at the same time of day.
When instream sampling occurs, data shall be entered on a form approved by the Division of Water
Resources and shall be summarized in an annual report due by January 1 ` of the year immediately
following the end of the summer period, September 30th, summarizing the last 12 months. The report
shall be sent to:
NCDENR/D WR
WPS/Modeling and Assessment Branch
1611 Mail Service Center
Raleigh,NC 27699-1611
Page 6 of 13

Permit NC0023868
A. (4) CHRONIC TOXICITY PASS/FAIL PERMIT LIMIT
The effluent discharge shall at no time exhibit observable inhibition of reproduction or significant
mortality to Ceriodaphnia dubia at an effluent concentration of 36%.
The permit holder shall perform at a minimum, quarterly monitoring using test procedures outlined in
the "North Carolina Ceriodaphnia Chronic Effluent Bioassay Procedure,"Revised December 2010, or
subsequent versions or "North Carolina Phase II Chronic Whole Effluent Toxicity Test Procedure"
(Revised- December 2010) or subsequent versions. The tests will be performed during the months of
February,May, August, and November. These months signify the first month of each three month
toxicity testing quarter assigned to the facility. Effluent sampling for this testing must be obtained
during representative effluent discharge and shall be performed at the NPDES permitted final effluent
discharge below all treatment processes.
If the test procedure performed as the first test of any single quarter results in a failure or ChV
below the permit limit, then multiple-concentration testing shall be performed at a minimum, in
each of the two following months as described in "North Carolina Phase II Chronic Whole
Effluent Toxicity Test Procedure"(Revised-December 2010)or subsequent versions.
All toxicity testing results required as part of this permit condition will be entered on the Effluent
Discharge Monitoring Form(MR-1) for the months in which tests were performed, using the parameter
code TGP3B for the pass/fail results and THP3B for the Chronic Value. Additionally,DWQ Form AT-
3 (original)is to be sent to the following address:
Attention: North Carolina Division of Water Resources
WSS/Aquatic Toxicology Branch
1621 Mail Service Center
Raleigh,North Carolina 27699-1 621
Completed Aquatic Toxicity Test Forms shall be filed with the Aquatic Toxicology Branch no later than
30 days after the end of the reporting period for which the report is made.
Test data shall be complete, accurate, include all supporting chemical/physical measurements and all
concentration/response data, and be certified by laboratory supervisor and ORC or approved designate
signature. Total residual chlorine of the effluent toxicity sample must be measured and reported if
chlorine is employed for disinfection of the waste stream.
Should there be no discharge of flow from the facility during a month in which toxicity monitoring is
required, the permittee will complete the information located at the top of the aquatic toxicity(AT)test
form indicating the facility name,permit number,pipe number,county,and the month/year of the report
with the notation of"No Flow" in the comment area of the form. The report shall be submitted to the
Environmental Sciences Section at the address cited above.
Should the permittee fail to monitor during a month in which toxicity monitoring is required,monitoring
will be required during the following month. Assessment of toxicity compliance is based on the toxicity
testing quarter, which is the three month time interval that begins on the first day of the month in which
toxicity testing is required by this permit and continues until the final day of the third month.
Should anytest data from this monitoring requirement or testsperformed b y the North Carolina Division n
gy so
of Water Resources indicate potential impacts to the receiving stream,this permit may be re-opened and
modified to include alternate monitoring requirements or limits
NOTE: Failure to achieve test conditions as specified in the cited document, such as minimum control
organism survival, minimum control organism reproduction, and appropriate environmental controls,
shall constitute an invalid test and will require immediate follow-up testing to be completed no later
than the last day of the month following the month of the initial monitoring.
Page 7 of 13

1
Permit NC0023868 '
A. (5) EFFLUENT POLLUTANT SCAN
The Permitter shall perform a total of three(3)Effluent Pollutant Scans for all parameters listed below. One scan
) must be performed in each of the following years: 2015, 2016, and 2017. Analytical methods shall be in
accordance with 40 CFR Part 136 and shall be sufficiently sensitive to determine whether parameters are present
in concentrations greater than applicable standards and criteria. Samples should be collected with one quarterly
toxicity test each year, and must represent seasonal variation [i.e., do not sample in the same quarter every year].
Unless otherwise indicated,metals shall be analyzed as"total recoverable."
Ammonia(as N) Trans-1,2-dichloroethylene Bis(2-chloroethyl)ether
Chlorine,total residual (TRC) 1,1-dichioroethylene Bis(2-chloroisopropyl)ether
Dissolved oxygen 1,2-dichioropropane Bis(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate
Nitrate/Nitrite 1„3-dichloropropylene 4-bromophenyl phenyl ether
Kjeldahl nitrogen Ethylbenzene Butyl benzyl phthalate
Oil and grease Methyl bromide 2-chloronaphthalene
Phosphorus Methyl chloride 4-chlorophenyl phenyl ether
Total dissolved solids Methylene chloride Chrysene
Hardness 1,1,2,2-tetrachloroethane Di-n-butyl phthalate
Antimony TetrachioroethyIene Di-n-octyI phthalate
Arsenic Toluene Dibenzo(a,h)anthracene
Beryllium 1,1,1-trichloroethane 1,2-dichlorobenzene
Cadmium 1,1,2-trichloroethane 13 dichlorobenzene
Chromium Trichloroethylene 1,4-dichlorobenzene
II Copper Vinyl chloride 3,3-dichlorobenzidine
Lead Acid-extractable Compounds Diethyl phthalate
Mercury (Method 1631E) P-chloro-m-cresol Dimethyl phthalate 1
Nickel 2-chlorophenol 2,4-dinitrotoluene 1
Selenium 2,4-dichlorophenol 2,6-dinitrotoluene
Silver 2,4-dimethylphenol 1,2-diphenylhydrazine
Thallium 4,6-dinitro-o-cresol Fluoranthene
Zinc 2,4-dinitrophenol Fluorene
Cyanide 2-nitrophenol Hexachlorobenzene
Total phenolic compounds 4-nitrophenol Hexachlorobutadiene
Volatile Organic Compounds Pentachlorophenol I-Iexachlorocyclo-pentadiene
Acrolein Phenol Hexachloroethane
Acrylonitrile 2,4,6-trichlorophenol Indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene
Benzene Base-neutral Compounds Isophorone
Bromoform Acenaphthene Naphthalene
Carbon tetrachloride Acenaphthylene Nitrobenzene 1
Chlorobenzene Anthracene N-nitrosodi-n-propylamine I
Chlorodibromomethane Benzidine N-nitrosodimethylamine
Chloroethane Benzo(a)anthracene N-nitrosodiphenylamine
2-chloroethylvinyl ether Benzo(a)pyrene Phenanthrene
Chloroform 3,4 benzofluoranthene Pyrene
Dichlorobromomethane Benzo(ghi)perylene 1,2,4-trichiorobenzene
1,1-dichloroethane Ben zo(k)fluoranthene
1,2-dichloroethane Bis(2-chloroethoxy)methane
Reporting. Test results shall be reported on DWR Form-A MR-PPA I (or in a form approved by the Director)by
December 31 s'of each designated sampling year. The report shall be submitted to the following address:
NC DENR/DWR/Central Files, 1617 Mail Service Center,Raleigh,North Carolina 27699-1617
Additional Toxicity Testing Requirements for Municipal Permit Renewal. Please note that Municipal
facilities that are subject to the Effluent Pollutant Scan requirements listed above are also subject to additional
toxicity testing requirements specified in Federal Regulation 40 CFR 122.21(j)(5). The US EPA requires four(4)
toxicity tests for a test organism other than the test species currently required in this permit. The multiple species
Page 8 of 13

•
• Permit NC0023868
(Continued A. (5)EFFLUENT POLLUTANT SCAN)
tests should be conducted either quarterly for a 12-month period prior to submittal of the permit renewal
application,or four tests performed at least annually in the four and one half year period prior to the application.
These tests shall be performed for acute or chronic toxicity, whichever is specified in this permit. The multiple
species toxicity test results shall be filed with the Aquatic Toxicology Branch at the following address:
North Carolina Division of Water Resources
WSS/Aquatic Toxicology Branch
1621 Mail Service Center
Raleigh,North Carolina 27699-1621
Contact the Division's Aquatic Toxicology Branch at 919-743-8401 for guidance on conducting the additional
toxicity tests and reporting requirements. Results should also be summarized in Part E(Toxicity Testing Data)of
EPA Municipal Application Form 2A,when submitting the permit renewal application to the NPDES Permitting
Unit.
A. (6) NUTRIENT ALLOCATIONS
a. The following table lists the Total Nitrogen(TN)and Total Phosphorus(TP)allocations assigned
to,acquired by,or transferred to the Permittee in accordance with the Jordan Lake nutrient
management rule(T15A NCAC 02B.0270)and the status of each as of permit issuance.For
compliance purposes,this table does not supersede any TN or TP limit established elsewhere in
this permit or in the NPDES permit of a compliance association of which the Permittee is a Co-
Permittee Member.
Total Nitrogen Allocation
ALLOCATION AMOUNT
ALLOCATION SOURCE DATE STATUS
TYPE Delivered Discharge
(lb/yr) (lb/yr)
Base Assigned by Rule 8/11/09 148,670 193,078 Active
(T15A NCAC 02B.0270)
TOTAL 148,670 193,078 Active
Footnote:
1. Nitrogen Transport Factor=77%
Total Phosphorus Allocation
ALLOCATION AMOUNT 2
ALLOCATION SOURCE DATE STATUS
TYPE Delivered Discharge
(Ib/yr) (lb/yr)
Base Assigned by Rule 8/11/09 16,746 24,270 Active
(Tl5A NCAC 02B .0270)
TOTAL 16,746 24,270 Active
Footnote:
2. Phosphorus Transport Factor=69%
b. Any addition,deletion,or modification of the active allocation(s)listed above(other than to
correct typographical errors)or any change of allocation to `active' status shall be considered a
major modification of this permit and shall be subject to the public review process afforded such
modifications under state and federal rules.
Page 9 of 13

I
1 Permit NC0023868 .
A. (7) ANNUAL LIMITS FOR TOTAL NITROGEN AND TOTAL PHOSPHORUS
a. Total Nitrogen(TN)and Total Phosphorus(TP)allocations and load limits for NPDES dischargers
1 in the Jordan Lake watershed are annual loads and apply on a calendar year basis.
b. For any given calendar year, the Permittee shall be in compliance with the annual TN (or TP)
Discharge Load limit in this Permit if:
(i.) the Permittee's annual TN(or TP)Discharge Load is not greater than the effective limit,or
(ii.) the Permittee is a Co-Permittee Member of a compliance association.
c. The TN(or TP)limit in this Permit may be modified as the result of allowable changes in the
Perrruttee's allocation.
(i.) Allowable changes include those resulting from purchase of TN(or TP)allocation from an
authorized mitigation banker,the Ecosystem Enhancement Program,or other source allowed
under applicable regulations;purchase,sale,trade,or lease of allocation between the
Permittee and other dischargers;regionalization; and other transactions approved by the
Division.
I (ii.) The Permittee may request a modification of the TN(or TP)limit in this Permit to reflect
allowable changes in its allocation(s).
(A) Upon receipt of timely and proper application,the Division will modify the permit as
appropriate and in accordance with state and federal program requirements.
(B) Changes in TN(or TP)limits become effective on January 1 of the year following
permit modification. The Division must receive application no later than August 31 for
t changes proposed for the following calendar year.
(iii.) Any requests for modification should be sent to:
NCDENR/DWR/WQ Permitting Section—NPDES
i Attn:Jordan Lake Watershed Coordinator
1 1617 Mail Service Center
Raleigh,NC 27699-1617
d. If the Permittee is a member and co-permittee of an approved compliance association on January
I of a given year, its TN and TP discharges during that year are governed by that association's
group NPDES permit and the limits therein.
(i.) The Permittee shall be considered a Co-Permittee Member for any given calendar year in
which it is identified as such in Appendix A of the association's group NPDES permit.
(ii.) Association roster(s)and members'TN and TP allocations will be updated annually and in
accordance with state and federal program requirements. 1
(iii.) If the Permittee intends to join or leave a compliance association,the Division must be
notified of the proposed action in accordance with the procedures defined in the association's
NPDES permit.
(A) Upon receipt of timely and proper notification,the Division will modify the permit as
appropriate and in accordance with state and federal program requirements.
(B) Membership changes in a compliance association become effective on January l of the
year following modification of the association's permit.
e. The TN and TP monitoring and reporting requirements in this Permit remain in effect throughout
the term of the Permit and are not affected by the Permittee's membership in a compliance
association.
Page 10 of 13

3
Permit NC0023868
A. (8)CALCULATION AND REPORTING OF NUTRIENT LOADS
The Permittee shall calculate and report monthly and annual nutrient loads for the East Burlington
(NC0023868)and South Burlington(NC0023876)WWTPs as&ollows:
a. Calculation of Discharge Loads: The Permittee shall calculate monthly and annual discharge
loads for each facility as follows:
(i.) Monthly Discharge Load(lb/mo,TN or TP) = TN(or TP) x TMF x 8.34
where:
TN(or TP) = the average Total Nitrogen(or Total Phosphorus)concentration
(mg/L)of the composite samples collected during the month
TMF = the Total Monthly Flow of wastewater discharged during the
month(MG/mo)
8.34 = conversion factor,from(mg/L x MG)to pounds
(ii.) Annual Discharge Load(lb/yr,TN or TP)=Sum of the 12 Monthly TN(or TP)Loads for the
calendar year
b. Calculation of Delivered Loads:
(i.) The Permittee shall calculate delivered loads as follows:
(A) Individual,Annual Delivered Load(lb/yr,TN or 1?)=
Annual Discharge Load(Ib/yr,TN or TP) x TF
where TF = Transport Factor,as follows:
PERMIT FACILITY TFN TF1p
NC0023868 East Burlington WWTP 77% 69%
NC0023 876 South Burlington WWTP 80% 73%
(B) Combined Annual Delivered Load(lb/yr)=Sum of the facilities' Individual Annual
Delivered TN(or TP)Loads for the calendar year
c. Reporting of Nutrient Discharges: The Permittee shall report each facility's monthly TN and TP
discharge loads in that facility's discharge monitoring report.
d. Reporting of Combined Delivered Loads: The Permittee shall report each calendar year's
combined delivered loads with the South Burlington WWTP's December report for that year and
shall append the report with a summary of monthly loads and calculations.
A. (9) MERCURY MINIMIZATION PLAN(MMP)
The permittee shall develop and implement a mercury minimization plan during this permit term. The
MMP shall be developed no later than January 1, 2015, and shall be available for inspection on-site. A
sample MMP was developed through a stakeholder review process and has been placed on the Division
website for guidance:
http://portal.ncdenr.org/web/wglswplps/npdes under"Model Mercury Minimization Plan"
The MMP should place emphasis on identification of mercury contributors and goals for reduction.
Results shall be summarized and submitted with the next permit renewal.
Page 11 of 13

Permit NC0023868
A. (10) ELECTRONIC REPORTING OF DISCHARGE MONITORING REPORTS
Proposed federal regulations require electronic submittal of all discharge monitoring reports (DMRs)
and specify that, if a state does not establish a system to receive such submittals,then permittees must
submit DMRs electronically to the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). The Division anticipates
that these regulations will be adopted and is beginning implementation in late 2013.
NOTE: This special condition supplements or supersedes the following sections within Part lI of this
permit(Standard conditions for NPDES Permits):
• Section B.(11.) Signatory Requirements
• Section D.(2.) Reporting
• Section D.(6.) Records Retention
• Section E. (5.) Monitoring Reports
1. Reporting iSupersedes Section D.(2.)and Section E.(5.)(all
Beginning no later than April 1, 2015, the permittee shall begin reporting discharge monitoring data
electronically using the NC DWR's Electronic Discharge Monitoring Report (eDMR) interne
application.
Monitoring results obtained during the previous month(s) shall be summarized for each month and
submitted electronically using eDMR. The eDMR system allows permitted facilities to enter
monitoring data and submit DMRs electronically using the intemet. Until such time that the state's
eDMR application is compliant with EPA's Cross-Media Electronic Reporting Regulation
(CROMERR), permittees will be required to submit all discharge monitoring data to the state
electronically using eDMR and will be required to complete the eDMR submission by printing,
signing, and submitting one signed original and a copy of the computer printed eDMR to the
following address:
NC DENR/Division of Water Resources/Water Quality Permitting Section
A 1"l'.NTION: Central.Files
1617 Mail Service Center
Raleigh,North Carolina 27699-1617
If a permittee is unable to use the eDMR system due to a demonstrated hardship or due to the facility
being physically located in an area where less than 10 percent of the households have broadband
access,then a temporary waiver from the NPDES electronic reporting requirements may be granted
and discharge monitoring data may be submitted on paper DMR forms (MR 1, 1,1, 2, 3) or
alternative forms approved by the Director. Duplicate signed copies shall be submitted to the
mailing address above.
Requests for temporary waivers from the NPDES electronic reporting requirements must be
submitted in writing to the Division for written approval at least sixty(60)days prior to the date the
facility would be required under this permit to begin using eDMR. Temporary waivers shall be valid
for twelve (12) months and shall thereupon expire. At such time, DMRs shall be submitted
electronically to the Division unless the permittee re-applies for and is granted a new temporary
waiver by the Division.
Information on eDMR and application for a temporary waiver from the NPDES electronic reporting
requirements is found on the following web page:
http://portal.ncdenr.org/web/wq/admin/bog/ipuiedmr
Page 12 of 13

Permit NC0023868
(Continued A.(10)ELECTRONIC REPORTING OF DISCHARGE MONITORING REPORTS)
Regardless of the submission method, the first DMR is due on the last day of the month following
the issuance of the permit or in the case of a new facility,on the last day of the month following the
commencement of discharge.
2. Signatory Requirements JSupplenrents Section B.(11.)(b)and supersedes Section B.(11.)(d)1
All eDMRs submitted to the permit issuing authority shall be signed by a person described in Part II,
Section B. (11.)(a) or by a duly authorized representative of that person as described in Part II,
Section B. (11.)(b). A person, and not a position, must be delegated signatory authority for eDMR
reporting purposes.
For eDMR submissions, the person signing and submitting the DMR must obtain an eDMR user
account and login credentials to access the eDMR system. For more information on North
Carolina's eDMR system, registering for eDMR and obtaining an eDMR user account, please visit
the following web page:
htt :// rtal.ncdenr.or web/w /admin/bo i u/edmr
p 1� � q �P
Certification. Any person submitting an electronic DMR using the state's eDMR system shall make
the following certification [40 CFR 122.221 NO OTHER STATEMENTS OF CERTIFICATION
WILL BE ACCEPTED:
"I certify, under penalty of law, that this document and all attachments were prepared under my
direction or supervision in accordance with a system designed to assure that qualified personnel
properly gather and evaluate the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or
persons who manage the system, or those persons directly responsible for gathering the information,
the information submitted is, to the best of my knowledge and belief true, accurate, and complete. I
am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the
possibility of fines and imprisonment for knowing violations."
3. Records Retention(Supplements Section D.(6.)1
The permittee shall retain records of all Discharge Monitoring Reports, including eDMR
submissions. These records or copies shall be maintained for a period of at least 3 years from the
date of the report. This period may be extended by request of the Director at any time [40 CFR
122.41].
Page 13 of 13

3DP Submittal Sections
General Design Data A
Gear Drives & Motors B
Bearings C
Belts & Wash Showers D
Booster Pump & Accessories E
Hydraulics & Componets F
Control Panel, Circuits & Componets G
Sludge Feed Pump H
Polymer Makedown Unit I
JDV - Conveyor/Auger J
Boerger - Macerator/Grinder K

iiiimi
ALl4wiii INQUSTRIES INC.
Submittal Package
Burlington, NC
Sludge Dewatering Belt Filter Press System
i r-
1 ..r
41 w ilmom ice. ;f:91par ffieli.
[ . (4Ii.-tea
tr -OW /
s (uli-
WWI- ,I/ _ ❑ f
'i 1► ea !:
L.. o .. o ► ..
41:14148446.
""k CAROL '.111#
14ti.���0SO.Sa ytiy r i
$ ate ,. L
•
m i c1ae� }{eater 01
13 0 i w, yoCId N4.
',g4nIIIN1to-
BDP Industries, Incorporated
Skidded 2.0m 3DP w/10' GBT ,
BDP Job No. 1586

IblW,"`,�INDUSTRIES
Manufacturer of Dewatering Systems
Model 3DPTM Belt Filter Press www.bdpindustries.com
is
M..
4R
•
pi
I'ar
do
,01111
illikik
e J
11 .. � - ..
2,, . 41. -as
o
.# ' T
. 1'T
'y.
. it:� 111
,...., - /
1111.1111.1°34-
iiimarst ,
Industry Leader in Design and Manufacture of Filtration Equipment

Model 3DP Belt Filter Press
Higher Cake Solids and Feed Rate
— with LOWER Maintenance Costs.
BDP Industries'Model 3DP Belt Press was designed with unique
features to provide higher discharge cake solids at higher feed flow
rates than any competitor's machine and will operate day in and days_ ,-9
out with lower maintenance costs. The 3DP provides easier access O
-� i_
for operators and maintenance staff. The 3DP is a rugged,durableilir--- . i @IP ' ' .,.-- . ____,:.-
machine that will provide years of reliable service.
x
4 `M14141
2 �-
1 ..,.r ,,,: 6
- -i. ..„„;.... .„.7.. -sue-,„ * 3 `rf
`.di
---..s..-. ,., .. _
_ : ;
. , •M 9
r
4, _. r ..
0 .11 _r _ I .?I'k
•i
: :,q;m1! 7
Design Features
1 Feed Distributor: Unique, variable speed paddle 5 Perforated Roll: Unique design and stainless steel
wheel provides full belt-width distribution and uniform construction improves dewatering and structural
thickness . strength of roll.
2 Independent Gravity Zone: Allows for higher 6 Tubular Frame Construction: Provides superior
production capacity as well as higher cake solids. structural strength over channel and I-beam construc-
Available in standard lengths from 6-16 ft in 2 ft intervals. tion. Enhanced cleanliness. Hot-dip galvanized coating
inside and out affords maximum corrosion resistance.
3 Spiral Wedge: Applies increasing cake pressure over Also available in stainless steel.
the entire length for effective expressing of filtrate with
excellent cake retention. 7 Machined Mounting Pads: All bearing and structural
bolted connections are machined, tapped pads which
4 Vertical Pressure Rolls: Vertical arrangement allows are welded to frame. This enhances structural strength
for filtrate pans under each roll to keep filtrate from falling and corrosion resistance.
on adjacent rolls. This eliminates reabsorbtion of filtrate
and improves discharge cake solids. Discharge height 8 Overall Layout: Gravity zone and controls located
adequate for conveyor without raising press. at operator level simplifies process optimization and
Up to 12 pressure rolls are available. eliminates costly platforms.
2

Unique Features and How They Work
Standard two belt technology employed by The unique designs of the Gravity and Pressure Zones
most manufacturers forces a compromise provide MAXIMUM PERFORMANCE.
in either through-put capacity or discharge
cake solid concentration, because belt - $
r z
speed in the two zones must be the same. �. , ,
Three belt technology used by BDP over- r #
comes this limitation by allowing indepen- , ,;: ` ,
' ;dent speed control in each zone. �r--t. `. ,:
In addition significant improvements in - <
feed distribution,wedge zone pressure 1s.
gradation and effectiveness and elimination
of filtrate pooling/rewetting in the pressure .4' 4` t
zone MAXIMIZES PERFORMANCE. The
unique low profile gravity zone, tubular
steel frame, machined mounting pads for Si ,9„
bearings, and bolted connections all pro- 1111% ititillOMa r„
vide easier access for maintenance. In
photo at right:notice the unique layout and • '
lack of platforms,allowing easy access for
maintenance.
3DP Belt Filter Press
Upflow Adjustable
Speed Paddle ' i Irilril" a'' -
Wheel Feed Box - Cr -l
O This unique 1 ....„
it
__ .. design produces y . *,k. m
_� extremely uniform
slurry distribution.
Sludge enters
rhorizontally atFeed box side view Paddle wheeliv
� floor level,then
ii,•-'-1 mem
transitions to ver- .-
tical in the upflow
. conditioning tank .
and spreads to
full belt width. Then the slurry overflows
the vertical tank into the paddle wheel dis-
tributor weir trough. The adjustable speed
paddle wheel pushes the slurry out of the " , •
weir trough onto the belt.
Pictured (at right)is 3.5%concentration
anaerobically digested sludge;notice the .
even,full width distribution immediately
upon leaving the feed distributor.
Uniform slurry distribution
3

Model 3DP Belt Filter Press
-••..— Iir
' /
Independent .14
Gravity Zone li
The Model 3DP improves solids loading , • f
rate and cake solids with "Independent ,
Gravity Zone Technology". #�
Conventional two-belt press designs use �• - ,
a gravity zone and pressure zone with a - t
common belt fabric and drive.Belt speed
and belt fabric porosity selections are
compromised in an attempt to suit both
gravity zone thickening and pressure zone 1
dewatering, reducing effectiveness. ,
BDP has solved this problem. 4I-
The 3DP "Independent Gravity Zone : y
Technology" uses separate gravity and
pressure zones. This allows "optimizing"
the porosity of the belt fabric and belt
speed for the gravity and pressure zones -
rather than being forced to make a trade- ,
off as explained below.
By increasing belt speed through the
gravity zone, a thinner cake is applied ` .
to the belt. Resistance to filtrate flow is Z.Y
As
reduced exponentially as cake thickness 446
is reduced.More filtrate is removed, less
volume is sent to the pressure zone.
Filtrate removal in the pressure zone -
increases as the length of time cake is
under pressure increases.The indepen
dent drive and reduced volume allow the *if,
pressure zone belt speed to be reduced
for optimal filtrate removal. *pi ..
Result:The Model 3DP provides higher
hydraulic throughput and cake solids. Independent Gravity Zone
Spiral Wedge =. y
Y: f
The problem with existing wedge layouts
is that the top belt doesn't contact and r,,
apply pressure to the cake until typically
2/3 of the way through the zone. By curv-
ing the wedge profile the top belt imme- ,
diately pressurizes the cake making the
entire length of the zone effective. In addi-
lion,the spiral profile provides a gradual
increase in pressure through the zone and
forces an encapsulation of the cake to
resist extrusion out the side.
spiral Wedge
4

a Vertical
ai 401111 "r"IlliIllIllIllIllp . '-..
r ` Pressure Zone
F i s .�.,,,-j,,, v, 4
There is no pressure on the filter cake
" € between tangent points of adjacent rolls
in the pressure section of a belt press.
%'` .? Therefore, in a horizontal pressure roll
• '' • configuration, filtrate expressed by each
roll runs down the filter cloth to the lower
_ roll and is reabsorbed (pictured below)
\.` �/ decreasing discharge cake solids.
, BDP has the answer.
• f
11/4
With the the Vertical configuration of the
Pressure Zone in the model 3DP, (shown
left)filtrate expressed at each roll drips
from the tangent point into a diversion pan;
$
eliminating rewetting.
>
,t i
. A
k
1
. Wit.
BDP's vertical arrangement eliminates
the problem of filtrate running off upper
rolls and pooling around lower rolls.
..
\ ' ' gip ..... „....
, .
, , ,. .
•
_...,
• i
Vertical Pressure Zone
•
t IR Superior Perforated
o Construction
1 (
".. .,,,. The highest frequency of roll failures for belt
' - - - .., _ d tr presses is the perforated roll. Typical con-
" • fig struction of perforated rolls makes them sus-
$. ceptible to stress fatigue failure of the steel
•
shell where it is welded to inner stiffening
' rings. BDP Industries'design eliminates the
potential for shell failure as the stress load is
f
• carried by a solid inner roll. This revolution-
ary design is the strongest in the industry.
Perforated Roll
5

Model 3DP Belt Filter Press
Frame Construction . .
Channel or I-Beam frame }
construction are problematic " ,I
in that corners and ledges j ,.r z.
are created that are difficult f .
to clean. The tubular frame of
et
the 3DP model provide a flat '
easy to clean surface. i ,
All bearings are mounted it
on machined pads welded to
the fabricated frame. These •
pad are precision machined
and drilled and tapped for 1 O
installation of all bearings and
bolted frame components. 4
With channel or I beam, �!
the frame is drilled and weakened at every ' or44
mounting point. The 3DP frame, on the - t
other hand, is strengthened by tubular t
steel and machine mounted bearing pads.
moo
Vent holes are strategically placed so
that when the frame is hot dip galvanized,
it is coated inside and out.
Bottom line:The Model 3DP is stronger, ,,,,,,;
more corrosion resistant, and easier to e '#',
clean than other machines. # P "� �' -
Machined Mounting Pads/Tubular Steel Frame
Overall Layout rK h,
Most other belt press designs require the „,'401 � '
belt press to be elevated due to the low ', 4
cake discharge point. This requires costly r �an�„ .. x
platforms to provide observation of the feed
distributor and gravity zone (see below).
,fw. eta w
1 r , v1 .____.= - . ._ . . .: .-. . ... • ,• _ . .; 4001 . . • i
0
ji 1 ,a.......
f , .... ..,..
_ . 1 ....1 , 4
..........
„ . ,
.;:;i.......... • __ ,..
.....___
. „ . . .,.
The layout of the model 3DP allows for
Y....
gravity zone and controls to be located at
Model 3DP Belt Press
operator level. This simplifies the process
and eliminates platforms (see right).
6
I

Design Data '�
., to ,
.0.) i , 3 ,
I
s -. - •.. �k A—..--Y' .ram * i �. '�`• .. ' oi t
`
,. �'p.
& e- _
I '
Typical Performance Results `
Municipal Sludge Dewatering Spectrum for 3DP
Sludge Type Feed Consistency Solid Loading Rate Cake Dryness Polymer Consumption
Ibs/hr,m % lbs/dt
Aerobically Digested 1-3 600.900 17-22 12-18
Waste Activated .7-1.5 600-900 16-20 10-15 +p''
Anaerobically Digested 2-5 900-1500 18-25 8-12
Primary+WAS 3-5 900-1800 18-27 6-10
Primary+WAS+RBC 3-5 1000-2000 20-27 10-18
Primary+WAS+Tndding Flier 3-5 1000-2200 22-28 10-16 i "'
Primary+RBC 4-6 1200-2500 22-30 8-15
Primary+Trickling Filter 4-6 1200-2500 24-30 6.14 ••
Raw Primary 4-8 2500-3500 28-35 3-5
SBR 1-1.5 600.800 15-18 10-15
MBR .8.1 500-700 15-18 10-15
'Polymer consumption is based on 100 percent active ingredients
Because influents,processes and operation vary greatly.processing results have a wide range.
The ratio of blends will also have an impact on dewatering.The above represent the ranges that might be expected.
3DP Machine Data
Overall Approx.Dimensions Operating Belt k ... ' •
Size inches(mm) Weight Width _ • °'
m Length Width Height Ibs(kg) m
0.5 258(6,553) 60(1,524) 98(2,489) 7,500(3,400) 0.6
0.75 258(6,553) 70(1,778) 98(2,489) 9,000(4,082) 0.9 •
1.0 258(6,553) 80(2,032) 105(2,667) 12,500(5,670) 1.2
1.5 276(7,010) 100(2,540) 118(2,997) 19,000(8,618) 1.7
2.0 290(7,366) 120(3,048) 120(3,048) 23,000(10,433) 2.2 I _ i t
2.5 290(7.366) 140(3,556) 126(3,200) 27,000(12,247) 2.7
3.0 290(7,366) 164(4,165) 132(3,353) 35,000(15,876) 3.2 i' ..9
•Custom sizes and designs available upon request
3DP Machine Data - 11111111
Belt Wash Water .41011'
Feed Box (sopsi boost) .1111111r.,.,
Size Dry Weight Belt Width Gray. Pres. Drive Volume Pressure Motor
m lb(kg) m hp hp hp gpm psi hp , vet
H
0.5 7,000(3,180) 0.6 1 1 0.33 26 120 5 , -.
0.75 8,000(3.630) 0.9 1 2 0.33 42 120 7.5 ~"'e ' ` 1
1 9,700(4,400) 1.2 1 2 0.33 53 120 7.5
1.5 17,300(7.855) 1.7 2 3 0.33 75 120 10
NM '
2.0 24,000(10,900) 2.2 3 5 0.33 98 120 10mit -.di 1 it.N
2.5 28,000(12,715) 2.7 5 7.5 0.33 120 120 15 _
3.0 36,300(16,480) 3.2 5 10 0.33 142 120 15 ��`" "' '`
INfi:TOWArtl4ifisiedMifiPfftiliffifillieti9filiVetaitiltigilieerd on loft loro_gravity zone.
7

BDP INDUSTRIES, INC
JOB NO. 1586 2.0m 3DP
GENERAL DESIGN DATA
SURFACE PROTECTION
Structural Members Hot-dipped galvanized per ASTM A123, latest revision
Pre-Painted Equipment (2) Coats epoxy, (4) mils DFT
Hydraulic Cylinders No coating required: composite/316SS construction
Control Panel Enclosure NEMA 4X, 304SS construction
MAIN STRUCTURAL FRAME
8"x4"x3/8"Tubular Structural Members
ASTM A500 Gr.B, hot dipped galvanized
Main Frame Members X-X Axis moment of inertia = 59.9 in4 and 180 in4 on main s-
wrap beam with bearing pads
Y-Y Axis moment of inertia = 20.1 in4 and 38 in4 on main s-
wrap beam with bearing pads
Minimum safety factor of ten (10) at 50 PLI belt tension
Frame Strength Maximum deflection ratio of L/600 where L is the member span
at 50 PLI belt tension
FLOCCULATION/CONDITIONING/DISTRIBUTOR SYSTEM
In-line Venturi Mixer
(4) Polymer injection points
Mixer Design 316SS Construction
Adjustable throat area
Removable inspection port
High Solids Upflow type feedbox with electrically driven weir
Inlet Feed Distributor Type mounted paddle bar, 304 SS construction, tapered rectangular
cross section with integral baffles, drain with 3" ball valve
304 SS construction, six (6) SBR rubber paddle blades, 1/3 HP
Paddle Bar Details TEFC, 480V, 60Hz drive motor, right angle worm gear reducer
with 55:1 reduction
INDEPENDENT GRAVITY DRAINAGE AREA
General Design Separate belt drive, hydraulic belt tension, and hydraulic belt
tracking systems for operation independent of pressure section
Materials in Contact with Sludge 304 SS or UHMW plasti
c
Dewatering Area 65 ft2
Removable UHMW wear strips mounted on a 304 SS frame,
Belt Support wear strips spaced every 6", deflection of less than 0.075"
under loading
Guide Rails (Deckle Seals) 304 SS construction with nitrile seals, contains sludge on belt
without causing belt wear
Four(4) rows of Excelsior II furrowing plows with replaceable
Furrowing Plow Devices UHMW sludge furrowing blades and replaceable UHMW blade
support uprights, swingable HDG tubular steel plow support bar
with lifting handles and leveling hardware
Burlington, NC
1

BDP INDUSTRIES, INC
JOB NO. 1586 2.0m 3DP
GENERAL DESIGN DATA
Four(4) rows of pivoting furrowing plows with replaceable
Furrowing Plow Devices (Cont'd) UHMW sludge furrowing blades, 304SS keeper rotates plows
in unison, swingable HDG tubular steel plow support bar with
lifting handles and leveling hardware
Operator Height Gravity section requires no catwalks or platforms for operation
or maintenance
Gravity Belt Drive 3 HP VFD Drive, controlled from main press panel
CURVED WEDGE SECTION
Transition Receives and maintains distribution of sludge from gravity
section
Curved wedge applies gradually increasing pressure to
Curved Wedge Design enhance dewatering, belt supports are similar to gravity
section, supports are 2"wider than belt to reduce belt wear,
integral collection pan collects filtrate
Curved wedge profile allows upper belt to wrap around and
Curved Wedge Sealing encapsulate sludge between belts, eliminating washout. No
additional seals are required
Materials of Construction 304 SS with 304 SS fasteners, UHMW wear bars
Dewatering Area 80 ft2
VERTICAL PRESSURE ZONE
Vertical configuration of eight (8) S-wrap rolls following curved
General Design wedge, 200 degrees minimum filter belt wrap per roll, filtrate
collection pans below each roll eliminates rewetting of sludge
and filter belt
S-Wrap Number 1 24"diameter self bailing perforated roll, 304 SS construction,
85mm bearing journals
S-Wrap Number 2 18" diameter compression roll, steel construction, 30 mils nylon
coating, 85mm bearing journals
S-Wrap Number 3 12"diameter compression roll, steel construction, 30 mils nylon
coating, 85mm bearing journals
S-Wrap Number 4 10"diameter compression roll, steel construction, 30 mils nylon
coating, 85mm bearing journals
S-Wrap Number 5 10"diameter compression roll, steel construction, 30 mils nylon
coating, 85mm bearing journals
S-Wrap Number 6 10"diameter compression roll, steel construction, 30 mils nylon
coating, 85mm bearing journals
S-Wrap Number 7 10"diameter compression roll, steel construction, 30 mils nylon
coating, 85mm bearing journals
S-Wrap Number 8 10" diameter drive roll, steel construction, 60 mils 65 Shore'A'
durometer thermoplastic nylon, 85mm bearing journals
Dewatering Area 129 ft2
Burlington, NC
2

BDP INDUSTRIES, INC
JOB NO. 1586 2.0m 3DP
GENERAL DESIGN DATA
COMPONENT = MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
DEWATERING BELTS
Seamed and fabricated of wear resistant monofilament
Belt Construction polyester, Minimum tensile strength equal to five (5) times the
normal maximum dynamic belt tension, heat seals and bonded
edges
Belt Weave Selection Optimized for position in machine
Minimum tensile strength equal to five (5)times the normal
Belt Connecting Splice maximum dynamic belt tension, designed to fail before belt,
316 SS clipper seam
Replacement No disassembly of press required
Manufacturer Clear Edge
BELT WASH SYSTEM
Belt wash station for each filter belt consisting of manually
General Design operated self-cleaning shower header mounted in 304 SS
spray collecting enclosure
Shower Enclosure 304 SS enclosure with SBR seals, enclosure extends minimum
of 2"wider than belt width
Appleton self-cleaning shower, 304 SS construction, (21) .079"
Shower Header orifice nozzles per header, hand-wheel operated internal nozzle
cleaning brushes, 1-1/2"flush connection
Wash Water Requirements 93 GPM at 120 PSI
BELT ALIGNING SYSTEM
Continuous automatic system aligns and centers belt, one
complete aligning system per filter belt. Sensing arm in contact
General Design with belt edge operates a hydraulic proportional control valve
sending a hydraulic signal to a hydraulic cylinder connected to
a pivoting roller.
Sensing Arm 316 SS construction with replaceable wear surface
Proportional Control Valve Microtork 375-SST
Hydraulic Aligning Cylinder Springville S000169, 2" bore x 3" stroke
Backup Limit Switch Mounted on both edges of belt, de-energizes drives and
sounds alarm in case of belt over-travel
Hydraulic Lines 316 stainless steel, rigidly frame supported
Burlington, NC
3

BDP INDUSTRIES, INC
JOB NO. 1586 2.0m 3DP
GENERAL DESIGN DATA
COMPONENT MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
BELT TENSIONING SYSTEM
Hydraulic actuated tension system applies belt tension which is
General Design directly proportional to dewatering pressure, one complete
tensioning system per filter belt
Press mounted control station controls each belt
Hydraulic Control Station independently, including on/off selector, calibrated pressure
regulating valves, pressure gauges
Gravity Section Tension System Tension roller is mounted on rugged yoke with hydraulic
cylinders on both sides
Press Section Tension System Tension roller is mounted on rack and pinion aligned shafts
with hydraulic cylinders on both sides
Belt Length Accommodation 2.5% increase in belt length
Backup Limit Switch Determines travel beyond operating limits, de-energizes drives
and sounds alarm in case of belt over-travel
PRESS DRIVES
Gravity Section 3 HP, 8-75 feet per minute belt speed, TEFC motor, 480V,
60Hz, 24 hour continuous service, shaft mounted
Press Section 5 HP, 4-23 feet per minute belt speed, TEFC motor, 480V,
60Hz, 24 hour continuous service, shaft mounted
Feedbox Distributor 1/3 HP, Eurodrive gearmotor, TEFC, 480V, 60Hz
DISCHARGE BLADES
Each filter belt is provided with a beveled UHMW doctor blade
General Design to remove dewatered sludge. Doctor blade is readily
_removable, held in place by counterweights
Doctor Bar 304 SS construction
Press Discharge Height 7'-5"above floor, no additional support legs necessary
BEARINGS
Bearing Heavy-duty, greaseable double row spherical roller bearing
Housing Cast iron, split-case, cast-closed end, 4-bolt cap, epoxy coated
Seals Triple-Tect labyrinth and face rubbing seal
>1,000,000 hours B10 bearing life at 50 PLI, 15 ft/min belt
Bearing Life
speed
Bearing Manufacturer Dodge, Link-Belt
Burlington, NC
4

f
BDP INDUSTRIES, INC
JOB NO. 1586 2.0m 3DP
GENERAL DESIGN DATA
ROLLERS
Welded double-separated plate stub end shaft construction,
Construction maximum 0.05 inch deflection at center under maximum
loading
Materials Carbon steel except 24" perforated roll, which is 304 SS
construction, 304 SS shafts
Coating (Compression and Idler) 30 mils thermoplastic nylon
Coating (Aligning) 60 mils 65 Shore 'A' durometer thermoplastic nylon
Coating (Drive) 60 mils 65 Shore 'A'durometer thermoplastic nylon
Coating (24" Perforated) none required (304 SS construction)
DRAINAGE PANS
General Design To contain filtrate and wash water, eliminate rewetting of cake,
PVC Sch.40 piping included to direct fluids to common sump
Construction Minimum 14 gauge 304 stainless steel
HYDRAULIC POWER UNIT FOR TENSIONING/TRACKING
General Design Simplex system including adjustable flow and pressure pump,
2 HP TEFC motor, reservoir and accessories
Reservoir 20 gallon, 304 stainless steel, integral stand
Accessories Low pressure switch, relief valve, temperature gauge, tank
level
pressure and return filters
gauge,
EQUIPMENT SKID
General Design HDG structural members, all equipment supplied pre plumbed
and pre wired by BDP
Filtrate Pans 304 SS filtrate collection pans, (4) 6" NPT outlets
Grating Aluminum, each side
Burlington, NC
5

Burlington, NC
BDP Job Number 1586
Skidded 2.0m 3DP w/10'GBT
kTE: 5/5/2021 NO.OF
REV: 0 UNITS: 1
TOTAL
ITEM# UNIT
MANUFACTURER PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION SPARE REQ'D
PRESS BELT DRIVE
GEARMOTOR,5 HP, 176.05.1,460V/60Hz,2.9375"BORE,SHAFT
1 SEW-EURODRIVE KT97DRN100L4-IP66 ENTRY'B',NON-SYMMETRICAL,MOUNTING POSITION M1, 1
CONDUIT BOX AT 270°,CABLE ENTRY'3'
GBT BELT DRIVE
GEARMOTOR, 3 HP,97.05:1,460V/60Hz,2.00"BORE, SHAFT
1 SEW-EURODRIVE KT77DRN100LM4-IP66 ENTRY'B', NON-SYMMETRICAL,MOUNTING POSITION M1, 1
CONDUIT BOX AT 270°,CABLE ENTRY'2'
FEEDBOX DRIVE
GEARMOTOR, 33 HP, 54.59:1,460V/60Hz, 1.00"SHAFT
1 EURODRIVE S47DRS71S4-IP66 OUTPUT,SHAFT SIDE'A',NON-SYMMETRICAL, MOUNTING 1
POSITION M4,CONDUIT BOX AT 90°,CABLE ENTRY'1'
Page 1 OF 1

SEW-EURODRIVE / K-Series / Helical-Bevel Gearmotors
FOCUS
K-Series
Helical-Bevel Gearmotors
OVERVIEW
SEW-Eurodrive's K-Series right angle helical-bevel
gearmotors deliver maximum performance and reliability
with 95%+ efficiency and high torque density. Durable
gearing designed for long service life makes this drive
an ideal choice for demanding around-the-clock Motors
applications.
• NEMA design B/C
PRODUCT RANGE • Inverter duty
•
• Power ratings from 0.05 to 615 HP Connection terminals
•
• Output speeds from 0.05 to 326 rpm Extremely low motor rotor inertia
(based on 4 pole motor) • CE Mark for shipment into Europe
• Output torques to 442,500 lb-in.
Mounting Configurations
STANDARD FEATURES • Multiple mounting options including foot,flange
or shaft mounts
Reducers • Suitable for mounting in any position
• Gears manufactured from certified steel, heat • Available as a gearmotor or a gear brakemotor
treated to a case hardness of 58-62 Rockwell C
for long gear life OPTIONAL FEATURES
• Finished ground or shaved gear teeth to assure • TorgLOC®
maximum mechanical efficiency(approximately 1.5%
loss/gear stage), minimum noise and heat generation • Hollow or solid output shafts available in metric sizes
• High capacity anti-friction bearings for optimum • Torque arm
load carrying capacity and long life • Severe duty protection
• Double output seal design consisting of patented • Long-term storage protection
bi-helix inner seal made of Viton®, and double- • 50 Hz motors for worldwide use
lip Nitrile(Buna-N) outer seal*
• Captured keys on input and output shafts
• Motors with high cycling capacity fail-safe brake
• Gearcases made of high strength gray cast iron, •
Forced cooling for low frequency motor operation
• '" SAE Class 30 • Thermostat or thermistor protection
• High cross-section modulus design,with center • Plug connector terminal box for fast motor
wall for maximum rigidity replacement
• ` • Center tapped holes on output shafts
411140
• Available with inch dimension output shafts
"Applicable 7-Series
5BA/ Viton®is a registered trademark of DuPont Dow Elastomers
EURODRIVE
9MD1205/0304

Technical Note
K-Series Gear Reducer K Series
Features
The SEW-Eurodrive K-series reducer contains three gearing stages: 1st stage—helical, 2od stage—
bevel, 3`d stage—helical. Efficiencies are comparable to SEW's R-series and F-series helical reducers.
A„ eft
Oyu
10
C)
a
OO 4, :
O
, _ ,)4 ) � .«'"
1. SAE Class 30 or equivalent(GG20) gray 7. Input and output shafts are available in either
cast iron housing and flanges. No bolt-on inch or metric sizes. Solid shafts contain a
bearing covers. center-tapped hole to ease mounting
components onto the shaft.
2. Finish ground or shaved steel gears heat
treated and hardened to 58-62 Rockwell C 8. Exclusive interlocking 2-piece seal design
consisting of a patented bi-helix Viton®inner
3. ABEC-1 bearing tolerances seal and a double-lip Nitrile (Buna N) outer seal
4. SAE 1045 steel shafts (SAE 4140 steel on to provide three sealing surfaces against
solid shafts for sizes K87 through K187) contaminants
5. Captured keys on input/output shafts 9. Oil level and breather plugs strategically placed
according to the customer's mounting position
6. Corrugated surface improves heat
dissipation and reduces vibration 10. Removable inspection cover
SEW Date: 6-2003 K-001 -04
NEW Page 1 of 6
EURODRIVE

Technical Note
Features:
• Style: Right-angle shaft orientation
(output shaft at 90° to the motor shaft
or to a solid input shaft)
• Flange: Contains 0-ring to minimize oil
leakage that may result from mounting Af
to a "flat" surface that exceeds
acceptable tolerances. Also contains a
centering tenon (pilot) and is available
with either through holes (B5) or tapped
holes (B14)
• Input Types: Available with adapters to accommodate NEMA or IEC motor frames, solid input
shafts, backstops, adjustable motor mounting platforms, and scoops. Also accepts an R-series
reducer as the input (ex: KAZ67R37) to attain higher ratios and lower output speeds.
• Output Shaft—Keyed: Metric or inch shaft available in hollow or solid designs. Keyed hollow
shaft supplied with special mounting paste and a retaining kit. Paste protects against
corrosion as is available in regular or food grade. Retaining kit secures customer's solid shaft
and contains bolt, washer, and protective cap.
• Output Shaft— Keyless: Available as a metric shrink disc, an inch tapered bushing
(TorgLOCTM), or a DIN 5480 spline
• Mounting: Available as foot, flange, or shaft mounting
• Torque Ratings: Based upon mechanical capacity under continuous operation
• Torque Capacity: Ranges from 345 lb-in to 442,500 lb-in (sizes K37— K187)
• Shaft Rotation: Unrestricted - clockwise or counterclockwise
• Efficiency: Due to rolling friction, the efficiency is much higher than a helical-worm or single
worm reducer: only 1.5% efficiency loss per gear stage (ie: K67 = 95.5% efficient).
• Ratio Range—Single Reducer: 5.36 to 150.41
• Ratio Range—Compound: 94 to 17,550
• Fatigue Strength: Shafts and gears designed for infinite fatigue strength
• Shock Capacity: Meets or exceeds AGMA 6009-A00, which states that reducer must be
capable of withstanding 4 shock loads within an 8-hour period—each shock equal to 200% of
the maximum rated torque for 2 seconds.
Snr Date: 6-2003 K-001 -04
NEW
EURODRIVE Page 2 of 6

Technical Note
Housing Material
All SEW K-series reducers are manufactured from SAE 30 or equivalent (GG20) gray cast iron due
to the following benefits:
• Cast iron flows well, allowing it to be used on intricate castings.
• Cast iron machines well.
• Cast iron serves as an excellent damping material to minimize vibration, contributing to
longer bearing and gear life.
Ductile iron (or nodular iron), a type of cast iron containing magnesium, is 2 to 4 times stiffer than
gray cast iron. It is often used in applications involving heavy shock loads at low temperatures—
when gray iron housings lose much of their shock absorbing strength.
Ductile iron housings are not available on K-series reducers.
Matched Bevel Sets
During manufacturing, a bevel pinion is
paired with a driven gear. The two
gears are placed at right angles (see
picture at right) and are finely polished � ►
using an abrasive liquid. This �� •�
"lapping" operation meshes one gear �: � _
pattern into the other, like a foot •
pressing a pattern into a shoe. The � ..:
result is quieter, smoother operating ;;" � e
gears.
Since these two gears are now mates, ��
they are sold as a set only. A unique \
serial number is stamped onto both
gears for identification.
SEW Date: 6-2003 K-O O 1 -0 4
NEW Page 3 of 6
EURODRIVE

CA o
w or
V Z t8
N ..: . i
ri \ 3
1II
;T'\ 1 —�
i•.
W O n�i CT o O cvG 2 at e.
t t 0 r
O to t / !/r
fit czoo. o- O O co c
r A . �1..._ t 1
N
a
:':: :: ::f
�
I I III
: : : II 1 1 -fo 1 t - _+� ci 1 1 0t
� Wi o 0 -1 V j — 1 —{1
co W N O I
N — 4. i C -<1
3 .p,� => m I
1 2 I L1_t m1
N = r I
-' O w N o N+ W I �1
N f I I: rIL .. :
m 4.
f71 V cD CO CO -, N 1 I I..
3 L
i 22 I L y
.I 4.0 -4 N N IS.)
z I - 't
O W N cr IV Co /"' ! I I -
W
r
V to coN N j Z �j1 t.7
IV W O j cn t7+ ^ \J O
CO to O W W p 3 I A
22301828/EN-11/2015

PRESSURE BELT
K..DRN..[mm] I DRIVE J
KT97.. 33 071 01 14
l S
IAADDS
N
m_ .-
L
Koo.. IT (A;
:{12:
~ 435 LBS 'I o .• O
-
271 LB
_ -
H
r • O !Ili
:• zoh g Q
o -. s ,,taal
; ,
x f _190.. k1 81 ISC:40'7 (B` f
298 p5 1M20x50.88) `�
20'?0° x M20 �� 1W I r ill 1,
II ;i
1 a ��. u: I,semi 0 22U `�f N
` �il� 1 ,:,1,.
\p pO e.�. .NM iiii� I`�1
35, n, 92 65
83 165 —
229 176
Iy 30
!ill
�1 I
I1
39E.5
221 167
__ 66 I Ili/
r r
u�
r- n p
B o
Rzlt
h UM5U91-'.EixO:d
a
DRN
(-i L.17.3) 90S 90L 100LS 100LILM 112M 132E 132M 132L 180.. 180.. 200L
AC 179 179 197 197 221 221 261 ' 261 314 357 394
AD 140 140 157 157 170 170 228 - 228 253 268 283
ADS 150 150 158 158 172 172 228 228 253 268 283
L 695 727 723 773 804 854 872 898 964 987 1097
LS 788 820 817 867 - 916 966 1010 1035 1153 1176 1302
LB 260 292 288 338 369 419 437 463 529 552 662
LBS 353 385 382 432 481 531 575 600 718 741 867

SEW-EURODRIVE / S-Series / Helical-Worm Gearmotors
FOCUS
S-Series
Helical-Worm Gearmotors
•
OVERVIEW
SEW-Eurodrive's S-Series right angle gearmotors
offer helical-before-worm gearing combining durability
with power-packed performance in a compact design
that requires no motor belts or couplings.
Motors
PRODUCT RANGE • NEMA design B/C
•
• Power ratings from 0.05 to 46 HP Inverter duty
•
• Output speeds from 0.05 to 257 rpm Connection terminals
• Output torques to 35,400 lb-in. • Extremely low motor rotor inertia
• CE Mark for shipment into Europe
STANDARD FEATURES
Mounting Configurations
Reducers • Multiple mounting options including foot,flange
• Worm shaft and helical gears manufactured from or shaft mounts
certified steel, heat treated to a case hardness of • Suitable for mounting in any position
58-62 Rockwell C for long gear life • Available as a gearmotor or a gear brakemotor
• Gears are milled, hardened and ground to assure
maximum efficiency(up to 94%),minimum noise OPTIONAL FEATURES
and heat generation
•
• High capacity anti-friction bearings for optimum load TorqLOC®
carrying and long life • Hollow or solid output shafts available in metric sizes
• Captured keys on input and output shafts • Torque arm
• Gearcases made of high strength gray cast iron, • Severe duty protection
SAE Class 30 • Long-term storage protection
• High cross-section modulus design with center wall • Motors with high cycling capacity fail-safe brake
for maximum rigidity • 50 Hz motors for worldwide use
• S-Series reducers are continuous duty at rated • Forced cooling for low frequency motor operation
thermal capacity, based on ratio and input speed
• Center tapped holes on output shafts • Thermostat or thermistor protection
•
• Double output seal design consisting of patented Plug connector terminal box for fast motor
if bi-helix inner seal made of Viton3,and double-lip replacement
t t Nitrile (Buna-N)outer seal`
[URauewr
• Available with inch dimension output shafts
�.4 � , m.,Vora
'Applicable 7-Series
SONVitoe is a registered trademark of DuPont Dow Elastomers
EURODRIVE
9MD1206/0304

Technical Note
S-Series Gear Reducers L S-Series
Features
The SEW-Eurodrive S-series gear reducer contains two gear stages:
1st stage—helical, 2nd stage—worm. It also contains the
following features. 'C r
r ,4
111P 0 , O
2 ,,
0 0 it 01( r , og QJ
1. 10
l***"'>,' d
ill,
1. SAE Class 30 or equivalent(GG20) gray cast 7. Exclusive interlocking 2-piece seal design
iron housing and flanges. No bolt-on bearing consisting of a patented bi-helix Viton®
covers inner seal and a double-lip Nitrile (Buna N)
outer seal to provide three sealing surfaces
2. Finish ground or shaved steel gears heat against contaminants
treated and hardened to 58-62 Rockwell C
8. Removable inspection cover.
3. ABEC-1 bearing tolerances
9. Oil level and breather plugs strategically
4. SAE 1045 steel shafts placed according to the customer's
5. Input and output shafts available in either mounting position
inch or metric sizes; solid shafts (not 10. 1st stage helical gear set to increase total
pictured) contain a center tapped hole to ease efficiency
the mounting of components onto the shaft
11. Corrugated surface improves heat
6. Captured keys on input and output shafts dissipation and reduces vibration
Snr Date: 7-2003 S—OO1 -04
Replaces: S-001-03 Page 1 of 7
EURODRIVE

Technical Note
Additional Features:
Style: Right-angle shaft orientation 4,• (output shaft at 90°to the motor shaft
or to a solid input shaft) '.
• Input Types: Available with adapters
to accommodate NEMA or IEC motor , 10
frames, solid input shafts, backstops,
adjustable motor mounting platforms, d - _
and scoops. Also accepts an R-series
reducer as the input (ex: S67R37) to p v
attain higher ratios and lower speeds ,
• Output Flanges: Contain 0-ring to
minimize oil leakage that may result
from mounting to a "flat" surface that exceeds acceptable tolerances. Contain a centering
tenon (pilot). Available with either through holes (B5) or tapped holes (B14).
• Output Shaft—Keyed: Metric or inch shaft available in hollow or solid designs. Keyed hollow
shaft supplied with special mounting paste and a retaining kit. Paste protects against
corrosion as is available in regular or food grade. Retaining kit secures customer's solid shaft
and contains bolt, washer, and protective cap.
• Output Shaft—Keyless: Available as a metric shrink disc or as an inch/metric tapered bushing
(TorgLOCTM)
• Mounting: Available as foot, flange, or shaft mount
• Torque Ratings: Based upon mechanical capacity under continuous duty operation
• Torque Capacity: From 380 lb-in to 37,710 lb-in
• Shaft Rotation: Unrestricted - clockwise or counterclockwise
• Efficiency Range: From 50% to 90% depending on ratio and speed. As a rule, the faster the
speed, the higher the efficiency
• Ratio Range—Single: 6.80 to 288
• Ratio Range—Compound: 156 to 33,818
• Fatigue Strength: Shafts and gears designed for infinite fatigue strength
• Shock Capacity: Meets or exceeds AGMA 6009-A00, which states that reducer must be
capable of withstanding 4 shock loads within an 8-hour period —each shock equal to 200% of
the maximum rated torque for 2 seconds.
SEW " Date: 7-2003 S-OO1 -0 4
Replaces: S-001-03
EURODRIVE Page 2 of 7

Technical Note
Housing Material
All SEW S-series reducers are manufactured from SAE 30 or equivalent(GG20) gray cast iron due to
the following benefits:
1. Cast iron flows well, allowing it to be used on intricate castings.
2. Cast iron machines well.
3. Cast iron serves as an excellent damping material to minimize vibration, contributing to
longer bearing and gear life.
Ductile iron (or nodular iron), a type of cast iron containing magnesium, is 2 to 4 times stiffer than
gray cast iron. It is often used in applications involving heavy shock loads at low temperatures—
when gray iron housings lose much of their shock absorbing strength.
Ductile iron housings are not available on S-series reducers.
Design
S-series reducers contain two gear stages and are more efficient than single worm reducers of the
same ratio. The first stage is a helical gear set and is very efficient (98.5%) due to rolling friction.
The second stage is a worm set and is less efficient due to sliding friction. The efficiency of the
worm set depends on the number of turns on the worm—the more turns, the larger the ratio and
the lower the efficiency.
Since a helical gear set is used on the input, less reduction is required from the worm set. Less
reduction permits the use of a worm with fewer turns and higher efficiency. The result is a gear
reducer with a greater overall efficiency than a single worm of equal ratio.
Break-in Period
A 24-hour break-in period is required for the worm and wheel to seat to each other. During this
period noise levels may be higher than normal and operating efficiency may be 2— 12% lower than
normal. The higher the gear ratio, the more apparent is this effect.
Rated efficiency is achieved after the break-in period under the following conditions:
1. Reducer has reached normal operating temperature.
2. Reducer contains the proper type and amount of lubrication.
3. Reducer is operating at or below its rated load.
SMAr Date: 7-2003 S-OO1 -04
Replaces: S-001-03 Page 3 of 7
EURODRIVE

Technical Note
Self-locking Drives
Certain applications, such as hoists, inclined conveyors, or high inertia loads require special
consideration during stopping. When motor power is removed, either gravity or the load's high
inertia creates a back-driving torque at the reducer's output shaft. This torque attempts to rotate
the gear train from the output shaft rather than from the input shaft.
R, F, and K style reducers use gearing with rolling friction. Therefore,their efficiency is very high
and their gear train rotates when subject to a back-driving torque. In contrast, worm gears contain
sliding friction with lower efficiencies. Their ability to rotate via a back-driving load changes based
upon their efficiency. As a general rule, if the efficiency is 50% or less,the pitch angle of the worm
gear is too steep to permit the worm to rotate from the output shaft. Essentially, the reducer's gear
train acts as a brake and the reducer is said to be "self-locking." Attempting to back-drive a self-
locking worm reducer causes the reducer's components and housing to absorb large amounts of
stress that may lead to premature wear or catastrophic failure if not properly sized.
Since SEW's S-series reducers contain a helical input,the total efficiency is more than 50% for all
ratios and sizes. Therefore,the S-series reducers are not considered self-locking. SEW
recommends a reducer with an integral brakemotor for use in applications involving a back-driving
load.
Foot Mounting
S-series units with solid output shafts are available
with a footed housing that contains through-holes
for mounting. The reducer may be mounted from
the bottom or from the side since there are two
footed surfaces (J-mount).
A footed housing is not available with a hollow
output shaft. However, the non-footed housing that
is normally supplied with a hollow shaft contains
tapped holes on the bottom that may be used to 1
mount the reducer, if necessary. Special care must
be taken to ensure correct alignment.
See Tech Note GM-019 for more information on S67
mounting procedures for units with feet.
SEIN Date: 7-2003 S-OO1 -04
Replaces: S-001-03 Page 4 of 7
EURODRIVE

11
I
P s i gr $ tg-1 ,
A
I "___► `J
WW i
p QQP�O N N N W W ON p1 ;'+ 1
1
1.
o `4viu1Ace f i
:: ;• ; 51, 5m # 9, 1 li d i
1 1
N m al P. N Ol I �_
} 00��
i
NN
W O O V N 9, 91
qq
N v N A VY A
•
jip1. r N NI QV �:� t
0,t.vi ti v t
' -_ N
r
algtU -' -' S l 11111-
i:'' :.' I INIE Pi cn m
v W '#.: 1 OI V " .- •
�+- W •T11i
:. i $i --
N � � � ootA � C ��..
I o
1
cF
.i
N N

SEW-EURODRIVE / Modular AC Motors and Brakemotors
FOCUS
Motor Series DRS../DRN..
Modular AC Motors and Brakemotors
The low-inertia rotor design of SEW's squirrel-cage AC motor and
brakemotor of the DRS..and DRN..series provides outstanding
system stability,tight control, high-cycling capacity. In many cases,
its high performance allows it to replace a servo motor.
With a patented dual coil design and specialized rectifiers,its
electrically-released brake automatically engages during a power
failure and delivers extremely fast stopping and starting times with Insulation System
minimal drift. Moreover,its low-noise operation and quiet braking
make it perfectly suited for theater applications. • Phase insulators-prevents phase-to-phase shorts
• Class H insulation(not available with UR rating)
Every motor frame is available with multiple brake sizes to optimize
•cost.Select higher torque for a stopping brake or lower torque for a Slot liners prevents winding-to-ground shorts
VFD holding brake.With its various connector options,the DRN motor • Wire sleeves
is especially suitable for automotive manufacturers. • Voltage spike resistant per NEMA MG1-31.4.4.2,which
states 1600 V peak at.1 ps or larger rise time
Standard Features
• 0.25 to 300 HP Optional Features (see back)
• Efficiency per NEMA MG1 Table 12-11,IEC60034-30-1,and • 50Hz,60Hz,or 50/60Hz global motor
CSA 390-10.IE3>1.0 HP,IE1 <1.0 HP
•
Inverter duty; meets or exceeds NEMA MG1,part 30/31 High cycling,electrically released brake
• • Two or more brake sizes per motor
• Continuous duty,TEFC,1.15 Service Factor @ constant speed
• Backstop
• Speed range:10-60Hz(1:6),constant torque w/std fan,1.0 SF,
4-pole,40°C max.Motor wired 230V060Hz or 460V@60Hz • Encoder-built-in or externally mounted
• Speed range:10-120Hz(1:12),constant torque w/std fan,1.0 SF, • IP55,IP65,IP56,and IP66 ingress protection
4-pole,40°C max.Motor wired 230V@60Hz&460V@120Hz* • 0S2,0S4 external protection
• Low rotor inertia-high cycling,tight control • Encapsulated stator(<10 HP)
• Connection terminals(not pigtail) • Food Industry Option Package(101)+2 year warranty
• Double sealed or shielded bearings lubed for life • Forced cooling fan for low frequency operation
• Stainless steel nameplate • Thermostats,thermistors,KTY temperature sensors
• UR,CSA Energy Efficient Verified,CE,NEMA Premium • Low noise fan cover
9ii) �S C
E NEMA ee • MOVIMOT®integrated frequency inverter
Premium
• Plug connectors for quick disconnect
Mounting Styles • Cast iron high-inertia fan or aluminum fan
• Integral-for SEW gear units • Canopy on fanguard to prevent water/ice ingress(M4 mtg)
• IEC flange • FKM seal on motor shaft
• IEC foot mount • Hazardous Location certified to CSA LR45341,
• NEMA C-Face flange(size 56C-256TC)-4 pole Class I Div 2 Grps A-D,Class II Div 2 Grps F&G
*When used with appropriately-sized VFD.Consider thermal limitations of an attached gear unit for motor speeds above 60Hz.
9M01235/0516

I
SEW-EURODRIVE— Driving the World 1
FOCUS ..
Nomenclature / Options OS Surface Protection
DRS.. 1E1 (<1 HP)size 71 Dip Primer Not a finish coat.User should
OSG DRN.. 1E3 1 HP)sizes 80-315
Acrylic Primer apply additional coating
L
/AC../AS../AM.. Plug Connectors Indoors-clean atmosphere,
/AD.JAB.JIS STD Dip Primer heated buildings
/A_7Y or/A_7W SSI or RS-485 absolute encoder Acrylic Top Coat Ex:automobile industry,
shops,airports
/AL Aluminum fan(cold environment)
/BE Electrically released brake Outdoors-low pollution,rain
Dip Primer Indoors-unheated with
/C Canopy on fan guard humidity,condensation,
0S2 Acrylic Primer splashing water
/DH Condensation drain hole Acrylic Top Coat+UV Ex:water treatment facility,
U.S. Operations: /E17_ Built-in encoder amusement parks
Midwest Region /E_7C Mounted HTL encoder Outdoors-high pollution or
SEW-Eurodrive,Inc. /E_7R Mounted TTL(RS-422)encoder Dip Primer salinity
2001 West Main Street Epoxy Primer Indoors-pressure spray,
Troy,OH 45373 /E_7S Mounted Sin/cos encoder 0S4 Polyurethane Top chemical wash,brine
Telephone:[phone] Coat Ex:breweries,food
Fax:[phone] /FC NEMA C-Face flange
Fax: 332-003 e.com Polyurethane Clear processing,chemical plants,
cstr /FF IEC Flange with through holes(B5) Coat+UV dairies,outdoor coastal
least Region /FG Flange for integral gearmotor areas
otuv-Euroddve,Inc.
2107 High Hill Road /FI IEC foot-mounted
Bridgeport,NJ 08014 /FL Alternate IEC flange(B5) About SEW-Eurodrive...
Telephone:[phone]
Fax:[phone] /FT IEC flange with threaded holes(B14)
[e-mail] Our product is motion.Our focus is solutions.As a
HF Brake Screw Release
Southeast Region worldwide supplier of innovative gearing,motor,and
SEW-Eurodrive,Inc. HR Brake Hand Release electronic drive technology,we have been solving
1295 Old Spartanburg Hwy. -101 Industry Option Package for Food problems in large and small applications within virtually
Lyman,SC 29365 /LF Air filter every industry for over 85 years.
Telephone:[phone]
Fax:[phone] /LN Low noise fan guard
[e-mail] We also specialize in reducing the total cost of
/MM..D MOVIMOT®inverter ownership with our customer-specific energy saving
Southwest Region
SEW Eurodrive,Inc. /RS Backstop on motor solutions.
3950 Platinum Way /TF Thermistor(PTC)thermal protection
Dallas,TX 75237 Globally,we have assembly centers in 48 countries,
Telephone:[phone] /TH Thermostat thermal protection
Fax:[phone] along with 15 manufacturing plants. Therefore,we
[e-mail] N Non ventilated(no fan) are able to provide uniform quality standards and
N Separately wired cooling fan international application experience.
Western Region
SEW-Eurodrive,Inc. /Z Flywheel fan,cast iron
30599 San Antonio Street Locally,we provide final assembly and custom
Hayward,CA 94544 /2W Extended shaft Ca3 end of motor modifications plus assistance with project planning,
Telephone:[phone] startup,and training.All products are backed by our
Fax:[phone]
[e-mail] industry-leading 24/7 support program.
www.seweurodrive.com
SEW-Eurodrive .., Driving the World

Motor data sheet SEW
EURODRIVE
DRN100L4./TH Seite/Page 1/2
1 Designation
1.1 Manufacturer SEW Eurodrive GmbH &Co KG
1.2 Type DRN100L4./TH
1.3 Mounting position M1
1.4 Electrical standard North America(USA/Canada)
1.5 Connection diagram R76
1.6 Efficiency class 1E3
1.7 Equivalent IEC frame size 100
1.8 Type of motor three-phase induction motor
1.9 Duty type S1
1.10 no. of phases 3
1.11 NEMA design letter A
2 Rating
2.1 Output power 3.7kW(5hp)
2.2 Speed 1758min-1
2.3 Torque 20Nm (1781b-in)
2.4 Voltage 230/460V YY/Y
2.5 Current 14.3//7 2A
2.6 Frequency 60Hz
2.7 Power factor 0.72
2.8 Efficiency 89.5%
3 Design
3.1 Degree of protection IP66
3.2 Method of cooling IC411 (self ventilated)
3.3 ambient temperature -20°C to 40°C
4 Operation characteristics
4.1 Starting torque ratio MA/MN 4.1
4.2 Pull-up torque ratio MH/MN 2.0
4.3 Pull-out torque ratio MK/MN 4.4
4.4 Locked rotor current ratio IA/IN 9.1
4.5 KVA letter(NEMA) M
4.6 Perm. no-load starts BGE 2900h-1
4.7 max. stalltimes cold/hot 11/8s
5 Partial load characteristics
5.1
Perc. rated load 25% .50% 75% 100% 125%
Current[A] 9.78//4.89 10.8//5.4 12.4//6.18 14.3//7.17 16.8//8.4
Speed[min-1] 1790 1780 1770 1758 1746
Power factor 0.29 0.49 0.63 0.72 0.78
Efficiency[%] 81.0 87.8 89.4 89.5 88.9
13072016125909

Motor data sheet SEW
EURODRIVE
DRN100L4./TH Seite/Page 2/2
6 Winding and insulation
6.1 Connection YY/Y
6.2 Winding resistance cold 1.06c2 @ 20°C(+/-10%)
6.3 Thermal class F
6.4 Winding temp. rise 45K
6.5 Thermal protection TH
7 Design details
7.1 Direction of rotation both
7.2 Inertia motor 0.0112kgm2(0.2651b-ft2)
7.3 Inertia rotor 0.011kgm2(0.2621b-ft2)
7.4 motor weight net 34kg(751b)
8 Standard bearing sizes
8.1 Bearing A stand-alone motor 6306
8.2 Bearing A gearmotor 6306
8.3 Bearing B 6205
9 Additional information
Troy Belting/BDP
13072016125909

Motor data sheet
DRN100LM4 EURODRIVESeite/Page 1/2
1 Designation
1.1 Manufacturer SEW Eurodrive GmbH ❑Co KG
1.2 Type DRN100LM4
1.3 Mounting position M4
1.4 Electrical standard North America (USA/Canada)
1.5 Connection diagram R76
1.6 Efficiency class 1E3
1.7 Equivalent IEC frame size 100
1.8 Type of motor three-phase induction motor
1.9 Duty type S1
1.10 no. of phases 3
1.11 NEMA design letter A
2 Rating
2.1 Output power 2.2kW(3hp)
2.2 Speed 1762mirr1
2.3 Torque 11.9Nm (1061b-in)
2.4 Voltage 230/460V YY/Y
2.5 Current 8.4//4.2A
2.6 Frequency 60Hz
2.7 Power factor 0.73
2.8 Efficiency 89.5%
3 Design
3.1 Degree of protection IP66
3.2 Method of cooling IC411 (self ventilated)
3.3 ambient temperature -20°C to 40°C
4 Operation characteristics
4.1 Starting torque ratio MA/MN 3.4
4.2 Pull-up torque ratio MH/MN 2.4
4.3 Pull-out torque ratio MK/MN 4.2
4.4 Locked rotor current ratio IA/IN 9.1
4.5 KVA letter(NEMA) M
4.6 No load current (without gearbox) 4.95/2.5A
4.7 Perm. no-load starts BGE 3700h-1
5 Partial load characteristics
5.1
Perc. rated load 25% 50% 75% 100% 125%
Current[A] 5.38//2.69 6.05//3.02 7.161/3.58 8.44//4.22 9.99//5
Speed [min-1] 1791 1782 1772 1762 1750
Power factor 0.32 0.52 0.65 0.73 0.78
Efficiency[%] 81.5 88.1 89.5 89.5 88.8
12.10.2017 20:48.51

Motor data sheet SEviAr
EURODRIVE
DRN100LM4 Seite/Page 2/2
6 Winding and insulation
6.1 Connection YY/Y
6.2 Winding resistance cold 2.03i ❑ 20°C (+/-10%)
6.3 Thermal class F
6.4 Winding temp. rise 30K
6.5 Thermal protection -
7 Design details
7.1 Direction of rotation both
7.2 Inertia motor 0.00907kgm❑(0.2151b-E)
7.3 Inertia rotor 0.00893kgm0(0.2121b-ft)
7.4 motor weight net 33kg (721b)
8 Standard bearing sizes
8.1 Bearing A 6306
8.2 Bearing B 6205
12.10.2017 20:48:51

Motor data sheet SON
EURODRIVE
DRS71 S4./TH Seite/Page 1/2
1 Designation
1.1 Manufacturer SEW Eurodrive GmbH &Co KG
1.2 Type DRS71S4./TH
1.3 Mounting position M4
1.4 Electrical standard North America (USA/Canada)
1.5 Connection diagram R76
1.6 Efficiency class -
1.7 Equivalent IEC frame size 71
1.8 Type of motor three-phase induction motor
1.9 Duty type S1
1.10 no. of phases 3
2 Rating
2.1 Output power 0.25kW(0.33hp)
2.2 Speed 1700min-1
2.3 Torque 1.4Nm (12.41b-in)
2.4 Voltage 230/460V YY/Y
2.5 Current 1.15//0.57A
2.6 Frequency 60Hz
2.7 Power factor 0.74
2.8 Efficiency 74.0%
3 Design
3.1 Degree of protection IP66
3.2 Method of cooling IC411 (self ventilated)
3.3 ambient temperature -20°C to 40°C
4 Operation characteristics
4.1 Starting torque ratio MA/MN 1.9
4.2 Pull-up torque ratio MH/MN 1.9
4.3 Pull-out torque ratio MK/MN 2.5
4.4 Locked rotor current ratio IA/IN 4.6
4.5 KVA letter(NEMA) G
4.6 No load current(without gearbox) 0.68/0.34A
4.7 Perm. no-load starts BG 4800h-'
4.8 Perm. no-load starts BGE 7600h-'
4.9 max. stalltimes cold/hot 40/33s
13 07 2016 13 02 05

Motor data sheet SEW
RIRODRIVE
DRS71 S4./TH Seite/Page 2/2
5 Partial load characteristics
5.1
Perc. rated load 25% 50% 75% 100% 125%
Current[A] 0.802//0.401 0.875//0.438 0.992//0.496 1.15//0.574 1.36//0.682
Speed [min-1] 1778 1755 1730 1700 1663
Power factor 0.35 0.52 0.64 0.74 0.79
Efficiency [%] 56.7 69.9 74.4 75.3 74.1
6 Winding and insulation
6.1 Connection YY/Y
6.2 Winding resistance cold 35.8Q @ 20°C (+/-10%)
6.3 Thermal class F
6.4 Winding temp. rise 30K
6.5 Thermal protection TH
7 Design details
7.1 Direction of rotation both
7.2 Inertia motor 0.000513kgm2(0.01221b-ft2)
7.3 Inertia rotor 0.000494kgm2 (0.01171b-ft2)
7.4 motor weight net 7.9kg (171b)
8 Standard bearing sizes
8.1 Bearing A stand-alone motor 6204
8.2 Bearing A gearmotor 6303
8.3 Bearing B 6203
13.07 2016 13.02.05

Burlington, NC
BDP Job Number 1586
Skidded 2.0m 3DP w/10'GBT
,TE: 5/5/2021 NO.OF
REV: 0 UNITS: 1
TOTAL
ITEM# UNIT
MANUFACTURER PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION SPARE REQ D
IDLER BEARINGS(75mm)
19 DODGE 039685 CH4S-215-USAF BEARING HOUSING, USAF 2004-BOLT 19
CLOSED END
H4S-215-USAF BEARING HOUSING,USAF 200 4-BOLT OPEN
1 DODGE 039684 1
END
20 DODGE 421265 BRG22215C3 BEARING,75mm DIRECT MOUNT 20
20 DODGE 039568 38TTDN307 BEARING HOUSING SEAL,3-7/16"TRIPLE TECT 20
DROP-IN
24TTDN213 BEARING HOUSING SEAL,2-13/16"TRIPLE TECT
' DROP-IN
K', 20 ROTORCLIP 35359 DSH-75,75mm EXTERNAL SNAP RING 20
COMPRESSION BEARINGS(85mm)
CH4S-217-USAF BEARING HOUSING, USAF 200 4-BOLT
14 DODGE 039693 CLOSED END 14
2 DODGE 039692 END 217 USAF BEARING HOUSING,USAF 200 4-BOLT OPEN 2
16 DODGE 421267 BRG22217C3 BEARING,85mm DIRECT MOUNT 16
16 DODGE 039515 42TTDN315 BEARING HOUSING SEAL,3-15/16"TRIPLE TECT 16
DROP-IN
2 DODGE 039292 32TTDN303 BEARING HOUSING SEAL,3-3/16"TRIPLE TECT 2
• DROP-IN
'MOCK 16 ROTORCLIP 35364 DSH-85,85mm EXTERNAL SNAP RING 16
ALIGNING,FEEDBOX BEARINGS
.i ' 3 LINK-BELT PB22439E7E7CSS 2-7/16"2-BOLT PILLOW BLOCK BEARING 3
3_LINK-BELT TB22439E7E7CSS 2-7/16"TAKE-UP BEARING 3
2 LINK-BELT F3U216E3 1"4-BOLT FLANGE BEARING BEARING 2
Page 1 OF 1

FEATURES/BENEFITS DO) 6E'
DODGE UNIFIED SAF and SDAF Pillow Blocks
EE-
BEARINGS
Spherical Roller Bearing -22200, 22300, 23000,
23100 and 23200, tapered bore for adapter mount
and straight bore for direct mount.' •
SPLIT-SPHER Bearing
Complete split replacement for an adapter mounted
22200. Compatible with UNIFIED SAF.Available in
inch bores.
SHAFT SIZES
Available for shaft sizes 1-7/16" - 15-3/4" and 40
mm-140 mm in adapter mount.Additional sizes of-
fered
in direct mount. Pillow blocks are available in
200, 300, 500 and 600 series.
G
DIMENSIONS
UNIFIED SAF and SDAF pillow blocks match stan- VIRTUALLY EVERY FEATURE YOU
5
dard SAF and SDAF inch dimensions. EVER WANTED IN YOUR PILLOW
BLOCK
PLUS YOU GET BUILT-IN DESIGN • Cast-in dimples locate drill holes for lube fittings,
ADVANCEMENTS. vents, sensors and mounting modifications.
With DODGE UNIFIED SAF and SDAF pillow blocks, • Housing base is threaded to accept four Grade
you benefit from a housing that has capabilities for 5 cap bolts for added strength. Cap bolts match
harsh environments that competitive pillow blocks do base bolts for one-wrench installation.
not have. • Standard housings have two oversized drains
adaptable to circulating oil systems.
• Pry slots allow easy separation of the pillow block.
O
w
ur
t/9
B11-3

FEATURES/BENEFITS DODGE`"
rli
DODGE UNIFIED SAF and SDAF Pillow Blocks
r
Oil return slots are cast into the interior seal grooves to
keep lubricants in. This allows oil in the seal grooves to
return to the oil sump instead of leaking.
,
c:
zi Cast iron, closed-end housings offer greater protection
z in high pressure washdown environments.Available
n from stock. Standard modifications for wet and harsh environments
include nylon coating, epoxy paints and nickel plating,
as well as stainless steel hardware.
r..%
�k
�;tyt � � � ' „ ,,,,
, i ..
...-7;
P
Cf ...�+. ,,,..,y..
:, ,,.„,,
Solid cast iron feet increase strength in both two and
four-bolt styles. New drop-in TRIPLE-TECT Seal makes seal installation
easier
• 0 0..
IN
illir
IP
del
w
Large capacity oil sump lowers operating tempera- Exclusive oil-equalization passage simplifies mainte-
tures, undercut bearing seat allows full lateral travel of nance. Pillow block can be drained completely from
expansion bearing, prevents stabilizer ring from binding, either side.
makes installation easy.
s
Q .^
lip
Offset dowels with matched numbers on cap and base
joint simplify correct assembly.
1311-4

SPECIFICATION DO'000
Housing
r-
Grade 30 cast iron is the standard housing material SPECIAL FINISHES
except on SAFS housings.When steel housings are A variety of finishes are available for extra corrosion re-
required,the SAFS bearing line is recommended. sistance. The standard finish is a water based U.S.D.A.
approved paint. When special finishes are specified,
` " SPECIAL DRILLING DODGE recommends the use of stainless steel cap
bolts and grease fittings. To order, specify the "type of
The standard offering includes a W33 lube hole and fit- finish"required and"stainless bolts and fittings" at the
ting, along with a cap vent hole. UNIFIED Bearings also end of the description. Order by description for special
come standard with dual oversized drain holes in the finishes.
base.Additional holes may be drilled to meet customer
specifications for lube, vent and sensor locations.To or-
and specify thelen required escr chart Order page descrip Standard bearings offered are 22200 and 22300 series
q p 9 BEARINGS
and add to the end of the description. b descn
tion instead of part number. Minimum order quantities g
will be required for this special drilling. metal caged, double row, spherical bearings with C3
fits in both direct and adapter mounts(shaft sizes larger
than 8"are standard with CO fit). Other fit bearings are
available as options, i.e. CO, C4 and C5. Other double
row spherical bearing series are available on request
including 23000 and 23200 in both direct and adapter
mount. Self aligning ball bearing series 1200, 1300 and
2200 in both adapter and direct mount are available on
request.To order, specify bearing "series"or"fit"at the
W end of the description.
For applications requiring modifications not listed, we
encourage you to contact our Application Engineering
Department for Bearings at 864-284-5700 or Fax
864-281-2317 during the hours of 8:00 a.m. and 5:00
p.m. Eastern time.
ro
y
rn
m
r"
FEATURES/BENEFITS HOW TO ORDER NOMENCLATURE SELECTION/DIMENSIONS
PAGE B11-3 PAGE 811-9 PAGE B11-10 PAGE B11-30
B11-8

NOMENCLATURE DOOGE
Housing Only (Housing and Stab Ring) Inch
•
H4S - 515 - USAF
HOUSING HOUSING TYPE TYPE OF MOUNTED
STYLE AND SIZE BEARING HOUSING
H2S- 2 Bolt Base Pillow Block, 2XX- For Direct Mount USAF- UNIFIED SAF Cast Iron Pillow N
Cast Iron,Both Ends Open 22200 Series Bearing Block Housing (Inch Dimensions)
H4S- 4 Bolt Base Pillow Block, 3XX- For Direct Mount USDAF-UNIFIED SDAF Cast Iron Pillow
Cast Iron,Both Ends Open 22300 Series Bearing Block Housing(Inch Dimensions)
CH2S- 2 Bolt Base Pillow Block, 5XX- For Adapter Mounted
Cast Iron,One End Closed 22200K Series Bearing
6XX- For Adapter Mounted
22300K Series Bearing
OXX- For Adapter Mounted
23000K Series Bearing
31XX- For Adapter Mounted
23100K Series Bearing
32XX- For Adapter Mounted
23200K Series Bearing
FEATURES/BENEFITS SPECIFICATION HOW TO ORDER SELECTION/DIMENSIONS
PAGE 811-3 PAGE B11-8 PAGE B11-9 PAGE B11-30
B11-11

•
NOMENCLATURE DODGE
Bearing
BRG 22215K C3AH -
BEARING BEARING SERIES OTHER DATA
BRG-Roller Bearing Spherical C3= Bearing clearance I Solid Ring Type I tin- tin ndnunny
222= 22200 Series reference
230= 23000 Series
231 = 23100 Series
232= 23200 Series
SS Denotes
Spherical
Split Ring Type
K- Tapered Adapter Sleeve
Mounting. Otherwise Bearing ;,
Has Cylindrical Bore for
Direct Mounting. co
N
tU
FEATURES/BENEFITS SPECIFICATION HOW TO ORDER SELECTION/DIMENSIONS
PAGE B11-3 PAGE 611-8 _1 PAGE 611-9 PAGE B11-30
B11-13

SELECTION DODGE'
UNIFIED Pillow Block - Spherical Roller Bearings
Table 1: Radial & Thrust Factors For USAF Spherical Bearings
>e Adapter
Maximum Dynamic Static
Adapter Direct Bearing Allowable Capacity Capacity
Mounted Mount Series e X Thrust (C) (Co) Grease Oil
Inches mm Load Pounds Lbs.
Pound t
- 4V LL JUO .JU 1 I.V U.O/ L.O JU,JUU JJ,JUU 4JUU 1./JUV
1 7l16 22209 .26 1 2.6 0.67 3.9 698 24,500 23,600 5600 7000
45 22309 .36 1 1.9 0.67 2.8 1092 42,500 41,500 3800 4800
1 11/16 22210 .24 1 2.8 0.67 4.2 775 26,000 26,500 5300 6700
50 22310 .36 1 1.9 0.67 2.8 1348 51,000 50,000 3400 4300
a
22211 .23 1 2.9 0.67 4.4 927 31,500 32,500 4500 5600 °'
1-15/16 55 22311 .36 1 1.9 0.67 2.8 1672 60,000 58,500 3200 4000 2
00 LLJ IL .JU I I. U.0/ J - OV,JUU 0 ,UVU LOUD JODU
z
2-3/16 22213 .24 1 2.8 0.67 4.2 1359 45,500 47,500 3800 4500
65 22313 .34 1 2 0.67 3 2104 78,000 81,500 2600 3400
/U 1LJ14 .J4 I L U.O/ J - OO,JUU OO,JUU L4UU JLUU
0
2 1/2 75 222153 .34 1 3.12 0.67 0.67 4.63 2782100,000 0 000 34000 3000
2-11/160
23/ 80 22316 .3216 4 1 3.1 0.67 4.77 3 3128 112 0000 114,000 0 2200 300 000
mianomin 2-15/16 22217 .22 1 3.1 0.67 4.5 2063 68,000 73,500 3000 3800
3 85 22317 .33 1 2 0.67 3 3438 122,000 125,000 2000 2800
3-3/16 90 22218 .23 1 2.9 0.67 4.3 2429 78,000 85,000 2600 3400
3-7/16 22220 .24 1 2.8 0.67 4.2 3102 96,500 106,000 2200 3000
3-1/2 100 22320 .34 1 2 0.67 3 4920 183,000 208,000 1700 2200
3-15/16 22222 .25 1 2.7 0.67 4 3931 122,000 134,000 2000 2800 ,,
4 110 22322 .33 1 2.1 0.67 3.1 5934 212,000 240,000 1500 1900 to
t
4 3/16 120 22224 .25 1 2.7 0.67 4 4693 143,000 166,000 1900 2400 a;
22324 .33 1 2.1 0.67 3.1 6959 240,000 265,000 1400 1800 -
4-7/16 22226 .26 1 2.6 0.67 3.9 5610 170,000 200,000 1800 2200
4-1/2 130 22326 .33 1 2.1 0.67 3.1 8152 280,000 310,000 1300 1700
4-15/16 22228 25 1 2.7 0.67 4 6419 196,000 236,000 1700 2200
5 140 22328 .34 1 2 0.67 3 9628 325,000 365,000 1200 1600
22230 .25 1 2.7 0.67 4 7383 228,000 275,000 1600 2000
5-3/16 150
22330 .33 1 2 0.67 3 10923 365,000 415,000 1100 1500
5-7/16 22232 .26 1 2.6 0.67 3.9 8630 260,000 315,000 1500 1800
5-1/2 160 22332 .37 1 1.8 0.67 2.7 12298 325,000 365,000 1000 1400
5-15/16 22234 .26 1 2.6 0.67 3.9 9858 300,000 355,000 1300 1700
6 170 22334 .37 1 1.8 0.67 2.7 13755 360,000 475,000 950 1300
CO
6-7/16 22236 .25 1 2.7 0.67 4 10437 1300 1600 n,
6-1/2 180 22336 .37 1 1.8 0.67 2.7 15291 308,000 375,000 900 1100 'w
6-15/16 22238 .28 1 2.4 0.67 3.6 11786 270,000 415,000 1200 1300 ""/
7 190 22338 .37 1 1.8 0.67 2.7 16910 415,000 570,000 850 1100
7-3/1 200 22240 .29 1 2.3 0.67 3.5 13215 300,000 450,000 1100 1200
7-1/2 1
7-15/16 220 22244 .29 1 2.3 0.67 3.5 16020 365,000 550,000 950 1000
8 1
8-7/16 1
8-1/2 - 23048 .25 1 2.7 0.67 4.1 14887 260,000 490,000 950 1000
8-15/16,9 1
9 1/2 - 23052 .26 1 2.6 0.67 3.9 18232 340,000 630,000 900 950
9-15/16,10 1
10-7/16 23056 .25 1 2.7 0.67 4.1 20000 345,000 670,000 850 900 w
10-1/2 1 Iri
If the thrust load exceeds adapter maximum allowable thrust load, auxiliary methods of carrying thrust are required.
FEATURES/BENEFITS HOW TO ORDER NOMENCLATURE SELECTION/DIMENSIONS
PAGE 811-3 PAGE 811-9 PAGE B11-10 PAGE 811-30
B11-19

' 111(1110
SELECTION DODGE
UNIFIED SAF Bearing Seals
;11*- ,it'. • _
t fr•-•.j.,-.t.
0.
. %
•ww1
apoi
Miumme
1 1
0
DROP IN TRIPLE-TECT SPLIT LER LER AUXILIARY "'
TRIPLE-TECT LABYRINTH LABYRINTH LABYRINTH END COVER TACONITE El-'
0
SEAL & FACE SEAL SEAL SEAL
ENVIRONMENT/ RUBBING
APPLICATION SEAL
USAF/USN USAFIUSN USAF/USN USAFIUSN USAF/USN USAFIUSN
SAF-XT SAF-XT SAF-XT SAF-XT SAF-XT SAF-XT
Dusty/Dirty + + . ++ +
Wet/Moisture + + 0 p ++ +
Laden
High Pressure 0 O ++ +
Power Washdown
High Tempera- O O O + . O
ture
-High Speed + + + ++ NS 0
Chemical • • 0 0
Misalignment + + + + NS •
++ Very Good Notes:
+ Good . High Temperature is above 200'F
• Questionable(Depends On Condition Consult DODGE Engineering • Consideration Of High Speed Can Be A Function Of Type
0 Not Recommended And Bearing Design
NS Not Seal Limited
DROP-IN TRIPLE TECT SEAL
The patented Drop-In TRIPLE-TECT Seal has all the
sealing features of the standard TRIPLE-TECT except it
is pre-assembled at the factory for quick and easy field
assembly. The Drop-In TRIPLE-TECT Seal assembly .
consists of a seal ring, v-ring seal and stainless metal 4117
seal with rubber bead. OP '
While lowering the shaft bearing and seal assembly into '
the housing base, the stainless metal seal with rubber ,;.,.
bead fits in the outboard "v-shaped" housing groove. •1.t"z'•• .
The stainless metal seal gives superior sealing surface
to the v-ring and positions the v-ring for easy cap to
base housing assembly. (See Figure A). l --
FEATURES/BENEFITS HOW TO ORDER NOMENCLATURE SELECTION/DIMENSIONS
PAGE B11-3 PAGE B11-9 PAGE B11-10 PAGE B11-30
B11-23

SELECTION/DIMENSIONS DOD E.
411
USAF 200 Direct Mount Piilow Block with TRIPLE-TECT Seal Assembly
rf
A
n
T
ms 11111 11111 711.1
1L1 1.11\
w ui• L 2
L 1 S-3
II II ! S-2
i
•
1111mr, I I ,-'
P
11
to
1
FEATURES/BENEFITS HOW TO ORDER NOMENCLATURE SELECTION/DIMENSIONS
PAGE B11-3 PAGE B11-9 PAGE B11-10 PAGE B11-30
B11-104

SELECTION/DIMENSIONS DODGE
USAF 200 Direct Mount Pillow Block with TRIPLE-TECT Seal Assembly
Shaft Bearing Complete Dynamic
Dia. Bore Pillow Block Housing Bearing Capacity ' d9ta*WWI 1.eeknet
S 2 S-3 mm. Part# Part No,." Pant
'No. (C),Ibs {.G.rease) Part No.
P2B215-USAF-307TT H2S-215-USAF BRG22215C3 AN15 -
039175 039682 421265 41,500 3,400 460901
3-7/16 2-13/16 75
S P4B215-USAF-307TT H4S-215-USAF BRG22215C3 AN15
I`_�-,� 41,500 3,400
039177 039684 421265 460901
P2B216-USAF-310TT H2S-216-USAF BRG22216C3 AN16
46,500 3,200
3-5/8 3 80 039179 039686 421266 460902
P4B216-USAF-310TT H4S-216-USAF BRG22216C3 AN16 ,_
039688 421266 46,500 3,200
039181 460902
0
P2B217-USAF-315TT H2S-217-USAF BRG22217C3 AN17 "'
IT
039183 039690 421267 58,500 3,000 460903
3-15/16 3-3/16 85 -
P4B217-USAF-315TT H4S-217-8AF BRG22217C3 AN17
�-"'�'- 039185 039692 421267 58,500 3,000 460903
P20218-USAF-402TT H2S-218-USAF BRG22218C3 AN18
4-1/8 3-3/8 90
039187 039694 421268 64,000 2,600 460904
P4B218-USAF-402TT H4S-218-USAF BRG22218C3 AN18
039189 039696 421268 64,000 2,600 460904
P2B220-USAF-408TT H2S-220-USAF BRG22220C3 AN20
80,000 2,200
4-1/2 3-13/16 100 039191 039698 421269 460905
P4B220-USAF-408TT H4S-220-USAF BRG22220C3 AN20
039193 039700 421269 80,000 2,200 460905
4-7/8 4-3/16 110 P4B222-USAF-414TT H4S-222-USAF BRG22222C3 AN22
039196 039702 421270 102,000 2,000 460906
5-5/16 4-9/16 120 P4B224-USAF-505TT H4S-224-USAF BRG22224C3 AN24
120,000 1,900
039197 039704 421271 041071
P4B228-USAF-514TT H4S-226-USAF BRG22226C3 AN26
5-7/8 4-15/16 130 039199 039706 421272 143,000 1,800 041064
P4B228-USAF-604TT H4S-228-USAF BRG22228C3 AN28
6-1/4 5-5/16 140 039201 039708 421273 t66,000 1,700 041085
P4B230-USAF-610TT H4S-230-USAF BRG22230C3 AN30
6 5/8 5-3/4 150 039203 039710 421274 790,000 1,600 041072
P4B232-USAF-700TT H4S-232-USAF BRG22232C3 AN32
7 6-1/16 160 216,000 1,500
039205 039711 421275 041066
P4B234-USAF-707TT H4S-234-USAF BRG22234C3 AN34
7-7/16 6-7/16 170 039207 03 792 421276 250,000 1,300 041067
7-13/16 6-7/8 180 P4B236-USAF-713T1 H4S-23(USAF BRG22236C3 255,000 1,300 AN36
039209 039713 421277 041070
P4B238-USAF-806TT H4S-238-USAF BRG22238C3 AN38
8-3/8 7-1/4 190 039211 039714 421278 270,000 t,200 041068
P4B240-USAF-812TT H4S-240-USAF BRG22240C3 AN40
8-3/4 7-5/8 200 039213 039715 421279 300000 900, 040838
P4B244-USAF-909TT H4S-244-USAF BRG22244C3 AN44
9-9/16 8-5/16 220 039215 039716 421280 365000 950, 041069
FEATURES/BENEFITS HOW TO ORDER NOMENCLATURE SELECTION/DIMENSIONS
PAGE B11-3 PAGE B11-9 PAGE B11-10 PAGE B11-30
• B11-105

SELECTION/DIMENSIONS DODGE •
-`r
USAF 200 Direct Mount Pillow Block With TRIPLE-TECT Seal Assembly
f
Shall • /earortg 1 Lock TR3PL'E4ECT TM #LER End
Dia. Bore washer Part No. Par No. Part No.__ Cover
S-2 I S-3 mm. Part No. S2 S3 S2 S3 S2 S3 Part No.
W15 33TT307 24TT213 33TTDN307 2411DN213 33LER307 24LER213 EC24
3-7/16 2-13/16 75 419150 046401 046400 039568 039289 *045928 *045927 040705
W15 33TT307 24TT213 33TTDN307 24TTON213 33LER307 24LER213 EC24
419150 046401 046400 039568 039289 _ 045928 045927 040705
W16 3811310 2811300 38110N310 28110N300 38LER310 28LER300 EC28
3 5!8 3 80 419152 046402 043547 039291 039857 045931 042519 040706
W16 38TT310 28TT300 38TTDN310 28TTON300 38LER310 28LER300 EC28
419152 046402 043547 039291 039857 045931 042519 040706 er
W17 42TT315 32TT303 42110N315 32TTDN303 42LER315 32LER303 W
--- u-
3 15/16 3-3/16 85 419154_ 046404 046403 039515 039292 042089 042088 --
W17 42TT315 32TT303 42TTON315 32110N303 42LER315 321ER303 __
419154 046404 046403 039515 039292 042089 042088
W18 44TT402 36TT306 44LER402 36LER306 ---
4-1/8 3-3/8 90 419156 046406 046405 `045936 *045934
W18 44TT402 36TT306 44LER402 36LER306
419156 046406 046405 *045936 *045934
W20 54TT408 5011313 54LER408 50LER313 EC50
4-1/2 3-13/16 100 419158 043555 046407 042527 045939 040709
W20 54TT408 5011313 54LER408 50LER313 EC50 5;
... ... a)
419158 043555 046407 042527 045939 040709
4-7/8 4-3/16 110 W22 56TT414 5277403 56TTDN414 5211DN403 56LER414 52LER403 EC52
419160 046408 043553 039297 039863 _ 042098 042525 040710
W24 58TT510 54TT409 ' 58LER505 54LER409 1--EC54
5-5/16 4-9/16 120 419162 046411 046409 042248 045943 040711
5-7/8 4-18/16 130 W26 62TT514 56TT415 62LER514 56LER415 EC56
419164 046410 043556 042085 042528 040712
6-1/4 5-5/16 140 W28 66TT604 58TT505 66LER604 58LER505 rt EC58
419166 046412 046411 042249 042248 040713
6-5/8 5-3/4 150 W30 7011610 62TT512 70LER610 62LER512 _
419168 046414 046413 045951 045949
7 6-1/16 160 W32 72TT700 64TT601 72LER700 64LER601 EC64
419170 043565 046415 042538 042953 040681 "'
7-7/16 6-7/16 170 W34 76TT707 68TT607 76LER707 68LER607 EC68
419172 046416 043562 042049 042535 040682
7-13/16 6-7/8 180 W36 7877711 72TT614 ` 78LER711 72LER614 EC72
419174 046417 046418 042221 042220 040683
8-3/8 7-1/4 190 W38 8011806 74TT704 •80LER806 '741ER704
419176 046420 046419 042031 042032
8-3/4 7-5/8 200 W40 82TT812 76TT710 '821ER812 *761ER710 EC76
419171 046423 046422 045956 045955 040684
9-9/16 8-5/16 P20 W44 84TT909 8011805 '841ER909 *80LER805
419178 046425 046424 042029 042028
#NOTE:LER seals are made from Aluminum unless otherwise noted by the * symbol. c.
u.,
ui
If an 'appears by the part number,the LER seal is manufactured from Steel. "
FEAT AGE BEN3FITS HOWPAGE B1R 9ER j
NOMENCLATURE
PAGE B11-OAE SELECTION/DIMENSIONS
[ B11-107

ri.,
K r
li
SELECTION/DIMENSIONS
DO OGE
', USAF 200 Housing Dimensions - Inch
P
LUBE NOTE:
All Sizes Use A ✓ 30°---I
1/8-27 NPT Hydraulic
Grease Fitting ii:
. I
I 'II '1
±7,
I ' I
cr DRAIN HOLE �, -I_-
SIZE - - - - - - - r CO
d
I
"F"BOLTS
_...---;
c.
I1 ifl' Ht
J
I I
X
11. [ "D" MIN -
I
"D" MAX
B-- —
i
r3� i{I `\���\\\ EXP
I ,
I 1 �— =.: I��.�
1 f 1 I I
S-3
II
II
— -- I - //%//I t�i
1 ' ! I ! '% . iiiic�siMomAx. 1 NON EXP
I bHSG W E HSG
I-- E----I STATIC
C LEVEL
L S--I-- o
(n - 1<
m (ATE, SHAFT)
A1-
FEATURES/BENEFITS HOW TO ORDER 1 NOMENCLATURE SELECTION/DIMENSIONS
PAGE B11-3 PAGE B11-9 PAGE B11-10 PAGE B11-30
B11-108

SELECTION/DIMENSIONS D O >DI E® 411,p
,i
USAF 200 Pillow Block Seals
LENGTH THRU BORE W/SEALS
A
—
0I
9w9
t i
I
41
v •I �.. -
W
--�J1 1 DROP-IN TRIPLE-TECT Seal
LER SEAL I DODGE exclusive.popular
r TRIPLE-TECT features with
High speed seal for relatively I - — I % simplified installation.
clean environments f I /
44
END COVER Seal TRIPLE-TECT Seal
Allows use of open shaft housing General purpose seal for wet
as closed-end or dirty environments
S 2 5 3 Part Numberr A
Shaft Shaft Seal Group TRIPLE•TECT TRIPLE-TECT NMclai End
Size Size Housing (TT) Drop-In Labyrinth Cover TT TTDN LER
(Inch) (Inch) TTDN LER Part No (Inch) (Inch) (Inch)
S-2 1 S-3 S-2 S-3 S-2 S-3 s 2 S-3 S-2
3-7/18 2-13/18 215 33 24 0464011 046400 039588 039289 04692 '045927 040705 5-3/32 5-3/32 4.15/34
3-5/8 3 216 38 28 '0464021 043547 03929 039557 045931 042519 040706 5.21/84 5-21/84 4-23/3
3-15/18 3-3/16 217 42 32 0464041 046403 039515 039292 042089 042088 - 5-7/16 5-7/18 4-53/64 1
4-1/8 3-3/8 218 44 36 046406 046405 - "04693 '045934 • 6.17/64 6-17/64 5.45/64
4-1/2 3-13/16 220 54 50 043666 046407 • - 042627 045939 040709 6-27/32 6-27/32 8-5/18
4-7/8 4-3/16 222 56 52 046408 043553 039297 039883 042098 042626 040710 7-3/16 7-3/16 6-19/32
5-5/16 4-9/16 224 58 54 046411 048409 - - 042248 045943 040711 7-29/32 7-29/32 7-5/16
5-7/8 4-15/16 226 62 56 048410 043558 - - 042085 042528 040712 8-9/64 8-9/64 7-1/2
6-1/4 5-5/16 228 66 58 046412 048411 • - 042249 042248 040713 8-17/32 8-17/32 7-7/8
6-5/8 5-3/4 230 70 62 048414 048413 • - 045951 046949 • 9-13/32 9-13/32 8-45/64
7 6-1/16 232 72 64 043666 046416 - - 042638 045953 040881 9-29/32 9.29/32 9-13/84
7-7/18 6-7/16 234 76 88 046416 043682 - 042049 042535 040682 9-53/64 9-53/64 9-1/8
7-13/16 6-7/8 238 78 72 048417 046418 - 042221 042220 040883 10-13/32 10-13/32 9-11/18
8-3/8 7-1/4 238 80 74 046420 046419 - '042031 '042032 - 11 11 9-63/64
8-3/4 7-5/8 240 82 76 046423 048422 - '04695 '045956 040684 11-25/32 11-25/32 10.23/32
9-9/16 8-5/16 244 84 80 046428 048424 - - _'04202991'042028 • 12-19/64 12-19/64 11-13/32
8 NOTE:LER seals are made from Aluminum unless otherwise noted by the'symbol.
If an'appears by the part number,the LER seal is manufactured from Steel.
FEATURES/BENEFITS HOW TO ORDER NOMENCLATURE SELECTION/DIMENSIONS
PAGE B11-3 PAGE B11-9 PAGE B11.10 PAGE 811.30
B11-110

SELECTION/DIMENSIONS D c )D( • El
USAF 200 Housing Dimensions - Inch
,,
S2 S-3 D F L.
.
Shaft Shaft Housing A l B C 2-Bolt 4-Bolt E Bolt Dia.
Size Size Min Max Min Max H J
3-7/16 2-13/16 215 5-13/84 11-1/8 3-1/8 8-5/8 9-5/8 8-5/8 9-5/8 1-7/8 5/8 1/2
3-5/8 3 216 5-7/16 12-19/32 3-1/2 9-5/8 11 41. 9-5/8 11 2-1/8 3/4 5/8
3-15/16 3-3/16 217 5-25/64 12-19/32 3-1/2 9-7/8 11 9-7/8 11 2-1/8 3/4 5/8
4-1/8 3-3/8 218 6-5/32 ' 13-5/8 3-7/8 16114 11-3T4 10-3/8 11-5/8 ' 71/8 3/4 5/8
4-1/2 3-13/16 220 6-25/32 15-23/64 4-11/32 11-5/8 13-1/8 11.5/8 13-1/8 2-3/8 7/8 3/4 <`
4-7/8 4-3/16 222 7-5/84 16-1/2 4-3/4 - - 12-19/32 14-1/2 2-3/4 - 3/4 1
5-5/16 4-9/16 224 8-3/64 16-1/2 4-23/32 - - 13-1/4 14-1/2 2-3/4 - 3/4 z
5-7/8 4-15/16 226 8-17/64 18-3/8 5-1/8 - - 14.1/2 16 3-1/4 • 7/8 '
6-1/4 5-5/16 228 8-49/64 19-11/16 5-7/8 - - 15-5/8 17-3/8 3-3/8 - 1
6-5/8 5-3/4 230 9-23/64 20-7/8 6-1/4 - - 16-3/4 18-1/4 3-3/4 - 1 ;>
7 6-1/16 232 9-59/64 21-21/32 6-1/4 - - 17-3/8 19-1/4 3.3/4 - 1 r
7-7/16 6-7/16 234 9-29/32 24-3/4 6-3/4 - - 19-3/8 21-5/8 4-1/4 - 1
7-13/16 8-7/8 236 10-13/32 26-3/4 7-1/8 - - 20-7/8 23-5/8 4-5/8 - 1
8-3/8 7-1/4 238 10-13/16 28 7-1/2 - - 21-5/8 24-3/8 4-1/2 - 1-1/4
8-3/4 7-5/8 240 11-17/32 28-3/4 8 - - 22-1/2 25 5 - 1-1/4
9-9/16 8-5/16 244 12-19/64 32-3/4 8-7/8 - - 24-3/4 27-7/8 5-1/4 - 1-1/2
S-2 S-3 ati DrainL.
Shaft Shaft Housing H J K M P CIStc S Oi1 X Y Hole
Size Size * • Size
, t vel ,
-7 16 2-13/16 215 1-1/4 6 -i • 4 7- / ; 1-25/64 1-r - ' /; 4-18N- F
3-5/8 3 216 1-1/16 6-3/4 2.27/84 3-1/2 7-15/16 1-7/18 3/16 1-1/4 1-31/32 61/64 1/4-18NPSF
13-15/16 3-3/16 217 1-1/4 7-3/8 2-15/32 3-3/4 8-3/18 1-1/2 3/16 1-3/8 2-1/8 1-1/16 3/8-18NPSF '
4-1/8 3-3/8 218 1-7/18 7-3/4 2-27/32 4 8-21/32 1-23/32 3/16 1-15/32 2-1/4 1-1/8 3/8-18NPSF
4-1/2 3-13/16 220 1.21/32 8-3/4 3-5/32 4-1/2 9-25/32 1-59/64 3/16 1-41/64 2-5/8 1-1/4 3/8-18NPSF
4-7/8 4-3/16 222 1-25/32 9-13/32 3-19/64 4-15/16 10.19/3; 2-3/32 3/16 1-51/64 2-7/8 1-11/32 3/8-18NPSF
5-5/16 4-9/16 224 1-1/2 10-1/4 3-41/64 5-1/4 11-1/4 2-9/32 3/16 1-27/32 3-3/16 1-3/8 1/2-14NPSF
<1;
5-7/8 4-15/18 228 2-1/16 11-17/3; 3-3/4 6 12.13/3; 2-15/32 3/16 2-11/32 3-5/16 1-5/8 1/2-14NPSF
8-1/4 5-5/16 228 2-1/16 11.13/1E 4 8 13-1/4 2-29/64 3/16 2-1/32 3-5/8 1-15/32 1/2-14NPSF
6-5/8 5-3/4 230 2-3/8 12-1/2 4-21/64 8.5/16 14-5/16 2.39/84 3/16 2-1/32 3-19/32 1-21/64 1/2-14NPSF
7 6-1/16 232 2-11/32 13-5/16 4-5/8 6-11/16 14.29/3; 2-31/32 3/16 2-3/32 4-1/32 1-21/64 1/2-14NPSF
7-7/16 6-7/16 234 2-7/8 14-9/16 4-5/8 7-1/16 16-13/1E 3-1/8 3/16 2-3/16 4-5/32 1-21/64 1/2-14NPSF
7-13/18 6-7/8 236 3 15-1/8 4-7/8 7-1/2 17-3/16 3-5/32 3/16 2-27/64 4-7/32 1-5/8 1/2-14NPSF
8-3/8 7-1/4 238 3-1/8 15-13/1E 5-1/16 7-7/8 18 3-19/64 3/18 2-17/32 4-3/4 1-39/64 1/2-14NPSF
8-3/4 7-5/8 240 3-3/8 16-5/8 5-7/16 8-1/4 19 3-1/2 3/16 2-15/32 4-29/32 1-17/32 1/2-14NPSF
9-9/16 8-5/16 244 3-3/4 18-7/8 5-13/16 9-1/2 21-1/4 3.27/64 3/16 3-1/4 5-7/16 2-1/32 1/2-14NPSF
A Housing width with drain plugs
* Distance shaft should extend beyond housing centerline if pillow block is closed end style
• Non-expansion bearing offset from centerline. For expansion bearing S=0.
FEATURES/BENEFITS HOW TO ORDER NOMENCLATURE SELECTION/DIMENSIONS
PAGE B11-3 PAGE B11.9 PAGE B11-10 PAGE B11-30
B11-109

SELECTION/DIMENSIONS DOD` ' Eg 4:111,
.,
USAF 22200 Spherical Roller Bearings
i'rilliltir d' _
II 0
II L
r.iiiii
c_. 'CYLINDRICAL 13UHE
Bearing Bore Bearing Part Approx.Wt. A B C
mm I Housing No. No. (Ibs) Inch(mm) Inch(mm) Inch(mm)
> 75 215 22215 421265 3.6 2.9528(75) 5.1181(130) 1.2205(31)
80 216 22216 421286 4.4 3.1498(80) 5.5118(140) 1.2992(33)
85 217 22217 421287 5.5 3.3465(85) 5.9055(150) 1.4173(36)
90 218 22218 421268 7.1 3.5433(90) 6.2992(160) 1.5748(40)
100 220 22220 421289 10.4 3.9370(100) 7.0886(180) 1.8110(46)
110 222 22222 421270 14.8 4.3307(110) 7.8740(200) 2,0886(53)
120 224 22224 421271 18.7 4.7244(120) 8.4648(215) 2.2835(58)
130 226 22228 421272 23.1 5.1181 (130) 9.0551 (230) 2.5197(84)
140 228 22228 421273 29.8 5.5118(140) 9.8425(250) 2.6772(88)
150 230 22230 421274 35.5 5.9055(150) 10.6299(270) 2.8740(73)
160 232 22232 421275 47.8 8.2992(160) 11.4173(290) 3.1496(80)
170 234 22234 421278 58.0 8.8929(170) 12.2047(310) 3.3858(86)
180 236 22238 421277 60.8 7.0866(180) 12.5984(320) 3.3858(86)
190 238 22238 421278 82.2 7.4803(190) 13.3858(340) 3.6220(92)
200 240 22240 421279 97.9 7.8740(200) 14.1732(360) 3.8583(98)
220 244 22244 421280 135.0 8.6814(220) 15.7480(400) 4.2520(108)
FEATURES/BENEFITS HOW TO ORDER NOMENCLATURE SELECTION/DIMENSIONS
PAGE B11-3 PAGE 811.9 PAGE B11-10 PAGE B11.30
811-111

1
Link Belt Spheri•cal Roller Bearing
q
..,,...- 41„. . ......_
1 i
`_
wmttelamm
apiripmill
'',:'!.:1; ,--, r43..:
•:,
,ir..z.,,,,,,.......,...t,
....4„
,1.....!t.„2.,.„.......,..„.„.„,
___
co i.,..:,, ,,,..4_,,,...;•;.„,„
.„...,_......
„:„ .
„...„:„..,
: i,.„•,,,,
� :,.,.,,,,,,.,,., ,,,.:,,,,,,,z�
::
,.:.,,..,..i.:„4.4
.....„,„.:. .,:„.„
......„
,:.i.
t
- -- - -... ' •,7 -,' "a":"----', ; • ::.••:::4-, \
If
1 µ ,Alk• it
x
y
0 s
k .:a� F +.,A.! . „. _ ....
PEasyto mount,
sealed, pre-lubricated e. tx
,x and do not require
bearing adjustment
T
during mounting.

y Series B22400,B22500&B22600 Spherical Roller Bearing Units and Takeups—Features and Benefits
c Series 822400 are single collar mounted spherical and versatile arrangements for supporting shafts applications,ditchers,trenchers,pavers and other
CO roller bearing units.Series B22500 are double carrying substantial radial or combination radial and such applications.These series of bearings are
collar mounted spherical roller bearing units. thrust loads.These units are especially adaptable for easy to mount,sealed,pre-lubricated and do not
Series B22600 are adapter mounted spherical conveyors,elevators,general industrial machinery, require bearing adjustment during mounting.
ai roller bearing units.These units provide economic heavier duty fans and blowers,power transmission
m
U. 1.Mounting Feature
,,, •B22400 Series—Spring locking collar
al c locks inner ring securely to shaft.
.= '" < 3 •B22500 Series—Two spring locking
ra
m 2 4- ,�• 4 collars lock inner ring securely to shaft.
m
. •B22600 Series—Tapered
1 Aftadapter mounting system.
`"• 2.Choice of three seals,floating labyrinth Type H,
w �\"`�� Viol spring-loaded lip Type E,and triple lip Type E7.
u ,
3.Long inner ring for high stability
s •
and load support.
a49
y 4.Self-aligning double row spherical
roller bearing adjusts±2°to allow
m ',J 6 for alignment variations between
,e 7 shaft and supporting structure.
c
" 5.Double contoured retainer pockets
`,4.,' assure accurate roller control.
6.Sturdy,compact one-piece cast
iron or cast steel housing.
7.Slotted bolt holes in pillow block bases
facilitate mouting;bottom of base is machined.
Spherical Roller Bearin.s
Self-aligning double row spherical roller bearings Osculation clearance at the ends of the rollers
have high LDN values and are designed to compensates for shock loads and prevents
distribute the load over the symmetrical rollers, destructive edge loading.These precision e
assuring positive tracking and smooth operation. bearings with double contoured retainer ir
The large roller complement provides high pockets are designed to meet a broad range
capacity for radial or combined radial-thrust loads. of application requirements. 40
�g
j t, 4,0
Spring Locking Collar(s)-B22400&B22500 Series
The spring locking collar(s)design provides a the set screws produces elastic strain in the spring
secure grip of the wide inner ring bearing to the locking collar resulting in a continuous pressure on if, , ' „.
shaft.The set screws extend through the inner the set screw threads and providing a positive lock. i'
ring of the bearing and lock firmly onto the shaft. • , -r
Installation is fast and simple.Correctly tightening �
Adapter Mount—B22600 Series
The adapter mounting provides better concentricity and shaft control, from the bearing inner ring fretting to the shaft(the result of a clearance or
increasing service life.Where Turned,Ground and Polished shafting is the loose fit)is also eliminated.These improvements facilitate easier bearing
norm on collar-mounted units,the maximized mounting power of the B22600 removal,replacement bearing installation and longer shaft service life.
allows for Commercial Grade Shafting compatibility(a commonly used grade
of shafting due to its price and availability).Shaft damage from set screws
is eliminated with the B22600's improved mounting design.Shaft damage
Features&Benefits-2 Link-Belt®Spherical Roller Bearing

Interchangeable Seals-Seal Types
3
Three standard sealing systems are available each offering maximum protection for ar
the bearing.These seals are interchangeable and are designed for grease lubrication. m
7-7
Type H Seal Type E Seal Type E7 Seal
___I _____cW if!
CI
o_
m
W
cfl
m
th
111
Type H floating labyrinth seals have multiple Type E spring loaded lip seals utilize a spring to Type E7 triple lip seal with metal outboard
or
self-centering rings held securely in a steel provide uniform pressure for keeping the sealing guard is designed for the most severe of tto,
carrier. Type H seals are normally furnished. lip in contact with the inner ring. Type E seals are applications. The outboard metal guard 133
normally used for liquid splash environments. protects the inner seal lips from abrasion a
and damage. The three molded,heavy g
contact lips provide excellent protection
from abrasive media,dust and moisture. ry,
i
One-Piece Cast Iron or Cast Steel Housings
Compact one-piece housings provide for strength provided for drilling dowel pin holes.Flanged to precision tolerances.Takeup units have
and load support.Scientifically contoured and flanged cartridge units have drilled machined slots for smooth,precise operation.
housing design provides superior rigidity. mounting holes and machined mounting surfaces Pillow blocks,flanged,and cartridge units are
Cast iron or cast steel pillow blocks have two for maximum stability.Cartridge units have available for fixed or expansion operation.
or four slotted bolt holes with ample space cast iron or steel housings and are finished
t
-_ T. I"
r _a 1
,-,
w
OR i
iiiir„. :4
♦ O a40
•
Link-Belt®Spherical Roller Bearing Features&Benefits-3
I

Nomenclature
ti E -B22 4 39 F H C 17H
Symbol Description
C Cartridge unit
•� CSE Cartridge unit;steel housing
y EF Flanged unit;4-bolt square
02 EP Pillow block;cast iron
F Flanged unit;3-and 4-bolt
FB Flanged bracket unit
FC Flanged cartridge unit;4-bolt round
P Pillow block
sPK Pillow block;cast steel housing
T Takeup unit,slotted guides
DS Takeup,conveyor,hinged top,
welded steel frame
co
DSH Takeup,conveyor,extra strength,
welded steel frame
J
R Collar opposite cover(B22400 only)
E Expansion unit(not used with CSE symbol)
B22 Spherical roller bearing;extended inner ring
separable outer rings
4 400 series designation(one locking collar)
5 500 series designation(two locking collars)
6 600 series designation(adapter mounted)
B Inner ring bore equal to a bore of preceding smaller bearing group
39 Shaft diameter in 16ths of an inch
M55 Metric series,bore in mm
F Four bolt base pillow block
H Floating labyrinth seal
E Spring-loaded lip seal
E7 Triple lip seal
C Closed end unit
18 Takeup adjustment,inches
17H Grease designation
4 Clearance other than standard
Nomenclature-4 Link-Belt®Spherical Roller Bearing

Series B22400,B22500&B22600 Sphereical Roller Bearing r-
To select a bearing,determine the applied radial The selection procedures and rating formulas Table 4,can be used to select a bearing o0
load,the applied thrust load,the desired Rating Life, shown here are in agreement with The American or to determine Lie life expectancy. m
and applicable operating conditions.The procedure Bearing Manufacturers Association Standards and To assure a satisfactory bearing application,fitting .o
shown here will aid in selecting a bearing to meet ANSI/ABMA Standards STD 11-1990.Ratings are practice,mounting,lubrication,sealing,static
an L10 design life.The formulas for calculating based on fatigue life.The Rating Life L10 or fatigue rating,housing strength,operating conditions u"
life expectancy should be used to determine life at 90%reliability is the usual basis for bearing and maintenance must be considered. el
the Rating Life L10 for the bearing selected. selection.For radial load applications only, _
7.7
o_
Selection m
co
Step 1 Step 3(continued) d
Determine an appropriate L10 design life. b For combined radial and thrust loads: 3
Select a trial roller bearing of the desired shaft size from Table 2. ram„
Operating Design L10 Calculate the ratio of thrust load Fa to the radial load Fr. rn
time, life, design life, m
Type of service hours per year years hours Fa
at a)seasonal usage 500 to 750 3-5 3,000 Fr a)
Heavy seasonal usage 1,400 to 1,600 4-6 8,000 Calculate the equivalent radial load P
UM
Industrial-8 hour shift 2,000 10 20,000 P=XFr+YFa c
Industrial-16 hour shift 4,000 10 40,000 ,�''.,
Industrial—continuous 8,700 10 80,000 to If Fa is equal to or less than e,then P=XiFr+YlFa a
100,000 Fr
If Fa is greater than e,then P=X2Fr+Y2Fa
Step 2 / \ Fr
Determine a required I F I from Table 1. For values of e,Xi,Yi,X2,and Y2,see Table 2.
/ Calculate the required C
Step 3 \
Calculate the required C and select a roller bearing. required C=(PIP using (P)from Step 2.
a For radial load only: \ /
P=Fr Consult Table 2,basic load rating.If a smaller
C /C` bearing meets,or nearly meets,the required
required C= P P using I F I from Step 2 C,its life expectancy can be calculated.
/ Note:If the load P is greater than.25C,
Select a roller bearing from Table 2 with a basic load consult Rexnord Bearing Division.
rating C equal to or greater than the required C.
Link-Belts Spherical Roller Bearing Selection Guide-5

o Selection
o Symbols for formulas: n=speed,revolutions per minute
C=basic load rating,pounds(or newtons) P=equivalent radial load, Basic Formula
Co=static load rating,pounds(or newtons) pounds(or newtons)
C r Lio x n x 60 3no
X=radial factor
e=a reference valueP - \ 1,000,000 >
= Fa=thrust load,pounds(or newtons) Y=thrust factor C ior3
Liu Fr=radial load,pounds(or newtons) (p) x 1,000,000
n Lto=rating life,hours Lto= n x 60
/c, Life Expectancy
m Table 1 •Relation of Lin life and speed to ( l;)
To calculate the Rating Life Lie of
any selected or trial bearing:
m Bearing
Life Speed,n Step 1
Ce Hours Determine the equivalent radial load P.
Lie 50 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 a For radial load only:
3000 1.93 2.38 2.93 3.31 3.61 3.86 4.07 4.27 4.44 P=Fr
co
4000 2.11 2.59 3.19 3.61 3.93 4.20 4.44 4.65 4.84 b For combined radial and thrust load:
u7 5000 2.25 2.77 3.42 3.86 4.20 4.50 4.75 4.97 5.18 P=XFr+YFa
6000 2.38 2.93 3.61 4.07 4.44 4.75 5.02 5.25 5.47 if Fa is equal to or less than e,then
8000 2.59 3.19 3.93 4.44 4.84 5.18 5.47 5.73 5.96 Fr P=X 1 Fr+Y 1 Fa
c 10000 2.77 3.42 4.20 4.75 5.18 5.54 5.85 6.12 6.37 Fa
if is greater than e,then
-� 12000 2.93 3.61 4.44 5.02 5.47 5.85 6.18 6.47 6.73 Fr
14000 3.07 3.78 4.65 5.25 5.73 6.12 6.47 6.77 7.05 P=XzFr+YzFa
16000 3.19 3.93 4.84 5.47 5.96 6.37 6.73 7.05 7.34
18000 3.31 4.07 5.02 5.66 6.18 6.60 6.97 7.30 7.60 For values of e,X1,Y1,X2,and Y2,consult
20000 3.42 4.20 5.18 5.85 6.37 6.81 7.20 7.54 7.85 the appropriate bearing rating Table 2.
25000 3.65 4.50 5.54 6.25 6.81 7.29 7.70 8.06 8.39
30000 3.86 4.75 5.85 6.60 7.20 7.70 8.13 8.51 8.86 Step 2
35000 4.04 4.97 6.12 6.92 7.54 8.06 8.51 8.92 9.28 Calculate the ratio of the basic load rating
40000 4.20 5.18 6.37 7.20 7.85 8.39 8.86 9.28 9.66 C to the equivalent radial load.
45000 4.36 5.36 6.60 7.46 8.13 8.69 9.18 9.61 10.00 C
50000 4.50 5.54 6.81 7.70 8.39 8.97 9.48 9.92 10.30 p
60000 4.75 5.85 7.20 8.13 8.86 9.48 10.00 10.50 10.90 Step 3
70000 4.97 6.12 7.54 8.51 9.28 9.92 10.50 11.00 11.40 Approximate the bearing life from Table 1.
80000 5.18 6.37 7.85 8.86 9.66 10.30 10.90 11.40 11.90
90000 5.36 6.60 8.13 9.18 10.00 10.70 11.30 11.80 12.30
100000 5.54 6.81 8.39 9.48 10.30 11.00 11.70 12.20 12.70 Life Adjustment
150000 6.25 7.70 9.48 10.70 11.70 12.50 13.20 13.80 14.40
200000 6.81 8.39 10.30 11.70 12.70 13.60 14.40 15.00 15.70 The Rating Life,Lie,may be modified for some
Speed,n applications in accordance with the formula
900 1000 1200 1500 1800 2400 3000 3600 6000
3000 4.60 4.75 5.02 5.36 5.66 6.18 6.60 6.97 8.13 Ln=aiaza3Lio
4000 5.02 5.18 5.47 5.85 6.18 6.73 7.20 7.60 8.86 where Ln=Adjusted life for(100-n)%reliablility,
5000 5.36 5.54 5.85 6.25 6.60 7.20 7.70 8.13 9.48 ai=Life adjustment factor for reliability
6000 5.66 5.85 6.18 6.60 6.97 7.60 8.13 8.59 10.00 az=Life adjustment factor
8000 6.18 6.37 6.73 7.20 7.60 8.29 8.86 9.36 10.90 for material and processing
10000 6.60 6.81 7.20 7.70 8.13 8.86 9.48 10.00 11.70 a3=Life adjustment factor for operating
12000 6.97 7.20 7.60 8.13 8.59 9.36 10.00 10.60 12.30 conditions.
14000 7.30 7.54 7.96 8.51 8.99 9.80 10.50 11.10 12.90
16000 7.60 7.85 8.29 8.86 9.36 10.20 10.90 11.50 13.40 For most normal applications,all factors will be taken
18000 7.88 8.13 8.59 9.18 9.70 10.60 11.30 11.90 13.90 as 1,and the Rating Life used as the selection basis or
20000 8.13 8.39 8.86 9.48 10.00 10.90 11.70 12.30 14.40 life estimate.In addition,as long as standard catalog
25000 8.69 8.97 9.48 10.10 10.70 11.70 12.50 13.20 15.40 bearings are used,a2 will be normally set equal to one.
30000 9.18 9.48 10.00 10.70 11.30 12.30 13.20 13.90 16.20 The factor a3 covers such things as lubrication,
35000 9.61 9.92 10.50 11.20 11.80 12.90 13.80 14.60 17.00 misalignment,and temperature.Some conditions
40000 10.00 10.30 10.90 11.70 12.30 13.40 14.40 15.20 17.70 that could yield a3 significantly different than unity
45000 10.40 10.70 11.30 12.10 12.80 13.90 14.90 15.70 18.30 include speeds less than 20000 DN or greater than
50000 10.70 11.00 11.70 12.50 13.20 14.40 15.40 16.20 18.90 200000 DN,temperatures below-40°F(-40°C)or
60000 11.30 11.70 12.30 13.20 13.90 15.20 16.20 17.10 20.00 above 275°F(135°C).For other possible conditions,
70000 11.80 12.20 12.90 13.80 14.60 15.90 17.00 17.90 20.90 as well as additional information on life adjustment
80000 12.30 12.70 13.40 14.40 15.20 16.50 17.70 18.70 21.80 factors,consult Rexnord Bearing Division.
90000 12.80 13.20 13.90 14.90 15.70 17.10 18.30 19.40 22.60
100000 1320 13.60 14.40 15.40 16.20 17.70 18.90 20.00 23.30
150000 14.90 15.40 16.20 17.30 18.30 20.00 21.40 22.60 26.30
200000 16.20 16.70 17.70 18.90 20.00 21.80 23.30 24.60 28.70
Selection Guide-6 Link-Belts Spherical Roller Bearing

Table 2•Load Ratings and Speed Limits S
x
size CO Stade IOW rating C Basic load rating Approximate speed limit RPM' FrFE S e Fa/Fr>e Q7
a
Code newtons pounds newtons pounds H seal E seal E7 seal Xi Yi Xa Y?
0)
B416 66100 14900 51200 11500 _ 4500 3500 --- 1 0.51 - 1.00 1.32 0 67 1.96
8420 80500 18100 60900 13700 4000 3000 2375 0.48 1.00 1.40 0.67 2 08 c
- 0
B424 CO-
B524 93200 20900 64900 14600 3600 2750 2175 0.44 100 1 54 0.67 229 0',•
B624 11,3
- - En `',
B428 o
127700 28700 89800 20200 3100 2350 1850 0.45 1.00 1.51 0.67 225 a,
B528 5
- - co
B432 ct'
8531 147700 33200 94300 21200 2800 2150 1675 0.40 1.00 168 0 67 2.50 r
op
B631 S
rt.
6436 cD
B536 197500 44400 117400 26400 2500 1950 1500 040 1.00 1.68 0 67 2.50 rn
w
B635 rt.
(-)
8440 0
n
B540 238000 53500 139700 31400 2300 1750 1350 0.38 1.00 1.80 0.67 2.68
B639
B448
8548 318000 71500 185900 41800 1950 1500 1150 0.38 1.00 179 0.67 2.67
B647
8456
B556 403400 90700 226800 51000 1650 1250 1000 038 100 1.77 0 67 2 64
B655
B464
8564 609400 137000 351800 79100 1400 1100 850 036 1.00 1.88 0.67 2.79
B663
B572
790200 178000 419400 94300 1300 1000 775 038 1.00 1 80 0.67 268
B671
B580
944700 212000 520400 117000 1200 900 650 037 100 1.83 0.67 2 72
B679
If the load P is greater than.25C,consult Rexnord Bearing Division.
For vertical shift application,consult Rexnord Bearing Division
•Based on grease lubrication and moderate load
Link-Bele Spherical Roller Bearing Load Ratings&Speed Limits- 7

03
W
8 CO 0 CV V' C C m co M M CO0 (O ,C, o o 0 CO CO N- (C) CO
( e-.N CO N c ((! CV CO v N
.. cn c-i c c 0-3 C C C (n (A (0 CD
C CO N .- o 000 CO DO co cc) CO co c (n 0 c ,O 0C O (0 Tr co co CO cO (D co W
CO CO CO co CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO m m m m m CO CO
t.
CO
C
J
N 6
c
a1 a E N V7 O M
)<p CA N (0 00 (0 COCO cO C (Cp co CO cO
O y C N N N N N N COCD CO CO co
co - m N N N N N N N N N
m m m m co co m m m co cN
co
0)
a
co
1-
m - - - - -
Oa
c
A
L
12
m c0 (p 1 N O
73 Cn U E co N N co Nco _ a) co N� (n M N. O (n N
0 a 0, „ N NLO
(� '4) 'f7 eD GO ^ c� .c- co0 N
V N N N N N N N N N N N Ul LC)
N N N 01 N N 2 C (N un
(N U)
N N 7 .� CO CO CO CO CO m CO CO N N N N N N N N N N co
_ CO c 2 CO CO CO CO m m mN Nm m CO N.
0 O
CI
a
co
H 1
N Li
c U ? O rev O) O M C M N (D e� co 0 CO N U) O (c') 0 (n 0 U) 0 ((y O O
co a, z c - or v v v m or < v m c a co c`0 "' M ,-)-, v CD v a Q CO co N N LLc)C) CO °° °° LO CO rn o
N V' N N V' N N V' V' N N V'CV (N .4 CO c C ( V' V' V' T2
v a) .c N N N N N N N N C m m N N N N N N N N N Tr Tr N N N N N N N N N c C C N CV N N N N N N N CV ac V
N CO CO m {D m m m m m N N CO m N N m m N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N
ON y CO m CO CO CO CO CO m m CO m m m m CO CO CO m m CO m m CO CO CO N N
cO 63 m m
A
W
13
4.
N (O
E cD ? E CD N E N c E v CO E E v E ° E (° sr o E E E (o (o CN E E .- o E 1 m co E E m C?
(o ( h O n c. E - N E E N cci c,: n M M E E E
N CO `- (,.> ^ (CO N N (� N N N COO N (0 O ^ M ^ c, co) Lc) .- - O ^ • O lr.,
Te
• •
es
t
O
c
uoI;oas 6uueau!5u3-s6uueag JalioN ieouayds}lag-){ufl

Table 4•Radial load ratings in pounds at Various fPtri for Approprate Lia Life Hours
SCrode trze L Xs to
50 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1200 1500 1800 2000 2500 3000 3500 cr
B416 8000 * ' ' 2589 2375 2221 2103 2008 1929 1862 1804 1708 1598 1513 1466 1371 1298 1239
-a
20000 2735 2221 1967 1804 1688 1598 1526 1466 1415 1371 1298 1214 1149 1113 1041 986 941
40000 2735 2221 1804 1598 1468 1371 1298 1239 1190 1149 1113 1054 986 933 904 846 801 765 c� '.
v ;
100000 2078 1688 1371 1214 1113 1041 986 941 904 873 846 801 749 709 687 642 608 581
B420 8000 3085 2830 2646 2506 2392 2298 2219 2150 2035 1903 1802 1746 1633 1546 1476 0
•
17:
20000 ` 3258 2646 2343 2150 2010 1903 1817 1746 1685 1633 1546 1446 1369 1326 1240 1174 1121 t7j-?
cu
40000 3258 2646 2150 1903 1746 1633 1546 1476 1418 1369 1326 1256 1174 1112 1077 1008 954 911
100000 2475 2010 1633 1446 1326 1240 1174 1121 1077 1040 1008 954 892 845 818 765 725 692 cn
B424 8000 * 3287 3016 2820 2670 2549 2449 2364 2291 2169 2028 1920 1861 1740 1648 1573
m
B524 20000 • 3472 2820 2497 2291 2142 2028 1937 1861 1796 1740 1648 1541 1459 1413 1322 1252 1195 ip
B624 40000 3472 2820 2291 2028 1861 1740 1648 1573 1511 1459 1413 1338 1252 1185 1148 1074 1017 971
co
100000 2638 2142 1740 1541 1413 1322 1252 1195 1148 1108 1074 1017 951 900 872 816 772 737
B428 8000 * 4548 4172 3902 3694 3527 3389 3271 3169 3001 2806 2657 2574 2408 2280 2176
B528 20000 * 4804 3902 3455 3169 2964 2806 2680 2574 2485 2408 2280 2132 2018 1956 1829 1732 1653 r
40000 4804 3902 3169 2806 2574 2408 2280 2176 2091 2018 1956 1852 1732 1639 1588 1486 1407 1343
100000 3649 2964 2408 2132 1956 1829 1732 1653 1588 1533 1486 1407 1315 1245 1207 1129 1068 1020
B432 8000 * * 4773 4379 4095 3877 3702 3557 3433 3326 3149 2945 2789 2702 2527 2392 2284
B531 20000 ' 5042 4095 3626 3326 3111 2945 2812 2702 2608 2527 2392 2237 2118 2052 1920 1817 1735
B631 40000 5042 4095 3326 2945 2702 2527 2392 2284 2195 2118 2052 1943 1817 1721 1667 1559 1476 1409
100000 3830 3111 2527 2237 2052 1920 1817 1735 1667 1609 1559 1476 1381 1307 1266 1184 1121 1071
B436 8000 * * 5944 5453 5100 4828 4610 4429 4275 4142 3922 3668 3473 3365 3147 2979 2845
B536 20000 • 6278 5100 4516 4142 3874 3668 3502 3365 3248 3147 2979 2786 2638 2556 2390 2263 2161
B635 40000 6278 5100 4142 3668 3365 3147 2979 2845 2733 2638 2556 2420 2263 2143 2076 1942 1838 1755
100000 4769 3874 3147 2786 2556 2390 2263 2161 2076 2004 1942 1838 1719 1628 1577 1475 1396 1333
08440 8000 ' * 7070 6485 6065 5743 5483 5268 5085 4927 4664 4362 4130 4002 3743 3543
B540 20000 * 7468 6065 5371 4927 4608 4362 4165 4002 3863 3743 3543 3314 3138 3040 2843 2692
B639 40000 7468 6065 4927 4362 4002 3743 3543 3383 3250 3138 3040 2878 2692 2548 2469 2309 2186
100000 5673 4608 3743 3314 3040 2843 2692 2570 2469 2383 2309 2186 2045 1936 1876 1754 1661
B448 8000 * 9412 8633 8074 7645 7299 7013 6769 6558 6209 5807 5498 5327 4982
B548 20000 9941 8074 7150 6558 6134 5807 5545 5327 5142 4982 4717 4412 4177 4047 3785
B647 40000 9941 8074 6558 5807 5327 4982 4717 4504 4327 4177 4047 3831 3583 3393 3287 3074
100000 7552 6134 4982 4412 4047 3785 3583 3421 3287 3173 3074 2911 2722 2577 2497 2335
B456 8000 ` " * 11483 10534 9852 9327 8906 8556 8259 8002 7576 7085 6708 6500 6079
B556 20000 12129 9852 8723 8002 7484 7085 6765 6500 6274 6079 5755 5383 5096 4937 4618
B655 40000 12129 9852 8002 7085 6500 6079 5755 5495 5279 5096 4937 4675 4372 4139 4010 3751
100000 9214 7484 6079 5383 4937 4618 4372 4174 4010 3871 3751 3551 3321 3144 3047 2849
B464 8000 ' * 17810 16338 15280 14466 13813 13270 12809 12411 11750 10989 10405 10081
B564 20000 * 18811 15280 13530 12411 11607 10989 10493 10081 9731 9428 8926 8348 7904 7658
B663 40000 18811 15280 12411 10989 10081 9428 8926 8523 8188 7904 7658 7250 6781 6420 6220
100000 14290 11607 9428 8348 7658 7162 6781 6474 6220 6004 5817 5508 5151 4877 4725
B572 8000 * 21233 19477 18216 17246 16467 15820 15271 14796 14008 13101 12404
B671 20000 ` 22426 18216 16130 14796 13838 13101 12509 12018 11601 11240 10642 9952 9423
40000 22426 18216 14796 13101 12018 11240 10642 10161 9762 9423 9130 8644 8084 7654
100000 17036 13838 11240 9952 9130 8538 8084 7719 7415 7158 6935 6566 6141 5814
B580 8000 * * 26344 24165 22601 21398 20431 19628 18947 18357 17380 16255
B679 20000 27825 22601 20012 18357 17169 16255 15520 14911 14393 13945 13203 12348
40000 27825 22601 18357 16255 14911 13945 13203 12606 12111 11691 11327 10724 10030
100000 21137 17169 13945 12348 11327 10594 10030 9577 9201 8881 8605 8147 7619
Load exceeds 25%of the C rating,consult Rexnord Bearing Division
Link-Belt Spherical Roller Bearing Load Ratings&Speed Limits-9

P822400,PEB22400 Bearing Drawing cz
0)
N
A
O
O
-13
fu
F-Bolts � - U -j-ti!-‘:-•...' 45i I +. _ �,� Via- .34
Photo Shows a 9-Boll SDhencal Ho9er Beanng Pillow Block Und S l� =`` I D' D3Product Features 1 IZH
tCorrosion resistant powder coating ~�+•- •. .-.i7f^Cast iron housing • ' I Ft MI , ' I A
Misalignment capabilitites-Total of 4` I o
Broad range of sealing options Distance Between A �E F+~^E m ,a
Factory set clearance&lubrication Bolt Holes Base to 'Fr;
Hardened spring locking collar (AField interchangeable seals C CHeighta Ft Expansion E3
Fixed or Expansion-Total of 3/8'expansion '
See Features&Benefits for additional into. ro
r-
0
Bearing Dimensions _•
txpansion r,xea A B rt]
Size Shaft Part Part Base to Distance C 0 E F H M P U W Approx o
Code Diameter Number L S Number >y
Height Bolt Holes
1 NtbL241bH, 3'/N, `I• f Yti'LL41bN , 4 is, '/e , 1 1w , 4 is ,D 'IN, LAs;4 IN, Is , •l• I 1 44 , "/a,1 he, , 47, b.UU g)
8416 _.,I.,; iPE8224M251 i 84.10!15.9d P8224M2511!79.40,15.90! 39.67 111.10 ;150.80!8509:52.40!10.00:22.20:44.40!13.50:39.10:48.40! 2.10 cp
1 'IN YtbLL41MH' + ' ltS224111H I ' 1 , 1 1 1 , 1 I
8420 1 I4 YttlZZ42UHi 35
4 i 'Je , YbLL4LUH , 3'/2 '/4 i 13/4 4'/4 ; 8'/N i 2"/N i 2'/ab 1 /N: ' 1' 1"la 17/a: 1'/.1 1"la; 8.00 a
l.
30.00 PEB224M3014 92.10 i 15.9d P8224M30H i 88.90 15.96 44.45 120.60 i 160.30:68.26;55.60;10.004 21.00 50.00 13.50;41.301 50.00 i 2.90
I l'e Yttl7L4ZJH' ' % YbZZ4'L3M ' ' ' ' ' ' T + f i
6424 Ia 'YttllL4Z4H' 3 tJ•I. 1b , Ytl[t L4L4M 13"/N "/N 1 1 t/• 5 ; 8'/N i 2 rh i 2'/4 i '/t i 1 ehe 2'/N 2/a i 1 M/ai 2'/N i 7.00 `-°
co
35.00 'PEB224M35Fi 9E1.4092.24 P8224M35H i 93.70i20.60 47.62 127.00 i 166.69' 73.02'57.20i 12.00 30.2058.70'16.70;45.20;55.60 3.20 rn
1'le i YttS2242bH; 1 , YS2242611 ' ' ' r ' ' ' p 1
' 1 1 ' 1
6428 1 ./" I.Ytts224Z/H: 4 /e• i 1/e . Ytl'L /H a 41/e i +"/N' 2'/4 5'/a : 71/4 i 3'b 21/2 1 '/a 1'IN 21e/ai "Jai,2% 21/a 10.00 u
1-le I Yttil4441M1 , : Ftria 5M ' 1 1 , , , , ,
40,00 'PEB224M4014 111.l d22.2i PB224M40H;108.0620.6d 53.98 139.70 i 18( r 50 12.00,33.30 65.90 16.70,48.40 67.20, 4.70
1 *I, ;YttlZZ431Hi • ,e : YbZL4J1H ' • i T,e 1 1 , 1- ., , t • I 1 t, 'I 2r •
2 'YttlZZ43ZH1 4 /N /Is! YtlZZ43LH '4 JN' /,e1 2 /e 8 le 8 /• 3 h 2 /2 /� 1 4 2 h /a1 /a 2 /a 12.00
B432 ,.
45.00 'PEB224M4511 , P8224M45H 1 ' ' S
50 00 PEB 224M501 Y 115.9023.8�P82 M50 115.90123.80 57.15 158.80 206.38' 79.38 63.50'16.00 34.90 73.00 16.70!48.40 57.90 5.20!Io
2 1,6 Ytb II43*H' 1 1
8436 4 b ,'tt1114,ibH' 5 Is/1I" Pk1424JtlM I 5 I "/N 21/2 8°/a 8% 3'I„ 2•/N 'h 1'/• 3'/. zhai2'I,. 21/N 14.00
1
55.00 PEB2;' •55H 127�0023.8a P82244,155H'127.0023.80 63.50 171.40 219.081 84.14 65.10 16.00 41.30 82 60 19 en'5'40 61.90 6.50
2'he PEB22439Hi i„ P822439H i , 1e , , 1 , , '+ , e , e ' e zr + • '
B440 2'l PE822440H; 5 /2 i /+e: PB22440H � 5 /2� /,e: 2 la 7 /• 9 h 3 !2 2 /+ei h 1 h 3 he /a2 2 /Ni I
2 JN 17.00
00 PE8224M60M 139.7d•23.86 M.,. ••,1!139.7423.84 69.85 ! 181.00 231.781 88.90!68.30'18.00!41.30!90.50!21.40!55.60!65.10! 8.00
2"/16 `PEB22443Hr ; PB22443H i ,
2'/, PE622444H; P622444H ; '29.00
2"/,„ PE622447H 611N 1 /16; P622447H 81/+e l'!,e 3'/e 81/, 1014 4 33/14 a/e 2 4'/,e 27/32 21J1, 22'/a1r-
B448 3 PEB224481-1' ; PB22448H 1 ;27.00
1 I
.'24M851.3 I P8224M65H I , 1 ' 13
'E8224M704163.5027.01 P8224M70H i 163.50270A 82.55 206.40 i 265.10,101.60,81.00 20.001157.20 103.20i 21.40 81.90 70.601 13.00
`+'''p.f 75 ' PB2224M75H, ' ' i
1 12.80
3'/,,, PEB22451 ' 1 P822451H 1 ,43.00
3'/,6 PEB22455H: 71/2 13/4 PB22455H i 71/2 1'/, 33/4 10 13 4'h 31I,• 7/2 2'/4 4 29/a "In 2"/w 3 :42.00
8456 3'/2 PEB22456Hi , PB22456H , 1 '41.00
80.00 ;PEB224M80ii ' PB224M80H' I 1 19.60
85.00 !PEB224M85H 190.5d41.3 B2 190.5d 41,3d 95.25 254.00 330.20:111.12'87.30 24.00 57.20 124.6(1 23.80 67.50 76.20 i 19.10
Continued...
r -
v
0
f
W
0
Link-Belt"Spherical Roller Bearings Pillow Blocks-I

Link-Belt® 200 Series Ball Bearings
t
A
r.
Via,
-.- "'
.
a. ..r+
.«.«� wa «
�, aye
... 'i q s` y.. �.�.." wry ,.� — ."' . _. ' .
gr ...fie z:
'441-spa,. '^ 1 " r
s
av"`ti fir:; -:.�., "'�.. �'y...,',..r i �g .a
e
-44
'ilitiSPIIIP41„1410 ils.. s . , .... ::...._ 4... . ...„.
I. i h m(:
Series 200 standard and intermedia•te .,
duty ball bearing units provide a _ t
versatility of application arrangements `
for carrying shafts with radial or �;= 0a�,
combination radial and thrust loads. ;:
::,� '
cis
a
ti
� r

en
Link-Belt 200 Series Standard&Intermediate Duty Ball Bearings
m
y Series 200 standard and intermediate duty ball Collar Mounted Ball Bearings These product lines are designed for light
CO bearing units provide a versatility of application Series C200,U200,S200,W200,Y200 collar industrial applications,agricultural machinery,
arrangements for carrying shafts with radial or mounted or spring locking ball bearings,and lawn and garden equipment,recreational
combination radial and thrust loads. They are round,square and hex bore ball bearings vehicles and other applications.
designed for general purpose industrial machinery, provide economic and versatile arrangements
y conveyors,chain and belt drives,fans and blowers, for supporting shafts,especially with the
power transmission and many other applications. 2-piece formed steel flanged housings.
N
c
as
co
m 3 1.Extended or wide inner ring for moderate
d 2 r , or high stability and load support.
2.Choice of Centrik-lok locking device,
ins 5 eccentric cam locking collar or spring
ca.
locking or spring locking collar with set
screws to lock inner ring securely to shaft.
y 3.Cice st H yt ,
0° type N single lip seal or type E3lab triple
4 lipho seal. W200 8,c
S200eel-cladtype series have the
—i ��' � type E single lip seal only a
4.Compact one-piece housing provvailable.ides
excellent mounting support.
5.Ab daeo b
manufactured leprecision of qulity alloygr bearingbearing steel
providesligna high capacity andep longove life.all
t
1 _
1. oe
orPrecisi qualityn d alloyep beagrooveringball steel provide
high capacity and id long life.
2
r 1` 2.Choice of Centrik-lok locking device,
eccentric cam locking collar or spring
locking or spring locking collar with set
wiy ft
3.Optional to features inner such as spherical ors cylin.drical
O.D.'s,relubricatablelock or
r non-relubngsecurelritocatable.sha
4.Extended or wide inner rings tot meet
diverse application requirements.
o -' ,' ` \4
3
.t .t
Features&Benefits-2 Link-Belt®200 Series Ball Bearings

Burlington, NC
BDP Job Number 1586
Skidded 2.0m 3DP w/10'GBT
TE: 5/5/2021 NO.OF
REV: 0 UNITS: 1
TOTAL
ITEM# Qom, MANUFACTURER PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION SPARE REQ D
CYLINDERS
_€ 3.25"BORE x 4"STROKE,MP1 MOUNT,COMPOSITE BODY AND
2 SPRINGVILLE S000162 HEADS,316SS ROD,SAE-6 PORTS,STANDARD PISTON, 2
HYDRAULIC DUTY
s 3.25"BORE x 12"STROKE,MP1 MOUNT,COMPOSITE BODY
4 SPRINGVILLE S000163 AND HEADS,316SS ROD,SAE-6 PORTS,STANDARD PISTON, 4
' HYDRAULIC DUTY
2"BORE x 3"STROKE,MF1 MOUNT,COMPOSITE BODY AND
3 SPRINGVILLE S000169 HEADS,316SS ROD,SAE-6 PORTS,STANDARD PISTON, 3
p s;' ;', HYDRAULIC DUTY
HYDRAULICS
"V POWER UNIT;2 HP PREM.EFF. MOTOR,BDP SUPPLIED 20
1 R.W.EARL 1-700-1008 GALLON 316 SS RESERVOIR,QUOTE 18208a 1
1 R.W.EARL 2-700-1 3 STATION MANIFOLD,QUOTE#18211A 1
STOCK ' 3 MICROTORK 375-SST HYDRAULIC SERVO CONTROL VALVE 3
Page 1 OF 1

4 I 3 4 2 I 1
D - 11.625 - D
.875
ACROSS
FLATS 2.375 6.690 -
-
3/4-16 2A SAE #6 PORTS 3J50SQ,
—
/ \ 7500
N
MY MY
— -
CI IOU — — o III
IMP
1,125 F al\ 'a%
<J vs,
/
a
--1.750--1 1.250 — ,750-- ,375--1 — _ 1—.375 +
--.750--
- .625 -- 1.250
— 1.250
- 8.875 -
B - 10,875 B
C❑MP❑SIT CYLINDER
3.25B❑RE X 4.00IN. STROKE
750 PSI HYDRAULIC
SAE#6 PORTS THE CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY DATA CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE SOLE PROPERTY
— NO CUSHION OF SRINGVILE MFG. CO., ND
SPECIFICALLY LAY NOT BE IUSEDNC, ITORADUPLICA DUPLICATED MY BE USED OFOR COMPETITIVE NLY FOR THE RPROCUREMENTPOSE EORDAMANUFACTURING
PHEN❑LIC ROD AND BLIND HEAD no NOT SCALE mumwm
PRIS NG >1
AMALGA C❑MP❑SIT TUBE '�'°"^� .�»«L 1.14WIC
Springville Mfg. Co., Inc.
STAINLESS CLEVIS M❑UNT AND PIN (PIN N❑T SH❑WN) AS N❑TED . .010Springville,NY303 SS TIE R❑DS FRACnp„� ,
STAINLESS NUTS AND WASHERS _ ! 1/32 mix HUGHES/BDP
A 1.00DIA. CHROME PLAED 316 STAINLESS PIST❑N ROD AS NOTED MP1-CH-NC-325 X 4-FSM1A A
3/4-16 ROD THREAD SPRI VILLE OVO Pa V. DATE
A=1.125 WIMP
PMB SCALE S000162 0 1/18/05
W=.750 APPROVED BY 1 1 1 =TOPER ONfi la SPRINGVILLE PART NI
S000162
4 I 3 + 2 I 1

4 I 3 2 I 1
D 19.625 D
.875 ACROSS
FLATS 2,375 14.690
3/4-16 2A 3.750SQ.
/ SAE #6 P❑RTS 750G�
N
ti,il'h ts,
C �^ .., ❑z — ® C
1,125 t� lih
/
M
t
—1,750— — 1.250 — —.750— .375— — — —.375
--.750--
- .625 — 1.250 1.250
16.875 -
B 18.875 B
C❑MP❑SIT CYLINDER
3.25BORE X 12.00IN, STROKE
750 PSI HYDRAULIC
SAE#6 PORTS TERTY
OFHE SPR NGVILLEI MFG. CO., INC. ITAL AND T MAY BE USED ONLY ARY DATA DFOR RTHE PURPOSE EIN IS THE SOLE
PROVIDEPD AND
NO CUSHION SPECIFICALLY MAY NOT BE USED OR DUPLICATED FOR COMPETITIVE PROCUREMENT OR MANUFACTURING
PHEN❑LIC ROD AND BLIND HEAD DO NOT SCALE .. L= �
PRPIGV ILL
ALMAGA C❑MP❑SIT TUBE »A AS NOTED DECIMAL Springville Mfg. Co., Inc.
ASSpringville,NY
rin
STAINLESS CLEVIS MOUNT AND PIN (PIN NOT SHOWN) ' .010 cCY S p g
303 SS TIE RODS FRACIIRML 4
FINISH
STAINLESS NUTS AND WASHERS 2 T'TLL HUGHES/BDP
A 1.00DIA. CHROME PLAED 316 STAINLESS PIST❑N ROD AS NOTED 3< MP1-CH-NC-325 X 12-FSM1A
A
3/4-16 ROD THREAD PAWN IT SPRINGVILLE°VG'a REV NM
A=1.125 PMB SCALE S000163 0 1/18/05
W ,750 APPROVED BY 1 , 1 CIAT(PER DWG NIL SPRINGVILLE PART N6
S000163
4 I 3 2 I 1

4 1 3 y 2 ) 1
D D
- 2.250 5,312
2.500SQ
875 ACROSS FLATS
SAE #6 PORTS
E 3/4-16 2A
r\ + II + /7
\/ •E 1 MIII
C I -- I ---- -- C
1 ill [ 1 1,840
`li I + + I g;
0 f
,3750 --1,500 1.000
--..-
FOUR
3.375 - PLACES 2.250 - -- -.375
4,125 - 7.00 -
1.000
B B
C❑MP❑SIT CYLINDER
2.00B❑RE X 3.00IN. STROKE
1000 PSI HYDRAULIC
SAE#6 PORTS THE CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY DATA CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE SOLE PROPERTY
NO CUSHION OF D AND
SPECIFICALLYL MAY E FNOT BE I USED NC. TORADUPLICA DUY BE USED PLICATED COMPETITIVE NLY FOR THE RPROCUREMENPOSE T EOR MANUFACTURING
PHENOLIC ROD AND BLIND HEAD D❑ NOT SCALE TOLERANCES
PRIA.��.�.
DECIMAL Springville AMALGA C❑MP❑SIT TUBE N TRIAL Springville Mfg. Co., Inc.
AS NOTED
STAINLESS FRONT FLANGE ' .010 Springville, NY
303 SS TIE RODS PRACTI@NL IR CY A
STAINLESS NUTS AND WASHERS ' 1/32 TITLE HUGHES/BDP
PINISI
A 1.00DIA, CHROME PLAED 316 STAINLESS PISTON ROD AS NOTED 3, ME1 CH—NC 200 X 3—FAL1A
A
3/4-16 ROD THREAD
MAIM DY SPRRGVILLE ONG NR REV. DATE
A=2,250 PMB SCALE S000169 0 2/3/05
W=1.00 APPROVED DT 1 1 CIETGNER DWG IC. SPRINGVILLE PART Na
S000169
4 1 3 • 2 1 1

HYDRAULIC UNIT COMPONENTS
1-700-1008
QTY. Manufacturer Part# Description
1 BDP 20 Gal Stainless-steel Reservoir w/Lid
1 Northman VPVC-F12-A3-20 3.2 GPM Variable Vane Pump
1 WEG 00218ET3E145TC-W22 2HP Premium Efficient Motor
1 Magnaloy M056422A Bell Housing
1 Magnaloy MA100 7/8"x 3/16" Motor Coupling Half
1 Magnaloy MA100 1/2"x 1/8" Pump Coupling Half
1 Magnaloy 170H Coupling Insert
1 Stauff SPW-SD-P00300-N04-DIN Low Pressure Switch
1 Lenz AFC-2M-25 Pressure Gauge
1 Pall HHG210A10KNRGPX160 Pressure Filter
1 Flow Ezy FEF30-12S-10-RV25 Return Filter
1 Lube Devices G1615-05-A-1 Liquid Level Sight Gage
1 Apollo Drain Ball Valve; 1/4" NPT
1 Daman AH18002065 Header Block

Vane Pumps
411
Northman

r�
VARIABLE VOLUME,PRESSURE COMPENSATED VANE PUMPS
VPVC F12/F20 SERIES {h..
FEATURES
• VPVC series offers design engineers an opportunity to design circuits with high efficiency.
• Built-In compensator control automatically adjusts pump delivery to system volume requirements at
selected pressures.System relief valve may not be needed.
• Wasted horsepower is reduced and heat generated is much less than fixed displacement pumps.
*No manual maximum flow adjustment.
SYMBOL
OUT
0
11J
DR IN
MODEL CODE
VPV
C 12 F Al _N
C C7 C ® 0 0
i-i11 Pressure Range
V V : Viri.sI l':• Vo.lum I Al: : 1iI14AR i I 10 1'►uPSI.
PreYAIR. (:c.n1A milt.i NMI) A2: I, 3_.tKAft 000-;00PSI,
IA3: 30 10 Hf,R i4130 ltu,(i P51► I
2 V Mounting Flan(e
F: 1. A. 1 f;cot F.1 Design Number
t 5 ' Displacement 161 Ports l
Nominal No i ulli N:WI Pon..
) •L S ►
12: I11F'M i.3.2(:iPM
': 10 MI
Northman www.northmanfp.com 81

VARIABLE VOLUME, PRESSURE COMPENSATED VANE PUMPS
VPVC F12/F20 SERIES
SPECIFICATIONS
DELIVERY AT UNLOADING PRESSURE AD SPEED OF ROTATION MAX.SET
LPM(GPM) WEIGHT
MODEL . RANGE BAR PRESSURE BAR
RPM RPM RP12M (PSI) MAX. MIN. KGS(LBS) `
(PSI)
1 8-20(110-
VPVC—F12—A1-**-N 290) 20 (284)
VPVC—F 12—A2—**-N 12 10 8 15-35 (200- 1800 800 35 (500) 5
(3.17) -2.64 -2.12 500) (11)
ECF12A3 **.N 30-70(430- 70(1000)
1000)
VPVC-F20-A1—**—N 8-229(O 10- 20 (284)
VPVC—F20—A2—**-N 20 17 13.3 15 35 (200 1800 800 35 (500) 5
(5.28) (4.49) (3.53) 500) (11)
VPVC—F20—A3-**-N 30-70 (430 70(1000)
1000)
si
VPVC•F 12•A.•02 VPVC•F204•-02 fr,
=
(1800 RPM)
(1800 RPM) a
GPM LPN (iPM l AA6.5-20 ' 6.5-20 mung ;Q
k i
Nithh
3,8 ^16 — �— 3,8.16 �►,�
---4 (KW) NPmitillill
(KW) HP
x; 2.5 '10 . 2.0-10 till (2 2) 3
I.
��.. . I (07S) 1 PlielligalliMa (070) I
p -p 0 -
? t0 r 30 40 60 00 70 BAR . 10 20 30 40 50 0• 70 gm
0 143 288 428 671 714 8671000 E81 0 143 288 428 671714 8671' . PSI
PRESSURE PRESSURE
0 DELIVERY 0:(*LIVERY
LIN INPUT POWEn I IN.INPUT POWln
Northman www.northmanfp.com S5

VARIABLE VOLUME, PRESSURE COMPENSATED VANE PUMPS
VPVC F12/F20 SERIES
DIMENSIONS
VPVC-F12/F20-A-**-N FLANGE SAE A UNIT: mm(inch) WEIGHT: 5 kgs (11 Ibs)
1 too(1_94)
'-- Gsan
2 6
y Iles 21 (0.83)
INLET ailotat T �
as - '_ vho a.
. ,.:.! . . irlt. 1
. 7
6 #.74,-----r.“‘
' ,,,tv.„•, .‘r.... Ali,' 4'e — iirik,ai
d 14.1
.,,,% ell if
:Ilk. 1111 . . Nt124,7-4,44no
WI! r T. I 0. ri ,
103(4.06) -jii
`',.. -,.
130(5 12) 45 36 ,
(1.77) (1.42)
126(4.96)
Northman www.northmanfp.com 86

No.:
Date: 5/4/2011
Customer •
TECHNICAL PROPOSAL
Three-phase induction motor - Squirrel cage rotor
Product line : W22 NEMA Premium
Catalog Number : 00218ET3E145TC-W22
Notes:
W22 NEMA Premium
Performed by: Checked:

No.:
Date: 5/4/2011
DATA SHEET
Three-phase induction motor - Squirrel cage rotor
Customer •
Product line : W22 NEMA Premium
Frame : 145T
Output : 2 HP
Frequency : 60 Hz
Poles : 4
Full load speed : 1750
Slip : 2.78%
Voltage : 208-230/460 V
Rated current : 5.77-5.22/2.61 A
Locked rotor current : 39.2/19.6 A
Locked rotor current(II/In) : 7.5
No-load current : 2.48/1.24 A
Full load torque : 5.92 lb.ft
Locked rotor torque : 210
Breakdown torque : 300%
Design : B
Insulation class : F
Temperature rise : 80 K
Locked rotor time : 11 s(hot)
Service factor : 1.25
Duty cycle : S1
Ambient temperature : -20°C - +40°C
Altitude : 1000 m
Degree of Protection : IP55
Approximate weight : 51 lb
Moment of inertia : 0.15614 sq.ft.lb
Noise level : 51 dB(A)
D.E. N.D.E. Load Power factor Efficiency(%)
Bearings 6205 ZZ 6204 ZZ 100% 0.84 86.5
Regreasing interval -- — 75% 0.78 86.5
Grease amount --- -- 50% 0.66 84.0
Notes:
•
Performed by: Checked:

Dir No.:
Date: 5/4/2011
PERFORMANCE CURVES RELATED TO RATED OUTPUT
Three-phase induction motor-Squirrel cage rotor
100 1.0 = 0.0 n
C
90 0.9 _ = 1.0 -o
A
80 0.8 - 2.0
70 0.7 3.0
60 0.67 - 4.0
50 0.5 . - 5.0
/
0
40 0.4 8 n
c
c 0 --- _ = 6 v
m co).
w D 1� _ 4 w
ii
`w
`.G o - = 2 D
w 0- _ -
a m 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130
Percent of rated output(%)
Customer •
Product line : W22 NEMA Premium
Output : 2 HP Locked rotor current(II/In) : 7.5
Frame : 145T Duty cycle : S1
Full load speed : 1750 Service factor : 1.25
Frequency : 60 Hz Design : B
Voltage : 208-230/460 V Locked rotor torque : 210%
Insulation class : F Breakdown torque : 300%
Rated current : 5.77-5.22/2.61 A
Notes:
Performed by: Checked:
1

■i■r No.:
Date: 5/4/2011
CHARACTERISTIC CURVES RELATED TO SPEED
Three-phase induction motor-Squirrel cage rotor
5.0 _ 10.0 W
4.5 _ 9.0 c
m
4.0 _ B 8.0 a
63� 3.5 7.0 a
U
co 3.0 _ 6.0iii
E ‘\. m
-2 2-cs .5 5.0 °
.- 2.0 ` \ 4.0
cp 1.5 _ 3.0 5
ca
m = \ —
0 1.0 _ 2.0
0.5 - = 1.0
< 0.0 111111111 111111111 i„tiiiii iilliiiii 111111111 11„11111 1„i11„ 0.0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Speed related to rated speed (%)
Customer •
Product line : W22 NEMA Premium
Output : 2 HP Locked rotor current(IUIn) : 7.5
Frame : 145T Duty cycle : S1
Full load speed : 1750 Service factor : 1.25
Frequency : 60 Hz Design : B
Voltage : 208-230/460 V Locked rotor torque : 210%
Insulation class : F Breakdown torque : 300%
Rated current : 5.77-5.22/2.61 A
Notes:
Performed by: Checked:

1 1 2 I 3 I 4 1 5 I 6 I 7 I 8
LL
AB. -P1 1 �1
HK :F ---- I- HH
ii
Alt ,.."- i --
il 11 I ( , .„ \ \. I 1-..-4-1-ES t I
i,. I it,ni. %.._._...,' l4r, ,ar 'LI I -.0"--
BB
C u - --I JH -... ..-BC
I
2E T 2F AP- - N-W
- A - B
D
2E J A P AB Notes:
5.500 1.437 6.457 7.047 6.181
E 2F K B BA FBA
5.000 - 6.142 2.250 --
U N-W ES S R Performed by:
0.875 2.250 1.575 0.187 0.765
depth D G HB 0 Checked:
_ 0.187 3.500 0.354 1.728 7.122
HD HF HG HH HK Customer:
- 3.500 -- 4.750 2.638
H C FC LL LM W22 NEMA Premium
0.344 13.346 - 4.527 4.094
F AA d1 d2 Flange AJ
NPT 3/4" A 4 A 4 FC-149 5.875
AK BD BF BB BC
4.500 6.500 UNC 3/8"x16 0.156 0.125 Three-phase induction motor 5/4/2011
MI
AH Frame 145T-IP55
2.125

r
Product Information/Order Codes Sensors and Switches
Pressure Switch ■ Type SPW-SD
Wiring Scheme
2 normally closed 35
(1.38)
1 3 normally open
III
u.
(ii '°''
SW 28
(Hex 1.10)
Order Codes Product Description
The SPW-SD Mechanical SPDT Pressure Switch is available in a
SPW - SD - P00300 - N04 - DIN - variety of pressure ranges.This durable unit has an adjustable
set point that is easily changed by using the adjustment screw
which is located under the protective cap.
[Mechanical Pressure Switch SPW'l G1/8 B02 I SPDT switching function •
G114 B04 I Pressure ranges available up to 344,74 bar 15000 PSI
``� '‘'`' 1/8 NPT NO2 I G1/4 and 1/4 NPT process connection
CT f�� -. - --- 0] ( 1/4 NPT(standard option) N04I I NBR(Buna-N®)sealings o
//1b-20 UNF U04 I Steel,zinc plated
VPrqkin I Spade terminal connection m
0,69...2,07 bar/10...30 PSI P00030 1 o
1,72...5,17 bar/25...75PSI P00075 Flying leads F
4,48...20,68 bar/ P00300 Flying leads with shrink tubing FL
65...300 PSI(standard option) '175301-803A(DIN 43650-A) I G1/8, 1/8 NPT and 7/16-20 UNF process connections
17,24...68,95 bar/ P01000 (standard option) DIN I FPM(Viton®)and EPDM sealings on request
250...1000 PSI(standard option) Deutsch DT04-3P/3-Pin D I connector,weather pack connector female/male and IP
68,95...206,84 bar/ P03000 Weather pack connector female WF option on request
1000...3000 PSI(standard option) Weather pack connector male WM 1316 Stainless Steel
172,37 .344,74 bar/ P05000 IP Option(IP 66) IP
2500_.5000 PSI
Steel,zinc plated(standard option) (none) echnlcal Data
316 Stainless Steel W5 Materials
I Body: Steel,zinc plated or
316 Stainless Steel
I Connector: Polyamide
Version I Pressure Maximum Burst Repeatability Average
Range(b'`/Psi) Pressure(�`/Psi) Pressure(b"/Psi) Deadband Electrical Data and Output
LI0, T207 -. i.A`f3;fi9. 620,53.- �±O,10bar+� 0ofsetting )0,24baf+11%otsettng ISwitchingfuncti : SPDT
10...30 16000 9000 ±1.5 PS + %of sett ng 3.5 PS+11%of sett ng I Cycle rate: 20 CPM
P00075 1,72...-5,17 413,69 626,53 ±6,1/bar+2%of setting 0,24 bar+11%ofsettng I Mechanical life: 2000000 operations
25...75 6000 9000 ±2.5 PS + %of sett ng 3.5 PS+11%of sett ng I Max.electrical rating: 5A at 125/250 V AC,
P00300° 4,48...20,68 413,69 620,53 ±0,34 bar+2%of setting 1,38 bar+11%of setting 5 A resistive/3 A inductive at 28 V DC
65...300 6000 9000 ±5 PS + %of sell ng 0 PS+11%of sett ng
P01000` 17,24...68,95 413,69 620,53 ±1,03 bar+2%ofsetting 3,10bar+12%ofsetting Permissible Temperatures
250..-1000 6000 9000 ±15 PS + %of sett ng 5 PS+1%of sett ng I NBR (Buna-NO): -9°C...+85°C/+15°F...+185°F
P03000° 68,95...206,84 413,69 620,53 ±2,07 bar+2%ofsetting 4,83 bar+12%ofsetting IFPM(Udon®) -18°C...+85°C/0°F...+185°F
1000...3000 6000 9000 ±OPS + %ofsettng OPS+1%ofsettng I EPDM 23°C...485°C/-10°F...+185°F
172,37...344,74 413,69 620,53 ±3,45 bar+2%of setting 9,65 bar+13%of setting
P05000 2500...5000 t 6000 9000 ±50 PS + /°of sett ng1 0 PS +1 %of sett
ng Process Connections
I G1/8,G1/4, 1/8 NPT.114 NPT and 7116-20UNF
Electrical Connection
I DIN EN 175301-803 form A(DIN 43650-A)
Protection Rating
I IP 65 protection rating.Dust tight and protected against
water jets
*Standard option
Dimensional drawings:All dimensions in mm(in).

xi
AFC-25 Stainless Steel Case cn
cn
Dial Size:21/2"Glycerin Filled (_____ m
Pressure Ranges: 30" HG to 15,000 PSI/Bar(Dual Scale) 4ce
Accuracy:Within 2.0%of Maximum Graduation t20 n
Case: 304SS Stainless Steel 30 G,
Bourdon Tube: Phosphor Bronze 4, ` cmn
Movement: Brass with Highly Finished Bearing Surfaces bar ao l
Connection: 1/4" Male NPT Brass Bottom or Rear Center Connection #n-�� .r,
(Optional Threads See Page 19c) tCfi� 66)
Safety Blow-Out Plug Included/Restrictors Standard
AFC-2SRC(REAR CENTER)MOUNTING OPTIONS,ADD SUFFIX:
"FF"for Polished Stainless Steel Front Flange-Example:AFC-5M-25RC-FF
"U-Clamp"Models, Model Number Changes to"AUB"-See Chart Below
"AFC-25" I
Lenz's AFC-25 Series Pressure Gauges feature a stainless steel case, brass stem, glycerin filled
which are ideal for severe pulsation,vibration and where corrosive atmospheres are a factor.
These Lenz pressure gauges are perfect for the original equipment manufacturers(O.E.M.) I
and other hydraulic and pneumatic equipment due to being cost effective
ST'D.BOTTOM REAR CENTER PANEL MOUNT FULL RANGE FIGURE GRADUATION
MOUNT MODEL MOUNT MODEL U-CLAMP ENGLISH METRIC INTERVAL INTERVAL AFC-25
NUMBER NUMBER MODEL NUMBER PSI BAR PSI BAR PSI BAR 23-
AFC-15-25 AFC-15-25RC AUB-15-25RC 0-15 0-1 3 .2 .25 .02 24 1 h I`
AFC-30-25 AFC-30-25RC AUB-30-25RC 0-30 0-2 5 .5 .5 .5
AFC-60-25 AFC-60-25RC AUB-60-25RC 0-60 0-4 10 1 1 .1 11-1
I
AFC-100-25 AFC-100-25RC AUB-100-25RC 0-100 0-7 20 2 2 .1 45
AFC-160-25 AFC-160-25RC AUB-160-25RC 0-160 0-10 20 2 2 .2 III
AFC-200-25 AFC-200-25RC AUB-200-25RC 0-200 0-14 40 4 4 .4 TIE 55"
AFC-300-25 AFC-300-25RC AUB-300-25RC 0-300 0-20 50 5 5 .5 = 1/4'NPT
AFC-400-25 AFC-400-25RC AUB-400-25RC 0-400 0-28 50 5 5 .5
AFC-500-25 AFC-500-25RC AUB-500-25RC 0-500 0-35 100 5 10 .5
AFC-600-25 AFC-600-25RC AUB-600-25RC 0-600 0-40 100 10 10 1
AFC-800-25 AFC-800-25RC AUB-800-25RC 0-800 0-56 100 10 10 1 AFC-25-RC
AFC-1M-25 AFC-1M-25RC AUB-1M-25RC 0-1000 0-70 200 20 20 1 t-2.21
AFC 1500-25 AFC 1500-25RC AUB-1500-25RC 0-1500 0-100 300 20 50 5 -t 2sy
2a"� --
ArG-4M-LO AI -LM-LOttl. AUtl-LM-LOtQ. v.-LvovV-IgV 400 gv gV '+
"AFC-3M-25 AFC-3M-25RC AUB-3M-25RC u-auuu u-ziu auu 5U cu b
AFC-4M-25 AFC-4M-25RC AUB-4M-25RC 0-4000 0-300 500 50 50 5
'AFC-5M-25 AFC-5M-25RC AUB-5M-25RC 0-5000 0-350 1000 100 100 10 269 1 P. .1
`AFC-6M-25 AFC-6M-25RC AUB-6M-25RC 0-6000 0-420 1000 100 100 10 1/4-NPT
AFC-7500-25 AFC-7500-25RC AUB-7500-25RC 0-7500 0-420 1000 100 100 10 .55
AFC-10M-25 AFC-10M-25RC AUB-10M-25RC 0-10000 0-700 2000 200 200 10
AFC-15M-25 AFC-15M-25RC AUB-15M-25RC 0-15000 0-1000 3000 200 500 50
*SAE Connection Stock AUB-RC
185 --
21/2" Stainless Case-Brass Movement Compound Gauges t__,_-1.;=61
PANEL MOUNT I r 55
ST'D.BOTTOM REAR CENTER CLAMP REAR FULL RANGE FIGURE INTERVAL I 'i'(IPT)
2.69z..-
MOUNT MODEL MOUNT MODEL CENTER MOUNT ENGLISH METRIC ENGLISH METRIC
NUMBER NUMBER MODEL NUMBER HG&PSI BAR HG&PSI BAR l
AFC-30-30-25 AFC-30-30-25RC AUB-30-30-25RC 30"-0-30 -1-0-2 10"&10 1 &1 `---- "-
AFC-30-60-25 AFC-30-60-25RC AUB-30-60-25RC 30"-0-60 -1-0-4 10"&10 1 &1
AFC-30-100-25 AFC-30-100-25RC AUB-30-100-25RC 30"-0-100 -1-0-7 30"&20 1 &1 AFC-FF
AFC-30-200-25 AFC-30-200-25RC AUB-30-200-25RC 30"-0-200 -1-0-14 30"&40 1 &2 3.35-—41
—2.95'-.._____
2`.
21/2" Stainless Case-Brass Movement Vacuum Gauges
PANEL MOUNT
ST'D.BOTTOM REAR CENTER CLAMP REAR FULL RANGE FIGURE GRADUATION
MOUNT MODEL MOUNT MODEL CENTER MOUNT ENGLISH METRIC INTERVAL INTERVAL
NUMBER NUMBER MODEL NUMBER HG I BAR HG I BAR HG I BAR `
AFC-30HG-25 AFC-30HG-25RC AUB-30HG-25RC 0-30" 0-1 5 .2 1 .02
Me3c
PHONE: [phone] FAX: [phone] www.Ienzinc.com

Data Sheet IMG210 I l N
PALL Pall Corporation New: G210 Series `T' Filters
High Pressure Filters
Features
• Out-to-in filter element flow path
• Flows to 50 L/min(13 US gpm)
• Pressures to 240 bar(3480 psi)
• Port size 1/2", 5/8" and M22
Notes and Specifications
Filter Housing
• Maximum Working Pressure:
240 bar(3480 psi)
k
- Rated Fatigue Pressure:
0-240 bar(0-3480 psi)per NFPA T2.06.01 R2-2001
CAT C/90/`(1 million cycles),verified by testing at G210 Series filler housing
0-280 bar(0-4060 psi)for 1 million cycles. Contact Pall Pressure Drop Information
for applications with higher pressures at lower cycles Housing pressure drop using fluid with 0.9 S.G.
• Fluid Compatibility: Housing pressure drop is directly proportional to
Compatible with all petroleum oils,water glycols, specific gravity. Flow(usgpm)
water-oil emulsions and most synthetic hydraulic o �Ta 4 a i e ion
14
and lubrication fluids
0 8 12
Temperature Range: -
Nitrile Seals: ` 10
oe
-43°C to 120°C (-46°F to 250°F) °�� :°
60°C (140°F) maximum in HWCF 91 04 a`D e 91
or water glycol fluids 4
02
Fluorocarbon Seals: 2
-29°C to 120°C (-20°F to 250°F) T._ .. T.-1—.-1
Bypass Valve Settings: o ,0 20 20 40 60
Flow(Umin)
4.5 bard(65 psid) HCG200 Filter Elements—bard/1000 L/min (psid/US gpm)
- Indicator Pressure Settings: Length Code '1 KS KD KT
3.4 bard(50 psid) 04 9.35 8.41 4.94 3.92
Materials of Construction: (0.51) (0.35) (0.27) (0.21)
08 3.33 2.88
Head:Ductile Cast Iron (0.27) (0.18) (0.14) (0.11)
Tube:Carbon steel Multiply actual flow rate times factor In table above to determine
pressure drop with fluid at 32 cSt(150 SUS),0.9 S.G.Correct for other
Filter Element fluids by multiplying new viscosity in cSt/32(SUS/150)x new S.G./0.9.
Note:factors are per 1000 Umin and per 1 US gpm
- Filter Element Burst Pressure:
10 bard(145 psid) Sample AP calculation
G210 Series 8"length housing with P22 ports using KN grade media.
Filter Element Construction: Inorganic fibers Operating conditions 50 L/min(13 US gpm)flow rate using a hydraulic
impregnated and bonded with epoxy resins. fluid at 45 cSt and specific gravity(s.g.) 1.2.
Polymer endcaps.Corrosion protected carbon steel. Total Filter AP
= AP housing+AP element
= (0.50 x 1.2/0.9)bard(housing)
+((50 X 4.9/1000)X 45/32 X 1 2/0.9)bard(element)
=0.67 bard(housing)+0.46 bard(element)
1.13 bard(16.4 psid)
Filtration.Separation. Solution.sw

Dimensional Drawings Table 1: Seal Options
2w rro„nMp sass
i7 eiN HI wr1100 Code Seal Materiel Fluid Service
21 5 mm 25 mm Ie A ports
•1 08 in T o ur n N'•to UNc to I H Nitrite water Emulsions
IeestssoI m c •
Y pore ut0,
' Pp 154Hksy5sq e• r,uv,vwrwr, 5aree ev vrwerweve
EE Li g 0 -I- 0 Table 2:Housing Port Style Options
, N (eight threads 8 0-Ring loose 0
tnc tr ol70tSJ:Stl47 `
C , N thread&IQ 189228
40 2.44 inn I P Metric threads A O•R ing seal to 11306149 -
4s n InA�
•17P
4 .0 rl. '4 ....,_
t in. 1 nh - x tz I Table 3:Housing Port Sizes Options
�+ Code Port Size rp Style.Available
1,.1•ii
� ,_ T i oufl•� .. 1jj
IF'-T � • 'A'A'C'
- F L bill II, 1 I
Table 4;Filter Element Options
Code ax(at} 0 an.dao foreTees.12
KD 19
SL 22
++ NoElement
Table 5:Length Options
lenientCode Dim•v'Nominal length
."*1, - - Table 6:Differential Pressure Indicator Options
L' B•cbor VNw A•A A
Code Indicator 'H'Dim,
I! i' so 0 Unmet:hlned bldlcator port
I- il 1 Machined pat with plastic shipping plug •
N
B Bleed plug and seal in place of indicator 16 _
Electrical switch•normally closed,automatic reset
C Connection Deutsch DT042P 56
Reed switch operation suitable for low current applications
YJii
Ordering Information D kol to ifgalorqims 5mm on actuation, 23
Visual indicator with thermal lockout and manual reset I
Housing P/N: ENo signal below 0'C,signal above 27°C 23
Indicator includes dear plastic cover and internal dirt protection
� cuu n.o'aani wry wu .cuu,
H UG210 Li Li J II G U X160 R tonnectionp)ugand'socket'aspeV'131N 36 90
TAN 1 TAN 2 TON 3 TAN 4 TANG TANG ISO 4400,Huschmann type(24 volt DC)
Electrical switch-normally closed,automatic reset
U Connection AMP junior timer connector 47
Element P/N: HCG200F 1 11 Reed switch operation suitable for low current applications4T T
Seal P/N: G200SK [_J
Two,
elk
PALL I't(ll Corporation 4,4
MAKING A
GREENER
10540 Ridge Road Visit us on the Web at www.pall.com FUTURE
New Port Richey,FL 34654
[phone] telephone Pas Corporation has offices and plants IrvouOhnut Iho world For Pall raprlpa.MllVas
[phone] toll free US in your Wes,Om go towww pail corn/cm-Owl
Becauss of lachnolopical devalopmeei related IO IN pro:hoots. systatM, and/ow
Portsmouth-UK PINION dewibod herein.the data Bed prr-.'lei serest s b Mango wrthoul nosh..
[phone] telephone information remoraPlease consult our v l representative or Hatt www pall cam to verify that this
oid
[phone] fax
Industrialeu©pa ll.com O Copyouel 2011,PA Corporation Pas and lro.,y an trMsmaras a Per Capaalks
•Indlastes a tradsmMA reg4lmad MO*VIAUSA..1144114.040 A GREENER FUTURI end
faaarbn SapewNbn$aMlso isr an Nona mans of PM CamarMan.
Filtration.Separation.Solution.g.' IM02toliN Apt 701,

I WA&AI I Inc..
SPIN-ON FILTERS -• 2 MOUN►ING
tsr"—\`\ HOI FS I
1 WS TO 60 GPM ," '
H
ESSURES TO 150 psi ,. ` /• c•
• STANDARD CAN THREADS \
• DIE-CAST ALUMINUM HEADS � ,
These are industry-standard filters; the
replacement elements will fit the heads of ii --1 FILTi �
"I'other major manufacturers(and vice versa). " • FEF•7 FEF-51 _
The smaller model FEF-30 cans will inter- M MI A 305 3,75 5 15
change with those of U.S. manufacturers. _�_ a 1 29 2.87 2.58
and the larger Model FEF-51 cans will C 4 5 7.28 9.56
interchange with those of U.S. and o 5 63 15
some European suppliers. c G 3 05 3.80 5.04
i H 150 1.50 ter
The Model FEF-7 filter flows up to t. 114.20 1/4.20 5/1e•18
7 GPM(return). Model FEF-30 filter M 1 12 1 h2 2 40
will handle up to 25 GPM (return). Weight 13 0/ 1 75 lb 4 o lbThe Model FEF-51 filter can
handle up to 60 GPM (return). r1E�,lovnL
CLFAHANCFt1
f
HOW I() ORDER COMPEL I1- FILTERS HOW f0 ORDER REPLACEMENT ELEMENTS
Select the desired specifications from the ordering table and Select the desired specifications from the
build an ordering code number, as shown in this sample: ordering table and build an ordering code
number,as shown in this example:
FEF • 30 • 12 • 10 • RV25 FEE - 30 10
TYLE - SIZE PORT ELEMENT VALVE STYLI• SIZE - ELEMENT
I rmtl#not wntantl,
STYLE SIZE { PORTS ELEMENT BYPASS STYLE SIZE ELEMENT ELEMENT
7 04(1/4 NPT) VAS THREAD
FEF ! 06(3/6 NPT) nt,7^'"•'^nt' (25 PSI)
10(10 micron)) size 30.51 7 03/3 mieron1 Ill 3/4 16 UNF
12S(1.1t16.12 SAE) is 1 AP►rnclan KV-15 FEE 130 10(10 micron) (30) 1.12 UNF 1
w i•ug WI l (18 PSI) 51 25(Z5 micron) (51) 1.1/Z-1lf UN
24(1-112NPT) size 7" 1 '100(100 mesh)
20S(1.5(8•12 SAE)
'NM available on FFF-r 'Available In FEE 30,51 only
"Bypass for FEF.7 is located inside etemon► _._. —_-_-- _--
FEF-7 ASSEMBLY FEF•30 ASSEMBLY FEF.51 ASSEMBLY
20 30 :SO
_ -
a 5 - T 25 ______._.._. ---- _ --- a 25
.-__w _ �-- a s/_
,10 $ 20 -- __._-,_. .__.. 0 20 ___..
6 10 10 PSI BYPASS 6,Lyt5 26141 BY JPASS _ 10, W t5 25 P$I BYPASS 03
IAJ26 41 to
fr
t0 • _
5 ;L 25 ' 26
Cellulose : 5 a 5
0 2 4 6 8 10 II 5 10 1S 20 25 T11 0 10 20 30 40 50 80
FLOW IGP1,1)
Ft OW(WV) FLOW iCPM►
Typical pressure drop through clonn filter assembly with oil viscosity of 150 SUS
htto://198.170.245.162/PG26.html 11 of 21111/16/20089:01:53AM1

__ .96 How To Order: FEF-30-XX-XX-XX
I
er, --
Code Inlet & Outlet Ports
/��\ 11 3'{ Nrir
rL�7 r nrv-rc t,
1111117
4 -0 ___ ■ a, 1--NY I h..
■� ose :
WEEMS
Lire• 1.50 00 No Bypass
4 - FL0b. WADE IN USA i 2• • .
\%. oseIIIIEMIMMINII
CM OW
03 Micron Cellulose
' (2)114.20 UNC _-28 THD. 'icron e u ose
`� 'micron Ceaurose
--
MTG.HOLES x 3l16 DEEP •- rw Mesn Drawees, •-
Wire Cloth
INLET AND OUTLET PORT SIZES
3/4"NPTF OR 1"NPTF OR
1 1/18.12 UN(SAE-12)
-. 3,85 -- ---r...l i .a--- - 3.25
, t4IJ .79 Agiiiiii t
Lia_g111.11.1k '
L\'s A—II • •
__
— t , ,
ii, t
1"- 12 THREAD (.v
Element Gasket Dimensions
2-3 4'0D x 2-3 8"ID x 3 16"TI-IK
FEE-30 ELEMENT
I
-iMCFoT
Element Removal
Average Pressure Drop Thru Clean Filter Flows Up To: 25 GPM(Return)9 GPM(Suction)
Assembly With 150 SSU Oil At 150° F. Port Sizes: 3/4"NPTF
25.-- ... ---r-•"•__ .» I"NPTF
1 1/18- 12(SAE 12)
20• Pressure: 250 PSt Max operating
Ve /10 25 IC
w ou ; 8°sssva v1 e.
o - Temperature: -65 to+250" F.Operating
1U, _ Application: Petroleum based flu de only,
DISK FILE: TITI E
§ - /1. , . tootal P8ZIP-t FEF-30 SERIES
FA
tg sr. - DRAWN BY: SPIN-ON FILTER
0 ..rr r,-r,l DAT�
I 30 0 g 29.(K
FLOW RATE(GPM) SCALE: FLOW EZY un»vviivv
FILTERS, INC. NO. 12 185- 1 1

LIQUID LEVEL GAGE - FRONT MOUNT, CARD THERMOMETER
Low profile body with wide sight openings is machined from extruded aluminum bar stock NOT a
composite of a stamping and molded plastic parts. Gage may be mounted from front if reservoir wall is
heavy enough to tap for mounting bolt. Otherwise use nuts furnished on 1/2-20 and 1/2-13 mountings
to tighten on interior wall of reservoir. Furnished complete with all 0-ring seals and nuts. A .06
(1.52mm)alignment adjustment at each end facilitates mounting. 3.00 (76.20mm)centerline gage has
60°F(15.6°C)to 180°F (82.2°C)thermometer scale, 5.00 (127.00mm)and longer centerline gage has
0°F to 220°F(104.4°C)thermometer scale.
(22.35mm) (24.13mm)
.25
STANDARD MATERIALS: .mum. (F.35mm) mom
• Aluminum construction 0 i I VI
• Buna N seals r
� o
• Crystal clear borosilicate sight for maximum ,
1/2-20UNF
fluid compatibility and will not discolor with STANDARD i
time or temperature i T' '
Pe r(19.05mm)
OPERATING CONDITIONS:
• Maximum working pressure up to 20 PSI i .75
(137.9 kPa)at 150°F(65.6°C),no corrosion (19.05mm)
ti
i , I,
UIM• i 1I
M--t- I . -LDJ 11b..1.41
BUNA N SEALS `miimin- sum
A B C • 1 - --0.-1.00
CATALOG CENTERS SIGHT LENGTH HOW fithER (25.40mm)
NUMBER INCHES INCHES INCHES Select catalog number as shown:
(mm) (mm) (mm) EXAMPLE:
3.00 1.50 4.62 G1615-1 -A-1- Buna N seals (standard)
G1
R.-- 1615-03-A-1 (76 201 (38 101 (117 351 f Aluminum construction only
10.00(254.00mm)centers
c l 615-05 a►-1 5.00 3.50 6.62 Gage series
(127.00) (88.90) (168.15)
10.00 8.50 11.62 OPTIONS:
G1615-10-A-1 (254.00) (215.90) (295.15) •EPDM SEALS- Specify-4 in place of-1 or-3 in
catalog number.
VITON A®SEALS • 1/2-13 COARSE THREAD FOR MOUNTING
3.00 1.50 4.62 -Specify"C"after the seal number.
G1615-03-A-3 (76.20) (38.10) (117.35) • M12 x 1.75 THREAD FOR MOUNTING-
G1615-05-A-3 5.00 3.50 6.62 Specify"M"after seal number.
(127.00) (88.90) (168.15) •CONTACT FACTORY FOR AVAILABILITY
i o.00 & PRICE ON BLUE FLUID IN
G1615-10-A-3 8.50 11.62 THERMOMETER- Specify"B"after seal
(254.00) (215.90) (295.15) number. (Not available for 3.00 [76.20mm] centers.)
OLa:, LUBE DEVICES, INC. LIQUID LEVEL GAGE-FRONT
1864 NAGLE AVE.,P.O.BOX 1810,MANITOWOC,WI 54221-1810 MOUNT, CARD THERMOMETER
PHONE:[phone] FAX:[phone] 1,04 BULLETIN F327-1615
E-MAIL:[e-mail] WEBSITE:www.lubedevices.com

HYDRAULIC MANIFOLD COMPONENTS
1 M&W Custom Aluminum Manifold
3 Vickers MRV5-10-E-0, Directional Valve
3 Vickers PRV2-10-K-0-20/SS, Pressure Reducing Valve
3 Wika 233.53, 2" Dial, 316SS, 0-1000psi, Liquid Filled

...-
Daman
Header Manifolds - 180° Design
Header block mounting hardware Is supplied.
See page 1 79 for itemized list
\.
f — r• r 1
i I 1 +_• óT ' OL
f
i:401*- 44:::57-- t ( . 1\,) .. ali...\
Specifications cations descriptions and dimensional data are subject to
Olfaction or change without notico or uxurring obligation
Download(Nast catalog page revisions at w^.vw darnandolds unit
Ordering Information
(- Side Port
Material Product Type Side Port Layout No. of Stations Threads
__
--
I
_ I
Material jSlde Port Layout No.of Stations
Side Port Threads)
Aluminurtl•11061 T6 18O Ports out two oppo- ®� 04P 048
90001 pal.20.7 MPe site sides
06P j
.oc 03 el50001 psi.34.5 MPe -- Check chars on 08P Q I : -I 1 1
t Waking pressure should 04 Maxi page to verify s.I he considered in accordance _. station-port size 12P 1 co 12 ._12- 4
lib ISO 4413 to determine 06 combinations (fin
appropriate material type _ and stock status 18P 18 YL
08 20P 20•
_i Product Type i 10 24P 44=
_ Check chart on nita papa to verity
H Header Block elation•port Mil combinations
184 Daman Products Company,Inc.
1811 North Home Street•Mishawaka,Indiana 46545-7267 USA• North America:800.959.7841 • Fax: [phone]
International:574.259.7841 •Fax: [phone]•Email:[e-mail]•Web:www.damanifolds.com

Dalliance-
Header Manifolds - 180° Design
ii
PART NO A B C D E F G H J K l_ M N P 0 R S
'H1800304' 5 63[142.9] •- 5 00[127.011 4 6
*H1800404' 7.38(187.31 •• 6.75(171.6) 4 8
•H1800604* 1.75 10.88(276.2) 0.88 1.06 1.75 0.25 1.25 0.31 5.13(130,2) 10.25(250.4) (7 t) 6 3/8 -8 1/4 -4 12
•H1800804" (44.5j 14.38(385.1)(22.2)(27.0](44.5) (6.41 (31.81 (7.9) 6.88(174.6) 13.75(349.3) 8 16
*H1801004' 17.88(454.0) _ 8.83(219.1) 17.25(438.2) 6 20
'H1800206P `____ 5.00(127,0)� 4.38(111.1) 4 4
• 11800306P 7.00[177.8) •- 8.38(161.9) 4 6
1H1800406P 2.00 9.00(228.6) 1.00 1.50 2.00 0.25 1.50 0.31 -- 8.38(212,7) 0.28 4 8
•H1800606P (50.8) 13.00(330.2)(25.41(38.1)(50.81 (6.41 (38.1) (7.9) 8,19(157.2) 12.38(314.3) (7.1) 8 1/2 8 3/e -6 12 ,-"""
1111800806P 17.00(431.8) 8.19(208.0) 18.38(415.9) 6 18
111801006P 21.00 533.4, 10.19(258,8) 20.38(517.5) 8 20
00206 . 1 - ;, , ( 4 ]
'4".. i 1
n.w.,,u� 1 Y 14(4!1 A Laj.
'111800406S 1.75 9.00(228.8 0.88 1.50 2.00 0.26 1.25 0.31 -- 8.38(212.7 0.28 4 8
•.11800606S (44.5 13.00(330.2 (22.2)(38.1)[50.8) (8.4) (31.8) (7.9) 8.19(157.21 12.38(314.3 [7.1) 8 1r! -8 3/8 8 12
'H1800806S 17.00(431.8 8.19(208.01 16.38(415, 8 18
'H18010065 21.00(633.4 10.19(258.81 20.38(517.5 8 20 •--•
141800208P 6.38(13� •• 4.75(120.7 4�"� ......---4
111800308P 7.75(198.9) •• 7.13(181.0) 4 6
'111800408P 2,00 10.13(257,2) 1.00 1.50 2.38 0.25 1.50 0.31 •• 9.50(241.3) 0.28 4 8
'H1800608P (50.8) 14.88(377.8)(25.4)(38.1)(60,3) (8.4) (38.1) (7.9) 7.13(181.0) 14.25(382.01 (7.1) 8 3/4 •12 1/2 a 12
'H1800808P 19.83(498.5) 9.0(241,3) 19.00(482.6) 6 16
'H1801008P 24.38[819.1) 11.88(301.61 23.75(803.3) 6 20
'H18002085 _ - 5.38(138.5] - -- •4.75(120.7) 4 4
•H1800308S 7 75[198,9] •- 7.13(181.0) 4 8
111800408S 2 25 10 13[257.2) 1.13 1.50 2.38 0.25 1 75 0.31 -- 9.50[241.3) 0.28 4 8
'H18006085 [57 2] 14 88[377.8] [28.6] [38.1][60 31 [6.4] (44.5] [7.9) 7.13[181.0) 14.25(362.0) [7.1) 812-12 1/2 -8 12 y
*H18008085 19.63[498.5] 9.50[241.3) 19.00[482.8) 6 16
*H18010085 24.38[619,11 11.88[301.6] 23.75(803.3) 8 20
'H1800212' 6.88(1 6) -- 8.13[155.8] 4 4
*1-11800312' 10.13(257.21 -- 9.38[238.1] 4 6
*H1800412' 2.50 13.381339.71 1.25 1.81 3.25 0.28 1.94 0.38 -- 12.63[320.7] 0.34 4 8
*H1800612• (83,5) 19.88[504.8)(31.8)[46.0)(82.6) [7.1) [49.2) (9.5) 9.56[242.9] 19.13[485 8) (8 7) 6 1" 16 3/4 12 12
*H1800812* 26.38[669.9) 12.81 [325.4] 25.63[650 91 6 16
*H1801012* 32.88(835.0) 16.06(406,0) 32.13[816.0) 6 20
'H1600218' 7.76(197.0) •• 7.00(177.81 4 4
H 1800318' 11.50(292.1) -- 10.75(273.1) 4 6 .1
'H 1800418• 3.00 15,25(387.4] 1.50 2.00 3.76 0.34 2.31 0.38 -- 14.50(388,3) 0.41 4 8
"H 1800616• (76.2) 22.751577.9)(38.1)(50.8)(95.3) (8.7) (58.7) (9.5) 11.00(279.41 22.00(558.8)(10.3] 6 1-1/a -20 1 -16 12 ►-
"H 1800816' 30.251788.4) 14.76(374.7) 29.50(749.3) 6 16
'H1801016' 37.75(958.9) 18.50(469.9) 37.00(939.81 6 ____- -.-.---.-_20
"H1800220" 8.0(215,9) -- 7.50(190.5) 4 4_
6 /11
'H1800420' a a 18:50,419.11 1,76 2.25 4.00 0.41 2.69 0.50 -- 15.50(393.7) 0.53 4 1-1/2 -24 1-1/4 -20 8
•'H1800620' (86.9) 24,0(822.3)(44.6)(67.2)not el(10.3)(68.3)(12.7) 11.75[298.5] 23.50[596.9)(13.5) 6 12
'H1800820' 32.0(825.5) 15.75[400.1) 31.50(800.1) 8 16 t
111800224P 10.00(254 0) -- 9.00(228.6) 4 4 g a
'H1800324P 4.00 15.00[381 0) 2 00 2.50 5.00 0.41 3.19 0.50 •- 14.00(355.8) 0.53 4 6
111800424P pot 6) 20.00[508.0)(50.8)(63.5)[127.01(10,3)(81.0)(12.7) 9.50(241.3) 19,001482.81(13.51 6 2" 32 1.1/2 -24 8
'H1800624P 30.00(762.0) 14.0(388,3) 29.00(738:6) 6 12 ,
'H18002245 10.00(254.0) -- 9.00(228.6) 4 4 e
'H1800324S 4.50 15.00[381.0) 2.25 2.50 5.00 0.41 3.69 0.50 •• 14.00[355.8) 0.53 4 2" 32 1 t/2 24 6
'H1800424S 014 3] 20.00[508.0)(57.2)[63.51 1127.0][10.3)(93.7)(12.7) 9 50[241.3) 19.00(482.8)(13.5) 6 8 4)
'H1800624S 30 00[762 0] 14 50[368.3) 29.00[736 6) 6 12 ea •-
a
3: •
Daman Products Company,Inc. 185 11
1811 North Home Street•Mishawaka,Indiana 46545-7267 USA• North America:800.959.7841 •Fax: [phone]
International: 574.259.7841 • Fax: [phone]•Email: sales@danlanifolda,C0111•Web: www.damanifolds.com 1

ET•N
Powering BusinessD
Worldwide
Directional Controls
Manual and pilot operated directional control valves for applications
up to 350
bar(5000 psi) and 265 L/min (70 USgpm)
1
R
., .....:,,,, ,,,,,,,
Integrated ��� Where measurements are critical request certified drawings.We reserve the right to change specifications without notice.
Hydraulics
B,,a w eauar:ttiaa»ea EATON Screw-In Cartridge valves E-VLSC-MC001-E December 2009 D 1.A

M RV 5-10 - Manual Rotary Valve
Manual semi-rotary directional control valve
11 L/min (3 USgpm) • 210 bar(3000 psi)
Operation Features
2 4 This valve will direct flow By turning the operator 90°,flow Hardened,ground and honed
I — between ports 1 and 2 and ports will be directed between ports working parts to limit leakage
I 3 and 4 in one position. 1 and 4 and port 3 and 2. During and prolong life.Various levers
T — the cross-over transition,all ports and knobs available with and
1 3 are blocked. without detent.
Sectional View Performance Data
Ratings and Specifications
D ii Performance data is typical with fluid at 21,8 cSt(105 SUS)and 49°C(120°F)
Typical application pressure(all ports) 210 bar(3000 psi)
Cartridge fatigue pressure(infinite life) 210 bar(3000 psi)
Rated flow 11 L/min(3 USgpm)
11II!
Temperature range -40°C to 120°C(-40°to 248°F)
ram= '_� Manual operators D Lever(3 position detent)
E-Ball(3-position detent)
�7TI'
Cavity C-10-4
Fluids All general purpose hydraulic fluids such as:
ii MIL-H-5606,SAE 10,SAE 20 etc.
I : Filtration Cleanliness code 18/16/13
�� I 4 Standard housing material Aluminum or Steel
- Weight cartridge only0,27kg(0.59Ibs);.� ; 3Seal kit 889625(Buna N), 566080(triton®)
Lightdutyhousing only.
I� tritonisaregisteredtrademark of E.I.DuPont1NI 2
IN a
Description Pressure Drop Curves
1 This is a 4 way 2 or 3 position Cartridge only
manual semi-rotary directional
control valve. In the center Flow-L/min (21,8 cSt oil @ 49°C)
condition all ports closed. 0 2 4 6 8 10
1 J I I 1 - 12
N 150 A 10 m
a
— 8
0 100 2
o 6 0
a) B a)
cn 50 4 co N
a) a)
li C — 2 a-
0 0
0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3
Flow-USgpm(105 SUS oil ® 120°F)
A-Port 3 to 4 or 3 to 2
B-Port 4 to 1
C-Port 2 to 1
Where measurements are critical request certified drawings.We reserve the right to change specifications without notice. I sir Integrated
Hydraulics
D-200.A EATON Screw-In Cartridge Valves E-VLSC-MC001-E December 2009 ro us .,vae»° AnE•on8entl

MRV5-10 - Manual Rotary Valve
Manual semi-rotary directional control valve
11 L/min (3 USgpm) • 210 bar (3000 psi)
Model Code MRV5 - 10 (V) - ** - *** - 00
I I I l I l i I I i I I l I I l I
I l ICI 3 4 5 6
1 Function 5 Port Size 6 Special Features
MRV5 - Manual rotary Code Port Size Housing Number 00-None
valve 4-way Aluminum Aluminum steel (Only required if valve has special
Light Duty Fatigue Rated features,omitted if"00".)
2 Size 10 Cartridge
10-10 size Add 3/8"BSPP 02-179705 - -
3 Seal Material A6T SAE 6 566161 - - D
Blank-Buna-N A2G 1/4"BSPP - 876709 -
V VII-. A3G 3/8"BSPP - 876715 -
A6H SAE 6 - 876708 -
4 Manual Operator A8H SAE 8 - 876713 -
O- No operator S2G 1/4"BSPP - - 02-175139
D Level(3 position detent) S3G 3/8"BSPP - - 02-175140
m-i Pvt.'r?-nncitinn r1Ptrantl -
IE-Ball(3-position detent) I S6T SAE 6 - - 02-175137
s:c-owl lc-pvsrutn i tetei n7 S8T SAE 8 - - 02-175138
K- Knob(2-position,no detent) See section.i for housing details.
Dimensions Torque cartridge in
mm(inch) aluminum housing
47-54 Nm(35-40 ft Ibs)
Cartridge Only Installation Drawing(Aluminum)
Port 3 to 4 28.8
and 2to 1 45 (1.13)
0
4 0 _Mid.. 731
4n. 20.8
(1.61) Poson F(0.31.p. (02) r.41'tI) 45a 3g.7 1 4-- t r r1
Port 3 to 2 (c)
(1• ) I3 .2 3 (207)(3.27) (3. 0) 1 _. Z_ (0.281) + f♦
9,5(0.375) —
, _ _
1 �1 '
1 •_ 25.4 9.5 57.15� 25.4 _
58,0 �j - (1.00) (0.38) (2.250) 2-Slots (1.00)
(2.28) � 76.2 .
lima (3.00)
1 --- Locating pin
__ � 25,4(1.0)Hex
o 4
0.875"-14 Thd.
61,9
(2.43) ° 3
I vow
2
gml1 015,75(0.620)
017,40(0.685)
0 18,97(0.747)
4111/1
kiwi i ru to ci E •RI Where measurements are critical request ratified drawings.We reserve the right to change specifications without notice.
Hyriruuilt:s i
An to on Brand EATON Screw-In Cartridge Valves E-VLSC-MC001-E December 2009 D-201.A

ET•N
Powering Business Worldwide
Pressure Control
Direct and pilot operated pressure control valves for applications
P
up to 350 bar(5000 psi) and 300 L/min (80 USgpm)
44 4-
Irv: 4
t
al
Integrated �T Where measurements are critical request certified drawings.We reserve die right to change specifications without notice.
Hydraulics �-(S�
An Eaton Brand a..c.ro eannasS nedmiea EATON Screw-In Cartridge Valves E-VLSC-MC001-E December 2009 E-1.A

PRV2-10 - Pressure Reducing/Relieving Valve
Spool, pilot operated
38 L/min (10 USgpm) • 240 bar(3 500 psi)
•
1 Operation Features
This valve is normally open and preventing any further Cartridge construction with
I allowing inlet oil to pass to the pressure rise in the regulated hardened,ground and honed
regulated line until the outlet line. If any external force working parts giving smooth,
(regulated)pressure exceeds causes the regulated pressure stable operation over all
the setting of the pilot section. to rise more than 5-10% above pressure ranges.
When this setting is achieved the setting,the main spool
L_______—__ _ _____ a pilot flow occurs,causing a moves back further,opening
3 2 pressure imbalance across the the regulated port to the tank
main spool, which then moves line,thus working as a relief
throttling the inlet flow valve.
Sectional View Performance Data
Ratings and Specifications
I -~ Performance data is typical with fluid at 21,8 cSt(105 SUS)and 49°C(120°F)
Typical application pressure(all ports) 240 bar(3500 psi)
E I Cartridge fatigue pressure(infinite life) 210 bar(3000 psi)
1111 .- Rated flow 38 L/min(10 USgpm)
Cavity C-10-3
• • Standard housing materials Aluminum or steel
Temperature range -40°to 120°C(-40°to 248°F)
Fluids All general purpose hydraulic fluids such as:
MIL-H-5606, SAE 10, SAE 20,etc.
Filtration Cleanliness Code 18/16/13
...__
�:/� Weight cartridge only 0,24 kg(0.54 Ibs)
.......
c„,,,,„
�`r,`� Seal kits 565804 Buna-N
:..,.
„c .
j; 889599 Viton®
Viton is a registered trademark of E.I.DuPont
■ iu 3
(i0il
•A ;u 2
-1
`—`-
Description Pressure Override Curves
This is a pilot operated Cartridge only Flow-L/min(21,8 cSt oil®49°C)
screw in cartridge pressure 40 30 20 10 01 0 20 30 40
reducing/relieving valve.The 5000 L i L 1 350
valve maintains a constant
outlet pressure in hydraulic . 4000 -300
sub-systems regardless of ` A -250
fluctuations in the primary to 3000 -200
system. In addition to this it a a
will act as a relief valve if the ai 2000 B 150 ai
pressure in the sub-system 0 - 100 0
rises higher than the setting of a 1000 C -50 w
the valve directing excess fluid a
to tank. 0 0
A 35 spring 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 2 4 6 8 10 12
B-20 spring Port 1 to 3 I Port 2 to 1
C-3 spring Flow-USgpm(105 SUS oil®120°F)
Where measurements are critical request certified drawings.We reserve the right to change specifications without notice. ■ Integrated
ry Hydraulics
E-600.A EATON Screw-In Cartridge Valves E-VLSC-MC001-E December 2009 n„Eaton Brand

PRV2-10 - Pressure Reducing/Relieving Valve
Spool, pilot operated
38 L/min (10 USgpm) • 240 bar (3500 psi)
Model Code PRV2 — 10 (V) — * — (S) — ** — **/ ** — 00
I I I Illlll Ill Ill Ill I I I Ill Iil
I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
I Function 6 Port Size
PRV2- Pressure reducing/ 0 - Cartridge only
relieving valve Code Port Size Housing Number
Aluminum Aluminum Steel
2 Size Light duty Fatigue rated Fatigue rated
10- 10 size 3B 3/8"BSPP 02-173358 - -
2G 1/4"BSPP - 876705 02-175127
11-31 Seal materi 3G 3/8"BSPP - 876714 02-175128
Blank- Buna-N 6H SAE 6 - 876704 -
I wI„.r 8H SAE 8 - 876711
6T SAE 6 566162 - 02-175124 E
4 Adjustment 8T SAE 8 - - 02-175125
C Cap See section J for housing.
F - Factory set
1 - Ite al
K- Knob 7 Cracking Pressure 8 Factory Set 9 Special Features
Range Reduced Pressure 00- None
Note:Code based on pressure Within .nges in (Only required if valve has special
in psi. La= Normal Factory faaturac nmifkeA if"M"1
5 Valve Housing 3- 3,5-20 bar -i • .t approximate mid- ISS- 316 Stainless Steel
Material icn-'inn ncil range. User requested settings external components
lank- Aluminum 20- 7-140 bar I in 3,45 bar(50 psi)steps,
no 3«.1 (100-2000 psi) Coded as in the following
D6 17 210 L. examples:
(250-3500 psi) 10- 70 bar(1000 psi)
10.5-72,4 bar(1050 psi)
"K" Adjustment
Dimensions 038,1(1.50)
mm(inch)
"S"Adjustment
Cartridge Only a Installation Drawing(Steel)
C"Adjustment;— �—
19,1(0.75)hex ►i
"F'Adjustment ' i rirl
-
I.Adjustment 19,1 �r� 80,0 83.8
(0.75) � (3.30) fl j (3.15) _!Ii
hex � 1.38) ��1
53,0 ll ® t 1
(2.08) i
25,4
ItS(1.0) ��� 2X 07.14 I (3.IP (0.75)
hex (o.2a) +
�:
22.4_ 9.7 57.02� I'-'T-22.4
(0.88) '. . (0.38) (2.245) (0.88)
0.875" 14Thd. (3.00)2
46,0 0 0 3 WARNING
(1.81) —— Torque cartridge in housing
I 01 m A-47-54 Nm(35-40 ft.Ibs) Aluminum housings
( 2 can be used for
50-55 Nm 68-75-S ft.Ibs
_ ( ) pressures up to 210 bar(3000
psi).Steel housings must bepressuresr�li 0 15,80(0.622) used for operating pressures
017,40(0.685) above 210 bar(3000 psi).
Intutirutud Where measurements are critical request certified drawings.We reserve the right to change specifications without notice.
twillii
MytlrtitMow ���'UU
An Ea on Brand EATON Screw-In Cartridge Valves E-VLSC-M0001-E December 2009 E-601.A

Mechanical
Pressure Measurement
Bourdon Tube Pressure Gauges
Stainless Steel Series
Type 232.53 - Dry Case
Type 233.53 - Liquid-filled Case
WIKA Datasheet 23X.53
Applications
With liquid filled case for applications with high dynamic Mp Bp
pressure pulsations or vibration
Suitable for corrosive environments and gaseous or " 479 �'
liquid media that will not obstruct the pressure system '�'
r Process industry: chemical/petrochemical, power
•Yr
stations, mining,on and offshore,environmental tech-
• ;Pa •
'i
nology, mechanical engineering and plant construction py
1
Special features
M Excellent load-cycle stability and shock resistance •
M All stainless steel construction
M Positive pressure ranges to 15,000 psi
Bourdon Tube Pressure Gauge Model 232.53
Standard Features
Design Temperature error
ASME B40.100 & EN 837-1 Additional error when temperature changes from reference
temperature of 68"F(20'C)f0.4%for every 18"F(10"C)rising
Sizes or falling. Percentage of span.
2",21/2"&4"(50, 63 and 100 mm)
Weather protection
Accuracy class Weather tight (NEMA 4X / IP65)
2" Et 2Y4": t 2/1/2%of span (ASME B40.100 Grade A)
4": t 1.0% of span (ASME B40.100 Grade 1A) Pressure connection
Material: 316L stainless steel
Ranges Lower mount (LM)or center back mount (CBM)
Vacuum / compound to 200 psi Lower back mount (LBM)for 4"size
Pressure from 15 psi to 15,000 psi 1/8"NPT, 1/4"NPT or 1/2"NPT limited to wrench flat area
or other equivalent units of pressure or vacuum
Bourdon tube
Working pressure Material: 316L stainless steel
2"&21/2": Steady: 3/4 scale value 2"E 21/2": < 1,000 PSI: C-type,
Fluctuating: 2/3 full scale value > 1,500 PSI: helical type
Short time: full scale value 4": < 1,500 PSI: C-type,
2,000 PSI: helical type
4 Steady: full scale value
Fluctuating: 0.9 x full scale value Movement
Short time: 1.3 x full scale value Stainless steel
Operating temperature Dial
Ambient: -40"F to +140"F(-40'C to *60"C) -dry White aluminum with black lettering, 2"and 21/2"with stop pin
-4"F to +140"F(-20'C to+60°C) -glycerine filled
-40°F to+140"F(-40"C to+60"C) -silicone filled
Medium: +212'F (+100°C) maximum
WIKA Datasheet 23X.53 05/2009 Page 1 of 2
Iwl KAI
*Part of your business

■
Polntsr Optional extras
Black aluminum ■ SS restrictor
• SS front flange
Case • SS rear flange(21/2"and 4"only)
304 stainless steel with vent plug and SS crimp ring • Zinc-plated steel or SS u-clamp bracket
Welded case/ socket connection (field installable-see note)
• Cleaned for oxygen service
Window • Red drag pointer or mark pointer(21/2"and 4"only)
Polycarbonate • External zero adjustment (4"size only)
• Other pressure connections
Liquid filling IISilicone or Fluorolube case filling
Glycerine 99.7% Type 233.53 • Other pressure scales available:
bar, kPa, MPa, kg/cm and dual scales
Note:U-clamp bracket for 2"must he ordered with gauge
Dimensions
M G
llII''''```` G lIk
A
41
_ 1_
�� IUi:i...t "1:1 � Pi � 1 tt
(DI i�il T(epit , 1(opt)
t
front flange
U
M N c,
-S- A t-C -1
C 11111
I
a1 , Si_
p l
�� I
/ v .
T lop-) I
I NI
0t)
-.u, - ll ,l N w1+4) W(sq)
rear flange cr - '(ff'11 u-clamp
2" mm 55 48 30 50 12 53 - 3.6 71 60 5.5 14 0.27 lb.dry
in 2.17 1.89 1.18 1.97 0.47 2.0O - 0.14 2 80 2. 1/4" 0.55 0.33 lb.filled
2.5" mm 69 54 32 62 13 54 - 3 6 88 1 75 6.5 14 0.36 lb.dry
in 2.69 2.13 1.26 2.45 0.51 2.13 - 0.14 3.47 2.95 0.26 1/4" 0.55 0.44 lb.filled
4" mm 107 87 48 100 15.5 79.5 30 4.8 132 116 8 22 1.10 lb.dry
in 4 21 3 43 1.89 3.91 0.61 3.13 1.18 0.19 5.20 4.57 0 31 1/2" 0.87 1.76 lb.filled
Recommended panel cutout is dimension D+ 1 mm
Page 2 of 2 WIKA Datasheet 23X.53 05/2009
Ordering information WIKA
Pressure gauge model/Nominal size/Scale range/Sire of connection/Optional extras required
Specifications and dimensions given in this leaflet represent the state of engineering at the lime of printing -
Modifications may lake place and materials specified may be replaced by others without prior notice WIKA Instrument Corporation
1000 Wiegand Boulevard
Lawrenceville,GA 30043
Tel[phone] Toll-free 1-888-WIKA-USA
Fax [phone]
E-Mail [e-mail]
www.wika.corn

MicroTork Rotovalve Page 1 of 1
Microtork-Rotovalve
140 Mt.Bethel Road
Warren,NJ 07059
In 1997 Microtork in Warren,NJ purchased the assets of Rotovalve located in Rahway,NJ The valve design of Phone:[phone]
Rotovalve was based off the original principles of the Microtork.The original Rotovalve models are manufactured by Fax (90k)754-3280
Microtork.See models for all Microtork and Rotovalve products,
I lome I How It Works Models I Contact Us
An Excellent Choice for Hydraulic Control in a Variety of Industries
The Microtork valves are four way,high gain,Rotary Mechanical Servo
Valves that can sense and control the precise positioning of anything that is
• Jr controlled hydraulically or pneumatically. A precise instrument with only one
moving part,the valve can be mounted in any position and requires no
adjustment.
• e •• •r ``- A Unique Concept in Hydraulic Controls
•�e t
The Microtork valve makes for the simplest type of positional feedback
system because of the extremely low torque required to operate the valve.
Developed originally for directly sensing the paper edge in an edge guiding application it enabled the
designer to build into his mechanism a type of control that has been impossible with previously available
components.
The Microtork valve can replace expensive electro-hydraulic in many applications.It is one of the most
economic and reliable methods of positioning,sensing and following.
Features:
• Designated for hydraulic use up to 3000 PSIG
• Stainless Steel internals with Aluminum,Steel,or Stainless body
• An extremely low force of only a few inch-ounces of torque is required to rotate the valve stem,which
in turn controls up to 3,000 PSIG of hydraulic pressure.
• Sensitivity and gain adjustments are easily made by changing the length of the control arm
• Valves are designed with a slight"negative lap"which keeps both ports closed f when the valve is in
the neutral or null position
Common Applications:
• Loop and Tension Control
• Flying Shears
• Positioning and Locating
• Following Templates and Cams
• Coil and Remind and Unwind Machines
• Maintaining level with a Pendulum Feedback to Valve
• Web Guiding for Belts,Paper,and Metal
• Speed Control
Advantages:
• Simple Mounting and Piping
• No Electrical Connections
• Special Configurations and Designs Available Upon Request
c2u11 bbcroiork ROIOVIIIVC i 1-10 MI IhlheI koud Warren,NJ 07059I Phone.[phone] I Fax [phone](0
http://microtork-rotovalve.com/ 12/5/2011

MicroTork Rotovalve - How It Works Page 1 of 1
How It Works: For Web Guidin•
41.111rt„,,...
r
Web,belt or edge guiding is a very common application of the MICROTORK valve.As is always the case in
running large flat belts,they have a tendency to drift in one direction or the other depending on the
alignment of the rollers.By having the control arm of the MICROTORK valve running along the edge of the
belt and the output of the valve controlling the extension length of the piston,automatic alignment
adjustment takes place.
http://microtork-rotovalve.com/howitworks/ 12/5/201 1

1.11V1v 1 VA ll 1ww•M1•V 1.1 VYVSJ 1 MbV 1 VA.I
Microtork-Rotovalve
140 Mt.Bethel Road
Warren,NJ 07059
In 1997 Microtork in Warren,NJ purchased the assets of Rotovalve located in Rahway,NJ.The valve design of Phone:[phone]
Rotovalve was based off the original principles of the Microtork.The original Rotovalve models are manufactured by Fax:[phone]
Microtork. See modelg for all Microtork and Rotovalve products.
cb 0 I0
a. © ® 0 0
m ®
0 0
7/0
T - 4
(�
de
;n
•
4111
• :dire 0

Parts List
ITEM QTY PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION
C- 1 1 GP-105 VALVE BODY
2 1 GP-910 SLEEVE
4, 0 3 1 GP-108 SHAFT
4 2 GP-124 BEARING
f 40 5 1 GP-117 GASKET FRONT
u`0' 00 0 a 6 1 GP-115 GASKET REAR
7 1 GP-103-3 FRONT COVER
0 0 0 06,,,,,,(r
8 1 GP-104 REAR COVER
9 1 GP-110-1 SHAFT SEAL TEFLON
0 10 1 GP-206 SEAL COVER
11 4 ANSI B18.6.3-5-40 x 1/4 Countersunk Flat Head Screw
0•� 12 16 ANSI B18.3-10-32 UNF-0.625 HS HCS Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screw
0 :�\0
0 Its 0(4. � o
0 0 ;0 p ��
• 'Co fo 4
a0 0 0 ,(���(6,fc
0 0 �°'� %rC 0
CO
O
0
0
0
0
TITLE.
PARTS LIST FOR SST SERIES
DATE BABRAWINA NUMBER.
2/21/2011 375SST EXPL.

50 PU 70 PU
�0 PRESS SIZE TENSION/ALIGNING MAX PRESSURE 'A' TENSION/ALIGNING MAX PRESSURE 'A'
0.5m 275 PSI 365 PSI
r� 0.75m 375 PSI 500 PSI
1.Om 475 PSI 650 PSI
JI/ 1.Sm 675 PSI 935 PSI
2.0m 525 PSI 700 PSI
2.5m 650 PSI 875 PSI
03.0m 750 PSI 1050 PSI
r
0 0
la I 1 S 00
w
\\-4 aan.a icum 0
3
Km PWIIINWE mimes.
^ A N �. 0 GROUP RW EARL QUOTE MOTOR
MMI1 14260A STANDARD
_\ AIVJ1
2 14231A W/I IIUiI'1'i1
•)
MN
I I A I `ul� 1I11I I E.11111111.111
® i .............
VI
+l_
,. SET CHART FOR INTERNAL PRESSURE SETTINGS.
2. APPROX.14E14.7R WITH OIL;300 LBS.
3. PRESSURE ALTER WEN 10)REPLACEMENT ELEMENT PALL P/N HCO200E3244E1.
4. RETURN FILTER(TIE)/ 11)REPLACEMENT ELEMENT FLOW E2Y P/N FEE-30-10.
5. SWITCHED FRIBA VICKERS RETURN FILTER TO FLOW EZY II FEB.2012
t ,e
1‘1111.MIME
COWSW aal AOMIIpII
.urn stEEER IFN 1a-5m
y. +PI!!SR MUS1�ff IIOp ]te SS to Yt OR14.IY LC.
-iFi PECK MICE M0516 15 05:5P1-63-5-10
1C5R31.DGc UAW. la 411.0020/5
_TI _ cow pia..MIME:I/I.MR aPOID 13
UK Mil
0 - 1 ��!U THAN.1LT23I �� iIOW ETV I2 1Ef.A-I -gJll
PIQSIR R1Q PMI I I Np1ee1�E1�
WM=... pviLti,
Plp6teE CRUDE LOU AIO-91-15
W PIES?11E AMR STAEEM f�-IJO�M�1
00.R11G ORIENT MINIM i11Y
NW COURIIL Hof 1Ya1E10, WO lit.IT
11ma1 c.PIJC HNf raY101 MI=1/C.Ylr
1J I/e' .ND) 9EU.IOUSMG 10a1111IX 1a5M2]A
2M ner.U7 T MOTOR eE0 m21a[1ltsert-CI
12 Cm vw.a1 RITE Pow.0101YM ]PK-PI2-AS-10
— 20 GUI.Ammo E/ID 55 mP I1016110
OTY_ IIESCRIPTICN MAC. III M HI MN{Nti'
BDP INDUSTRIES,INC.
GREENMI['hl.NY.i2834
j•— ,. - - r— ITr wnu.x I a c mu
�30P HVDRAWC POWER UNIT
3 MO 1R 15-17 POI 01101E 1201h] WC IEOI I53• - IE• OJOPp I OWN I oars 2 HP. SS RESERVOIR
2 I NTL 50557 P/5 I05 50,l'IE 1N0 NMI ...P.: o
rev. 1nOMN. If I'G�` I I 1 ...0 1-700-100e I

3/E SAE CONNECTION
(a)PLACES
CD II
PRESS SIZE TENSION/ALIGNING MAX PRESSURE 'A' ill"
0.5m 275 PSI0.75m 375 PSI I ■■ ■ ■■1.Om 475 PSI __ air.
_ __
1.5m 675 PSI =� �� �__�
2.0m 525 PSI
2.5m 650 PSI 3' _ 3' 1 1/2•
3.0m 750 PSI
O
9•
21/4•
II 0
11/2• ° ° °L
NONI . N® I® N® 2 W
MI
III .\
• ED Mill
ifi-
lII AlaIt, qi,
f),, 0
\ttJ 11 =
-41
I I I O
'N N II N I lel
RESE PORTS PLUGGED
III
n�
3/R'
........ PRESSURE IS TO 88'PORT ..._.....
noun. W/IWIXE IN POSITION 910wN1 nNul,i iiRMN mom. nNIOIN
TIP(3)PLACES
3/R DM TWIG MI)2 3/4' I I 3 I 3 11 1i2• 5/8 DIA%I/2 DP(SORE
(2)PLACES
NOTES:
1. REFERENCE R.W.EARL QUOTE 05049E FOR MANIFOLD W/GAUGES.
2. NEW QUOTE 09194A IS WITH OUT GAUGES.WIKA GAUGES
INSTALLED BY BDP.
TENDON TENSIRI NIONING
A R A 8 A 8
3 PRESSURE CAUCE FITTING 5 BRENNNI
OO O UOUSD FILLED PRESSURE GAUGE
,�, 3 33.53 4 MIKA
O0-1� Oo-I 00 Op_1 3 2PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE J NCNERS
O 00
/2'SAE-8 CONNECTION
3 PRV2-10-K-0-20/SS
' a DIRECTIONAL VALVE
SET_'A'
SET a SET e MRV5-10-E-0 2 VICKERS
100 A 1 CUSTOM ALUMINUM MANIFOLD 1 N&W
03 T ——1 03-0448
QTY. DESCRIPTION MAT. ITEM REMARKS
P I �\
H UUC PANa SCIIEANTIC —1 I �`D CUWWV-> BDP INDUSTRIES,INC.
(3)33A133R NARK=(ON BELTTNRSS) --1,—.) GREENWICH,N.Y.12834
L _.._.._.._.._.._ _ —..—.._..—.. —..— _IrO H,DRIUUC
CUSTONEP• NACMINL
we TIRE
POKER SUPPLY UNIT 30P
3 STATION HYDRAULIC MANIFOLD
I ItI SRMC GAR a Ti Nwa-Ioaou WC via,, SDP JOB No. I ow SKR ro ASSEMBLY (3DP)
3 cORRECT PORT uuaurs vm mx...
2 RmE90N WO AKAP APPO ay: sCAtE Slit, a PEv.
REV. orsavvIpN 0Y I_ I I owc N. 2-700-1 4

0 0 _ o _
0-1000 0-1000 1. 0-1000 '.
0- 0--• 0 •
12 1T 12
LADIES:
1.ASTERIK(R)DENOTES FIELD CONNECTION TO BDP SUPPLIED EQUIPMENT.
10 .---+ 10 ;---+ 10 ,---+ UNE SIZES SHOWN ARE RECOMMENDED FOR POWER UNIT LOCATIONS
15 FEET OR LESS FROM PRESS.
SET O _ SET OLil SET O2. REFER TO GENERAL ARRANGEMENT DRAWING FOR HYDRAULIC PANEL
POm 200-'A' 200-'A' 100-300PIESSRE CYLINDER,AND ALIGNING VALVE LOCATIONS ON PRESS.
1/2•x WINE PRO.EOED PSI PSI PSI
3. REFER TO HYDRAUUC POWER UNIT GENERAL ARRANGEMENT DRAWING
__ _—_— 1L_
FOR POWER SUPPLY SPECIFIGTION.
F---------- Po 4. REFER TO HYDRAULIC PANEL DRAWING FOR SPECIFICATIONS.
TR
I B B A B A
REGAN PORT
yr x PRONGED1 7
PRESS MOUNTED
UPPER LOWER I I TENSION ROLL c
c
I ` - UPPER BELT —
LOWER BELT
ALIGNING ROLL
--
e e e ea 1=1I� '"I Y i i '� j
1=1I=
RELEASE RELEASE ALIGNING YN VFi I TENSION , ALIGNING VN VF
1/2.OD RN STARES T
STIGL z pwlgg II TENSION TENSION I II RELEASE _ II
BEI T TENSION RMIC Till
T Al IGNING R0114 ___I L_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_____-_-_ J
BELT TENSION&BELT ALIGNING CYLINDERS ON PRESSURE SECTION BELT TENSION&BELT ALIGNING CYLINDERS ON GRAVITY RR T
PRESSURE PORT RETURN PORT
I/2'x MALE PROVED 1/2'x ROE PI10.WD
P• To
.2 7
O_. I 50 PLI 70 PLI
O PRESS SIZE TENSION/ALIGNING MAX PRESSURE 'A' TENSION/ALIGNING MAX PRESSURE 'A' , NRWIan PRESSURE ass IRA 12 22,.ST
O.Sm 275 PSI 365 PSI NRR uD N•• 0,-n.a
REGIONS VALVE VCKEPS 11 RR2-10-K-0-20/23
0-2000 0.75m 375 PSI 500 PSI ORECTONAE WOE VICERS 1WIN-10-E-0
RETURN{YR]I RA E2Y Pp31-123-Io-MlS
. O RETURNS FILTER OW
1I1221MIOOIV21tl
i.Om 475 PSI 650 PSI
PRESSURE SWITCH PRESAIIE MUSE LENZ rC-211-25
CLOSES•IW PS
aCSEwvNc 1E1
1.5m 675 PSI 935 PSI OWLOW��
0
2.Om T 525 PSI 700 PSI S.PROR.01ICION ROTOR KO 02211ETIIW1c-E2
O O O A VWNBI 2 ON E VINE PULP RORTNIIN VP+C-P12-A,-20
B 2.5m 650 PSI 875 PSI 20 GAL RESERVOIR W/1WI SS MP NOUSTRES
I2,�© 3.Om 750 PSI 1050 PSI OTT. DESCRIPTION MAT. ITEM REMARKS
I S 1*I I I �4Cum�1� SDP INDUSTRIES,INC.
1-1 .- ___.I � s� Rn n �QREENWICH.N.Y.123N
0 I IDP oRe 3DP HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC
II��
2 UPDATE S1AIITP P/N NOIENCARME WIG IAWT arm. MO. M. OF r+.
LEY. DESORPTION IT WE I I nwo -700-1009 2

Burlington, NC
BDP Job Number 1586
Skidded 2.0m 3DP w/10'GBT
_..TE: 5/5/2021 NO.OF
REV: 0 UNITS: 1
TOTAL
ITEM# UNIT MANUFACTURER PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION SPARE REQ'D
PRESS MOUNTED ELECTRICAL
6 ALLEN BRADLEY 802MC-AY5 LIMIT SWITCH 6
6 ALLEN BRADLEY 802T-W3 LIMIT SWITCH OPERATING LEVER,SS ROD 6
2 ALLEN BRADLEY 440E-L13133 PULL CORD ACTUATED EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH 2
2 ALLEN BRADLEY 440E-A13195 STAINLESS STEEL TENSIONER KIT 2
2 ALLEN BRADLEY 871TM-BH8N18-H2 PROXIMITY SWITCH, 18MM,PRESS&GRAVITY ZERO SPEED 2
PRESS MAIN CONTROL PANEL
STOCK 2 MORRIS 91140 UL LISTED GROUND BAR 2
1 HAMMOND PH1500MQMJ 1500VA CONTROL TRANSFORMER 1
1 EATON FAZ-C40/3 UL 1077 BREAKER,3 POLE,40 AMP,C TRIP CURVE 1
1 EATON FAZ-C15/3-NA UL 489 BREAKER,3 POLE, 15 AMP,C TRIP CURVE 1
1 EATON FAZ-C10/3-NA UL 489 BREAKER,3 POLE, 10 AMP,C TRIP CURVE 1
2 EATON FAZ-C2/3-NA UL 489 BREAKER,3 POLE,2 AMP,C TRIP CURVE 2
1 EATON FAZ-D30/3-NA UL 489 BREAKER,3 POLE,30 AMP,D TRIP CURVE 1
1 EATON FAZ-D15/3-NA UL 489 BREAKER, 3 POLE, 15 AMP,D TRIP CURVE 1
1 EATON FAZ-D10/3-NA UL 489 BREAKER, 3 POLE, 10 AMP,D TRIP CURVE 1
1 EATON FAZ-D6/3-NA UL 489 BREAKER,3 POLE,6 AMP,D TRIP CURVE 1
1 EATON FAZ-D3/3-NA UL 489 BREAKER,3 POLE,3 AMP,D TRIP CURVE 1
1 EATON FAZ-D6/2-NA UL 489 BREAKER,2 POLE,6 AMP, D TRIP CURVE 1
1 EATON FAZ-C10/1-NA-L CIRCUIT BREAKER, 1 POLE, 10 AMP,C CURVE 1
1 EATON FAZ-05/1-NA-L CIRCUIT BREAKER, 1 POLE,5 AMP,C CURVE 1
4 EATON FAZ-C2/1-NA-L CIRCUIT BREAKER, 1 POLE,2 AMP,C CURVE 4
1 ACUAMP ACTR200-42L-F SINGLE PHASE AC CURRENT TRANSDUCER,4-20mA OUTPUT 1
1 IDEC RH4B-UL-120VAC 4 POLE RELAY 1
1 IDEC SH4B-05 RELAY BASE 1
9 IDEC RH2B-UL-120VAC 2 POLE RELAY 9
9 IDEC SH2B-05 RELAY BASE 9
STOCK 1 FEDERAL 350-120-30 WEATHER PROOF HORN 1
STOCK 1 FEDERAL K8435666A HORN MOUNTING KIT 1
STOCK 100 PHOENIX 3044102 TERMINAL BLOCK-GRAY 100
1 STOCK 25 PHOENIX 3044115 TERMINAL BLOCK-BLUE 25
1 PHOENIX 5600461 DIN RAIL MOUNT RECEPTACLE 1
1 PHOENIX 2902992 24 VOLT DC POWER SUPPLY,60 WATT 1
STOCK 1 SQUARE D 9001 KN8330 EMERGENCY STOP CIRCULAR LEGEND 1
1 SQUARE D 9422A2 OPERATING HANDLE, NEMA 4X 1
1 SQUARE D 9422RQ1 VARIABLE DEPTH OPERATING MECHANISM 1
1 SQUARE D HDL36080 MAIN BREAKER,3 POLE,80 AMP 1
1 SQUARE D PDC6HD6 POWER DISTRIBUTION LUG KIT 1
3 SQUARE D LC1D18G7 CONTACTOR, 18 AMP, 120 VOLT COIL 3
3 SQUARE D LC1D09G7 CONTACTOR,9 AMP,120 VOLT COIL 3
1 SQUARE D LRD07 OVERLOAD RELAY, 1.6 TO 2.5 AMP 1
1 SQUARE D LRD08 OVERLOAD RELAY,2.5 TO 4 AMP 1
1 SQUARE D LRD10 OVERLOAD RELAY,4 TO 6 AMP 1
1 SQUARE D LRD16 OVERLOAD RELAY 9 TO 13 AMP 1
1 SQUARE D LRD21 OVERLOAD RELAY 12 TO 18 AMP 1
1 SQUARE 0 LAD9R1V MECH INTERLOCK KIT 1
1 ENM T50B212 HOUR METER, 115VAC,6 DIGIT 1
1 ENM 620017 HOUR METER GASKET 1
Page 1 OF 2

Burlington, NC
BDP Job Number 1586
Skidded 2.0m 3DP w/10'GBT
DATE: 5/5/2021 NO. OF
REV: 0 UNITS: 1
TOTAL
ITEM# UNIT
MANUFACTURER PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION SPARE REQ'D
11 ALLEN BRADLEY 800H-QRH2R RED PILOT LIGHT. LED STYLE 11
1 ALLEN BRADLEY 800H-QRH2B BLUE PILOT LIGHT, LED STYLE 1
1 ALLEN BRADLEY 800H-QRH2W WHITE PILOT LIGHT, LED STYLE 1
1 ALLEN BRADLEY 800H-QRH2A AMBER PILOT LIGHT, LED STYLE 1
11 ALLEN BRADLEY 800H-QRH2G GREEN PILOT LIGHT,LED STYLE 11
1 ALLEN BRADLEY 800H-BR5MXXX WHITE PUSH BUTTON, WITH 2 NORMALLY OPEN CONTACT 1
BLOCK
1 ALLEN BRADLEY 800H-BR2A BLACK PUSH BUTTON 1
10 ALLEN BRADLEY 800H-BR6A RED PUSH BUTTON 10
11 ALLEN BRADLEY 800H-BR1A GREEN PUSH BUTTON 11
2 ALLEN BRADLEY 800H-BR9A YELLOW PUSH BUTTON 2
1 ALLEN BRADLEY 800H-FRXJT6A1 EMERGENCY STOP MUSHROOM HEAD BUTTON, RED 1
5 ALLEN BRADLEY 800H-UR29 10K OHM POTENTIOMETER 5
1 ALLEN BRADLEY 800H-JR2A 3 POSITION SWITCH, MAINTAINED 1
1 ALLEN BRADLEY 1769-L30ER COMPACTLOGIX PROCESSOR 1
1 ALIEN BRADLEY 1769-PA2 PLC POWER SUPPLY 1
4 ALLEN BRADLEY 1769-IA16 16 POINT INPUT CARD, 120VAC 4
3 ALLEN BRADLEY 1769-0A16 16 POINT OUTPUT CARD, 120VAC 3
1 ALLEN BRADLEY 1769-IF4 ANALOG INPUT CARD 1
1 ALLEN BRADLEY 1769-ECR PLC END CAP 1
1 ALLEN BRADLEY 25B-D037N114 POWERFLEX 525,25 HP,480V, NEMA 1 1
1 ALLEN BRADLEY 25B-D010N104 POWERFLEX 525,5 HP,480V, NEMA 1
1 ALLEN BRADLEY 25B-D6PON104 POWERFLEX 525, 3 HP,480V, NEMA 1
2 ALLEN BRADLEY 25B-D2P3N104 POWERFLEX 525, 1 HP,480V, NEMA 1 2
1 HOFFMAN CR230216G015 AIR CONDITIONER, 1600 BTU/HR, 115V, NEMA 4X 1
1 SAGINAW SCE6OXEL3716SSLP NEMA 4X ENCLOSURE 1
1 SAGINAW SCE-60P36 BACK PANEL 1
3 BDP LEG-1 LEGENDS PER ATTACHED DRAWING 3
Page 2 OF 2

INDUSTRIES INC.
•354 State Route 29 • P.O. Box 118 • Greenwich, NY 12834 • Tel. [phone] • Fax: [phone]
3DP CONTROLS DESCRIPTION BDP Job 1586
The 3DP belt press will have a NEMA 4X 304 stainless steel control panel. The main panel will contain all
pushbuttons,all VFDs, motor starters,and PLC wiring. The panel will have the necessary set point
adjustments needed to control the speeds of the necessary equipment. The control schematics 1-1586-
4, 1-1586-5,and 1-1586-6 show the wiring between the panel and the auxiliary equipment. The
following items are controlled and/or displayed from the front of the panel
1. Hand-Off-Auto selector switch
2. Auto Start/Stop buttons
3. System Run Button
4. Jog Mode Button
5. Hydraulic Unit Start/Stop buttons
6. Washwater Booster Pump Start/Stop buttons
7. Feedbox Drive Start/Stop buttons and speed control
8. Gravity Belt Drive Start/Stop buttons and speed control
9. Press Belt Drive Start/Stop buttons and speed control
10. Conveyor Start/Stop buttons
11. Sludge Pump Start/Stop buttons and speed control
12. Sludge Grinder Start/Stop buttons
13. Polymer System Start/Stop buttons and speed control
14. Emergency Stop mushroom head pushbutton
15. Hour Run Display
16. Test/Reset pushbutton
17. Silence pushbutton
18. Various Alarm Displays
Hand-Off-Auto
The mode of operation can be selected by the selector switch. In the OFF position, none of the
components will operate. In the HAND position,the start and stop buttons will control their respective
component. In the AUTO position,the AUTO START button will activate an automatic starting of the
components in order,and the AUTO STOP button will then stop the components in the reverse order.
Page 1 _.

INDUSTRIES INC.
354 State Route 29 • P.O. Box 118 • Greenwich, NY 12834 • Tel. [phone] • Fax: [phone]
3DP CONTROLS DESCRIPTION BDP Job 1586
Auto Mode
When the system is placed in AUTO and there are no alarms,the AUTO MODE READY light will
illuminate. When the AUTO START button is pressed,the following startup sequence begins. The PLC
will call for the hydraulic unit to start which then begins an adjustable time delay(usually 10 to 15
seconds) period which allows for the belt to be tensioned and the normally closed pressure switch to
open once pressure builds. The booster pump will then be called to start. The belt drives will be called
to start once the hydraulic unit tensioning delay has elapsed and the belt will move at the speed
adjustable by the potentiometer. The system will then enter a Pre-Wash Cycle and a WASH CYCLE light
will illuminate. This cycle is usually 180 seconds long to allow pre wetting of the filter belt. After the pre
wash cycle has completed,the Wash Cycle light will turn off. The sludge feed pump, grinder and
polymer system will be called to start. At this point,conditioned sludge will pass through the feed pipe,
into the feedbox and up to the filter belt.The dewatered cake will fall from the filter belt into a
discharge conveyor which will deposit the cake in a container or truck for removal.
NOTE: There is no"automatic"speed control of the belt drives,sludge flow,or polymer pump.
Before starting the equipment, make sure the speed setpoints are adjusted to a desired starting
speed. After components have been started,operators will be able to manually set desired rates of
speed.
When operation is complete, pressing the AUTO STOP button will automatically shut down the
components in the reverse order that they started. First, the sludge pump,grinder and polymer system
will be called to stop and the WASH CYCLE light will illuminate again. The post wash cycle usually lasts
20 minutes to allow all sludge to be removed from the filter belt and conveyors.This also allows
sufficient time for operators to wash down the machine. After the wash cycle,the belt drives and
washwater booster pump will stop. Lastly the hydraulic unit will stop.
Hand Mode
Once the H-O-A switch is placed in HAND mode,the operator is responsible for starting and stopping the
components individually. The components are arranged on the panel so that starting will commence
from left to right. The order of operation should follow the same steps as described in the AUTO MODE
above.
___ Page 2

11111
'�"'' INDUSTRIES INC.
354 State Route 29 • P.O. Box 118 • Greenwich, NY 12834 • Tel. [phone] • Fax: [phone]
3DP CONTROLS DESCRIPTION BDP Job 1586
Emergency Stop Pushbutton
The E-stop is a jumbo head red pushbutton on the panel door. When pressed,the button is maintained
and can only be released by twisting the head. See ALARMS below for functionality.
Alarms
Any of the following alarms will cause an Emergency shutdown:
• Emergency Stop pushbutton
• Emergency Stop pull cords on press
• Belt Misalignment
• Low Hydraulic Pressure
• Tension Failure
• Gravity Belt Zero Speed
• Pressure Belt Zero Speed
• Conveyor Failure
Any of the following alarms will cause a Programmed shutdown:
• Grinder Failure
• Sludge Pump Failure
• Polymer System Failure
An emergency shutdown will immediately stop the hydraulic unit,washwater booster pump, belt drives,
polymer pump, sludge pump,and stop the discharge conveyor. The emergency shutdown interrupts all
power to the equipment and activates the audible alarm horn. The SILENCE pushbutton will stop the
alarm horn. Once the problem is corrected,the RESET button will clear the alarm. The equipment will
not automatically restart on its own for safety reasons,the operator must restart the equipment again.
A programmed shutdown will act as if the AUTO STOP pushbutton was pressed. The sludge pump and
the polymer solution pump will stop and the press will enter a wash cycle for 20 minutes eventually
shutting the remaining components down.
Page 3

Limit Switches
802MC
Corrosion-Resistant Pre-Wired—Factory Sealed Switches
Specifications
Enclosure Rating NEMA 1,4X,6P,13 and IP66/67(IEC529)
Pollutions Degree 3
Certifications UL Listed,CSA Certified and CE Marked for applicable directives
* I
Ambient Temperature[C(F))O 0...+80°(+32...+180°)
AC Contact Rating(Maximum per Pole,50 or 60Hz,2 Circuits Same Polarity)
,!� - NEMA A Continuous VA
' Rating Carrying
Designation Voltage Make Break Current Make Break
120 60 6.00 10 7200 720
A600 240 30 3.00 10 7200 720
AC-15 480 15 1.50 10 7200 720
s
600 12 1.20 10 7200 720
DC Contact Rating(Maximum per Pole,2 Circuits Same Polarity)
Description Continuous
The Bulletin 802MC is a pre-wired limit Nominal Carrying
switch especially designed to provide Voltage A Current
additional corrosion protection in wet or 24 1.1 5
dry locations commonly found in o Minimum temperature is based on the absence of freezing moisture or water.
industrial process. By using a polymeric
enclosure and Type 316 stainless steel
for the exposed metal parts,the Bulletin Applications Corrosion-Resistant Pre-Wired
802MC provides a tougher defense Typical examples of Bulletin 802MC Lever Type• Spring Return page 5-31
against environmental contaminants to
provide the user with more dependable applications are plating facilities, Wiring Diagrams page 5-32
operation and longer lastingchemical or fertilizer plants, meat
performance. In addition,this switch is packing plants,dairies, breweries and Accessories Modlfs and page 5-33
factory sealed and is particularly other processing industries,where
effective in applications where it may be equipment might be hosed down
subjected to dust,dirt,streams of regularly with cleaning solutions.
liquids or occasionally submerged in
fluids. Features
• Pre-wired and factory sealed
• Corrosion resistant
• Submersible
5-30 Visit our website:www.ab.com/catalogs. in Allen-Bradley
Preferred availability cat.nos.are printed in bold. ® y

Limit Switches
802MC Lever Type • Spring Return
Corrosion-Resistant Pre-Wired—Factory Sealed Switches
Range of Operation
Travel to
Operate Contact)
Max Travel Max Travel trto
\/ Travel to r14**t
Travel to
Kesel Contacts Reset Contacts 6, ,
r • \ �j III ,
. \{
/
Complete Switch Operator Base Only
Without Lever Head Only
Product Selection
Torque Travel to Travel to Cat.No.
to Operate Reset Complete
No.of Operate Contacts Max Contacts Switch wlo Operator Switch l
Circuits Lever Movement vs.Contact Operation (Max) (Max) Travel (Max) Liver 0 Head Only Only 0
•
Clockwise or I La 2 I O l 0 2 1 Q 0 2 ,_-.r 1102MC•ATIi S02MC•AX
Counterclockwtes 3 0 0 4 3 a'b 14 3 0 0 4
2 Clockwise I 04 2 I O 0,3Ib31 N•i•nm MC
) 15' B6' 6" 802MC-A1Y5 802 -AiX 802MC-XY5
� /o 2 (
3 4 3LT+•aO 2 1 o I 4 30 04
Counterclockwise I 0102 I 01. )f 2 1 O r0 2 802MC-A2Y5 802MC-A2X
30 04 34 3 4
0 The standard length of ST0 cable"1.52 m(5 h).For other lenptlb,see Modifications and Accessories.
Approximate Dimensions[mm(In.))
-u U 1
81.9
(2.44) C') (4
i I
(2.54.e 2.2
16) to (2.2
h .' merit R
7.8 5.8 19.0
(0,31) 19.0 (022)e(0.75) (0.75)
242 \ I II
V """._"1'
irt
(9A{ 5) xi
9ltr ((") fi. r_' 1
105) J 19.0 I61II1111
I11111111111111918 0.75) 38.1
572 III 48 (1.5)41
(225) (I et)
1ateAWO Neon Lamp
• P.
p-+* 4•Conductor
62(02)Dia 29.4 Cable la 38.1 .1
Mounting Robs(2) (1.18) -(0.23) (II)11.3
(1.e1)
Levers—See page 5-130 for a complete listing of operating levers.
Wiring Diagrams—See page 5-32.
Modifications and Accessories—See page 5-33.
Visit our website:www.ab.com/catalogs. 5-31
4) Allen-Bradley Preferred availability cat.nos.are printed in bold.

Operator Interface
Cable Pull Switches
Lifeline TM 4
Specifications
Safety Ratings
Standards ISO 13850,EN ISO 12100,IEC
60947-5-1,IEC 60947-5-5
'; Cat.1 device per EN 954-1
N' May be suitable for use in Cat 3 or
+ Safety Classification Cat 4 systems depending on the
• architecture and application
. i 1, characteristics
ct iJ�
810d:>2 x 106 operations at min.
_ , ''.1:::--* load
PFH0:<3 x10-7
MTTFd:>385 years
•4 Functional Safety Data* May be suitable for use in
Note:For up-to-date information, performance levels Pie or Pld systems
visit http://www.ab.com/Safety/ (according to ISO 13849-1:2006)and
for use in SIL2 or SIL3 systems
Description (according to IEC 62061)depending
The Lifeline 4 cable/push button operated system can be installed on the architecture and application
characteristics
along or around awkward machinery such as conveyors and provide
a constant emergency stop access. Certifications CE Marked for all applicable
directives,cULus,TOV,and CCC
The Lifeline 4 is the only device of its kind to incorporate the Outputs
following features in one unit making it the most versatile cable
switch on the market. Safety Contacts 2 N.C.direct- 3 N.C.direct-
opening action opening action
1.The positive mode mechanism helps ensure that the contacts are
direct-
immediately latched open on actuation and can only be reset by Auxiliary Contacts 2 N.O.direct- 1 N.O.opening action opening action
the intentional action of turning the blue reset knob.The design Thermal Current/an
10 A
also protects against nuisance tripping and the effects of thermal
expansion. Rated Insulation Voltage (Ut 500V
2.A mushroom head emergency stop button is included on the unit Switching Current @ Voltage,Min. 5 mA @ 5V DC
to provide E-Stop access even at the extreme ends of the span. Utilization Category
3.The cable status indicator makes the system easy to set up and A600/AC-15 (Ue) 600V 500V 240V 120V
maintain for spans up to 125 meters.
4. Four sets of contacts are provided:2 N.C.+2 N.O.or 3 N.O.+ (le) 1.2 A 1.4 A 3 A 6 A
1 N.O.contacts DC-13 (lie) 24V
5. Sealed to IP66 with rugged construction using die-cast alloy and (le) 2 A
stainless steel to withstand harsh conditions. Operating Characteristics
75 m(246 ft)standard model and
Features Cable Span Between Switches,Max. 75...125 m(146...410 ft)extended
length model
•Switches up to 125 meter span Tensioning Force to Run Position 103 N(23.16 lbf)typical
•Universal mounting and operation Tensioning Force to Lockout 188 N(42.3 lbf)typical
•Lid mounted emergency stop button,designed to conform to ISO <125 N(28.1 lbf)at 300 mm
to .A 850 Operating Force,Min. deflection
o m •Switch lockout on cable pulled and cable slack Actuation Frequency,Max. 1 cycle/s
3 •Cable status indicator on switch lid
Operating Life @ 100 mA load 1 x 106
C.) �
CD cn
Environmental
‹. CDLid mounted E-Stop button Cable status indicator on lid Enclosure Type Rating IP66
•
N n A mushroom head emergency The cable status indicator Operating Temperature[C(F)] -25...80°(-13...176°)
(n '< stop button is included on the makes the system easy to setup Physical Characteristics
unit to provide total E-Stop and maintain for spans up to
access even at the extreme 125 meters. Housing Material Heavy-duty painted zinc-based die-
ends of the span. cast alloy(LM24)
Indicator Material Glass-filled nylon
Eye Nut Material Stainless steel
. Eye
•
Weight[g(lb)] 630(1.38)
,, ,=F itio , Color Yellow body,blue reset button
4 Usable for ISO 13849-1:2006 and IEC 62061.Data is based on the B10d
value given and:
y. � -Usage rate of 1 op/10 mins.,24 hrs/day,360 days/year.representing
51640 operations per year
-Mission time/Proof test interval of 38 years
*The safety contacts are described as normally closed(N.C.)i.e.,with the
guard closed,actuator in place(where relevant)and the machine able to be
started.
Note:It is recommended that the LRTS(Lifeline Rope Tensioning System)
should be used with the Lifeline 4 cable rope switch.
Visit our website:www.ab.com/catalogs (I) Allen-Bradley
4-10 Publication S117-CA001A-EN-P
Guard ilimar ter

m
Operator Interface
Cable Pull Switches
Lifelinenf 4
Product Selection
Cat,No,
Conduits Connectors.
Connect to
ArmorBlock Guard
I/O
Cable Span Safety Contacts Auxiliary CoMaote M20 1/2 inch NPT 12•Pin M23 8-Pin Micro. 5-Pin Micro(M12);
—--"�" 75 m(246«) 2 N C. 2 N.O. 4401413137 4408•L171a3 MOE•L13/40 440E4218NYH 440E•L2NNNY8
3 N.C. 1 N,O. 4408•L1$042 4408•L11043 440E•L13141 — —
75,..125 m 2 N.C. 2 N.O. 440E413163 440E413166 440E413103 440E•L2IBTYH •—
(148,..410ft) 3N,C. 1N,O. 440E413150 440E413152 440E413184 — —
•For connector ratings,see page 3.0.
•For connection to ArmorBlock Guard I/O With a 5-pin micro(M12)connector,not all contacts are Connected See page 4.16 for wiring details.
With an 8-pin micro(M12)connector,not all contacts are connected.See page 4-15 for wiring details.
Recommended Logic Interfaces
Description I Safety Outputs 1 Auxiliary Outputs I Terminals Reset Type I Power Supply I Cat.Page No. I Cat.No.
Single-Function Safety Relays for 2 N.C.Contact Switch
M8R127RP 3 NO. 1 N.C. Removable(Screw) Monitored Manual 24VAC/DC 6.28 440R•N23136
M8R127TP 3 NV. 1 N.C. Removable(Screw) Auto/Manual 24V AC/DC 5-28 440R4423133
MSR126T 2 N.O. None Fixed Auto./Manual 24V AC/DC 5.24 440R•N13117
M8R3ORT 2 N.O.Solid Stale /N.O.Solid State Removable al a 24V DC 5.18 440R•N23196
Monitored Manual
Modular Safety Relays _
MSR2 1 OP Base 1 N,C.and 2 PNP Auto/Manual or 24V DC from the
2 N C only 2 N.O. Solid Stale Removable Monitored Manual base unit 6.82 440R•H23170
MSR220P Input — — Removable — 24V DC 6.88 4401,0123178
Module
MSR310P Base M8R300 Series 3 PNP Solid State Removable moo'/Manual 24V DC 5-102 440R.W23219
Output Modules Monitored Manual
MSR32OP Input 2 PNP Solid State Removable — base unit 24V DC from the
Module 5-108 440R•W23218
Note:For additional Safety Relays connectivity,see page 6.4
For additional Safely I/O and Safety PLC connectivity.see page 5.116
For application and wiring diagrams,see page 10-1
Connection Systems
5-Pin Micro 8-Pin Micro
Description (M12) (M12) 12-Pin M23
V
Cordset — 880D•FSAB•§ 869M (I)-FXgAE•§ r V
Patchcord 889D-FSACDM•. 880D•FSABDM- 669M•F12AHMU•► Ill5.
on 4()
• Replace symbol with 0M3(0.3 m),1(1 m),2(2 m),3(3 m),5(6 m),or 10(10 m)for standard lengths. CD U
§Replace symbol with 2(2 m),5(6 m),or 10(10 m)for standard cable lengths. E C.I.
a Replace symbol with 1(1 m),2(2 m),3(3 m),6(5 m),or 10(10 m)for standard cable lengths. W 2,
►Replace symbol with 0M3(0.3 m),0M6(0.0 m),1(1 m),2(2 m)or 3(3 m)for standard length. .4- (n
® Allen-Bradley Visit our webeite:www.ab,com/catalogs
4-11
Publication S117•CA001A•EN-P
CarJr.illii ICI rt.V1

Operator Interface
Cable Pull Switches
LifelineTM 4
Accessories
Description Cat.No.
I Lifeline P.bolt 440E-A17003
Lifeline tensioner spring 440E-A13078
Replacement cover for Lifeline 4 cable/push button 440E-A13054
r Replacement cover for Lifeline 4 cable/push button,no E-Stop 440E-A17115
11
Lifeline inside corner pulley 440A-A17101
Lifeline outside corner pulley 440A-A17102
I �
Mounting bracket for Lifeline 4 cable/push button 440E-A17130
Blanking plug,M20 conduit 440A-A07265
411110 Cable grip,M20 conduit,accommodates cable diameter 440A-A09028
7...10.5 mm(0.27...0.41 in.)
410 Adaptor,conduit,M20 to 1/2 inch NPT,plastic 440A-A09042
o m
Screwdriver including security bit 440A-A09018
-0 2
0
'c. tD
(D A
v7 �
Visit our website:www.ab.com/catalogs Allen-Bradley
4-12
Publication S117-CA001A-EN P Guardfmar Le?

Operator Interface
Cable Pull Switches
LifelineTM 4
Accessories(continued)
Description Cat.No.
r Indicator,M20 Conduit Pilot Light—Amber Lens T-3 1/4 Insert Use
T-3 1/4 Bulb 440A-A19001
(Sold Separately)
Indicator,1/2in NPT Conduit Pilot Light—Amber Lens T-3 1/4
01.4001 Insert Use T-3 1/4 Bulb 440A-A19005
(Sold Separately)
Indicator,M20 Conduit Pilot Light—Amber Lens Bayonet Style
Insert 440A-A17124
Use LED Bulb(Sold Separately)
Indicator,1/2in NPT Conduit Pilot Light—Amber Lens Bayonet
Style Insert 440A-A17122
Use LED Bulb(Sold Separately)
Indicator,M20 Conduit Pilot Light—Red Lens T-3 1/4 Insert Use T-
r, 3 1/4 Bulb 440A-A19002
(Sold Separately)
•
Indicator, 1/2in NPT Conduit Pilot Light—Red Lens T-3 1/4 Insert
Use T-3 1/4 Bulb 440A-A19007
419° (Sold Separately)
Indicator,M20 Conduit Pilot Light—Red Lens Bayonet Style Insert 440A-A17125
Use LED Bulb(Sold Separately)
Indicator,1/2in NPT Conduit Pilot Light—Red Lens Bayonet Style
Insert 440A-A17123
Use LED Bulb(Sold Separately)
Bulb,24V for Conduit Pilot Light 2.8W T-3 1/4 Bulb,Miniature 440A-A09056
Screw Base
Bulb,110V for Conduit Pilot Light 2.6W T-3 1/4 Bulb,Miniature 440A-A09055
Screw Base
Bulb,240V for Conduit Pilot Light 0.75W T-3 1/4 Bulb,Miniature 440A-A09054
Screw Base
Red LED Bulb,24V AC/DC for Conduit Pilot Light B00T-N319R
Bayonet Style Insert
Amber LED Bulb,24V AC/DC for Conduit Pilot Light BOOT-N319A
Bayonet Style Insert
Red LED Bulb,120V AC for Conduit Pilot Light
800T N320R
Bayonet Style Insert
Amber LED Bulb,120V AC for Conduit Pilot Light 800T-N320A
Bayonet Style Insert
a to
U 0)
C
O
m O
N 0
E a
LIJ O
in Allen-Bradley® Visit our website:www.ab.com/catalogs
GUafdImartef Publication S117-CA001A-EN-P 4-13

Operator Interface
Cable Pull Switches
LifelineTM 4
Approximate Dimensions
Dimensions are shown in mm(in.). Dimensions are not intended to be used for installation purposes.
Standard Model
al MI
t$t _
a ■ i__s .n•
81(3.19)min.
94.5(3.72)max _L, 115(463)
- IEUE (POW W
L. 101(3.98)
Extended Length Models(75...125 m cable span)
Mv ® O* t
E
„1I 'Ii
0
Emergency Stop Button r`�J V `T `
Reset Button_ I
4 Mounting Holes I. 7.0
—51(2.0)-- Clearance for M5 Screws 101(3.98) (0.28)
85(3.35)
IMIMF
85(3.35) q
all I
—iiiii iii II hi 25.5
(1.0)
N %111111MI
1 - —$
o m ! li
0 ro ' 37(1.46). 10.5 I
CD o 101(3.98)min.to 115(4.53) (0.41)
C.N 114.5(4.51)max.^
5 n Note:2D,3D and electrical drawings are available on www.ab.com.
Visit our website:www.ab.com/catalogs 0 Allen-Bradley
• 4-14 Publication S117-CA001A-EN-P
Guard marten

Operator Interface
Cable Pull Switches
LifelineTM 4
Typical Wiring Diagrams
Description 2 N.C.&2 N.O. 3 N.C.&1 N.O.
a I
p,
-
ril
Contact Configuration plir
f
1604
Safety A
~�� Sa ety B �■■■...~■�...������..�..■■■■ Safety B
I ® p Aux B I• i Safety C
G�/al us� Aux A G�iJ �x e
Contact Action 0mm 3.5 6 9 125135 0 non 3 6 9 10.5 13.5
Safety MEI ill SafetyA lini Ell
Safety a M = Safety B OM Ell
Aux 1.1111.1111101111111 SatetyC IN :.=
OOpen Closed Aux B a:. ��� Aux B ���
\ / \
1 Cable Slack Cable Tension Cable Pulled Cable Slack Cable Tension Cable Pulled
Lockout Range Lockout Lockout Range Lockout
3-Ground 2-N/A
8-Safety A i,; 1-Aux A
8-Pin Micro(M12) 4-Safety B 1L• ' —
5-Safety 7-Aux A
A `��/ 66_Safety B
12-Pin M23 1-3 Safety A Safety A
4-6 Safety B Safety B
8* � 4111 7-8 Aux A Safety C
12 10
70 •2
6• � ••3 9-10 Aux B Aux A
50 04
Pins 2,5,11 12 Ground Ground
not connected
5-Safety B--\,,---- 2 Safety A
5-Pin Micro ((04:. 1-Safety A —
for ArmorBlock Guard I/O
- T (1)3-NA �\ C 04-Safety B 4) '5
Grey
Red Safety A — a) (1)
N 0
Yellow Safety B E O
8-Pin Cordset Pink W 0
+
889D-F8AB-* White Aux A — 4 4
Blue
Green Ground —
I Brown Not Used
Brown Safety A Safety A
Blue
White Safety B Safety B
Green
12-Pin Cordset Yellow Aux A Safety C
889M-FX9AE-* Grey
Pink Aux B Aux A
Red
Green Ground Ground
Yellow
* Replace symbol with 2(2 m),5(5 m),or 10(10 m)for standard cable lengths.
a Replace symbol with 0F5(0.5 ft)or 1 F(1 ft)for standard cable lengths.
0 Allen-Bradley Visit our website:www.ab.com/catalogs
GUQfdIiimojter Publication S117-CA001A-EN-P 4-15

Inductive Proximity Sensors
871TM 2-Wire AC/DC PLC Interfacer
Stainless Steel Face/Threaded Short Stainless Steel Barrel
Specifications
Load Current 2-25mA
Leakage Current S0.9mA at 24V DC
S1.7mA at 20-120V AC/DC;
1t `" 52.5mA at 121-250V AC/DC
Operating Voltage 20-250V AC/DC
871TM AC/DC Cable Style Voltage Drop 58V at 25mA DC
12, 18,30mm 5.10V at 25mA AC
Repeatability 10%typical
Hysteresis 10%typical
° False Pulse Protection Incorporated
Transient Noise Protection Incorporated
Radio Frequency Protection 10V per meter
871TM AC/DC Mini Frequency range 20-1000MHz
Quick-Disconnect Style Approvals UL listed,CSA certified,and CE marked for all applicable directives
12, 18,30mm Enclosure NEMA 1,2,3,3R,4,4X.6,6P,12,13,IP67(IEC 529),
1200psi(8270kPa)washdown
oft Stainless steel face and barrel
Connections Cable:2m(6.5ft)length
`-' A2-2-conductor 11222 AWG PVC
C2-2-conductor#22 AWG Toughlink"
• i H2-2-conductor#18 AWG ToughUink"
Quick-Disconnect: 3-pin mini style
• 3-pin micro style
4-pin EAC micro style
871TM AC/DC Micro LED Red:Output Energized
Quick-Disconnect Style
12, 18,30mm Operating Temperature -25°C to+70°C(-13°F to+158°F)
Shock 30g,11ms
Vibration 55Hz,1mm amplitude,3 planes
Correction Factors
871TM AC/DC EAC Micro Target Material Correction Factor
Quick-Disconnect Style Steel 1.0
12mm Stainless Steel 0.8-1.0
e Brass 0.4-0.7
V� U )R'C E Aluminum 0,4-0,7
Copper 0.2-0.5
Features
• Designed for low load current PLC,
I/O, and PC applications
• 2-wire operation
• 2-conductor, 3-pin or 4-pin
connection
• 20-250V AC/DC
• Normally open or normally closed
output
• False pulse,transient noise, and
radio frequency protection
• UL listed,CSA certified, and CE
marked for all applicable directives
R2-42 Allen-Bradley

Inductive Proximity Sensors
871 TM 2-Wire AC/DC PLC Interfacer
Stainless Steel Face/Threaded Short Stainless Steel Barrel
Product Selection
Nominal Catalog Number
Sensing Output Switching _ — -
Barrel Distance ConHg- Frequency ToughUnk" EAC Micro
Dla. mm(In) Shielded uratlon (Hz) PVC Cable Cable Mini OD Style Micro OD Style O0 Style
2(0.08) Y 7S 171TM-BN2N12-A2 1711M-BH2N12-C2 $7ITM-BH2N12-N3 811TM-BH2N12-93 I71TM-BH2N12-84
12mm '-----_-.. — NO. - ------- —
4(0.18) N 35 171TM-BH4N12-A2 I71TM-BH4N12-C2 t171TM-BH4N12-N3 I11TM-BH4N12-R3 —
5(020) Y , 85 1171TM-BHSN1I-A2 8711M-BHSNII-H2 I11TM-BH5N11-N3 51ITM-SH5N111-R3 —
—.). 18nm 1 8(0.31) N N.O. 30 871TM-BNNN18-A2 S11TM-BH1N11-H2 871TM-BNINII-N3 I71TM-BHINihR3 —r
10(0.39) Y 45 I71TM-BH10N30-A2 871TN-BHI0N30-H2 1717M-BH10N30-N3 I71TM-BH10N30-R3 --
30mm .. ___- NO.
15(0.59) N 20 B71TM-BH15N30-A2 I71TM-BHIBN30-H2 B71TM-BH18N30-N3 171TM-BHISN30-R3 —
Recommended Standard 0D Cachet(-BF=1,8m(68),-2.2m(8.58p I89N-P3AFC-1F I/9R-F3ACA-2 1199-F3AC-2
Note.Normally dosed models available as special order items.Fifteen piece minimum order required,Consult the factory for prices and lead limes.
OD Cordsets and Accessories
Description Page Number
Other Cordsels Available R8-2
Terminal Chambers R8-2
Mounting Brackets R2-198-R2-200
End Caps R2-205,R2-208
Mounting Nuts R2-207-R2-208
Dimensions--mm (Inches) Wiring Diagrams
Cable Style
LED Normally Open
\� -- 2m(&5p Brown ti
r-> a ,7
s-- C B --
A ,..-- / ote 2 ALachc haonu pd bro+m wire.- 0
mm(Inches)
Thread Size MAW A B C D
Y 20A(1.04) 2.5(0.10)
M12 X 1 --- -- 12.0(0,47) 49,8(1,98) ---------
N 19.5(0.77) 94(137)
M18 X 1 N 18,0(0,71) 55.4(2.18) 41.7(1.64) - - (051) -
Y 41,911.65) 2.5(0.10)
M30 X 1.5 -- N 30.0(1.18) 57.9(228) 394(166) ILO(0,71)Allen-Bradley R2-43

SECTION 1 HPS IMPERATORTM
HPS ImperatorTM Series Control Transformer - Applications
The Perfect Solution Innovative Design
The HPS Imperator series of machine tool industrial The HPS Imperator series is a unique, fresh and
control transformers are specifically designed to meet the innovative compact design that provides the ideal
high inrush industrial applications where electromagnetic solution for any industrial control application and will m
components such as relays, solenoids etc. are used. change the way the industrial machine tool industry looks )
at the control transformer.
With 11 standard voltage groups, a VA range from 50VA to 0
5000VA and available with standard secondary and optional The HPS Imperator's unique terminal block design Z
primary fuse kits,the HPS Imperator series from HPS (patent pending)allows for the quick and easy .a
provides the perfect solution for any applications. installation of standard secondary or optional primary
13/32" x 1 1/2" midget/type CC fuse clips on every unit.
This is the simplest and most inexpensive fusing
installation provided on any industrial control transformer
Superior Quality and Value in the market today.
The HPS Imperator series design, utilizing superior The windings and internal terminations of the HPS Im-
insulation systems and being constructed with high quality perator are encapsulated,which protects them from mois-
silicon steel laminations for optimum performance,will meet ture, dirt and other airborne contaminants. The custom
or exceed UL and CE standards. molded coil covers with their unique 'fin shaped' design
combine superior transformer cooling properties with a
Backed by an industry leading LIFETIME warranty, the clean bold look.
HPS ImperatorTM industrial control transformer line offers
superior performance, quality and value. The HPS Imperator utilizes custom serrated terminals, in
combination with standard SEMS washer screws making
assembly easier and quicker to install;and provides supe-
rior connection strength when connecting with bare, solid
or stranded wire. It also allows for ring or spade termina-
tion connectors.
STANDARDS
HPS Industrial and Machine Tool Control and Instrument Transformers meet or
exceeds the standards established by UL,IRC,ANSI,NEMA.
Standard File# VA Size
UL(ANSI/UL 506) E50394 All PH
IEC 61558 All PH(excluding PH***AJ&PH***AR)
NEMA(ST-t) All PH
At HPS,we rate the VA capacity of our transformers at the output where it counts.
Other transformer manufacturers rate their capacity on the input side of the
transformer,which can result in a 5%to 20% lower actual VA at the output.
�5 33 5
© Hammond Power Solutions Inc. Data subject to charge without notice ���

SECTION 1 HPS IMPERATORTM
FEATURES & BENEFITS
• 600V class, machine tool rated industrial control transformers
T` • 11 standard multi primary and secondary voltage groups available'
Z • 50/60 Hertz (60Hz on PH"'AJ&PH**AR) C (DIUS
0 • VA range from 50 to 5000'
U • Superior insulation system
LU • 50-150VA, temperature rise 55°C, insulation class 105°C
CI) •• 250-1500VA, temperature rise 80°C, insulation class 130°C
• 2000-5000VA, temperature rise 115°C, insulation class 180°C C E
• Constructed with high quality silicon steel laminations that provide
optimum performance and reliability
• Encapsulated coils(up to and including 1500VA) encased in a custom injection
molded cover, protects coils and terminations from moisture, dirt and other
industrial airborne contaminants.
• Mounting Feet: made of heavy steel and welded or bolted to the core, these
mounting feet provide superior strength in a compact design.
• Termination: combination slot/Philips#6 screw, complete with SEMS washer
(suitable for 18 AWG to 14 AWG solid or 14 AWG stranded wire)
• Standard SEMS washers - supplied on all units up to and including 1500VA2 `�
• Standard secondary fuse kits -utilizing 13/32" x 1 1/2" midget/type CC fuse clips u
(supplied with all standard units up to and including 1500VA)
• Optional primary fuse kits available utilizing 13/32" x 1 1/2" midget/type CC fuse \
clips (available on all standard units up to and including 1500VA) \•�j A •
• Optional finger safe terminal covers available on all units up to and including `�\
1500VA
• UL Listed (approved for U.S. and Canada)
• CE Mark standard on all molded units up to and including 1500VA
(excluding PH**AJ&PH""AR)
• LIFETIME Warranty (Limited)
• RoHS Compliant
' special voltages and VA sizes available upon request
z excluding PH750PG,PH1000PG,PH750MLI,PH1000MLI
i
i 1 I e i,.''.. ' .. , E t
I #
LifEtime
4.... „A.,
HP5 34 HP5
\Illp © Hammond Power Solutions Inc. Data subject to change without notice. ',mot

SECTION 1 HPS IMPERATORTM
FEATURES & BENEFITS CONTINUED
Terminal connection numbers molded into the rn
terminal block and correspond to the nameplate (')
and wiring diagrams which makes
connecting the HPS Imperator 0
quick and simple. Standard secondary and optional Z
primary fuse kits utilizing 13/32"x 1 1/2"
midget/type CC fuse clips provide an
economical solution to your fusing
requirements(fuses not available).
Innovative terminal block
design(patent pending)
•
provides for easy hook-up
and installation of fuse clips.
v.
M3
'
Optional removable finger safe '
terminal covers available on
all units up to and including
1500VA. 146
Made of heavy steel and
welded or bolted to the
core,these mounting feet
Custom injection molded coil provide superior strength
cover with its unique"fin shaped" in a compact design.
design combines superior cooling
properties with a clean,bold look.
35 �s
-.mg* © Hammond Power Solutions Inc. Data subject to change without notice. ��►

SECTION 1 HPS IMPERATORTM
1 t ‘-.:.) ,, -
i ,._�, la� C P
y GxH- " GxH
1171
.Ja,6, II IIll:)r (I III \rD � E
:fib A `..i
II
FIGURE A *. 4441 FIGURE C
GxH• \ �
�.01111,
1 1
10
< D E 1
A ;tn i li
Group C
Primary Voltage: 240 x 480 230 x 460 220 x 440 Secondary
Voltage: 120 x 240 115 x 230 110 x 220 C us E
50/60 Hertz
r. Overall Mounting Mounting Hotght Depth Approx. Optional
VA Catalog Mtg. Output Dimensions Centers Slot with with Ship Primary
Rating Number Fig. Amps Finger Finger Woight Fuse
A B C D E G X H Guard Guard Lbs. Kit P/N
50 -
_ _PHSOMQMJ A 0.42/0.21_ 3.00 4.38 3.19 2.60 2.25 0.22 x 0.44 4.00 , 6.82 3.60 PFK1
75 PH75MQMJ A 0.63/0.31 3,25 3.88 3.68 2.83 2.60 0.22 x0.44 4.37 6.32 3.54 PFK1
r . , ' - ..
100 PH100MQMJ A 0,83/0.42 3.25 4.19_ 3.83 2,63 2.83 0.22 x0.44 4.44 5.63 4.50 PFK1
`
150 PH150MQMJ B 1.25/0.63 4.00 4.94 3,81 3.38 2.75 0.22 x 0.75 4.50 6.44 5.70 PFK2
250 PH250MQMJ B 2.08/1.04 4.60 5.44 3.81 3.75 3.13 0.22 x0.75 4.50 8.94 7.50 PFK2
350 PH350MQMJ 8 2.92/1,46 4.50 5.19 4.44 3.75 3.75 0.22 x0.76 4.94 8.69 10.1 PFK3
1
500 PH500MQMJ B 4,17/2,08 4.75 5.94 4.31 4,08 3,81 0.31 x0.94 4.81 7.44 14.2 PFK3
760 PH750MQMJ B 8.25/3.13 6.13 6.69 4.31 4.38 4.31 0.31 x 0.81 4.81 8.19 18.8 PFK3
`
1000 PH1000MQMJ B 8.33/4.17 6.26 6.81 4.94 4.50 4.44 0 31 x 0.81 5.56 8 31 23.8 PFK3
^ r
15 PH1500MQMJ I B 12.5/6.25 5.26 8,19 4.94 4,50 8.06 t 0.38 x 1.00 I 5 56 9.69 32.0 PFK3
2000 PH2000MQMJ C 18.7/8.33 6.38 7.50 5.60 4.311/5.31 8.00 0.31 x 1.13 N/A N/A 45.4 N/A
3000 PH3000MQMJ C 25.0/12.5 7.50 10.00 8.25 4.50/8.00 7.00 0.38 x 1.00 N/A N/A 76.7 N/A
5000 PH5000MQMJ C 41.7/20.8 9.00 11.00 7.63 5.25/7,00 7.00 0.44 x 1.00 N/A N/A 121.2 N/A
ocondary fuse clips,fuse clip mounting screws and primary and secondary voltage linkeljumpers supplied standard with transformers up to All dimensions in Inchon
and Including 1500VA. Refer to page 64 for wiring schematic drawing. Special voltages and VA sizes available upon request.
Units over 1500VA are UL approved and CSA certified,but do not carry the CE mark.
Available with FACTORY INSTALLED Primary and Secondary Fuse Kits up to 1500VA.To order,add the suffix"-FR"to the abover put number.Rotor to page 49 for details."'
�-f�s 38 . 'o Amosx, 11-/ nit
'w F © Hammond Power Solutions Inc. Data subject to change without notic

SECTION _ . HPS IMPERATORTM
.�f
HPS IMPERAToR Series - Wiring helnatic_Qrawings continued
- roup C
i
220V I H 44 N 0v 4 PH***MQMJ Schematic for 50, 75 and 100VA Units
240:—.+ . :BUoV� High Voltage(HV) Install Supplied Links Supply Lines Install Fuse
I 2 3 4 I 2 3 4 (Primary Volts) Between Terminals Connect To Clips To
6 240 0 220 1 2, 3 4 1, 4 Unfused
480 480 0 2-3 1, 4 Unfused
5 e 240 230 220 1-2, 3 4 6, 7 1-5, 4 8
•
1 3 4 480 460 440 2-3 6, 7 1-5,4-8
• Low Voltage(LV) Install Supplied L Load Lines Install Fuse
• `�` (Secondary Volts) Between Terminals Connect To Clips To
4 3 2 65 I
120 115 110 3-4, 1-2 Unfused
4 3 2 I 4 3 2 I 240 230 220 2-3 1,4 Unfused
••••_ • •-----• • •---. •
2ov I• 2 iig 1 120 115 110
240 230 220 3.2-3-2 4,8 1-5
LV
ry HV 440V PH***MQMJ Schematic for 150VA to 1500VA Units
V I
V • —• High Voltage(HV) Install Supplied Links
9 9 pp Supply Lines Install Fuse
4 5 6 12 3 4 5 6 (Primary Volts) Between Terminals Connect To Clips To
6 240 230 220 2-3, 4-5 2, 5 Unfused
9480 460 440 3-4 2, 6 Unfused
3 4 S 240 230 220 2-3, 4-5 1,8 2-7, 6.8
480 460 440 3-4 1,8 2-7, 5.8
•
nr5<YM• Low Voltage(LV) Install Supplied Links Load Lines Install Fuse
4 3 17 2 (Secondary Volts) Between Terminals Connect To Clips To
3 2 I 6 5 4 3 2 I 120 115 110 4-5, 2-3 2, 5 Unfused
• • • • 240 230 220 3-4 2, 5 Unfused
V 1 s230V 120 115 110 4-5, 2-3 1, 5 2-7
V LV 240V 240 230 220 3-4 1, 5 2-7
HS b
54 o�. . .. Fi
',quit © Hammond Power Solutions Inc. Data subject to change without notice ..fir

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 1 .2
UL 489 DIN Rail Miniature Circuit Breakers
FAZ-NA and FAZ-NA-L Circuit Breakers Contents
Description Page
t( FAZ-NA and FAZ-NA-L Circuit Breakers
*I i 1 Catalog Number Selection V4-T1-48
r �� 1 ,' Product Selection V4-T1-49
.fir "Tif :ITT • Accessories V4-T1-62
�,_ ' , fr, Technical Data and Specifications V4 T1-66
E
" Dimensions V4-T1-72
`{ 4,. t &
'Witt/SIP t IPs r ri
Optimum and Efficient Protection for Every Application
FAZ-NA and FAZ-NA-L Circuit Breakers
Product Overview Features
Optimum product quality, • Complete range of UL 489 • SWD(switching duty)— Device Printing on Front and Side
tested reliability and safety listed DIN rail mounted suitable for switching Installation options
stand for best protection of miniature circuit breakers fluorescent lighting loads
personnel, installations and up to 63A current rating (In s 20A) These branch circuit breakers
plant. Eaton's FAZ-NA and • Two distinct UL 489 FAZ-NA • Fulfill UL 489,CSA C22.2 are available in two terminal
FAZ-NA-L DIN rail mountable offerings available to No.5 and also IEC 60947-2 configurations:standard box
circuit breakers are designed provide the best solution Standard terminals that accept multiple
for use in branch service for the application— • For use in applications for conductors and ring-tongue
applications. FAZ-NA at 277/480 Vac which UL 1077 or CSA terminals,ideally suited to
and FAZ-NA-L at 240 Vac C22.2 No.235 are also demanding requirements of
Powerful Offering for Machine • Standard ratings of 10 kAIC allowed the semi-conductor industry.
and System Builders All breakers mount on
available at both 240 Vac • Field-installable shunt trip
FAZ-NA and FAZ-NA-L are standard 35 mm DIN rail.
and 277/480 Vac and auxiliary switch
available with B,C and D Bus connectors and feeder
•characteristics in accordance Select amperages available subsequent mounting terminal facilitate mounting
with UL®489, CSA®C22.2 at 14 kAIC for both the • Separate version for ring- and wiring of multiple
No.5; UL 1077, CSA C22.2 240 Vac and 277/480 Vac tongue connection(Type miniature circuit breaker
No.235 and IEC 60947-2. offerings and 10 kAIC up to FAZ-RT),terminal screws arrays in control panel
These devices are CE marked. 125 Vdc per pole can be removed(on assemblies.These circuit
• Current limiting design both sides) breakers can also be
Application Description provides fast short-circuit • Module width of only reverse feed.
Feeder and branch circuit interruption that reduces 17.7 mm(per pole)
protection for: the let-through energy, • Contact Position Indicator
which can damage the (red/green)
• Convenience receptacle circuit
circuits(internal/external) • Suitable for branch circuit • Easy installation on DIN rail
• Motor control circuits device protection • Possibility for sealing the
• Load circuits leaving the • Thermal-magnetic toggle in ON or OFF
equipment(external) position
overcurrent protection
• HACR internal/external • Three levels of short- • Single-,two-,three-and
equipment(heating,air circuit protection, four pole configurations
conditioning,refrigeration) categorized by B, C
• PLC I/O points and D curves
• Computers • Trip-free design—breaker
• Power supplies can not be defeated by
• Control instrumentation holding the handle in the
• Relays ON position
UPS • Captive screws cannot
• be lost
• Power conditioners
Volume 4—Circuit Protection CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com V4-T1-47

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors
1 .2
UL 489 DIN Rail Miniature Circuit Breakers
Standards and Certifications
FAZ-NA FAZ-NA-L
FAZ-NA complies with • CSA C22.2 No.5 • RoHS compliant FAZ-NA-L 0.5-63A at 240 Vac
the latest national and • Standard for molded • VDE compliant comply with the following
international standards. case circuit breakers standards.
• ABS compliant
• UL 489 (MCCB)for feeder and • UL 489 listed
• Standard for molded branch circuit protection
(corresponds closely to ® �* RoH$ • CSA C22.2 No.5-02
case circuit breakers UL 489 Standard) C0•"`]auT • IEC rated
(MCCB)for feeder and . Products meet the Listed • RoHS compliant
branch circuit protection
• Products meet the requirements of the (C • CCC compliant
requirements of the Canadian Electrical Code • OVE compliant
(CEC)
National Electrical Code® • EAC compliant
(NEC()) • ABS compliant
• VDE compliant
4)) * Fq,,.E.!1
listed
0 An A,
ILC:
Catalog Number Selection
FAZ - C6/1 - NA - SP
Breaker Family I I I I I Package C,
FAZ=FAZ UL Trip I I SP =Single package for C and 1)curve
circuit breaker Chemebaris*icea Ampere RatingT H Itef Pa* single-pole at 277 Vac only
B=3-5X In 0.5=0 5A 13=13A 1=Single-pole Blank=Standard packaging
C=5-10Xln 1 =1A 15=15A 2=Two-pole
D=10-20XIn 1.5=1 5A 16=16A 3=Three-pole
2 =2A 20=20A 4=Four-pole
3 =3A 25=25A
4 =4A 30=30A
5 =5A 32=32A Terminal'
6 =6A 35=32A NA= UL 489 branch circuit at 277/480 Vac with screw terminals
7 =7A 40=40A RT= UL 489 branch circuit at 277/480 Vac with ring-tongue terminals
8 =8A 50=50A DC= UL 489 branch circuit at 125 Vdc per pole
10 =WA 63=63A NA-L= UL 489 branch circuit at 240 Vac with screw terminals
BT-L= UL 489 branch circuit at 240 Vac with ring-tongue terminals
Notes
In=Rated current for instantaneous trip characteristics.
B curve starts at 1 ampere.
1 Single package only available for 277 Vac offering—not an option for 240 Vac line.
V4-T1-48 Volume 4—Circuit Protection CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 1 ,2
1 UL 489 DIN Rail Miniature Circuit Breakers
FAZ-NA C Curve 277/480 Vac Rated Offering F,0 1
• UL approved(UL 489)and CSA Certified(CSA C22.2 No.5-02) 7200 1
as branch circuit breakers 3600 Or 050>11edn0o-tnppird O1 Type C.5x I,-t>0.1s
current at Tyc6C.tOxh:t<Ots
• Interrupting capacity: 10 kA UL/CSA; 15 kA IEC 60947-2 1200 1,,=t.t3xl‘rort>th
• Current limiting device 600 . Specified tripping currant
300 '` 1=t45xi„lat<th
• UL file number E235139120
60 /�G30
1n
el
0.5
0.2
0.1 i 0.02 //;l
0.02
0.01 �%/amA0.005
/if
/7
0.002
0.001
0.0005 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 e 9'0 15 20 30 40 50
t/IN
Single-Pole FAZ-NA UL 489 Circuit Breakers at 277/480 Vac-10 kAIC,14 kAIC C Curve(15-25A)
Single-Pole® Two-Pole Three-Pole Four-Pole
# Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog
Amps Number Number Number Number
C Curve(5-10X I„Current Rating)
0.5 FAZ-00.5/1-NA-SP FAZ-CO.52-NA FAZ-00.5/3-NA FAZ-00.5/4-NA
Two-Pole 1 FAZ-C1/1-NA-SP FAZ-Cl2-NA FAZ-Cl/3-NA FAZ-C1/4-NA
a A 1.5 FAZ-C1.5/1-NA-SP FAZ-C1.5/2-NA FAZ-CI.5/3-NA FAZ-C1.5/4-NA
a
+�ft 2 FAZ-C2/I-NA-SP FAZ-C2/2-NA FAZ-C213-NA FAZ-C2/4-NA
z I.. 3 FAZ-C3/I-NA-SP FAZ-C32-NA FAZ-C3/3-NA FAZ-C3/4-NA
*(au 4 FAZ-C4//1-NA-SP FAZ-C f2 NA FAZ-C4/3-NA FAZ-C4/4-NA
5 FAZ-CS/1-NA-SP FAZ-CSR-NA FAZ-05/3-NA FAZ-05/4-NA
Three-Pole
6 FAZ-C6/1-NASP FAZ-C6/2-NA FAZ-C6/3-NA FAZ-C6/4-NA
to
•;• • 7 FAZ-C7/1-NASP FAZ-C7/Z-NA FAZ-C7/3-NA FAZ-C7/4-NA
Irrir 8 FAZ-C8/1-NASP FAZ�/2-NA FAZ-C8/3-NA FAZ-C6/4-NA
^•t*I
10 FAZ-C10/1-NA-SP FAZ-C102-NA FAZ-C10/3-NA FAZ-C10/4-NA
*IN* 13 FAZ-C13/1-NA-SP FAZ-C13/2-NA FAZ-C13,3-NA FAZ-C13/4-NA
Four-Pole 15 FAZ-C15/I-NA-SP FAZ-C152-NA FAZ-C15/.1-NA FAZ-C15/4-NA
16 FAZ-C16/1-NA-SP FAZ-C16/2-NA FAZ-C16/3-NA FAZ-C16/4-NA
•lrf►;•'+si' 20 FAZ-C2011-NA-SP FAZ-C20/2-NA FAZ-C20/3-NA FAZ-C20/4-NA
,E''. 25 FAZ-C25/1-NA-SP FAZ-C25/2-NA FAZ-C25/3-NA FAZ-C25/4-NA
•a1r# _g 30 FAZ-C30/1-NA-SP FAZ-C30/1-NA FAZ-C30/3-NA FAZ-C30/4-NA
32 FAZ-C32/1-NA-SP FAZ-C32.2-NA FAZ-C32/3-NA FAZ-C32/4-NA
Note
Option for single packaging on single-pole C and D curves only;add suffix SP when ordering.
Volume 4—Circuit Protection CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com V4-T1-51

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 1 .2
UL 489 DIN Rail Miniature Circuit Breakers
FAZ-NA D Curve 277/480 Vac Rated Offering ;
MI
• UL approved(UL 489)and CSA Certified(CSA C22.2 No.5-02) 7200
as branch circuit breakers 3600If $!;an fiaA non-topping )'15i1 IM1:
c;nere I=1-6Os II,<32A1
• Interrupting capacity: 10 kA UL/CSA; 15 kA IEC 60947-2 1200
I.,, 1.13x00rt>1 h I=1-120slL 32AI
• Current limiting device s ecifie l YSdztl lripo0:'�I<I hOi Cx tyre 0'20 x I,.t<0.1s
• UL file number E235139 y
120
60
30 '
a 4• -
5ym 2
1
0.5 al
0.2
of (V % / �
0.02 0.05
0.01
0.005 /
0.002
0.001
0.0006
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9'0 15 20 30 40 50
I1IN
Single-Pole FAZ-NA UL 489 Circuit Breakers at 277/480 Vac-10 kAIC,14 kAIC D Curve(13-20A)
Single-Pole® Two-Pole Three-Pole Four-Pole
#0 Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog
Amps Number Number Number Number
D Curve(10-20X In Current Rating)
or
10
0.5 FAZ-D0.5/1-NA-SP FAZ-D0.52-NA FAZ-D0.513-NA FAZ-D0.5/4-NA
Two-Pole 1 FAZ-D1/1-NA-SP FAZ-D1/2-NA FAZ-D1/3-NA FAZ-D1/4-NA
1.5 FAZ-D1.5/1-NASP FAZ-01.5/2-NA FAZ-D1.5/3-NA FAZ-D1.5/4-NA
2 FAZ-D2/1-NA-SP FAZ-D2/2-NA FAZ-D2/3-NA FAZ-D2/4-NA
� .. 3 FAZ-D3/1-NA-SP FAZ-D32-NA FAZ-D3r3-NA FAZ-D3/4-NA
4,5.6
rr 4 FAZ-D4/1-NA-SP FAZ-D42-NA FAZ-D4r3-NA FAZ-D4/4-NA
_5 FAZ-D5/1-NA-SP FAZ-D52-NA FAZ-D5r3-NA FAZ-D5/4-NA
Three-Pole
6 FAZ-D6/1-NA-SP FAZ-D62-NA FAZ-06/3-NA FAZ-D6/4-NA
7 FAZ-D1/1-NA-SP FAZ-072-NA FAZ-07/3-NA FAZ-D1/4-NA
e« 8 FAZ-Dti11-NA-SP FAZ-Dti2-NA FAZ-08/3 NA FAZ-D6/4-NA
..f . 10 FAZ-D10/1-NA-SP FAZ-0102-NA FAZ-010/3-NA FAZ-D10/4-NA
- 13 FAZ-D13/1-NA-SP FAZ-D13/2-NA FAZ-D13/3-NA FAZ-D13/4-NA
Four-Pole 15 FAZ-D15/1-NA-SP FAZ-D152-NA FAZ-D15/3-NA FAZ-D15r4-NA
1644.$a 16 FAZ-D16/1-NA-SP FAZ-D162-NA FAZ-016,3-NA FAZ-D16/4-NA
'41'tt*•Y 20 FAZ-D20/1-NA-SP FAZ-0202-NA FAZ-D20/3-NA FAZ-D20/4-NA
;1 t t 25 FAZ-D25/1-NA-SP FAZ-025/2-NA FAZ-D25/3-NA FAZ-D25/4-NA
•,w
"41,1ti 30 FAZ-D30/1-NA-SP FAZ-D302-NA FAZ-030/3-NA FAZ-03414-NA
32 FAZ-D32/1-NA-SP FAZ-D322-NA FAZ-D32/3-NA FAZ-D32/4-NA
Note
Option for single packaging on single-pole C and 0 curves only.
Volume 4—Circuit Protection CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com V4-T1-53

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 1 .2
UL 489 DIN Rail Miniature Circuit Breakers
Connection Diagrams UL 489 Miniature Circuit Breakers Technical Data 1
Description FAZ-NA FAZ-NA-DC FAZ-NA-L
Single-Pole Electrical
1 Design according to UL 489,CSA C22.2 No.5,IEC 60947-2 UL 489,CSA C22.2 No.5,IEC 60947-2 UL 489,CSA C22.2 No.5,IEC 60947-2
Rated voltage Single-pole:277 Vac 125 Vdc per pole Single-pole:240 Vac
t 2-,3-or 4-pole: 96 Vdc0 Vac 250 Vdc with 2-poles in connected series 2-,3-or 4-pole:240 Vac
Single-pole:48 Vdc per pole — Single-pole:48 Vdc per pole
} 2-pole in ser es:96 2-pole in series:96 Vdc
Rated current B:1-32 A C:2-40 A 6:1-63 A
C&D:0.5-32 A C:0.5-63 A
2 D:0.5-40 A
Characteristic B,C,D C B,C,D
Two-Pole Current interrupting rating B curve-10 kA:1-13 A,30-32 A 10 kA B curve-10 kA:1-13 A,30-32 A
C curve-10 kA:0.5-13 A,30-32 A C curve-10 kA:0.5-13 A,30-32 A
B&C curve-14 kA:15-25 A B&C curve-14 kA:15-25 A
D curve--10 kA:0.5-10 A,25-32 A D curve-10 kA:0.5-10 A,25-32 A
D curve-14 kA:13-20 A D curve-14 kA:13-20 A
Rated frequency 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
Endurance z 20,000 operations z 20,000 operations z 20,000 operations
Line voltage connection Suitable for reverse feed Suitable for reverse feed Suitable for reverse feed
Mechanical
2 4
Frame size 45 mm 45 mm 45 mm
Three-Pole Device height 105 mm 105 mm 105 mm
Device width 17.7 mm per pole 17.7 mm per pole 17.7 mm per pole
i i i
Terminal protection Finger and hand touch safe according to Finger and hand touch safe according to Finger and hand touch safe according to
BGV A3,OVE-EN 6 BGV A3,OVE-EN 6 BGV A3,OVE-EN 6
ri J:\),
Mounting Quick fastening with two lock-in positions Quick fastening with two lock-in positions Quick fastening with two lock-in positions
- on IEC/EN 60715 on IEC/EN 60715 on IEC/EN 60715
Upper and lower terminals Open mouth/lift terminals Open mouth/lift terminals Open mouth lift terminals
Terminal capacity One wire:AWG 18 6 One wire:AWG 18-6 One wire:AWG 18-6
Two wires:AWG 18-10 Two wires:AWG 18-10 Two wires:AWG 18-10
Terminal fastening torque AWG 18-21:21 lb-in AWG 18-21:21 lb-in AWG 18-21:21 lb-in
AWG 10-8:25lb-in AWG 10-8:25lb-in AWG 10-8:25lb-in
AWG 6:36lb-in AWG 6:36 lb-in AWG 6:36 lb-in
Mounting Independent of position Independent of position Independent of position
Calibration temperature
UL 489,CSA C22.2 No.5 40°C 40°C 40°C
IEC 60947-2 30°C 30°C ,30°C
Volume 4—Circuit Protection CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com V4-T1-67

m
0
LL
COC. N 0 Cl a LO m Li') CO Le m co
H 0- 4 m 0 0 v v c•i v M a cci v Ln xi ¢i m
1,1
7--
O m
{J C
(j 0
m r` N
Ln v m N m m N o v, co m
}J I- IL vi N N IV tV c.i [V m R m m to to CO
//�© o
>. s d
}/{{..� H m
ly .. C fO LD O O N U) N .0- 0, O m f0 r` Lb O1
•�� ti VJ a. — o N — — .-- N cni m c i en
C
W
E m
Q g , O) m o m 0 Le m N m (O V' r` m O N O
a. a M V Lfi 0 V C LCi n Xi O co cn cT O tV
ILn
v a ;i mre
.� m d a
m W m I
fit' m L7 W
7 t e cc m v a m cy a a m v Cr. N N o O Ln
H CD N 6. • •• • CV c•i c•i el cf L7
03 V o
a
m
o
g
• (CId
'C i
/• / 2 gL C7c(D0 m COa vmln nN tD Lrim r Lri •f0 m mi OO) - - - M
C1 7
m
• Z
a
{J 5 ma
!Q O' ; `
•c CO ry v CO C.N. CD r` Ln o m CO r CO m m N o m .- .- V
V Ni Lh V c.i C7 V c 4 Lf t0 co D m 1
.5.,
m
C
u
m o
m y C
L C N CD •- a CO r` 0 0 CO V' Q) .- O) - .0CD 0 0
R G7 ca 1 r- NIN - Ni NI N tV Ni m m a v
I y
N
N S
ral-mi0 0 o O o O O O o pO
IS. O o .- N m O LCl O. O eO tj r.'! ^ c0 O N Om Pi M <

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors
i 0
UL 489 DIN Rail Miniature Circuit Breakers
i Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches(mm)
Miniature Circuit Breakers Lockout Attachment— UL Lockoff Device—
Z-IS/SPE-1TE FAZPLOFF
Single-Pole Two-Pole Three-Pole Four-Pole
ili
111111.11110
ill 1 iii iiii iiii _ It mood Att
1.1 H 41.111,11111111 1
—— ——— ti *„„„„,
lillil 11111E1121 I iiiiiiiiiiillil .
e.
7 0 0
I I it , •
i -
„ ......
. ,
MCB UL 489
,
-.mil-- .wi 1-.1w, iw, .1 1-..7w, Wiwi ',..4„--
W3 I W4 -
H W1 W2 W3 W4
-............
4.13 0 70 1.39 2.09 2.79 .
(105.0) (17 7) (35 3) (53.1) (70 8)
Accessories
Z-SV/UL-16/6 Z-SV/UL-18...12 ZV-BS-UL
99 204,6 17)9 Me
1 7r
1 „,
li no • im IN 1 .
H 11 # # I • as iii a in all is al in le in in
mil•
iiiiiiiiiew
„ix-17,0.1916 '
.11001111111111$ 11110111111,611 —
..„„, 402.,
Z-SV/UL-16.../18 Z-EK135/UL
1.5.5 ir
NM tr-i
I
I 4„ ..,,
',Li , J:
.........
,
,
NI MI at II 1111 II II NI IN i It 111.1 ill li.IW 0 a, ,
I
71:iirl a a'
5 1
1'''''-i-
.11,L1 r a!' 1
: -
Z-EK/35/UL Z-EB/50/UL
Description UL 489 IEC/EN 60947-2 Description UL 489 I EC/EN 60947-2
Ue 480 Vac/96 Vdc 240/415 Vac Ue 480 Vac/96 Vdc 240/415 Vac
f 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz f 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
Limp 9.5 kV Llim, — 9.5 kV
le 80A at 40°C 80A at 30°C le 115A at 40°C 160A at 30°C
10-1/0 AWG 60/75°C Cu 2.5-35 mm2 Cu #1-14 AWG 60/75°C Cu 1.5-50 mm2 Cu
, 111111111111111111111111111= -=—AIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
0.56 in 14mm 0.56 in 14mm
==IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII 1 ,==11111111IIIIMIIII
Ht--ei
V4-T1-72 Volume 4—Circuit Protection CAO 81 000 05E—April 201 9 www.eaton.com

Prices as of April 27,2016.Check Web site for most current prices.
u mI AC Current Switches,
Transducers and Indicators
Overview
The AcuAMP series of AC current sensors AcuAMP current sensors are available Models with output time delay are also
is a family of high-performance current with a broad selection of input sensing offered in the Current Switch series.
sensors offering outstanding features, ranges for maximum flexibility across The ACL1 Current Indicator senses AC
flexibility,and durability at an incredible many current ratings. The current trans- current ranging from 0.5 to 100A and
price. Choose from a wide selection of ducer output choices include 4-20 mA, requires no power for the indicating LED.
current transducers, switches and indica- 24VDC loop-powered, and 0 to 10 These current sensors can be mounted
tors, all designed in a rugged industry- volt self-powered analog outputs. The in a panel (convenient DIN rail adapter
standard feed-through package, Current Switch outputs are isolated accessory is available) or attached to the
including both fixed core and split core solid state switches and are available in monitored conductor with a wire tie. Use
models. Normally Open and Normally Closed the Selection Guide below to find the
configurations. best sensor for your requirements.
l y :
•
Selection Guide
AcuAMP AC Current Transducer Specifications by Model Type
Specifications Transducer Transducer(True RMS)
Model ACT ACTR
Jumper selectable(fixed and split core);
ACTR005:0 to 2A
Jumper selectable: 0 to 5A
ACT005: 0 to 2A ACTR050. 0 to 10A
0 to 5A 0 to 20A
ACT050: 0 to 10A 0 to 50A
u to LuH ACTR200: 0 to 100A
0 to 50A 0 to 150A
ACT200: 0 to 100A 0 to 200A
Input Range 0 to 150A ACTR750. 0 to 375A
0 to 200A 0 to 500A
AG1750: 0 to 375A 0 to 750A
u to SuuH ACTR2000:0 to 1000A
0 to 750A 0 to 1333A
AGT 2000:0 to 1000A 0 to 2000A
u to.i ssiiv Fixed range(flexible split core):
0 to 2000A ACTR500:0 to 500A
ACTR1000 0to 1000A
ACTR2000:0 to 2000A
-10 models.0-10 VDC,self-powered 4-20 mA,
Output -42L models:4-20 mA,
loop-powered loop-powered true RMS
-10 models:50 to 60 Hz 10 to 400 Hz;(40 to 400 Hz flexible split core models)
Frequency Range -42L models:20 to 100 Hz
sinusoidal waveforms only sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal waveforms
Response Time -10 models:100ms BOOms
p -42L models:300ms
ACT005,ACT050,ACT200: ACTR005,ACTR050,ACTR200:
Had core:0.75 in[19mm]dia. Fixed core:0.75 in[19mm]dia.
Split core:0.85 in[216 mm]sq. Split core:0.85 in[21.6 mm]sq.
.
Sensing ApertureACTR750,ACTR2000:
ACT750,ACT2000: Fixed core:3.0 in[76.2 mm]dia.
3.0 in[76.2 mm]dia. ACTR500 ACTR1000,ACTR2000:
Split(flexible split core)core,4.5 in[114.3mm]dia.
eCT-2 Current Sensors 1 - 8 0 0 - 6 3 3 - 0 4 0 5

Prices as of April 27,2016.Check Web site for most current prices.
AC Current Sensors, Switches
and Transducers Application Guide
Application Guide
AcuAMP current sensors are a great fit from monitoring loads to preventive Use the application examples to help
for many applications including material maintenance. Models with the ability choose the best sensor model for your
handling, fan and pump applications, to read True RMS non-sinusoidal application.
and heating systems. With current waveforms make it easy to monitor
transducers,current switches and current applications using variable frequency
indicators, this sensor family gives you drives.
valuable data for processes ranging Heater Life Prediction
Pump Jam&Suction Loss Protection Current I
oCru 7rreannSwceit h
..
a ' Digital
Input P� . �t--*—
Motor
Control ACS Series
Signal � Current
j."' { Operated
Motor IAL`. Switch *....fts'ft....3/4'...""•••„..............................)
Starter r,,Sr'.
Crusher/Grinder/Shredder Motor Interlocks
The performance of size reduction equipment like crushers or
grinders can be optimized by controlling the in-feed in order to
Pump Load Monitoring •Help prevent jamming
•Improve the uniformity of the resultant product
_ a..•r 7'- •Enhance overall production of Iciency
F .Z 4-20mA Input
e to Controller
t� --- PLC
PLC ---- _ Inputs
,r.., r ..„ : Outputs ,
p6.., " True i,tom r x
"- Variable ,-,•I RMS `e
,Frequency0 '. •a Transducer
Drive =a, Motor __. pm ,'
Starters '., & i
iii V 'fUse:ACTR Series-True RMS Current _ .
1i
Current h
rt
or Transducer i
Lamp Failure Detection Electric Motor Load Status
ACS Series Current
Operated Switch l__ e
Digital --- _ �fitrr'
L1 Output I ,
ii A _
sillAt
j " ACL1
Current
�� ; / Motor _._.� Indicator
l Inactive 7, ,, . ..,„1,
.Starter
j Inactive
T" Contact Aiel
`
When L7 tails,the current drops.The Current Operated
Switch detects the drop in current and activates the relay - -- - -
which turns on the back-up lamp L2.The system may be
configured fail-safe by using a Normally Open Current
switch together with Normally Closed relay contacts
eCT-4 Current Sensors 1 - 8 0 0 - 6 3 3 - 0 4 0 5

Prices as of April 27,2016.Check Web site for most current prices. N.r3iino
nirP,
°acU rimI'ACTR Series AC Current Transducers
Features
' ( " \ ` •Five-year warranty
V . •4-20 mA output only _
. i •True RMS technology is accurate on 7
distorted waveforms such as VFD or SCR
- -- outputs. and�•C :_
•Choice of jumper-selectable ranges -
reduces Why use ACTR transducers? and span pots.tory and eliminates zero Abto Cm .k
The current waveform of a typical linear Applications •Output is magnetically isolated from the Sensors:
P g Y Pmximity •
load is a pure sine wave. However, in input for safety and eliminates voltage
VFD and SCR applications the output VFD Controlled Loads drop.
waveforms are rough approximations •VFD output indicates how the motor and •Built-in feet with optional 35mm DIN rail reedic ;,
of a sine wave and are non-sinusoidal. attached load are operating. adapter available.
'setisas:
Each cycle will contain numerous spikes Limas•••
and dips. SCR Controlled Loads Agency Approvals
sensors
•Accurate measurement of phase angle Encoders
The ACTR transducers use a •
fired SCRs.Current measurement gives cOus C E
mathematical algorithm called "True faster response than temperature mea-
RMS,"which integrates the actual surement.
waveform over time.The output is the
amperage component of the true power Switching Power Supplies and
(heating value) of the AC current Pressure
( g Electronic Ballasts
waveform.True RMS is the only way to .True RMS sensing is the most accurate Sensors. i.'
Temperatu
accurately measure distorted AC way to measure power supply or ballast
waveforms. Select ACTR transducers for input power.
salsas:
non-linear loads or in "noisy" power Level
environments.
sensor
Flow
Pushbuaas,
ACTR Series AC Current Transducers anti Lights
Maximum Input Ranges
stacklighte
Part Number Description Pkg Wt(Ib) Price Maximum Input Amps
Model Range & i
ACTR005-42L-F AC urrent t co ear with true RMS,4-20 mA 1 0.30 $136.00 Continuous 6 Sec 1 Sec De
0 to 2A 80 125 250 process
ACTR005-42L-S o utr,split core ucer with true RMS,4-20 mA 1 0.36 $155.00 ACTR005,-F/-S 0 to 5A 100 125 250
Relays and.
ACTR050-42L-F
AC current transducer with true RMS,4-20 mA
output,fixed core 1 0.30 $126.00 0 to 10A 80 125 250 T B1S�''''
ACTR050,-F/-S 0 t0 20A 110 150 300 Pn_ .`f.
ACTR050-42L-S AC urrsplit core user with true RMS,4-20 mA 1 0.36 $157.00 p
0 to 50A 175 215 400
AC current transducer with true RMS,4-20 mA 0 to 100A 200 300 600 Pneumatics.
ACTR200-42L-F Output,fixed core 1 0.30 $128.00 areceonal contra
ACTR200,-F/-S 0 to 150A 300 450 800 Valves
ACTR200-42L-S ACpcurren.t anseducer with true RMS,4-20 mA 1 0.36 $160.00
0 to 200A 400 500 1000 Pneumatic:
Cylinders :.?,
ACTR500-42L-S output,flexible split transducer true RMS,4-20 mA 1 0.60 $295.00 ACTR500,-S 0 to 500A 4000 4400 5000 m • .,
0 to 375A 750 Tubing
ACTR750-42L-F AC current
coreducer with true RMS,4-20 mA 1 2 00 $207 00 3
output, ACTR750,-F 0 to 500A 750 1500 3750 Pneumatics:
AC current transducer with true RMS,4-20 mA 0 to 750A 750 Arc Pegs
ACTR1000-42L-S output,flexible split core 1 0.60 $320.00
ACTR1000,-S 0to 1000A 4000 4400 5000 .
ACTR2000-42L-F AC current transducer output,fixed core with true RMS,4-20 mA 1 2.00 $267 00
0 to 1000A 2000 Book 2
ACTR2000-42L-S output current transducer
co with true RMS,4-20 mA 1 0.60 $320.00 ACTR2000,-F 0 to 1333A 2000 4000 10 k
0 to 2000A 2000 .
Accessories ACTR2000,-S 0 to 2000A 4000 4400 5000
DRA-2 DIN rail adapters,1.69"x0.39"x0.75"[43x10x19 mm] 2 0.40 $3.50
www .automationdirect. com/current- sensors Current Sensors eCT-7

Prices as of April 27,2016.Check Web site for most current prices.
_� mP' ACTR Series AC urrent Transducers
ACTR Series Specifications
Specifications 42L Models up to 200 Amp 42L-F Models 50 6 2000 Amp 42L-S Models 500, 1000&2000 Amp_
Power Supply 24VDC nominal,(12 to 40 VDC)loop powered 24VDC nominal,(40VDC max),loop powered 24VDC Nominal,22.36 Volts
(sinking) (sinking) Use Class 2 power supplyor limbed power supply only
Output Signal 4-20 mA,loop powered(sinking),true RMS
Output Limit 112%of standard output range maximum valve
Loading 600f1I§24VDC 500C maximum
Accuracy 1.0%FS(10-100%of range)
Response Time 600ma
Input Ranges Field selectable from 0 to 200A Field selectable from 375 to 2000A Fixed:500,1000 or 2000A —
Sensing Aperture Split core 0.85'(218 mm sq. Fixed core:3.0'[76.2 mm]die. 4.5 in[114.3 mm)dia.
Isolation Voltage UULmnemto l,270VAC,Tested to 5,000VAC UL listed to 600V UL listed to 3,500VAC
Frequency Range 10 to 400 Hz — 40 to 400 Hz
Case UL 94 V-0 flammability rating
Operating Temperature:-4 to 122°F[-20 to 50°C1 _
Environmental I Relative Humidity:0-95%RH,Non-condensing
Pollution Degree 2
Altitude to 2000 meters
Agency I UL/cUL(E222847),CE UlJcUL(E197592),CE
Approvals'
°To obtain the most current agency approval information,see the Agency Approval Checklist section on the specific part number's web page at www.AutomationDirect.com
Dimensions —cm
Inches[mm]
:tot
4 1
St100017NNW - 1N 9A1
..[.7n � S.Wl tl t77.�1
! (44.st _ 1111111111111M11 zK w.w
0,3 /M C1•RE 1.10 I /01(- 1114°i7 1 ® r 104.71
®w� It 0
Its.[) u� AN tsol of RANG[JUMPER
—x.w
00.71 pHl IA:
7S7- _
— �I
•--� si
te Li�� US
OM
. 1
(M I; j 0.H1 IlN41I�
+ 111.1 ...L
s°°
ram 1III uul is jit
_ �1' 1 0 0 •
014aI,
1/7A►1
ACTR Series,Up to 200 Amp Fixed Core ACTR Series Up to 200 Amp Split Con ® 4111
I- - 4.4u I eeo
�:11l0: 167�:
ACTR Series,750&2000 Amp Fixed Core Large Aperture
w.,se.
r.4 tc
I I Liz
El.el Mown eW MLL
00.31211 WM MA W& IMMO :se.7 too:CD (I7
i ( 7.n
MP
See our website www.AutomationDirect.com
241 �168 III for complete Engineering drawings.
loan
Cal
ACTR Series 500,1000&2000 Amp Base&Flexible Split Core Loops
Book 2(14.3)
eCT-8 Current Sensors 1 - 8 0 0 -6 3 3 -0 4 0 5

Prices as of April 27,2016.Check Web site for most current prices. nrnemsiln8
mre�r
= J mI ACTR Series AC Current Transducers
Connections Connections
ACTR Series, Up to 200 Amp ACTR Series, 750 & 2000 Amp
Load 24 VDC Power
4-20mA Option Load 24 VDC Power
0 ---8 + -0--®-
B+
,I_�1QL,I
Range t ' Notes. •Captive screw terminals.
Jumper - + •Use 14-22 AWG solid or stranded. Iml LJ Notes: ■Captive screw terminals.
Output •Observe polarity. Low-J Mid High - + ■Use 12-22 AWG solid or stranded.
Range Switch Output •Observe polarity. Sens
Proximity
Power Supply(4-20 mA output only)i.p 32 T- v=,2vDc.(Rxoo2oA) ' ..
27- Mew'(=MW,e Loops.¢ply .•
R=Tolel Loop Reaotsa farm•)
11 22- Operating Range Application Examples
a 17-
12-
0 250 500 750 1000
Tofal Loop Impedance(Ohms) Operator
Interface
Panel 137.2A A Input to
_.
Controller
Connections ';'
ACTR Series, Flexible Split Core True RMS sensors. .-
500, 1000 & 2000 Amp s.fi `= Transducer,
Variable even on VFDs
Frequency "'' or SCRs Level
Drive
Oa). SC
sensors :-
'� Floc
I -.-__7,1stad ghtsIri tNotes:
Fingersafe captive screw terminals.
14-22 AWG solid or stranded.Observe polarity. -1II Output Air•
I:I + �i G - Pneumatics: t
1. I arecuonal C Control l
Valves 4
COillblil
(+)(Controller
0(+) (-0 I� Meter.etc.) Pneumax 3
(-) Cylinders
24 VDC Power Load
5000 max load p„e,mapcs, t
Tubing
Pneumatic
Air Fittings
Appendix 411
ala
,,.r 7 II 1 1,,
www . automationdirect .com/current- sensors Current Sensors eCT-9

ri DEC RH Series Relays & Sockets
RH Series Compact Power Relays
SPDT through 4PDT, 10A contacts
Compact power type relays
The RH series are miniature power relays with a large capacity.The RH relays feature 1744 10A contact capacity as large as the RR series but in a miniature package.The compact .w
size saves space. i t . :
, :► t itr,,
g , . ,
Ala ��US ( E ! , , ,
Part Number Selection
Part Number
Contact Model Blade PCB Coil Voltage Code
Terminal Terminal (Standard$totkInbold)
Basic RH1B-U RH1V2•U
SPDT With Indicator RH1 B UL AC6V,AC12V,AC24V,AC110V,AC120V,
With Check Button RH1B-UC AC220V, AC240V DC6V, DC12V, DC24V,
With Indicator and Check Button RH1B-ULC DC48V,DC110V
r
Top Bracket Mounting RHIB-UT
With Diode(DC coil only) RH1B-UD RH1V2•UD DC6V,DC12V,DC24V,DC48V,DC110V
With Indicator and Diode(DC coil only) RH1B-ULD DC12V,DC24V,DC48V,DC110V
DPDT Basic RH213•U RH2V2•U
WIt11 ind L-icator RHISURHIV2•UL
;:;...., AC6V,AC12V,AC24V,AC110-120V,
- "•,..... With Check Button
pRH2B•UC AC220 24OV
!�' � With Indicator and Check ButtonRHZB ULC OC6V,DC12V,DC24V,DC48V,DC100 110V
,P s , Top Bracket Mounting RH2B-UT
4 t4- •
With Diode(DC coil only) RH2B-UD RH2V2-UD
DC6V,DC12V,DC24V,DC48V,DC 100.110V
With Indicator and Diode(DC coil only) RH2B-ULD
SPDT Basic RH3B-U RH3V2-U
With Indicator RH3B•UL RH3V2 UL AC6V,AC12V,AC24V,AC110V,AC120V,
k 4!"-'e, ,�,,�,�. With Check Button RH3B•UC AC220V, AC240V DC6V, DC12V, DC24V,
g F�P, ' •With Indicator and Check Button RH3B-ULC - DC48V,DC110V
P I s'• 1 r t Top Bracket Mounting RH3B-UT
With Diode(DC coil only) RH3B-D' RH3V2-D' '
DC6V,DC12V,DC24V,DC48V,DC110V
With Indicator and Diode(DC coil only) RH3B•LD'
Basic RH4B•U RH4V2•U
4PDT (With Indicator RH4B•UL RH4V2•UL
AC6V,AC12V,AC24V,AC110V,AC120V,
• -:; With Check Button RH4B•UC -- AC220V,AC24OVDC6V,DC12V,DC24V,DC48V,
r"irr1 DC110V
".. . " u r r-{ ,. With Indicator and Check Button RH4B-ULC
Top Bracket Mounting RH4B-UT
With Diode(DC coil only) RH4B-UD RH4V2-UD
DC6V,DC12V,DC24V,DC48V,DC110V
With Indicator and Diode(DC coil only) RH4B•LD'
1. 'Carries no DI recognition mark. -
• ._ I. PCB terminal relays are designed to mount directly to a circuit board without any socket, Ordering Information
When ordering,specify the Part No.and coil voltage code:
(example)RH38-U [AC120Vi
Pail No. Nog Voltage Code
•
726 www.idec.com

Relays & Sockets RH Series 1 DEC
Sockets (for Blade Terminal Models)
Relays Standard DIN Rail Mount' ger-safe DIN Rall Mount' ough Panel Mount Mount
RH1B SH1B•05 SH1 •05C SH1 1 SH1 •62
-----)" RH2B SH18.05 SH2B• SH28.5 SH2B•
RH3B SH38.05 SH3B•05C SH3B•51 SH38.62 iN, I. DIN Rail mount
socket comes with •
�� RH48 SH4B•05 SH48.05C SH4B•51 SH48.62 two horseshoe
clips,Do not use
unless you plan to
insert pullover wire
r spring.Replacement
�411 r`f f �� �, horseshoe clip part
•
~ • number is Y7711 011.
• r�
• , ,P own Springs&Clips
Appearance Description Relay For DIN For Through Panel& Min Order Qty
Mount Socket PCB Mount Socket
RH1B SY2S•02F1' ( 7. Must use horseshoe clip
.28 SY4S•02F1 1 t$ s,, when mounting In DIN
Pulh7verWk! SY45 51F1 10 mount socket,Replacement
Spring RH3B SH38.05F1 a horseshoe clip part number Is
Y778H01I.
RH48 SH48.02F11 1. Two required per relay.
111
' Leaf Sprirg
(side latch) RH1B,RH2B,RH38,RH48 SFA•202' SFA•301' X
K
20 sea
N
-4...''„,,. Leaf Spring RHIB,RH28,RH38,RH48 SFA•101' SFA•301'
(top latch)
rD
N
AC Coil Ratings
Rated Current(mA)t15%at 20'C Coll Resistance(0) Operation Characteristics
Voltage AC 50H: AC 60Hz t10%at 20'C (against rated values at 20CC)
(V) Max.Continuous Pickup Dropout
SPDT DPDT 3PDT 4PDT SPOT DPDT 3PDT 4PDT SPOT DPDT 3PDT 4PDT Applied Voltage Voltage Voltage
6 170 240 330 387 150 200 280 330 330 9.4 6,4 5,4
12 86 121 165 196 75 100 140 165 165 39.3 25.3 21.2
24 42 60.5 81 98 37 50 70 83 83 153 103 84.5
110 9.6 18.1 21.6 8,4 -- 15.5 18.2 18.2 --• 2,200 1,800
30%
110-120 - 10.8 - - 8.0 9.1 - - - 110% maixmum minimum
---).1 120 8.6 --• 16.4 19.5 7.5 --- 14,2 16.5 16.5 --- 10,800 7,360
LW .1.f "'- 0.0 1V./ 1.1 ..-. 1.1 1.1 Y.1 -- 1V,UW :017V
220-240 - 4.7.5.4 - -- -- 4.0.4.6 - -- 18,820 - ---
240 4.9 •-_. 8.2 9.8 4.3 7.1 8.3 8.3 --- 12,100 9,120
..r
D tn,i:Ratings
Rated Currer7lt t15%At 20'C Coll Resistance(0) Operation Characteristics
Voltage 310%at 20'C (against rated values at 209C)
(V) SPOT DPDT SPOT 4PDT 5P0T DPDT 3PDT 4PDT Max.Continuous Pickup Dropout
Applied Voltage Voltage Voltage
6 128 150 240 250 47 40 1;_ 24
12 64 75 120 125 188 160 100 96 ,,, Standard coil vollages
Ore In rry n.
24 32 36.9 60 62 750 650 400 388 110% 80a. 10r,T
48 18 18.5 30 31 2,660 2,600 1,600 1,550 -noun rnininwru
100.110 -• 8.2.9.0 - -� --- 12,250 -
110 8 -- 12.8 15 13,800 •-- 8,600 7,340
USA:800-262-IDEC Canada:888-317•IDEC 727

11 DEC RH Series Relays & Sockets
Contact Ratings UL Ratings
Maximum Contact Capacity Resistive General Use Horse Power Rating
a' Allowable Contact Power Rated Lord Voltage RH1 RH3 RH4 RH1 RH3 RH4 RHI RH3 RH4
o Model Continuous RH2 RH2 RH2
Current Resistive Inductive Voltage Hes. Ind.
Load Load (VI load Load 240V AC 10A 7.5A /.5A /A 65A 5A 1/3 HP 1/3 HP
oo
v 110 AC 10A /A 120V AC — 10A 10A --- 7.5A 7.5A 1/6 HP 1/6 HP ----
SPOT 10A I',,40VA 990VA 220 AC 7A 4.5A 30V DC 10A 10A /A
cn 3o0W 210W 30DC 10A 7A 28VDC --- -- 10A -- -•® ---- _- ----
DPDT 110 AC 10A 7,5A CSA Ratings
3PDT 10A 1650VA 1100VA 220 AC 75A 5A
4POT 300W 225W None
30 DC 10A 7,5A Reeletfve General Uae Power
^ Nato Innurhvn load for the rated load= cot a•03,t/H=l mx Voltage Rating
!I a HH1 RH2 RH3 RH4 RH1 RH2 RH3 RH4 Mil,2,3
• TUV Ratings 240V AC 10A 10A /SA /A lA 7A 5A 1/3 HP
Voltage RH1 RH2 RH3 RH4 120V AC 10A 10A IBA 10A 7,5A 7,5A -R- 7.5A 1/6 HP
24(1V AC 10A 10A /5A 1.5A 30V DC 10A IRA 10A 10A /A 7.5A ----
30V DC 10A 10A 10A 10A
I. �ACcosa•t0.DCt/H=Oms
Socket Specifications
Sockets Terminal Electrical Rating Wire Size Torque
(Coil)M3 screws /rOV,ton Maximum up to 2—#12AWG 5,5 9 in•Ibs
SH18 05 (contact)M3.5 screws with captive wire clamp 9 11.5 in•Ibs
DIN Rail
Mount SH2B•05
Sockets SH3B O5 M3.5 screws with captive wire clamp 300V.10A Maximum up to 2-#12AWG 9.11.5 in•Ibs
V' SH4B•05
(coil)M3 screws 250V,10A Maximum up to 7#12AWG 5,5.9 MolesSH18 05C (contact)M3.5 screws with captive wire clamp,linger safe 9.11.5 in•Ibs
Finger-sale
DIN Rail SH2B-05C
Mount SH36.OSC M3.5 screws with captive wire clamp,fingersafe 300V,10A Maximum up to 2•/12AWG 9-11.5 in•Ibs
E SH48.05C
i=
Through SH18.51
Panel SH28 51 Solder 300V,10A --- ---
Mount SH3B•51
Socket SH4B-51
SHIB-62 PCB mount 250V 10A ....
PCB Mount SH2B-62
Socket SH38-62 PCB mount 300V,10A -•—
CO SH48.62
r,
0
m
'ill
• Accessories
t Descri$tlatt_ Appearance Use with Pad No. Remelts
IDEC offers a low-profile DIN rail(BNDN1000).The BNDN1000 is de
Aluminum signed to accommodate DIN mount sockets.Made of durable extruded
DIN Hail All DIN rail sockets BNDN1000
aluminum,the UNDN1000 measures 0.413(10.5mm)in height and 1.3/
(t motor length) `"` (35rnm)in width(DIN standard).Standard length is 39"(1,000mm).
*WS
v DIN Rail End DIN rail BNI 5 mm wide.
ro Stop
m
F' Replacement DIN mount sockets and hold For use on DIN rail mount socket when um er wire hold down
Hold-Down t Y118 011
Spring Anchor ► down springs. spring pieces sin 2 pieces included with each socket.
728 www,idec.com

Relays & Sockets RH Series I DEC
Specifications
Contact Material Silver cadmium oxide
Contact Resistance' S0m0 maximum
Minimum Applicable Load 24V DC,30 mA;5V DC,103 mA(reference value) •
SPOT 20ms maximum
DPOT
Operate Time'
3PDT 25ms maximum
4PDT
SPOT 20ms maximum
DPDT
Release Time s
3PDT 25ms maximum
4PDT
SPOT AC:1.1VA(50Ht),1VA(60Hr) DC:0.8W
Power Consumption DPDT AC:1,4VA(50Hz),1.2VA(60Hz) DC:0.9W
(approx.) 3PDT AC:2VA(50Hz),1,1VA(60H4 DC:1.5W
4PDT AC:2.5VA(50Ht),2VA(60Hz) DC:1.5W
Insulation Resistance 100M0 minimum(500V DC mugger)
Between live and dead parts: 2,000V AC.1 minuto
SPOT Between contact and coil: 2,000V AC.1 minute
Between contacts of the same pole: 1,000V AC,I minute
Dielectric Strength ' DPDT Between live and dead parts: 2,000V AC,1 minute H
3PDT Between contact and coil: 2,000V AC,1 minuto as
4PDT Between contacts of different poles:2,000V AC,1 minute
Between contacts of the same pole: 1,000V AC,1 minute
Electrical: 1,800 operations/hour maximum A
Operating Frequency Mechanical: 18,000 operations/hour maximum
Vibration Resistance Damage limits: 10 to 55Ht,amplitude 0,5 mm
Operating extremes: 10 to 55Ht,amplitude 0.5 mm
Damage limits: 1,000m/s'(100G)
Shock Resistance Operating extremes: 200m/s'(20G•SPOT,DPOT)
100m/s'(t OG-3PDT,4PDT)
Mechanical Life 50,000,000 operations minimum
DPDT 500,000 operations minimum(120V AC,10A)
Electrical Life SPOT
3PDT 200,000 operations minimum(120V AC,10A)
4PDT
SPOT --25 to 450°C(no frewin9)
Operating DPDT
Temperature' 3PDT -25 to+40°C(no freezing)
4PDT
Operating Humidity 4510 85%RH(no condensation)
Weight(approx.) SPOT:24g,DPOT:37g,3PDT:50g,4PDT:74g
Note Above values are initial values
1. Measured using 5V DC,IA voltage drop method
2. Measured at the rated voltage fat 20"CI.excluding contact trouncing
Release time of relays with diode 40 ms maximum
3 Relays with indicator or diode 1000V AC,I minute
4 for use under different temperature conditions,refer to Continuous load Current vs Operating temperature Curve the oporxeng
leniperaturn range of relays with indicator or diode is-25 to c40°C
USA:800.282•IDEC Canada:888.317•IDEC 749

p it 0 4„; RH Series Relays & Sockets
Characteristics(Reference Data)
Electrical Life Curves
AC load 'C Load
taoo ,000
1) 11QY..A&1111111M (RH1)
soo
1 30VDCNV v
a 100 §100 /'. ----
0
5 60 i ao ,00V oc res.sirve
240V AC MWVcWO 170V AC wow, 240V AC live 100V Ix:imluclon2 ......
1o. _ 1 ! ! - ! 6 d t i 1- 1b 1 i } 1
Load Curt•m(A) Lad' 0v
(RH1)woo (RH2)i..
wovAc na•uvlilik,
00VDC •0v
600f
p
100 O ,00
_
500
' >ovD
Y r 60 DC a • s�MpupN,•
7 NOV AC nauclive 240V AC 1•6e1rve
(20V AC a u tuve 100Y DC •? •
20 \
,o —i— a s ,a f f 4 a e sue' t I ,b
L••d Cw,em(A) Lad Cured(A)
(R)13!R144)moo (RH3IRH4)woo
120V AC nWMrw 8100 06010 740VAC 10dc*4. :: - '
resistive
240VA0n4pW 100VDCNMuoOr• `,..,
............
SAC Wi v*
10 --(----1---# —# 6 6 t ! --e—��0 I.
Lad Covent(A)
load Current(A)
Maximum Switching Capacity
(RH11 (RHIRHLRH4)
too too
nC rimier_._ _ AC unwire \?\
60 AC AI 60 AC ennui
t De,0,4 v!
u 10 Ito_
$ y OC inductive
oe 1C�arrav- 9oc-
O1'.. . , 11.,.Ito- --i—'r-- N _ 1 -_- 2010-
200 0,1 10 RI 100 200 300
UN Male IV$ Lad Wipe I1/1
730 www.idec.com

Relays & Sockets RH Series I DEC
Continuous Load Current vs.Operating Temperature Curve(Basic Type,With Check Button,and Top Bracket Mounting Type)
(RHI) Note theWN.dvr OW.. (RHS) Nat*The riled vop.0e1. (RH3/RH1) Note Ins r Owl vollper.
100 .ppaa,1 I.,1h.o,I 100 applied to the coil 100 applied loth*cal
°0 G b 00
G so
e0 Dew
70
e0 ... 0070 �
10 60 60 AONc cap
I e0ao
~ 40 1 40
1 J0
so 20 20
10 10 10
0 _ 0
0 loll Curtin!(A)
Load CurroM(A) Lad Cunorp(A)
Internal Connection(View from Bottom)
Basic Type
SPOT DPDT SPOT 4PDT With Check Button
: :fLi7747? I 9 l�`�� b 4 Io ri l'o ri I
pF7To
' I.u,litninnn
I ,,Y I
Contacts can be operated by pressing the
I O (9 I 1 -) (•_I »(-) (*)14 t -) 0)1a 1 check button.
_. L _ °..r ammo - mom mmon —11
With Indicator (-1 type)
SPOT SPOT 4PDT DPDT
't> 33(, I t. 1 c.. I e 1101
Below
Below ai 15 II
100V 24V When the relay is energized,
AC/DC 1-) (•) Ifiiiiiiiid >K-) HI AuxH'1 (ti) the I(Idkata goes on.
ME .Relay coils less than 100V
ik ._p,_. DC do not contain a protec•
don diode(except DPDT).
.Relay coils below 100V
r z t . a i ) e l 41 use LED Indicator,coils
y t00V ,9 I., ,� rFF-17,,-.1II24V abav!tODV use neon tamp
AC/DC AC/DC indicator.
and overNiAll 7'),1 °t-J to and over �..1.b,,,rni
isot*- (rise
V�Rlfbied - t Pe)
SPOT SPOT 4PDT
Contains a diode to absorb the back eml
generated when the coil is de•ener ed,The
'r T-- T-- T — 8 Biz
.... l�= Tb� =d Th rl To release time is slightly longer.Available fa DC
.+.—� 1 111- It-- V-• coil only,
Wad Mai + -► (•)4 DI Characteristics
Reveru�vtti,x,,:d volta_ge;t r000V
Forward current:IA _`---.......,.
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC 731

CIDEC RH Series Relays & Sockets
With Indicator LED&Diode(-LD type)
SPOT SPOT 4PDT DPDT
,� , , °°r `'r ?'r o`yr o' r;' r °'r 1 ;` r '" 'z
Below '7 io Below
100V DC (-) (•) 4i3(-► 14 I. 113(-) 'oat i�l ,- A�� 1 -) t�11,
. 10 .VW . I _ _ K. ,,. K. -VA-- AC I 1 +
r
( r, 1 h t _—01- (,
Contains an LED Indicator and
a surge absorber,and has the
1 ..--- 1 same height as the bask type,
I16r � r • r ar9r , * 9r 2,� ar 9
10OV DC 1 T 4- 1 N N 11
andover I ill") ;�.)' 1 113(-) ..a'' (,)14 ((gix=i .._. ,__._a`i AC/DC
}t JVi% 1 and over re,._ ..,
IN 1•1
•
Dimensions(mm)
R B-U/RH1B-UL/RH1B-UD/RH1B-ULD RH2B-U/RH2B-UL/RH2B-UD/RH2B-ULD RH3B-U/RH3B-UL/RH3B-D/RH3B-LD
it length kom pawl swimNUWONp telly salmiTelel length Ilan panel mina including May motelTotal length ham panel Waco inducting May
socket
`6 9.36616(0361ma,11H19.60306(416)ma4 704429.06 61 6 163 6)mow•11H26161.39.6(41.6)max —6H3666 61 6163 61 MAX,$H7!•61:7/ill 141I)mee
Dimensions el1M() Olm.nsloos to the 1) i DYnNwlom in the 1)
_,I_ MOM a hold•dolvn splul6. '), klduO a hokbdo„n spring • •}) IKIYda a hold ovel soling
►-•...... O ..-.. •L r r „1 I Y r 1 Jammuau
izi
_ „I I
Y
R1 .-. : w ,T t
j w •
A �e.� 14 •� �fII '� r w w
s 366ms �64 366n1a4 _I •-,0.4 ,- 21 _ ._Y :F1 f' ;'t, t
"'till M 364max - 11.11 4 ,.. 31
RH4: U/RH4B-UL/RH4B-UD/RH4B-LD 'R -UT RH2B-LIT
Tel ., kan panel wtlau mood*May socket n LIPr 9H49. 41. 6163 61 mMa,13o443111 39 6141 61 maw
V
�DMneosia11 cal 11w I 1
NWtdea bola doom wino
[' e6W
^ ,. 1
•
..„.
_--„,
Ue, l
...,,,......
L � a nR T T
, O _ Tw
._...,
R
1::.:_ --- - , 1 ..rz; 1 44 t{.+
.6 t a• a0
U - ,.. .. ... U 1.74 - -1y"Menu. w ae 36.e ism e.
O - T T T ���111 _..
i� If
rr T n
0 : T 7 w ),',
ct f. t
366max J ,..64 I.,"-...41
it* : RH4B-UT
I i-
co 4-..--.=.u. 1 a a.4:: ,,,,.
,: .,, „,. .,....„=,, !. ...„,. ,„ Li
—"III a T T :I.'
I
; lc:w .-I 1 it 0 w w *
ne 3 sews e. I s
., .wrl„� .. raw. �,� I.. .Ie �+
732 www.Idec.com

1
V 4 Relays&Sockets
enO ; M
Gii I
�.-_�
e.-----• s.u" e. fit. . I 16a7-sF o----C
� - - -
I
1T R ? —4-
II
:_t - .l -
a E R T� �P-� E
ci �1 a i<
E a
fa f6 = w 5
o --r j - I.P�_-tT a _,`` r4' �..- --'
1FFF x} I
.i •
'it F- �i__ __I a _
.. f0 S! �_�ya E V W
s -
el 9 H . sm $ �$ Pt-
ntt t ti ft at tt - .�
E Q o 1 i C .i.
zt .o k�.7v valo ! co
> S — l-Z h 7 3i3S ass v R 1 ` * . .tt �_ a ago
ii
C N t _ r m �.tug :-. r e0 s ass- o
0 = N I` O __:'_-I i113
y EC CC y=j v sz N tf sz es
w
C
C t► ftG f..o
v"� 1 !. 1 W
co
— £ - e N-nz E
I �- C Ni t €
t_ . c
�j� \
V N ft 1 ' iO :� iro wJ�: 1
OS =cc ei i . ; 4 Z r iI sr
R o M z' N tDOm ,;4
R Q 1 O a -4 tp e R
CC CC CC N N L. in 19 sz

https://www.phoenixcontact.com/us/products/3044102 PIHICENIX
CONTACT
Feed-through terminal block - UT 4 - 3044102
Please be informed that the data shown in this PDF Document is generated from our Online Catalog. Please find the complete data in the users
documentation.Our General Terms of Use for Downloads are valid
(http://phoenixcontact.com/download)
tr
'' Feed-through terminal block,connection method:Screw connection, number of connections:2,cross
section:0.14 mmz-6 mm',AWG:26-10,width:6.2 mm,height:46.9 mm,color:gray,mounting type:NS 35/7,5,
NS 35/15
Why buy this product
2 The large wiring space enables the connection of solid and stranded conductors without ferrules,even above the nominal cross section
2 As well as saving space,the compact design enables user-friendly wiring in a small amount of space
g Optimum screwdriver guidance through closed screw shafts
g Tested for railway applications
El The cable entry funnel enables the use of conductors with ferrules and plastic collars within the nominal cross section
Key Commercial Data
Packing unit 1 STK
Minimum order quantity 50 STK
GTIN 4 VIIIIII Illl II10 III3ILIII
GTIN 4017918960391
Weight per Piece(excluding packing) 9.600 g
Custom tariff number 85369010
Country of origin Germany
Technical data
General
Number of levels 1
Number of connections 2
Potentials 1
10/12/2017 Page 1 /6

Burlington, NC
BDP Job Number 1586
Skidded 2.0m 3DP w/10'GBT
5/5/2021 NO. OF
REV: 0 UNITS: 1
TOTAL
ITEM# UNIT MANUFACTURER PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION SPARE REQ'D
SLUDGE FEED PUMP
1 SEEPEX BN 70-6L PROGRESSIVE CAVITY PUMP, 300 GPM AT 300 RPM,20 HP,
460/3/60 TEFC DRIVE MOTOR,BASEPLATE MOUNTED
Page 1 OF 1

Offer No. 500056424/2/CO SEEPEX.
BDP Industries, Inc., Greenwich ALL THINGS FLOW
5/5/2021 Item 1
300GPM @ 50psi (--300rpm)
qty.: 1 Progressive cavity pump
BN 70-6L
Application data
Conveyed product primary sludge
Flowability flowable
Solids content 1-3%
Size of solids <-2 mm
Density unknown, 1 kg/dm'assumed
Product temperature 32°F- 113°F
pH value 5-9
Kind of operation continuous
Operating hours 24 h/day
Location indoor,dry atmosphere
Altitude of installation up to 1000 m assumed
Surrounding temperature normal(32-113°F)
Performance data
Capacity Pressure Speed
100 USGPM 50 psi 118 rpm min
300 USGPM 50 psi 318 rpm max
Starting torque 540 lb.ft
Req. power at pump shaft 19.8 HP
Inlet pressure flooded suction(up to 0,5bar)
NPSHr 14.06 ft
Tolerances according to SEEPEX standards.
Materials and executions
Installation horizontal
Direction of rotation counter clockwise(left)
Lantern-Design with cover plates
Lantern-Material EN-JL 1040(gci-25)
Suction casing-Design standard
Suction casing-Material EN-JL 1040(gci-25)
Pressure branch-Design standard
Pressure branch-Material EN-JL 1040(gci-25)
Position of branch position 1
Suction connection 6"ANSI B16.5 Class 150 RF
Pressure connection 5"ANSI B16.5 Class 150 RF
Joint-Design pin joint with joint sleeve,grease filled
Joint-Material standard, holding bands 1.4301
Joint-Universal joint sleeve: material NBR-Perbunan
Coupling rod-Design standard
Coupling rod-Material 1.4021 /AISI 420
Rotor-Design standard
Rotor-Material 1.0503(C45)/AISI 1045
Rotor-Coating ductile chromium coating
Stator-Design standard
Stator-Material NBR-Perbunan
Shaft sealing mechanical seal
Code GA-single acting mechanical seal
Shaft diameter 80 mm
Make SEEPEX
Rotating/stationary seal face SiC SiC
Elastomers FPM
Spring 1.4571 /AISl316Ti

Offer No. 500056424/2/CO Item 1 SEEPEX.
BDP Industries, Inc., Greenwich ALL THINGS FLOW
Metal parts 1.4571 /AISI 316Ti
Type GA Q1Q1 VGG
Casing-material 1.4408/ASTM A351 grade CFBM
Casing-connection standard NPT
Plug-in Shaft-Design standard
Plug-in Shaft-Material 1.4021 /AISI 420
Bolting-Design standard
Painting-Number of colors single-colored standard
Painting-Painted components complete combination
Painting-Color Standard Enamel(SEEPEX Blue)
Painting-Surface protection std. surface protection C2 (NDFT 95 pm)
Drive ----
Type Gear motor at freq. inv.
(Inverter is not included)
Make Nord
Model SK52FAL-160LP/4
Mounting position M1
Ratio(i) 5.68
Speed 344 rpm
Norm Min Max
Speed 344 rpm 118 rpm 318 rpm
Motor speed 1950 rpm 669 rpm 1807 rpm
Frequency 60 Hz 21 Hz 55 Hz
Rated output 20 HP
Rated speed 1950 rpm
Starting direct on frequency inverter
Efficiency class premium efficiency
Terminal box position acc.to supplier 1
Cable entry position acc.to supplier
Voltage 230/460 V
Frequency 60Hz
Enclosure IP55
Thermal class F
The frequency inverter has to follow a linear U/f characteristic curve(constant torque).
It's essential to have a minimum overload capability of 150%for at least 60 seconds. (see technical
data sheet)
Baseplate
Design baseplate for block pump.
design with side feet
Material steel, painted
GPU Type Code B-ST-LS
Packing
Type of packing skid (US)
Type of transport truck
Quantity of pumps per package 1 pump per package
Price composition
Page 2/3

SEEPEX.
ALL THINGS FLOW
Characteristic Curves
Size
70-6L
550
500 0 psi
30 psi
60 psi
90 psi
450
400
350
300
250
40
200
90 psi
150 30
60 psi
j I
100 30 psi 20
0
a 0.
c� 0 psi
50 10
a Starting Torque 332 Ib.ft. o
c) 0 0 4)
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
Speed RPM
Values based upon water 56 F • For notes on drive selection refer to PER
CHA.70-6L6, D 05.09us

Copyright: This drawing is our property and patented for us according to the law of copyright and associated rights I
space allowing disassembly of the stator
33 1/4" 94 11/32"
_
[8451 12396.11 A
61 15/32" 32 7/8" _
115611 [835.11
46 15/32" 15 31/32"
[405.51
,,1,1 [11801
oEll ', DN 6" 6 15/32" 9 1/2"
z z o ANSI B16.5 [164.51 (2411
D a Ln 1501bs RF
rn ,' ,' \\\. .A 1.i C.! .......--r \ iNii
N O
l ..t V 41!-H
-",===., \ eal-M .--
' O S l N
rn 0,
CO � � 8001 8200 8100 � N
VD 01" CO
N -,_
[25.41
1 B
'N N
sr;
O N I N M
I J
53" 4„ flow flow
F [1346.21 [101.61 '
_ 61 1/32" _ © . izail III
[1550) ccw cw
dimensions in [...1 are in millimeter
1 baseplate: 8200 Var.: 801-200/0350-C-100 40
1 drive: Nord SK52F-160LP 8100 173
1 pump: BN 35-12 / 70-6L / 110-6LT / 55-12T 8001 160
Quont. Denomination Item Material Note Weight / kg
2017 Name Day Scale Weight Denomination
SEEPE%■
Drawn lsh 14.03. OD 1:20 373 kg dimensional drawing
ALL THINGS FLOW EDP—No.49. Drawing—no.
Checked jar 14.03. 161649.dwg 262—C18/0350—C-714A4
General tolerances for dimensions without specified tolerances acc. to DIN ISO 2768—v

Burlington, NC
BDP Job Number 1586
Skidded 2.0m 3DP w110'GBT
\TE: 5/5/2021 NO.OF
REV: 0 UNITS: 1
TAL
ITEM# UNIT MANUFACTURER PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION SPARE OT D
•
POLYMER SYSTEM
EMULSION POLYMER MAKEDOWN UNIT, 10 GPH NEAT
1 BDP SBM2400-10P-1JBOX PROGRESSIVE CAVITY POLYMER FEED PUMP,2400 DILUTION 1
WATER,J-BOX ONLY FOR SKID MOUNT
Page 1 OF 1

44P INDUSTRIES
SBM2400- 1 OP- 1 JBOX
.
r
4*
t<
Stationary Boost Mixing Polymer Make Down System
Dilution Water Capacity: 2400 GPH
Neat Polymer Capacity: 10 GPH neat polymer pump
Control System: Level 1 , skid mounted

11411111111
INDUSTRIES
SBM2400- 1 OP- 1 JBOX
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 1 - SYSTEM INTRODUCTION
• System Description
• Process Flow
SECTION 2 - MECHANICAL
• Layout Drawing
• Bill of Materials
• Component cut sheets
SECTION 3 - ELECTRICAL
• Control Description
• Junction Box Drawings
• Bill of Materials
• Component cut sheets
SECTION 4 - WARRANTY

INDUSTRIES
SBM2400- 1 OP- 1 JBOX
SECTION 1 - System Description
The boost mixing polymer system from BDP is designed to provide an instantaneously mixed
polymer solution directly to the process stream. The desired solution concentration is achieved
by electronically adjusting the speed of the neat polymer pump while manually adjusting the
dilution water flow. Components for the system are pre wired to a NEMA 4X junction box on
the frame and controlled from the equipment skid main control panel. The following is a
description of the system components and capacities:
Dilution Water: 2400 GPH (40 GPM) maximum capacity
Neat Polymer Pump: Seepex progressive cavity pump, 1/2 HP, 10 GPH (.16 GPM)
maximum capacity
Boost Mixing Pump: Goulds multistage pump, % HP
Maximum Water Pressure: 100 psi
Minimum Water Pressure: 50 psi
Controls: Level 1, all control from main panel, components wired to
junction box, see section 3 for more details
System Frame: 304 SS
Approx. Operating Weight: 300 lbs

DW VALVE OPENED DI --n
J j
W I
Q DW VALVE CLOSE DO ---I
a I
dDW VALVE OPEN DO w FMOUNTED J
z i JUNCTION
.7 DI LOW WATER BOX
MIXING PUMP 0
POLYMER PUMP VFD
CALIBRATION COLUMN 46OVAC PI
- TO VENTURI
n01)—
MIXER
— U STATIC MIXER
MULTISTAGE BOOST
MIXING PUMP
o \o
CHECK. XD
VALVE L,o m
O
A,
U
0
NEAT POLYMER SOURCE
BY OTHERS a o 0 0 460VAC _
o -
o —
I I -
w
NEAT POLYMER PUMP - 2
— 3
- 0
ELECTRIC BALL VALVE — 1i
© PI T
T
DILUTION J
WATER SOURCE
I
PRV L J
L J
Ott. I DESCRIPTION I MAT.1 REM-I REMARKS
BDP INDUSTRIES,INC.
I. ILL NTERCON1ErnNc PLUM MIEN ON IEN DMA SUPPLED VI VI B PWMRNC UPSTREAM \��Y� GREENWICR.N.Y.1I93,1
Oi Sm BY own.
I ALL WOK FROM JUNCTION BOX TD OEM INLATID OM SRa BY BOP. MOMS FR. ClarINKR I
YLIONN SaDDGI rP 1 MOM/
.RaC BOX TO INN PLC PANELBYBOP.RON SWAM-XP-1JBOX
a DRAWN N FOR R CMiSC ONLY. NOT TO BE MO FOR COISIRLIOION. OJOB� I T� I..Z LEVEL 1 CONTROLS PAID,SKID JBOX
MOW: !•OUT 1DESCRIPTION IoaCI T'I now I T PSM BM-1.5 SKID PIDESCRIPTION

ikilahipilliASV61111 INDUSTRIES
S B M 2400- 1 OP- 1 JBOX
SECTION 2 - Mechanical

SBM2400-1 OP-1 JBOX
DATE: 5/5/2021 NO.OF UNITS:
REV: 0 1
ITEM UNIT MANUFACTURER PART# DESCRIPTION SPARE TOTAL
# QTY REQD.
POLYMER SYSTEM;2-110-892
PROGRESSIVE CAVITY POLYMER METERING PUMP,10 GPH
MD 006-12/A6-JO-JO-HO-MAX AT 40 PSI AND 225 RPM,SS BODY AND INTERNALS,
1 SEEPEX GA SINGLE MECHANICAL SEAL,NORD RIGHT ANGLE GEARMOTOR 1
SK9012.1VXF/71L4 1/2HP 230/460V;PER OFFER NO.
500071952/3/EEK ITEM 30
MIXING PUMP,MODEL EHM,HORIZONTAL MULTI-STAGE PUMP,
1 GOULD 5HMO2NO5T6PBQE 316LSS,STANDARD SEAL,CLOSE-COUPLED,SIZE 5HM,2 1
STAGE,.75HP TEFC 208-230/460V 3PH 60Hz
1 MCMASTER 4446K72 CALIBRATION COLUMN,250mL,0-4 GPH 1
1 MCMASTER 35385K26 STATIC MIXER,PVC,INLINE,CLEAR,1-1/2"PIPE,6 BLADES 1
1 KING INSTR. 7205 0201-31 W FLOWMETER,MACHINED CAST ACRYLIC,316L SS INTERNALS, 1
40 GPM,1-1/2"MNPT PVC END CONNECTIONS,EPR 0-RINGS
SS 2-1/7 DIAL,LIQUID FILLED,1/4"LOWER MOUNT
STOCK 2 TRERICE D82LFB2502LA110 WM/20501SSS DIA SEAL,INSTR FILL D99100 316SS ISOLATION 2
GUARD,RANGE 0 TO 100 PSI
1-1/2"ELECTRIC AUTOMATED BALL VALVE,SERIES 22 DIRECT
MOUNT,FULL PORT VALVE,1000 PSI WOG,2-PIECE HIGH
STOCK 1 TRIAC 22-TX-150/WEA1-XX 1
CYCLE DESIGN,DIRECT ACTUATOR MOUNT,316SS BODY,
BALL,AND STEM,120V
1 IFM SI5006 THERMAL FLOW SENSOR 1
1 IFM E40107 SCREW IN ADAPTER,1/2"NPT 1
1 IFM E18026 FEMALE CORDSET,4M PUR CABLE,1/2"CONNECTOR 1
1 GRIFFCO VALVE BPM050P BACK PRESSURE VALVE,10-150 PSI,1/2"NPT 1
1 MCMASTER 4742K17 1-1/2"STAINLESS STEEL GLOVE VALVE 1
1 HONEYWELL DS06-104 DT-LF DIAL SET BRONZE PRESSURE REGULATOR,1-1/2"NPTF WITH 1
UNION FITTINGS,25-90 PSI,HONEYWELL#DS06-104-DUT-LF/U

O
: i,iiiiiii
O I
0
O
hir _„\.. .,.. _
o
I
ll
...6.1•11.01k lialleltirtIMII_Lie 1 0 si
0
T 6 wiA,....i. lunaff- -mdla WEENIE 0 sip
liMii I
iii © 1111.1=i0
w I' ; 1
lid _ I 0 _ � .i,
FL' IIIII%
L__
1R : •inim a.'; `�11 It O Imo'-_i: ,=J
�'J II�■_■- III•- .-
iMIIIIW 1,�_ Ill 1
L 18-8." L
O312p 17'
33,
2M2� I
I JUNCTION BOX HOFFMAN 14 AI OOBCHNFSS
I GLOBE VALVE.I-I/7'SS 13 4742KI7
I FLOW SENSOR MOUNTING PIPE 12 3-110-1390
I FLOW SENSOR IFM 11 SI5006
I STATIC MIXER.1-1/2' MCMASTER 10 35385K26
1 ELECTRIC BALL VALVE;I-1/7' TRIAC 9 22-TX-150/WEA I-XX
I FLOWMETER KING 8 7205-0201-31W
I BOOST MIXING PUMP GOULDS 7 5HMO2NOST6PB0E
LOCATION CONNECTION METERING PUMP SEEPEX 6 MD006-12/A6-JX-JOHX-GA
A 1-1/2'FNPT SOLUTION OUTLET 1 METERING PUMP DRIVE NORD 5 5K9012.1 VXF/71 L4
B 1-1/2'FNPT DILUTION WATER INLET I CALIBRATION COLUMN MCMASTER 4 4446K72
C 1"FNPT NEAT POLYMER INLET 1 SYSTEM FRAME;30455 GROUP 1 3 2-I 10-862
2 PRESSURE GAUGE.0-100 PSI TRERICE 2 CA2LF82502LAI 10
D 1"FNPT PAN DRAIN I BACK PRESSURE VALVE GRIFFCO I BPG050P
QTY. DESCRIPTION MAT. ITEM REMARKS
ca\M" BDP INDUSTRIES, INC.
c-- . GREENWICH,N.Y.12834
NOTES: CUSTOOMEE MACHINE DWG TITLE
1. APPROX.WEIGHT;275 LBS SBM
2. MAX.WATER PRESSURE;100 PSI POLYMER MAKE DOWN SYSTEM
oar Jos No. DWNlr: DME SBM2400-10P-1,J-BOX,SKID MOUNTED
MJG 51721
AKD SY: SCALE SRT. Of SEv.
1 2 DWGND. 2-110-892 1

to
© o 41,1111
lili iiifit-linra
Pifir • (•••11.
0 fliot, 0„ _.. OF
Lit.PA. 0114 0 .
- . .›*P$01111"
P10 433 0 40,4 ( it .
li, lio o
1 17, L
ilk IrrIt.. ift‘'
111=11,11111 I fl,Ille.
_ 141 ikiii
le II mi .
;V- ,;,01:111144111b.
SI
'.:1 Ph* ig i.,„
1 4..,.. .
__..
- --- , ..,, 7
o .. t:Aral-e., -% At) 71%'
P (...44,,,_ vo
• killo:VAtirti...-„.,-,F4.:.0 I . 40.:so, ,f
Lew
(%/p..-. ,v1Pce t
o 0 o
QTY. DESCRIPTION MAT. ITEM REMARKS
�M� v BDP INDUSTRIES,INC.
�� GREENWICH,N.Y.12834
CDSTOMEt MACHINE DWG IMF
SEM POLYMER MAKE DOWN SYSTEM
FD"°"C' C"P. °ME SBM2400-10P-1,J-BOX,SKID MOUNTED
MJG 5T721
REV. I DESCRIPTION DATE APPROVED APYD BY: SCALE SW. OF IN.
REASONS 2 2 DWG NO. 2-110-892 1

Offer No. 500071952/3/EEK SEEPEX.
BDP Industries, Inc. ALL THINGS FLOW
1/25/2017 Item 30
qty.: 1 Progressive cavity pump
MD 006-121 A6-JO-JO-HO-GA
Remarks
Close coupled pump with Nord right angle gearmotor
Application data
Conveyed product neat polymer
Flowability well flowable
Viscosity low viscosity(<500 cP/mPas)
Solids content without
Size of solids not applicable
Concentration 51
Specific gravity unknown, 1 kg/dm'assumed
product temperature 32°F-113°F
pH value 5-9
Kind of operation continuous
Operating hours 8h/day
Location indoor,dry atmosphere
Performance data
Capacity Pressure Speed
5 USGPH 40 psi 113 rpm min
10 USGPH 40 psi 225 rpm max
Starting torque 2.95 lb.ft
Req.power at pump shaft 0.06 HP
Inlet pressure flooded suction(up to 0,5bar)
NPSHr 6.69 ft
Tolerances according to SEEPEX standards.
Materials and executions
Installation horizontal
Direction of rotation counter clockwise(left)
Lantern-Design standard
Lantern-Material 1.0037(st.37-2)
Suction casing-Design standard
Suction casing-Material 1.4408/AISI 316
Pressure branch-Design standard
Pressure branch-Material 1.4408/AISI 316
Position of branch position 1
Suction connection 1"NPT
Pressure connection 1/2"NPT
Joint-Design pin joint with joint sleeve,grease filled
Joint-Material standard
Joint-Universal joint sleeve:material FPM
Coupling rod-Design standard
Coupling rod-Material 1.6582 encapsulated
Rotor-Design standard
Rotor-Material 1.4404/AISI 316L
Stator-Design standard
Stator-Material FPM
Shaft sealing mechanical seal
Code single acting mech.seal-GA
Shaft diameter 25 mm
Make SEEPEX
Type GAQ1Q1 VGG
Casing-material 1.4404/AISI 316L
Casing-connection standard without

Offer No. 500071952/3/EEK Item 30 SEEPEX.
BDP Industries, Inc. ALL THINGS FLOW
Plug-in Shaft-Design standard
Plug-in Shaft-Material 1.4404/AISI 316L
Bolting-Design stainless steel incl.locking screws
Painting-Number of colors single-colored standard
Painting-Painted components 1 complete combination
Painting-Color standard RAL 5013(blue)
From the second quarter of 2015,SEEPEX will replace the material 1.4571 (AISI 316Ti)by the similar
material 1.4404(AISI 316L),step by step.
Depending on actual stock levels during the transition period the material delivered may differ from the
material offered.
Drive
Type Gear motor at freq. inv.
Make Nord
Model SK9012.1 VXF/71 L4
Mounting position M4
Ratio(i) 8.09
Speed 213 rpm
Norm Min Max
Speed 213 rpm 113 rpm 225 rpm
Motor speed 1720 rpm 921 rpm 1841 rpm
Frequency 60 Hz 32 Hz 63 Hz
Rated output 0.5 HP
Rated speed 1720 rpm
Starting direct on frequency inverter
Efficiency class standard efficiency
Terminal box position acc.to supplier 1
Cable entry position acc.to supplier I
Voltage 3x230/460V
Frequency 60Hz
Enclosure IP55
Thermal class F
The frequency inverter has to follow a linear U/f characteristic curve(constant torque).
Its essential to have a minimum overload capability of 150%for at least 3 seconds.(see technical data
sheet)
Packing
Type of packing cardboard box(US)
Type of transport truck/railway
Quantity of pumps per package 1 pump per package
Price composition Price each
USD 3202.32
Optional: Dry running protection device (TSE)
Design standard design,complete USD 862.72
-sensor sleeve fitted to the stator of the
pump with integrated temperature sensor
-connection head(IP55)
-separate TSE control device suitable for
mounting inside a control panel
Voltage 110-115V/50-60Hz
Temperature coefficient NTC
Material sensor sleeve 1.4404
Material connection head aluminium
Page 2/3

Offer No. 500071952/3/EEK Item 30 SEEPEY.
BDP Industries, Inc. ALL THINGS FLOW
Please send your purchase order to [e-mail]
All drawings accompanying this offer is for REFERENCE ONLY,final drawings will be created upon
receipt of order. If you need this drawing please request on PO.
In order to process your order,we will require either a copy of the quote this order is based on,or the
quote number.
In order to process duplicate wet end orders,we will require the commission number of the pump being
duplicated.
Page 3/3

I 1
space allowing disassembly of the stator
L3 15/16" 20 29/32" A not binding drawing for offer
[1001 15311
_ 13 13/32" 7 1/2" _
[340.51 1190.51
4 19/32" 4 13/32"
11121
13/32"
Lh.
1
A c , r
—OP.
[ 8100 III II
9 21/32" Z �e.NPT1" J
\\, ____
IrMilkil
.7 ..,
, 411 4110 :.
--- ---.4*-0--- 1 �`J►' din All
z 8001 - 07/16" .V
_
2 7/32" 4 23/32" rr 1111
156.51 11201 _ [1301
5 1/2" 6 17/32"
11401 ~ [1661
1 8100 SSW7012.10-71. with flange adapter 38
1 8001 MD De 06_17 4
Unit Standard Kern Deruxnt-NOfi Material Remark
Drawbd-Number
SEEPEX.
ALL THINGS FLOW
General tolerance. Moue Modnication Nome Dab
for dinoneione 5 OD Material 4erkg
&Moot ep.em.d
tokamtmo Derwminatbn
DIN SO 2/86-r
dimensions in[_.]are in millimeter dimensional drawing
flat flow Name Dab Drawing-Number
l� Drown lsh 23.03.2015 103-C36/M060-C-703A3
Checked jar 23.03.2015 EDp-"O• 144794.dwg
tor
Protection of Copyright This droning M our property and le protected aco,to the kim referring In copyright and minted protective km..
I I

SEEPEX.
ALL THINGS FLOW
Characteristic Curves
Size
006-12 / RTE PVDF
1.3
1.2 60 psi
120 psi
180 psi
1.1
1.0
0.9
0.8
l
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
i
0.2
a
tD
En
0.1
Starting Torque 3 Ib.ft.
o
a
o 0 --
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800
Speed RPM
Values booed upon HFC 46
CHA.006-12_12PC, A 02.01us

CONSTANT SPEED DRIVES
..,, ,
, ,,• .,.--t4 ''''''."'"''.-'',- -10,' , '''-. ::::',,
•,- -" , : '"4,4' 4.; '-4, I 7IrotI/r444,--,44-, , ---- 4,:. i-,,,,',„,,, , -4:44t44,- i -(4 '' ''''-' 4",,'"IiiI44,4— IIII' 'Of '4,:t -I--I "'IIi "I
"-'!'-'-';
, ',,,,,,,;,i 4'4,4'4 444,I'IlI„ ,,41 - • •,, '' -, .„ ,: ',,, 4-ii ',4,4"'"-,,"4-4,;,•$'4'il I /,. - :'Il'II'/I' .4`,X'''' ''Ai 4 4 t ;'A Si;.!5"'!"'"-" i
. 4-4,4444-
• ,-,-44-4444-.,;4-44-,z,--'-'-'III,• --I —"'"I"---I" ,- - - i-4,4 i"- -i 44I-II 4i , - ,i40, P'4,*.III0444 4"It'IIII-III,I: 7.-,4•4="IIIIWIiII44,-,4 I-24,
' ii„ ,-44"If% I-4--I4I-4=I-,„,, _,,,,„"-444 iiIII444- "4-IIII -"id i,"-Ia''' •I'4IiI---41FIIII-i ,III4I;I
1•4I"I i`II -- --4 -V,I4--- ---4 ,4,74,i I - 4• „,4 4 iit„,41,i, _ - /,,,,i, , 1,,,,, , ,,,.,,,,, i,,,,, , ,,,,_, , „_
444f4k-III44,--------
4,' 4,44„44,"„ii,,,I-44!„44•4'-WI- " ' -II,44'4,„ ' '',,,-', 4,444444I-I ----'•'"- - — „.„„ • —4,,, 44-44-44444x* - '
42),,Aw!,',.'V=7",,..07.-14-7,3, - g.).:i.';•P ii,,, ,,,,; — — '- , ,,,,,xs%/',0%,,,,,' ' , ::
-,i!
,
„
__.,.....,
- .
SIMPLE RELIABLE EFFICIENT
ik 1 4, --4$...1
A,
C,Ar IF 4
'
44
11
f
ll
NORD GEAR
UNICASErm DRIVESYSTEMS

g e r ♦�1 ,11
NORD Gear .�•
:.
Company Overview High-Performance Motors & Brakemotors
Since 1965, NORD Gear has grown to global NORD motors are designed to run cool for longer ser-
proportions on the strength of product performance, vice life. Low rotor inertia and high starting torque al-
superior customer service, and intelligent solutions to a low peak performance in the most difficult applications
never ending variety of industrial challenges. for inverter and vector duty per NEMA MG 1-1998
Section 31.4.4.2 voltage spikes. Our motors are inter-
All mechanical and electrical components of a drive are nationally accepted, conforming to North American
available from NORD Gear. Our products cover the NEMA MG 1 and international IEC electrical speci-
full range of drive equipment: helical in-line, ClincherTM fications. High performance options include brakes,
shaft-mount, helical-bevel, helical-worm gearboxes, encoders, and forced cooling fans.
motors and AC drives from 1/6 hp to 250 hp, with
torques from 90 lb-in to 900,000 lb-in.
But NORD Gear does far more than manufacture
the world's finest drive components. We provide our
customers with optimum drive configurations for their
specific purposes, providing each and every one of them
with truly complete and efficient systems at a price/quality
ratio unmatched in today's fast-changing markets.
NORD Gear makes its wide range of products easily
available through a global network that provides all ="1
customers with prompt delivery and expert support
services to consistently exceed customer expectations.
We are firmly committed to being totally responsive to the
ideas and specifications of every customer, anywhere in
the world. Short, On-Time Delivery
UNICASE" As a NORD customer, you can rest assured that your
order will be delivered on time. Because NORD has both
NORD heavy-duty, one-piece housings are precisely decentralized assembly and manufacturing operations
machined to exacting standards. Internal reinforce and a linked global network, we offer our customers:
ments further increase strength and rigidity. All bearings
and seal seats are contained within the casting, • Fast, reliable responses
eliminating splits or bolt-on carriers that can weaken the • Greater product versatility
housing and allow oil leakage. Bores and mounting faces
are machined in one step, producing extremely precise • Shorter lead times
tolerances — thus ensuring accurate positioning of gear • Timely shipping
teeth,bearings and seals,and longer life for all components. • Rapid delivery
Quality
,Alitep TO, f. Quality is assured at NORD assembly and manufacturing
;,, facilities, based on ISO 9000 standards — from careful
k� * inspection of incoming materials to closely monitored
machining operations including gear cutting, turning,
hardening & grinding as well as finishing & assembly.
Benefits
• Leak-free design ; ISO9OOO'
• Quiet operation ( g
• High output torque capabilities r NSCHER
• Extended lubrication life
• Longer gear and bearing life
• Superior dependability/low maintenance/longer life
A4 G1000—Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com

'�'' '1 % tA, NORD Gear
Z
NORD 911 Increased North American Presence
Trouble? lust call 715-NORD-911 (in Canada, 905-796- NORD covers North America with over 30 district
3606). Emergency service is available 24 hours a day, offices and over 500 distributor branches. NORD
7 days a week. We'll answer your call, ship the parts, or operates a manufacturing and assembly facility in
build a unit and have it shipped directly to you to provide Waunakee, WI, Charlotte, NC, Corona, CA, Brampton,
what you need, when you need it. ON, and Monterrey, Mexico, resulting in an ever-increas-
ing capacity in the United States and Canada and giving
ok(- po our customers the shortest lead times in the industry.
Energy Efficiency
II o ' Lowering your operating costs is one of our greatest goals!
r�t51No0° NORD research and development focuses on energy ef-
ficiency, with gearboxes, motors, and frequency inverters
Manufacturing designed for lower energy consumption. Our fully diverse
line of in-line or right-angle units and motors has been
NORD continually invests in research, manufacturing and developed to suit your needs.
automation technology.This is to ensure the highest possible
quality at affordable prices. NORD invests heavily in our Modular Design
North American facilities as well as our factories around the
world. Recent examples include expanding our Waunakee NORD's modular design philosophy provides you with
factory and adding numerous newlargegearunitassembly a competitive edge by allowing you to configure drive
cells.In ourGlinde,Germany gear factory we added a state- systems to exactly fit your applications.
of-the-art Vacuum multi-chamber carburization system.
More than 20,000,000 combinations of totally unique
gearmotors and speed reducers are possible—assembled
in-line or right-angle, mounted by foot or flange, featuring
solid or hollow shafts with either metric or inch shaft exten-
sions — to give you complete freedom to specify a drive
solution that's perfect for you.
Benefits
• More output speeds
' 1 • More mounting arrangements/
'# . Greater flexibility
ir> • Fewer gear stages/Lower cost
• Metric and inch products
NORD engineers stand ready to assist you with your custom
........—. . ...,..,.,. ,_M,,... . i' applications. Most standard drives can be modified to your
purposes,and custom designs can be developed for special
Global Availability applications.
From Shanghai to Charlotte, and all points between,
NORD reaches customers around the world. Deliveries,
service, and product support are close at hand, regardless
of your location.
Worldwide Standards
NORD products are designed and manufactured based
on the latest North American and global standards.
G ��;. g). P - 1m ® CE
www.nord.com G1000—Subject to Change Without Notice A5

NOIi lOO1LLN1
i a)
_ d.OLD � 4i$ O $II,$ QQ, 000OQOOOOOOoq &I Q
3 ` 5;O,O , N;M !- NMO6O v- ieO ^ O
I a)c � I
■— c
0.1QlN'7/CD CD Oi•- 9ODCDNt� v- OO W OMNO
•nt. m N 47 I,- c0 O aD O G1 N M CC tD O CD CO f.: Vi p 16 O
CDCO r% tV'M r- vi .-„c4 N el u) IA CD v- r v- N 1A CD C)
p Q p p p p
'I nr ^ .O-($ I IN'� N v N C9 c0 4.. CID v- 00 0 p0p0p M chi ,-
a - O'O,0e= NMe- e- e- e- cV cV c9c+iCDc0 .- e- e- M to 00 e-
- OM ,`aj"" AiN \© /
I tINiGfN OI� COIN D,r- MCDv. N. ON I. v. C40 ^ Cp
.\ mom Vi.1 m V,f` N9 �'N,et-N er..- MerCDa4cR �i6Qof0a�_� I � olo v- V l7!, '- e� . fV N M CO 0 0 n- r
ro � O'o � g8g8NERER5Rl2l-; c46 gOc) 0. g
w oo � O ;
\/i�,` ` 5 O - of l ni !V ri cV c et !ci m' ;a N,m;CD O
•
m / / ; �`r _
H •itO .-r '0 . ._ o to r- W et 1� T- T- et t. QD N 6 CD G ee. O co t� o
14 ` .• " /• ` �� I cf0 ,- .- co 'CNlONc'M4, 1Alt. CDe• .- 61NRCOv. n- N
C \\ 0 y h'i 0 L
BM O � u1 \ `�c � tti° � NlcllllO� NO1NIDCD � � � � OCe2cOOcpO at W o
Ua 1 \ .,\` � , ;00e- Ne< e- N � NMMCDCDa- - NNMCDOf e-
fMf
s� coc
U
o
N ,•f" 1 ` � e.MN1. aa C, e- Me- MONCOOICD0e- 1� G) CDN *,I
Q` K) GINtD f� OMOMItOItN
O \ M Ifi e- N pp�� CD CD e- N a
=��\ \ n,', 00e' cV QNNCVC401ntCDl.- e- e- NC4C.) 6
iA!",, cD � �ACDOV GfcOGfMCDONO � N W OI OO ER t� g
O m CD 1� CD O
\\\\ \ 00e- N ere- cV e- NNMIti1pGf e- e• e- NVItoe- v- (71
I`• ,\ \ L,M1� O 0 !ne- Me- MW1. 0NgCOetOe (e• a � OD
,- co 0
—_._`- O'O � cV RCVCVCVCVCVMt[ic0 � � e- � N1A � e- e-
L" OIIAIt� ln00000 $ � $ O � NNO00o
ar Vi e- q ^ N1: N of 8
;00e- r' cV Cv. O1- nN � NiVi0V: e- a- N01it1. t
f N 3
�I� bN 71. � etP. efl. t. r- Ne- NC9NI� Ne- MO
a11tN1NMgl00E000f
"j00e= a- NC � G � e- cV Net VicCl� � vN` N00N7 � L E
I _ ... O
r
�d oC fV N N N N !N rc N e4 rl rl .i rl N rl rc .•1 el rl rl d vi c
c o O .. M Or'.
we �44,44NN41Nrf �4fV M !V 4NNcV1QpN$ �, C
Qq 0 . CN) ON)!IVLI Vi -= Yi Y+ Y+ i ]i i i i 0a10 G1 2
2d N H NINIYilltoN =YIN NcAiN um VINNNNN
! A

• Helical-Bevel '
001
Weights - Gearmotor iv 0
Approximate Weights[Ib]
c' 1, agssggz, a § gggig ' Ll
Type a ,t
SK 92072 I 19 20 23 25 29 31 37 42
SK 92172 30 31 34 36 40 42 49 53
SK 92372 43 45 47 49 53 55 62 66 75 82
51(92672 - 81 84 86 89 92 98 103 111 118 169
51(9012.1 74 75 7818-0 84 86 93 97 106 112
SK 9013.1 85 86
51(9016.1 - 78 80 82 86 88 95 99 108 115
51(9017.1 87 89 91 93
S1(927/2 - - - - 105 107 114 118 127 134 184
SK9022.1 - - % 98 101 104 110 115 123 130
SK9023.1 103 104 107 109
51(9032.1 - - 140 142 146 148 154 159 168 174 225 249
51(9033.1 153 155 157 159 163 165
---
SK9042.1 258 262 271 278 329 353 392 430
51(9043.1 - - 277 278 282 284 291
51(9052.1 423 428 437 443 494 518 558 595 648 648
51(9053.1 - - - 450 454 456 463 467
SK 9072.1 745 752 803 827 867 904 957 957 11141186 1259
SK 9072.1/32 - - - 794 798 KO I 807 811 820 827
SK 9072.1/42 - - - - - - - 849 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - —
SK 9082.1> 1376 14001440 1477 15301530 168717601832 2238 2624 2734 - - -
SK 9082.1/42 14181422 1431 14 :
SK 9082.1//52 1493
SK 9086.1 - - - - - - - - - - 1927 1951 1991 20292082 2082 2238 2311 2384 2789 3175 3285 3660 3837 4167
SK 9086.1152 - - - - - - 20242029 2037 2044 2095 21191159 - 2249
SK 9092.1 - - - - - - - - - - - - 3248 3285 33383338 349535683640404644324542491750945424
SK 9092.1/52 3285 3294 3301 3352 3376 3416 3453 3506 3506
SK 9096.1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - 402440774077 423443064379 4785 5171 5281 565658326163
SK 9096.1/62 - - - - - - - - 41544161421242364275 4313 4366 4366 4522 4595 4668
SK 9096.1/63 - - - - - - 4161416541744174 - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Above weights are approximate.Depending upon ratio,oil quantity and optional equipment,reducer weights may be different than shown.
Exact weights can be obtained after the unit is fully asembled.
A80 G1000-Subject to Change Without Notice WWW.110rd.COM

Right-angle
Helical-bevel Gearmotors
Selection
• Order Form
• Unit Examples
• 0.16 hp
• 0.25 hp
• 0.33 hp
• 0.50 hp -
• 0.75hp .
• 1.0hp
• l.5hp _ - _.
• 20hp
• 3.0 hp
• 5.0 hp
• 7.5hp 0
• 1 5 hp + do,�
• 20hp
• 30hp• 40 hp rt , . -
,
• 50 hp r,
• 60 hp
• 75 hp L a
•
• 125 hp '<
• h ty `
175p ,
• 200hp r`i�
i 1 j ,�
�
412 •
srt rom.r.ed s,. Q/w Wpu1 Seneca AGAIA Gear—.
TM Orderil g Guide
poser 5 Torque Fodor doss Olio
UNICASETM Ordering Guide M•-+� �• Il��� 1 • i.
see M1 ..
sal• I• 1•_ hi i i n14-]
Ili MY,u-90SPI
• • ey,r 4„+"„� 15 65 14614 28 NI 27.35
�'la 1"rM""4 Q11 Ill 57 16714 2 5 NI 31 28
«nlm 9.a.s.r urr ••n�
A m •..�* �� " e,,,ry, L 49 19348 27 0 36.21
/071 MI Mal fall
45 21723 2 0 39.72
Mt MI.mil •• se•032 IV yr-eo U4 39 24023 1.8 II 4496
lerz32 29153 15 tl 5456
ON,. rid=A `al lol it
1- 23 33352 1.3 1 62.42
- •clti yr• u.: 25 36599 I.1 1 72.24
e 6.4* In... 20 47111 09 • 6317
e•eereree Bt NWIv,-v..A 50 16803 3.3 0 35.19
e•..,..ror. *Ad bre Um 43 31966 32
I 0 4
117

Helical-bevel '� ' ,
Ordering Guide v { ,
Gear Unit Shaft/Mounting Reducer Options Motor/Input MotorOptiox
SKI - _ I I I -
tee page 690 see page 690
Gtear-- iaiUnt---
_� Shaft/Moundwas>n" rn --- --saea Snan/root/ttw rt - ----
j�9 2072 9012.1 9013.1 9072.1/32 m Mou �' AI-Hollow Shah/614 Range
92172 •'r •. 9017.1 9072.1/42 +VZ•Solid Shah/BI4 Flange I VXP•Solid Shaft/Fool/B5 Flange AF•Hollow Shaft/B5 Flange
92372 9022.1 9023.1 9062.1/42 i in->000>1.1an/u5 Flange --f-utc=176U6ft-541d 51ra8/Fb31/614 rage AX•Hollow ShafVFoot Mount
92672 9032.1 19033.1 9012.1/52 I LX-Double Solid Shah/foot AXZ•Hollow Shaft/Footed/SR flange
92772 9042.1 9043.1 9086.1/52 , AXE•Hollow Shaft/Footed/IS flel e
90 5 2.1 9053.1 9092.1/52
9072.1 9096.1/62 Reducer Options
9082.1 B-Fixing Element Kit VL••Heavy Duty Output Bearings VI-Flouro-rubber Seals
9086.1 i
9092.1 H••Hollow Shaft Cover VL2••Spread Bearing Design OS6•Oil Sight Glass
k _ _
9096.1 ' H6b••IP66 Hollow Shaft Cover VL3•CAI Safe Spread Bearings OA-Cal Expansion Chamber
- -- D-Torque Arm YU Dry yell OC CAI Coder
K-Bohan Mount Torque Arm 5M5-Stainless Steel Shaft WC-Water Coding Cover
PR•Flange Pilot Removal SWA•Special Hollow Shaft IL•long Term Storage
•Shrink Disc 6 Cover SW/-Special Solid Shaft MOP-Magnetic Drain Plug
VSH-Heavy Duty Shrink Disc&Cover R•Backstop ADP•AdGtional Drain Pksg
Input? NE/AA IEC Integral Moton 1 Integral Energy Effkent Motors Scoop Motor Servo Adapter
_Shaft Adapter �. . • Platform l (Keyed))
W N56C I IEC 63 63S/4-0.I6hp i 160U4.20hp 80LH/4.1hp 200LH/4-40hp 556 MKNO56 SEP 100
N140TC I IEC 71 y -833'.: j
N 180TC IEC SO180004.30hp 90LH/4-2hp p 2525MH/4-60hp
5180T MKN180 SEP 165
N21OTC IEC 90 71U4.0.501p 20004-40hp 1OOLH/4-3hp 150MW4 -75hp S2107 MKN210 SEP 215
N250TC I IEC 100 225S/4-50hp I 112MH/4-5hp 280SH/4•100hp S250T MKN250 SEP 300
N280TC I EC 112 SOL/4•1hp j 2525M/4-60hp 1325W4-7.5hp 280MH/4-I25hp S2807 MKN280 Servo Adapter
N320TC EC 132 905/4•1.5hp 250M/4•75hp 132MH/4-10hp 315SH/4-150hp j S3207 MKN320 _(Clamp)
N360TC EC 160 90U4.2hp 1 2805/4-100hp 160MH/4-15hp j 315MH/4-175hp S360T MKN360 SEK 100
N400TC EC 1110 100U4-3hp 280M/4-125hp 160LW4-20hp 315MAW4•200hp 5400T MKN400 SEK 130
EC 200 100tA/4 5hp 315S/4-150hp 180MH/4-25hp 315LH/4-250hp SEK 165
EC 225 112M/4•5.4hp 315M/4•175hp 180LH/4-30hp SEK 215
EC 250 132S/4-7.5hp 315MA/4-200hp I SEK 300
EC EC 315 160M/4-15h Other 4 Available
P p
hp OUw Speeds Atailable I 1
Product Specifications M6 yi
Ratio Mounting Position Paint Lubricant
M 1 �✓ i.< Standard Stainless Steel Paint Standard
M2 I a "t NSD+(gray) Synthetic
see pages 398-446 M3 j NSD+W(white) Food Grade
-OR - M4 NSD-X3(gray) Other
Output Speed M5 M4 N' NSD•X3W(white)
rpm M6 Casting Primed
Special -ra M3 Special
see pages 398.446 0 -'
Solid Shaft Side Hollow Shaft B5 Flange Side 85 Flange Diameter Torque km Side Shrink Disc Side H66 Side
(if required) Diameter(if required) lif required) Idf required) Et Location(if required) (if required) (i required)
Shaft Side A Flange Side A Side A Side A H66 Side A
Shaft Side B Flange Side B Side B Side B H66 Side B
Shaft Side A&B Flange Side A&B Location
see page 18 see pages 566-573 see page 18 see page 18 see page 18 see page 18
Gearmotor Only Details TB2
Voltage Et Frequency Terminal Box Pos. Conduit Entry La. CEN cif
230/460V•60Hz(460V only 40 hp) TBI ' CE I (Ery 1 - - f
575V-6Hz TB2 • CE II - I 1"
I t
208V-60Hz TB CE III
400V-50Hz TB4 CE IV
115/230V-60Hz.I ph. TB4 CE I
Other Mtg.Pos.MI Shown Brakemotor Mtg.Pos.MI Shown
1 D396 G 1000-Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com

F30100.:211'3`J
NC O oa o a v °a Q
■ 0 3
E
0 E
L. a O '� I .
_ J
r.
Q j N N N a
to
m a1 ON
M .
Y Y m
vYi N I+ N N II
w
It
T: 2 88 0 omomoog28888888888 �i
7 W L =+ 1i M N CO 01 .-I en 0 N M o M N 0 0 N n C.O /- MMMMMMaeQaa •t�
m' CIALAr
H
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN=mQa O2y.D
pp pp pp pp pp pp pp pp pp pp pp pp pp p p N 000000000000000000
N N N N p p NN p N p —
�N i i 1t 0MnP; (828t0tOtDtOtDt0tDt082S NNNNNN O8 28tOmMoo V41888 § 88088 -
M G LL N. 01 '� 14 . . . r.114 . . . . . . .-t ."t NNNNNNNNNNNNNN 000000
N N N N N i N N M M M M M Q1 .0 of Q 4 .0 .0 Q .0 .0 .0 et .0
tnpl•.±i• ,
C Ip r
'. _ �' z try 0m N t In en M .i .a. r.-I 00 Q1 to . o0 to t0 to N m C O N a a N tO tG tO tO Q et .-1 e-1 01 I. N 00 .-1 N m r CA O m 0
N O D S -� e-I to t0 O tO t0 tO tO t0 to to v N ,I M N �t O a M N .-1 ^ t0 t11 M M M M m M M M N N N .-1 .- O Q1 I� N M w 11
46 O N N N N N N N N N N N N N N t0 t0 t0 'I) '�. O O O O O1 01 N .Mi 4 4 N ti N ti 4 4 4 '4-1 4 4 ti N ,1 ti 4 .Ni
c
w •C N m .vQ a .-+ N N i1 01 1 4 M C N ,1 01 N N m In to �1 u1 m to N m to fo '-I N M N cr m t0 CO 1
• �' ~ N M ,0 coy, O O re? et t0 N N N e-1 N 0t0 to N N N O m OD N m• q CO t!1 t0 q oD 1p 01 .-1 N to to M I'?
ao 0 I� 00N m Di a • M N 01 N 'y N N N N N ce N.t V N - ti NMM N MV 0 NN .1NNmMavt0 O
•;
C C9
Q N
`� . — — = • • = = — — = = E ��
a to
'� c t ..- O tp VI N t0 •4 t0 N N M N N .-1 00 M q m 00 tt q N n O O i N .i t0 m O N tO m m 01 q N t0 N O 1n .'4 V1 m O 10
cum n t0 t0 t0 t0 t0 1A M Q e' M N N .-i .i •-1 O O N N .-1 -I .-1 .4 M M 00 00 0C N 00 00 O0 n N t0 V1 a er M M N N N 0
4n I. Q
O M O M M to N 1 N m N N O M Q M N .-1 a M M N N 00 N N 00 N m t0 M N M N p
G Q F-' �' N O0 — •-I N a t0 00 •4 4 00 4t .-1 00 to VI M1 N r1 O O1 Q $ .4 1 Q ^ a tO 01 N N .-1 N d' O N m to O1 S a , O
so — rt r1 .-I ,1 .-I N N N m M to tO N 00 M O N N O1 ,' " 01 Q ' 11 ..1 .-I N N M M 0 M to tO N 00 "'I M V1 N
Oy
..
O
n y E O .-t m to a In O 0 t0 00 O N rt m 00 N N N W to O N ,I N m m 1 m o m .-I N N O N to m rt to .-1 N N O 00 o
.- 3 yQ� C G N 40 N 00 V .-1 01 tD d' N .i e1 00 1/ Q ei Q1
O LL .0 M M N N N .i . . .i .-i M a N a a M M In •7 M M N M N N .-1 W W Ol IX N tO N C st M M N N N .-1
to A a

SK 9012.1 + Motor 1 . (0 '. f, ,w
A
•
,
SK 9012.1 SK 9012.1AX
,--Aetertl C4BRt
..
5.32 5.32 I -
4.72 2.381 __-937
2.80
?.80 _' Ifil
I 0.12 r 0.12
1/2-13
53
l l r
i.,d ,i __, , ir . 'l / ,r)-11-1
u.
v
v 4, -- . ili. .4 i . „,,,,,Ti.„.., ..„,_,
1,...Jii FE?
_ .,.1.10 AB 5.83 a 18 •,..43
4.72Jj 295_ 5.12t j
I Ro1, 110
6.61 _1}2.56_ " ,r�fi.---t ';'�
.c 2 5.59 @Ic , 8.77_ ._ mI88 Eii
i
m 1 97 1.97 1_30 14 1 •
2x 114x1/4x2
Z LA k;
SK 9012.1VF SK 9012.1AF
c1(BR)
2.68 5.32 C,
4.45,0.8 ` -
14 2.69 .4.45 0 to 9.80 ABjBR�
et
-- I . ;, 6__
fi
fit
jf
„ ..jii
5.83
vw r .: I tttttttttttttmi ttttttt lls i 14 4)
1 SK 9012.1AXB 574 a ®✓i i „1wn�}I} SK 9012.1AFB 574
i 5.83 0.68 11511 MI 1.52 5.83 0.85
$ 4.88 � V '
u� _ \TxiS116xS1t8x� 4.80
nil - _ _ �„4 t, 1 �..� a
r-r. ^t4r., r
4.72
II ) 1 , ) n ) 1 ) r.
nnU L {J, Lii
.I;
Motor dimensions
Standard efficiency 63S/L 1 71S/L 80S/L 90S/L 100L y K
Energy efficiency 80LH 90SHILH 100LH^ 112MH
AB 4.53 4.86 5.59 5.79 6.65 7.05
AB(BR) 4.84 5.24 5.63 5.83 6.26 6.69
40v
C1 17.52 19.09 20.08 21.69 22.87 23.78
4
C1(BR) 19.72 21.38 22.60 24.65 26.46 27.44
C 17.09 18.66 19.65 21.28 22.44 23.35
C(BR) 19.29 20.94 22.17 24.21 26.02 27.01
FP 5.12 5.71 6.50 7.20 7.91 8.98
(BR) denotes Brakemotor .
D484 G1000-Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.corn

._. ,
, ,
Li ,.
. .. ,
, ...
. .. .., ...,„..,,
.,...1.:
aisg. 0 0.,c)._ (D_1 .(1, -‹. -.1-. =—• cg of+
. , 6 1 It
cE c-li 3 ci!)
= - ,T•0 0 8- 0
_,
rilbh.4_.,•!:,J\ '',,,:.J,,i,
Er;
: ..
:...'-'1...„....
:.
?!,.,,,;,1E)•,',,,:" ,,''.
..,
..,,
11.),
ftmS.:',11::?...",,5,.,..,.-lir
„.
UK,;',.i.'..F.,;\",11 ',
'Itii"::.:,!...li 1. k ",..',3"
,...L....z,,,a,...., :
... ,,,,„A'.. " ,,:.•
. ,
........ ,, , .. .
.......... „, ...
:fo.:, A
.,. ,......• : .,o.\ \
3 ,1:=',Vt \ ''''' \
o.!
___--
, .,.';'. 7,,,,.',.,,iii \ ' , ' .
.,.
,..... „
!„111111,1,,,i1;.,f,.:.;::::,-.I., :, " ,,'':, ,'"),„,, ,,,,,li '',. ', .
•::
ti
---- ' . . ' --
....... .-,.. ,..,..,., ,
... .,,. . ....„ _.,
_ s. fr
,J,-..i-,.1 I.
, -• • , .., . . .,.„....,..,......... ...„ .„,
,_:.,,,:,-;:.if,-•.,.,!-: :-- ' .
7-,„:-!;,,,,,:,.., .., ... :.,
,. .. ,,, ,-- -_-,-2 f LI
•-,,. ,-• ,.,...
. - - .1,v;.-_-.4•,-,,,,,i,i;,.,,,,,.-.'it
0
.
- 0
.. '. '',1?:',V,,4.', t 'A'
''' 9
N
. .. .... .. .
Cl)
11
' %r) „ii
.:.,,
,...._
...
.,....,,.
Eli
11111111111
‘. ......_
,..
....-f ,
„/\,,

Engineering Information " ' •1/ '0
Standard Design & Construction
Standards EPAct - US Energy Efficiency
All motors are in accordance with existing standards The EnergyPolicyAct of 1992 EPAct covers
and regulations: (EPAct)
efficiency levels of general purpose industrial electric
NEMA MG 1 - Motors and Generators: motors and became effective October 24, 1997. The
• Electrical performance basic goal of the law is to promote energy
• Motors for operation on variable frequency inverters conservation. This law mandated energy efficiency
requirements for many devices including some types
UL 1004- Electric Motors of industrial electric motors. The efficiency levels are
CSA C22.2 No. 100-92 - Motors and Generators: defined in NEMA MG-1 table 12-10. The regulations
to implement this law have been developed by the
Industrial Products Department of Energy (DOE).
IEC 60034 parts 1, 5, 6, 8, 9, 11 and 14. The law covers minimum efficiency levels for general
• Part 1 - General rules purpose motors including:
• Part 5 - Types of enclosures • Single-speed, polyphase NEMA T frame
• Part 6 - Types of cooling (and IEC equivalents)
• Part 8 - Terminal lead designations and sense of rotation • 1 to 200 hp (0.75 to 150 kW)
• Part 9 - Noise limits • 1200, 1800 or 3600 rpm
• Part 11 - Integrated thermal protection • NEMA design A and B
• Part 14- Mechanical vibration • Continuous rated
IEC 60038- Standard voltages • Foot mounted
• 230/460V-60Hz
C E NORD motors carry the CE mark in accordance with
the Low Voltage Directive and, if installed properly, the The law excludes the following motor types from minimum
Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive (EMC). The efficiency levels:
CE mark is required for installation in European Union • Integral gearmotors
(EU) states. • Brake motors
SA1
Many NORD motors from frame size 63 to 315 are an The NORD "H" line of energy efficient motors are
Underwriters Laboratories Recognized component per designed to meet the efficiencylevels defined byEPAct.
UL standard 1004. g
Frames 63-132 File number E191510 NORD offers these motors as an option in combination
Frames 160+ File number E227215 with our high efficiency gear units for superior energy
savings-
The Canadian Standards Association CUS mark
p�' indicates that CSA has tested and approved NORD Efficiency levels for enclosed 4-pole motors per EPAct
and NEMA MG 1 in percent efficiency [%]
e us motors according to both US and Cana ian standards.
It is equivalent to the Underwriters Laboratories RU rec-
ognition mark (UL standard 1004) and the CSA mark
according to CSA Standard C22.2 No. 100-92 Efficiency for EPACT &
Frames 63-132 File number LR1 12560 NEMA MG1 4-Pole Motors
Frame 160+File number LR13494 1 1.5 2 3 5 7.5 10
- _ -t..
ee NORD Energy Efficient motors up to frame 160 have 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3.7 5,5 7.5
been evaluated by the United States Department of 82.5 84.0 84.0 87.5 87.5 89.5 89.5
Energy and recieved a Certificate of Compliance to '
certifythe efficiencyratings. The certificate of com li- '
9 P 7' 15 20 25 30 40 50 60
once is CC 092A.
II 15 18.5 22 30 37 45
NNORD energy efficient motors carry the CSA energy 91 0 91.0 92.4 [ 92.4 '' 93.0 93.0 93.6
efficiency verification mark. This mark ensures that
E CSA has verified that NORD motors are designed and 75 I 100 125 150 "` 200
manufactured to meet energy efficiency requirements 55 C 75 90 110 150
number EEV1 12560.
__........----...__........__....__.__...__ 94.1 j 94.5 94.5 95.0 95.0
G692 G1000-Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com

,11 . Engineering Information
Standard Design & Construction
Canadian Energy Efficiency
The Energy Efficiency Act and the Energy Efficiency NORD supplies both motors of EFF1 and EFF2 categories
Regulations establish minimum energy performance in its 4-pole motors. The category EFF2 motors are the
levels for electric motors from 1 to 200 HP standard efficiency motors and the EFF1 motors are the
(0.75 to 150 kW) for sale or lease in Canada. "H" line of energy efficient motors.
The Energy Efficiency Regulations were developed by In the future NORD will mark all of its 50 Hz motor with
Natural Resources Canada (NRCan). the CEMEP efficiency symbols.
Certain National Electrical Manufacturers Associa-
( ) regulated1.5 2.2 3 4 j 5.5
Lion NEMA motors have been since Feb. I kW 1 1
3,1995. Effective Nov. 27, 1997, the Energy Efficiency hp I 1.5 2 3 4 5.4 I 7.5
Regulations were amended to include International
g EFFi [%] 83.3 I 85 0 86.4 874 88.3 r 89.2
Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) motors. This amend EFF2(%] 76.2 j 78.5 81.0 82.6 1 84.2 j 85.7
ment also increased the minimum energy performance
levels that motors must meet. For explosion-proof motors EFF3[%] C <76.2 <78.5 <81.0 <826 <84.2 <85.7
and motors contained within an integral gear assembly, kW 7.5 11 15 18.5 I 22 30
the effective date of the Regulations is Nov. 27, 1999. hp 10 15 20 25 30 40
The regulations mandate that motors carry an energy j EFF1 [%j 90.1 91.0 91.8 92.2 . 92.6 93.2
efficiency verification mark that is authorized by Stan- EFF2[%) 870 88.4 89.4 90.0 90.5 91.4
dards Council of Canada (SCC) accredited certification EFF31%j�<87.0 <88.4 <89.4 <90.0 . <90.5 '' <91.4
organization such as Canadian Standards Association ;______-T T_
(CSA). kW 37 45 55 75 j 90
hp 50 60 75 100 120
CEMEP Agreement EFFI [%] 93.6 93.9 94.2 94.7 i 95.0
European Efficiency Categories EFF2[%] 92.0 92.5 93.0 93.6 I 93.9
CEMEP,the association of European Electric Motor Man EFF3[%] <92.0 <92.5 <93.0 <93.6 <93.9
ufacturers, has reached an agreement with the European
Commission's General Directorate for Energy that in the Inverter/Vector Duty
future all 2 and 4-pole low voltage motors from 1 to r
100kW will be categorized on the basis of their effi- INVERTS
ciency. The classification will be displayed on the name- DUTY MOTOR
plate and in catalogs. The following categories will be
used: EFF1, EFF2 and EFF3. NORD single-speed motors are Inverter/Vector Duty.The
construction of the NORD motors insulating system takes
into account the non-sinusoidal wave forms produced by
EFF I Indicates a high efficiency factor. variable frequency drives. NORD uses high grade insu-
lating components and extra first turn protection as well
as double coated wire to ensure long service life when
connected to inverters. NORD motors can produce full
(EFF 2) Indicates an improved efficiency factor. torque at zero speed if properly sized, selected and
\\ / controlled.
EFF 3 Indicates a standard efficiency factor.
www.nord.com G1000-Subject to Change Without Notice G693

Engineering Informationg •�� ,,��
Standard Design & Construction L:'
Voltage and Frequency Tropical Protection (Anti-fungal)
NORD motors are available in a wide range of voltages As standard the NORD motor insulation system is
and frequencies for use in North America and around the tropically protected. The insulating and construction
world. For a more detailed list of choices see page 697. components are inorganic materials so they resist fungal
growth.
NORD motors designed for North American voltages
(230V, 460V, 208V and 575V) conform to the voltage Insulation Class
and frequency tolerances in NEMA MG-1. The voltage
tolerance is +/-10%, the frequency tolerance is+/-5%or NORD motors are constructed with a thermal class F
a combined voltage and frequency tolerance of+/-10%. insulating system. The motors are also designed for
a class B temperature rise (80'C). The use of class F
Low Inertia insulation with a class B temperature rise provides
increased operating life. Motors constructed with class
The motor inertia in all NORD motors is extremely low H insulation are also available as an option.
which allows for a much more dynamic motor control
capability. Low motor inertia is a significant advantage
11313 18PC 3561 ___ 355
when using NORD motors with inverters or vector control
lers. NORD motors can cycle more frequently and require 180 15TC 31171 / 310
less mechanical energy to start than standard NEMA .3 140 1301C 28SP]— 1a4 NOT
frame motors. This leaves more energy to start the load. 110 105.0 17,-/f / 248 K ALLOWANCE
,� j0 1/1 < ��/
High Torque Ee a Ba r / j / TB R TENPR�7URE
The NORD motorsproduce higher starting torque W •0 /' l.. 4 //�� ,40 W
9 q 04
than required by NEMA standards. This is achieved 10—. 01 AV i ;I 88 MAXIMUM
through improved motor winding, rotor design and 0 id;I I . . 131 TEMPERATURE
construction. A e F "
INSULATION CLASS
Non-Sparking Fan Insulation System
The standard NORD motor fan is a non-sparking design. NORD motor insulation
system is designed to provide
Y 9
The fan will also provide proper airflow in either direction a superior degree of protection. NORD utilizes the
of rotation. following insulation components:
• Magnet wire-double coated insulation
Terminal Block • Varnish dip impregnation
• Slot liners
Each NORD motor uses a terminal block, which • Phase paper
is a superior method of wire termination when • Phase separators
compared to pigtail leads. A terminal block ensures • Top sticks
long-term reliability of the power connections. • Connecting wire sleeves
Other motor manufacturers eliminate some of these insu-
ot components for cost reduction.
-.-- InverterNector Duty -Voltage Spikes
' All NORD motors are constructed with an insulating
-"° system designed to withstand the repeated voltage spikes
" vim.
"" generated by modern frequency inverters. The insulation
system withstands the ratings in conformance with
NEMA MG 1-2006 Section 31.4.4.2 Voltage Spikes.
Vpeak = 3.1 x Vrated with a Rise time <_ 0.1 Ns.
G694 G1000-Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com

Engineering Information
Standard Design & Construction
Ambient Temperature Duty Classes
NORD motors are designed to operate with a maximum The following duty types are defined in IEC 60034-1.
ambient temperature of 40°C(104°F't If the motor's op-
erating environment exceeds 40°C, the motor's nominal
power Pn either needs to be de-rated (see table below)or use upgraded insulation. Si Continuous operation at a constant load, the motor
reaches thermal equilibrium
Ambient temp[ 1 13 122 131 140
P I
Ambient temp[°t] 45 50 55 '60 Short-time operation at a constant load for a given
I time followed by a time of rest until the motor is corn-
De-rate factor 0.96 0.92 0.87 0.82 S2 pletely cooled down to ambient temperature.
Motor Rated Power=[Pn x De-rate factor] Example:S2-10 minutes
Recommended values for determination: 10,30 minutes
Elevation
are designed too rate at an elevation Intermittent operation sequential, identical run and rest
NORD up to motors3300 ft (1 designed
m) cycles with constant load. Temperature equilibrium is
ofabove sea level. At higher never reached. Starting current has little effect on tern-
elevations the air is thinner resultingin less cooling perature rise. The cyclic duration factor(cdf) indicates
capacity. If the motor's nominal power Pn installation eleva- S3 the portion of operation time in relation to a complete
tion exceeds 3300 ft(1000 m),the motor either needs to be duty cycle. The typical duty cycle time is 10 minutes,
de-rated(see table below)or requires upgraded insulation. unless otherwise specified.
- -- Example:S3-40%
I Altitude[ft] 5000 6500 18200 10000'11500 13000 Recommended values for determination:25,40,60%
i Altitude[m] 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 I
j De-rate Factor 0.97 0.94 1 0.90 0.86 0 83 10.80 i j Continuous operation with intermittent load sequen-
Motor Rated Power [P x De-rate factor] tial,identical cycles of running with constant load and
S6 running with no load. No rest periods.
Example:S6-40%
Service Factor I Recommended values for determination:25,40,60%
Motors rated 230/460V-60Hz and 332/575V-60Hz
have a service factor of 1.15. Almost all other motors
have a service factor of 1.1 or 1.0. Power Increasing Factor for Short-term
Starting Frequency & Intermittent Operation
Motor ratings in this catalog are based on continu-
One major advantage of NORD motors & brakemotors
is the ability to operate in high start-stopapplications.
ous duty operation (S 1). If a motor is designed for S 1
Due to the motors optimized d esign duty, but is to be operated for short-time or intermittent
, NO D motors can,
under some conditions, cycle thousands of times an operation it can be subjected to higher loads. The
hour. This means that a NORD brakemotor can often factors of"motor rated power" increases versus nominal c
be used to replace a clutch brake system. If the motor or power(P,) are included in the following table.
brakemotoris used with an inverter or vector drive, the
motor's cycling capacity can be increased even more. Y
` is '
The permissible frequency of switching may be t0 min 1.40
calculated as follows: S2 Operating time
30 min 1.15
Zo no-loadstarting frequency [starts/hour] 25% 1.33
Z-„, permissible starting frequency[starts/hour] j
Jmo1 moment of inertia of motor [lb-in2] S3 Cyclic duration factor(cdf) 40% 1.18
fed external inertia reflected to motor shaft [lb-in2] 60% 1.08
required starting torque [lb-in]
T, load torque after starting [lb-in] 25% 1.45
S6 Cyclic duration factor(cdf) 40% 1.35
1 -TI 60% 1.15
T° Motor Rated Power=[P°x Increasing factor]
ZL�i = Zo x
1 +_ d.
Lot
www.nord.com G1000-Subject to Change Without Notice G695

Engineering Information •leg
Standard Design & Construction � .•le
Enclosure Standard Construction
The NORD standard motors are provided with Totally • Shaft lip seals on both ends of the motor shafts
Enclosed Fan-Cooled (TEFC) with an IP55 enclosure • Stator to endbell connections sealed to exclude moisture
rating. Other enclosures are available, including Totally • Double coated magnetic wire insulation
Enclosed Non Ventilated (TENV), Totally Enclosed Blower . Inverter/vector duty insulation system conforms to
Cooled (TEBC), and IP66. NEMA MG1-1998, section 31.4.4.2 voltage spikes
The motor integral cooling fan provides proper air flow in • Moisture resistant varnish dipped windings—
either direction of rotation. The IEC cooling classification improved varnish materials
is IC 411 according to IEC 60034-6. • Inorganic insulating components for tropical protection
• Moisture resistant motor windings
IP Enclosures per IEC 60034-5 - Simplified • Conduit box sealed with gaskets
• Corrosion resistant alloy materials
is!digit 2nd digit
_ I Water protection • Threaded cable entry holes
0 No protection 0 No Protection
Motors for Indoor Operation -Option Codes
Protected against solid
objects 50mm(2 in)in Protected against Dry Conditions Wet or Humid 7,
dripping in water
1 diameter and larger 1
PP 9 Conditions
. Ambient Temperature
Protected against solid Protected against — j KB,SH
objects 12 mm(1/2 in)in : dripping water up to a Fluctuation
I 2 diameter and larger i 2 15 degree angle Paint NSD+
I Protected against solid i
Protection against =IIobjects 2.5 min(0.1 in)in Vertical Ill
3 diameter and larger 3 sprayed water Motor loll RD RDD
Protected against solid Mount
objects 1 mm(0.04 in)in Protection against
splashed water —'
4 diameter and larger 4 Brakemotor — RG
Protected against dust } S Protection against wateri i Motors for Outdoor Operation -Option Codes
Protection against high
Sheltered from Exposed to
6 I Dust tight 6 pressure water jetsg the Elements the Elements
perature
I Protection against KB, SH KB, SH, KKV
intermittent submersion Fluctuatibienton Tem
FT
7 7 to water Paint NSD+ N5Dx3
RDD
Protection against Am
continuous submersion in Vertical
IIEI) 8 8 water Motor ' ' RD
I Mount
Protective Features
Brakemotor RG j RG
All NORD Motors and Speed Reducers are constructed
to provide a high degree of protection against wet and
severe environments. NORD Motors and Speed Reducers Option Code Key
are extremely well sealed against moisture ingress
and use corrosion and moisture resistant components. KB Condensation Drain Holes.Plugged Page 701
NORD has recently made many enhancements in the SH Space Heater Page 699
motor and gear units standard construction to provide KKV Terminal Box Sealed with Resin
improved environmental protection. Many of the standard I Page 701
protection features of the NORD units are only available NSD+ Nord Severe Duty Paint Page 28
at an additional cost from other motor and gear drive NSDx3 Nord Severe Extreme Duty X3 Paint i Page 28
suppliers. NORD designs all gearmotors, speed reducers — -
RD Canopy Drip Cover Page 701
andmotors for installation in harsh industrial, commercial
and municipal installation environments. ROD Double Fan Cover ! Page 701
RG Corrosion Protected Brake Page 737
G696 G1000—Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com

.
Performance
Data ,
Standard Efficiency 230/460V - 60Hz
Inverter duty•TEFC
Synchronous speed 1800rpm @ 60Hz-4-pole•Three-phase
Voltages:230/460V-60Hz• 1.15 Service Factor
Continuous Duty•40°C Ambient•up to 3300ft Elevation 0 CE Mai
Class B temperature rise•Class F insulation
Motor I Power Nn In la/In Code Torque Ta/Tn Tk/Tn pf Eff. lm
Type I Pn Full-load Full-Load Current Letter Tn Inertia ,
$
230v*) 460V4
[hp] (kW) (rpm) [A] (A) DO (lb-In) I%) (lb-ft'
635/4 0.16 . 0.12 1700 0.88 . 0 44 245 F 5.92 2.1 2.2 0.66 52 0.005
631./4 0.25 0.18 1680 1.12 0.56 275 E 8.99 2.1 2.2 0.71 57 0.0067 1
715/4 0.33 0.25 1710 1.56 0.78 310 G 12.3 2.5 2.4 0.64 63 0.017
>711./4 s !0 5 .1 0.37 1720 i 1.90 0.95 355 F 18.0 2.45 2.8 0.69 71 0.0204
805/4 0.75 0.55 1710 I 2.70 1.35 355 _.. F 27.0 2.2 2.2 0.71 72 0.0259
80L/4 1 0.75 1850 I 3.88 1.83 390 G 38.1 2.2 2.3 0.74 70 0.0346
905/4 1.5 1.1 1660 4.84 2.42 445 G 55.6 2.7 2.6 0.78 73 0.055
901.14 12 1.5 1660 6.34 3.17 465 G 75.8 2.55 2.5 0.80 _ 74 0.074
100114 3 2.2 1705 9.0 4.50 490 G 108 2.3j 2.8 0.81 82 0.107
100LA/4 5 3.7 1725 15.2 7.62 510 G 180 2.7 3.1 0.75 81 0.141
1325/4 7.5 5.5 1735 19.8 9.9 545 G 267 2.45 2.75 0.82 86 0.55
132M/4 10 7.5 1735 25.8 12.9 645 H 383 2.9 3.2 0.84 87 0.752
160M/4 15 1 1 1770 38.4 19.2 665 H 522 2.45 3.0 0.82 88 0.95
1601/4 20 15 1765 49 24.5 725 H 713 2.9 3.3 0.86 89.4 1.23
18OMX/4 25 18.5 1750 60 30 860 K 887 2.95 3.4 0.87 89 --f- 1.35
-
180LX/4 30 22 1755 71 35.5 980 L 1052 3.4 3.7 0.87 89A 1.35
2001-/4 _ 40 30 1780 96 48 770 J 1414 2.9 3.6 0.85 92 5.70
k -I-
2255/4 50 37 1785 - 58 780 H 1759 3.1 3.5 0.86 93.1 7.60
225M/4 60 45 1770 - 70 840 J 2133 3.1 3.6 0.86 93.8 8.54
250M/4 75 55 1782 - 89 700 H 2638 2.8 3.2 0.84 93.7 18.4
2805/4 100 75 1788 - 1 18 830 J 3497 2.9 3.5 0.84 94.4 30.6
280M/4 125 90 1786 - 144 810 J 4385 2.8 3.3 0.86 95.1 34.9
3155/4 150 110 1788 - 176 720 H 5255 2.8 3.1 0.84 94.7 47.5
315M/4 175 132 1790 - 200 800 J 6125 3.0 . 3_4 0.85 1 95.4 58.4
315Ma/4 200 150 1790 - i 230 810 J i 7003 3.2 i 3.6 0.86 i 95.7 71.4
1
315L/4 250 187 ( 1790 i - i 280 i 850 J I 8734 3.2 1 3.3 0.87 i 98.3 Ir 92.8
a)Motors frame 225 and larger are standardly provided as single-voltage 460V and not as dual voltage
Pn - Full load power Ta/Tn - Locked-rotor torque ratio
Nn - Full load speed Tk - Break-down torque
In - Full load current Tk/Tn - Break-down torque ratio
la - Locked-rotor current pf Power factor
la/In - Locked-rotor current ratio(%) Eff Normal efficiency
Tn - Full-load torque Jm - Motor inertia
Ta - Locked-rotor torque
G712 G1000-Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com

TECHNICAL BROCHURE
BeHM R4
•
•
e - HMTMSeries
THREADED HORIZONTAL MULTISTAGE CENTRIFUGAL ELECTRIC PUMPS
GOU LDS
a xylem brand

■
ou • s " a er ec no ogy
uommerclal vvater
e-HMTM Series Hydraulic Performance Curve
600
500
f t i
w
300 1HM
a.
3HM
200 10HM - -
SHM . .
LiHM
100
22Hil1
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 180
Flow(GPM)
PAGE 3

Goulds Water Technology
Commercial Water
e-HMTM SERIES
GENERAL INTRODUCTION
Xylem has recently developed the new e-HM series of
energy-efficient horizontal, multi-stage pumps,to meet •
. ►
the needs of the industrial and building services markets.
h 1�,
Pump Designg ,;,
The e-HM is a non-self-priming, end-suction, horizontal
j .ram
multi-stage high pressure centrifugal pump,with NPT
threaded inlet and outlet connections. The pump is
a close-coupled design,and is equipped with a
h igh
efficiency mot r. The pump incorporates an innovative,
hydraulic design that provides the highest efficiency in the
market today.
The e-HM is available in two different configurations:
"Compact"design -for sizes 1 HM,3HM,and 5HM up to a maximum of 6 stages.
"Sleeve"design-for sizes 1 HM,3HM and 5HM starting at 7 stages and above;
and all sizes of 10HM, 15HM,and 22HM sizes.
The"Compact"design is made of one single piece fabricated stainless steel pump body directly connected to the
motor flange. The design only requires one 0-ring to seal the casing.
The"Sleeve"design is made of an external stainless steel TIG welded sleeve,and incorporates a separate suction
housing.
The e-HM is available in all 316 stainless steel construction incorporating a 20%increase in the pump body
thickness for enhanced durability and reliability.
Motor
The e-HM series incorporates a Lowara IEC premium efficiency(1E3), inverter design motor for additional energy
savings,and versatility.The standard motor enclosure is a TEFC(IP55)design.
PAGE 4

Goulds Water Technology
Commercial Water
e-HMTM SERIES
High efficiency MARKETS
horizontal BUILDING SERVICES.
multistage pump INDUSTRY.
APPLICATIONS
Pressure boostingand water supply systems.
ppY Y
Washing and cleaning industry including vehicles washing.
Circulation of hot and cold liquids(like water,water and glycol)for
heating, cooling and conditioning systems.
Water treatment applications.
Handling of moderately aggressive liquids.
Food &beverage industries.
SPECIFICATIONS Pump
;- • Flow rate: up to 127 GPM
• Heads: up to 525 ft( 227 psi )
• Designs:
Compact -one piece pump body
- 1 HM and 3HM, sizes up to 6 stages
-5HM,sizes up to 5 stages
' ', Sleeve -Sleeve and separate suction housing
- 1 HM and 3HM, 7 stages and above
' ' •= e -5HM, 6 stages and above
-All 10HM, 15HM,and 22HM sizes
• Connections: NPTthreaded suction and discharge
•Temperature of the pumped liquid: -20°F to 248°F( -30°C to 120°C )
• Maximum operating pressure:
-Compact pump designs- 147 PSI
-Sleeve pump designs- 235 PSI
Motor
• Premium Efficiency class IE3
•TEFC(IP 55)design
• 3500 RPM
• Class F insulation, 40°C(104°F)ambient
• Standard voltage:
-Single-phase: 115 or 230V,60 Hz.- built in auto reset overload
protection
-Three-phase: 208-230/460V or 575V,60 Hz
PAGE 5

i
Goulds Water Technology --olo
Commercial Water 1
e-HMTM SERIES
GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS
liti
Compact Sleeve
HM Series 1HM 3HM 5HM 10HM 15HM 22HM
Nominal Flow(GPM) 10 16 33 56 90 100
Flow ange M 3-12 5-23 10-45 15-75 25-127 30-150
umberofStages 2-18 2-14 2-12 1-8 1-4 1 -3
Maximum Head Ft 520 500 430 450 275 217
Maximum Working ressure 147 psi-Compact pumps 235 psi -Sleeve pumps
Temperature ange °F -20 F to 248 F(30C to 120 C)
Maximum ump fficienc 51 60 70 70 70 68
H ange 3/4-2 3/4-3 3/4-4 1 -71/2 2-71/2 3-71/2
iping Connections T 1"x 1" 1"x 1" 1 1/4"x 1" 1 1/2"x 1 1/4" 2"x 1 1/2 2"x 1 1/2
e-HM RATING PLATE
G o u I d s W a to r Te c h n o l o g y \ 1 Goulds Water Technology Catalog Number
© @-H M TM 0 2 Capacity Range
3 TDH Range
CATALOG NUMBER 4 Rated Speed
© I FEET RPM
I I 0 s Rated Horsepower
GPM O 6 Maximum operating Pressure
0 DO NOT OPERATE AT CLOSED DISCHARGE 7 Maximum Fluid Temperature
MOM MEM I O 8 Pump Serial Number
0 www.xylemappliedwater.com
PRINKIN WATER
C E el sP NST,ANsG i
PAGE 6

ou • s ► ► a er ec no ogy
uommerctal vvater
e-HM PRODUCT LINE
NUMBERING SYSTEM FOR 1 — 22HM PUMPS
The various versions of the e-HM line are identified by a product code number on the pump label.This number is also the
catalog number for the pump The meaning of each digit in the product code number is shown below
Note: Not all combinations are possible.
Example Product Code
15 HM 04 N 55 T 6P BQE
Seal Material
LBQE=Carbon-SilCar-EPDM(standard) •
BQV YCarbon-SilCar-Viton
QQE =SilCar-SilCar-EPDM
QQV=SilCar-SilCar-Viton
BVE=Carbon-Ceramic-EPDM
Hz—Phase—Voltage
6F=60—1—230V
8B=60-1-115V
6P=60—3—208-230/4601
6Z=60-3-575V
Phase
M = 1 PH LT=3PH
HP Rating
10575hp 22 =3hp
07=lhp 30=4hp
11 = 1.5hp 40=5.5hp
15=2hp 55=7.5hp
Pump Construction
N=316 Stainless Steel
-- — — — — Total Number of Stages
Product Line
HM = Stainless Horizontal Multi-stage
Nominal Flow
1 =5 GPM
3=16GPM
5=33GPM
56G
15= 90 GPM
22= 100 GPM
PAGE 7

Goulds Water Technology
Commercial Water . _ _. .. .. .::.. . _.... .
MODEL 1, 3, 5 HM..N SERIES - MAJOR COMPONENTS
(COMPACT DESIGN)
6 8 - I '/ i
��
Or.-
10 V� 4�
3 440Pw-A-4*-V;::, \OZ$ !.‘ .
2 _ P!_i*--''' )* 0 '- ---7 -7- ----
1 , , -----..-...:„--: iighg 4.11;14,7 -- lod \ 1 1 P- >.-
,41.1tAb,,,, 1011 ' 44/
go
per►. ..
J 11
TABLE OF MATERIALS HM..N SERIES
REFRENCE NAME MATERIAL REFERENCE STANDARDS
NUMBER USA EUROPE
1 Pump body Stainless steel AISI316L EN 10088-1-X2CrNiMo17-12-2(1.4404)
2 Impeller Stainless steel AISI 316L EN 10088-1-X2CrNiMo17-12-2(1.4404)
3 Diffuser Stainless steel AISI 316L EN 10088-1-X2CrNiMo17-12-2(1.4404)
4 Shaft Stainless steel AISI 316 EN 10088-1-X5CrNiMo17-12-2(1.4401)
5 Adapter Aluminium — EN 1706-AC-AISi11Cu2(Fe)(AC46100)
6 Seal housing Stainless steel AISI 316L EN 10088-1 X2CrNiMo17-12-2(1.4404)
7 Mechanical seal Ceramic/Carbon/EPDM
8 Elastorners EPDM
9 Fill 1 dram plugs Stemless steel I AISI 316 I EN 10088-1-X5CrNiMo17-12-2(1.4401)
10 Wear r:ng Technopolymer(PPS)
11 Bolts and screws Stainless steel I AISI 304 I EN 10088-1-X5CrNi18-10(1.4301)
PAGE 8

Goulds Water Technology =
Commercial Water
e-HMT" SERIES
MECHANICAL SEALS
3 ---________ III 5
3 I iJ( T' •`-• 3
fie( NI _`��,�i___
IW 2
1
.4, 111
rAd
111111,
LIST OF MATERIALS
Part Number
Components 1 1 2 3 4 and 5
Rotory Face Stationary Face Elastomers Hardware
B - Carbon E-EPDM(EPR) All 316 SS
Materials 0-Sil Carbide V -Viton
V -Ceramic
PRESSURE AND TEMPERTURES LIMITS
1HM,3HM 5HM 10HM, 15HM,22HM
Seal Code -
��\� 2-6 Stages 7+Stages 2-5 Stages 6+Stages All Stages
�SQE 147PS1 at 248F 235PSI at 248F 147PSI at 248F 235PSI at 248F 235PSI at 248F
BOV 147PS1 at 248F 235PSI at 248F 147PSI at 248F 235PSI at 248F 235PSI at 248F
OQE 147PS1 at 248F 235PSI at 194F 147PS1 at 248F 235PSI at 194F 235PSI at 194F
QQV 147PSIat248F 235PSI at 194F 147PSIat248F 235PSI at 194F 235PSI at 194F
BVE 147PSI at 194F Not Available 147PSI at 194F Not Available Not Available
PAGE 10

0141 :1411/I,eli
;._!,. ;...„..„*.g,,,:J,.I.:.:.-_,,,,,,,,,fts .,, ::.,., ,;,,,..,!:1-,m,,,t,..,,.,7%,.,.44 .„,;6,,,:„.;?:...,„*„,,,,,p.,,:t•,,, :::,
uommercial vvater
MOTOR DATA
3500 RPM, 60Hz, Lowara Motors
HP Ph Volts Enclosure SF FL Amps SF Amps Frame SizeT Motor Flange Type GWT P/N
3/4 1 115 TEFC/IP55 1.0 8.07 N/A 71 COMPACT 1-3-5 EHM 107236000
1.0 COMPACT 1-3-5 EHM 107236040
1 115 TEFC/IP55 1.0 10.3 N/A 71
SLEEVE 1-3-5 EHM 107236050
3/4 1 230 TEFC/IP55 1.0 3.69 N/A 71 COMPACT 1-3-5 EHM 107236010
1.0 COMPACT 1-3-5 EHM 107236060
71
1 230 TEFC/IP55 1.0 4 84 N/A SLEEVE 1-3-5 EHM 107236070
80 SLEEVE 10-15-22 EHM 107236100
1.5 COMPACT 1-3-5 EHM 107236110
,-
1 230 TEFC/IP55 1.0 6.85 N/A 80 SLEEVE 1-3-5 EHM 107236120
SLEEVE 10-15-22 EHM 107236130
2.0 SLEEVE 1-3-5 EHM 107236160
1 230 TEFC/IP55 1.0 9 22 N/A 80 -
SLEEVE 10-15-22 EHM 107236170
--------....
3/4 3 208-230/460 TEFC/IP55 1.15 2.61-2.64/1.32 2 87 71 COMPACT 1-3-5 DIM 107236020
1.0 COMPACT 1-3-5 EHM 107236180
3 208-230/460 TEFC/IP55 1.15 3.09-3.02/1.51 3 46 80 SLEEVE 1-3-5 EHM 107236190
SLEEVE 10-15-22 EHM 107236200
1.5 COMPACT 1-3-5 EHM 107236240
3 208-230/460 TEFC/IP55 1.15 4.35-4.24/2.12 4.89 80
SLEEVE 1-3-5 EHM 107236250
2.0 COMPACT 1-3-5 EHM 107236280
3 208-230/460 TEFC/IP55 1.15 5 77-5.58/2.79 6 51 80 SLEEVE 1-3-5 EHM 107236290
SLEEVE 10-15-22 EHM 107236300
3.0 SLEEVE 1-3-5 EHM 50A01R300H
3 208-230/460 TEFC/IP55 1.15 8.23-7.98/3.99 9_33 90
SLEEVE 10-15-22 EHM 50A01R500H
4.0 SLEEVE 1-3-5 EHM 50A02R300H
3 208-230/460 TEFC/IP55 1.15 11.3-10 9/5.45 12.8 90
SLEEVE 10-15-22 EHM 50A02R500H
5.5 3 208-230/460 TEFC/IP55 1.15 14 1-13.4/6.7 16 100 SLEEVE 10-15-22 EHM 50A08R500H
7.5 3 208-230/460 TEFC/IP55 1.15 18.7-17.8/8 91 21.4 112 SLEEVE 10-15-22 EHM 50A13R500H
3/4 3 575 TEFC/IP55 1.15 1.04 1.12 71 COMPACT 1-3-5 EHM 107236030
1 0 COMPACT 1-3-5 EHM 107236210
3 575 TEFC/IP55 1.15 1.20 1.31 80 SLEEVE 1-3-5 EHM 107236220
SLEEVE 10-15-22 EHM 107236230
1.5 COMPACT 1-3-5 EHM 107236260
3 575 TEFC/IP55 1.15 1.69 1.87 80
SLEEVE 1-3-5 EHM 107236270
,
2.0 COMPACT 1-3-5 EHM 107236310
3 575 TEFC/IP55 1.15 2.2 2.44 80 SLEEVE 1-3-5 EHM 107236320
SLEEVE 10-15-22 EHM 107236330
3.0 SLEEVE 1-3-5 EHM 50A01T300H
3 575 TEFC/IP55 1.15 3.18 3.53 90
SLEEVE 10-15-22 EHM 50A01T500H
4.0 SLEEVE 1-3-5 EHM 50A02T300H
3 575 TEFC/IP55 1.15 4.36 4.86 90
SLEEVE 10-15-22 EHM 50A02T500H
5.5 3 575 TEFC/IP55 1.15 5.26 5.92 100 SLEEVE 10-15-22 EHM 50A08T500H
7.5 3 575 TEFC/IP55 1.15 7 2 8.07 112 SLEEVE 10-15-22 EHM 50A13T500H
Above data is for LowaraM Motors.Sped i cations are subject to change
PAGE 11
1

• Goulds Water Technology
Commercial Water L<.
SHM..N SERIES, (2 TO 7 STAGES)
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS AT 60 HZ, 3500 RPM
X r L
A 5.87(149) 339166145._
y," NPT
I 0391:C
i , ! 1/4 BSPP •.:ms, +----� -/�--
i .(1)y I •-•'_i • 1 II '' ,.,,--
M1
,_, 1 rakar
z •. 2.201 035191J
0.98(251 .. 4. (564 14.92(1254 \1/4 BSPP 0.98125 2tJI
s
2 63166!
Y
A w 5.91(150) 4.pis
r92(125)
1" NPTI 7
iIr, ►. 1 4 BSPP I •� .• 0.49(125)
_1
i
'll
o r a t
0. ' . 4.'�1►=l10 _Li w.'s-,r7.' _' '# t
0 94 100 . 0 39(10)
�1 1J
Oa r
1/4 BSPP LI3947°)14 t'i
Z A 5.75(1 • L1 M
�r ww 01
1/4 BSPP -1_'_ NPT0„ + . �� - ' . 0.49(11.25) _�039(10)
q1 _ r��i111111 M o� 1rii 41
I- In Ill
P I " . I E2:- ----'--* --- a !) _1. 2 Vi h W. -r 2
Z 1 4 BSPP I I
v L2 F•r N 7.I - OS�(i4.5)
r
�,, L 1 �j�M 51(140)we sw foe M1 �I
1.77(45)
Pump DWG Motor Dimensions(in)
Size go
s No. Frame Max.Working Weight
stages dHP SiZe A D H L Li L2 M Mi N Ni Pressure(PSI) (ibs)
5HM02 w 0.75 71 4.09 5.51 8.86 14.45 - - - - - - 147 18
co 5HM03 1 X 1 71 4.09 5.51 8.86 14.45 - - _ - - - - 147 20
5HM04 J Y 1.5 80 5.08 6.10 9.13 16.93 - - - - - - 147 31
5HM05 Z 1.5 80 6.06 6.10 9.13 17.91 - - - - - - 147 31
5HM06 Z 2 80 6.22 6.10 9.13 18.70 6.22 4.09 3.94 4.92 4.92 6.10 235 36
---`-)5HM02 X 0.75 71 4.09 5.51 8.86 14.45 - - - - - - 147 18
5HM03 w 1 80 4.09 6.10 9.13 15.94 - - - - - - 147 27
5HM04 a Y 1.5 80 5.08 6.10 9.13 16.93 - - - - - - 147 31
5HM05 w 2 80 6.06 6.10 9.13 17.91 - - - - - - 147 34
c
5HM06 Z 2 80 6.22 6.10 9.13 18.70 6.22 4.09 3.94 4.92 4.92 6.10 235 36
5HM07 3 90 7.20 6.85 9.13 21.89 8.11 5.00 4.92 5.91 5.51 6.46 235 49
PAGE 20

c Goulds Water Technology
Commercial Water
5HM..N SERIES, (2 TO 7 STAGES)
OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS AT 60 HZ, 3500 RPM
250 i I 1 1 TT F "TT] n7.,.,. 1..,, ,,T ,,r,,, ,,,,Tf ,. .,... 1
! ! � ,,1 ! _ � ..
30, € .. , I1 I ' ,, . � :
a ,. •6
i
t
t
l
_ l'
100—1-- 3 —_ __= - _
2 j ,
TOTAL STAGES I.1— _,� ,:- _ a 1 4 -,,
m
lIl ' '
r
( . 1 1 g 1 5 ' i . { 9 1 i a i Ti
O 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
Q[US gpml
0 ji/mfnj
O 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180
0.45
Efficiency% "
aksit"-""
El , -1 i ; ai :„...........1„„,
n 15 " III r 4S
i
O 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
Q(QS Orni
i_
. ,,, i. .. ' i ! L! I i. 11, 1 .1. ,111 ! ' ' i Li ,
m 1 S E 4 i t - I Ili 11111
O S 10 15 20 35 30 35 48 45 50
QIOS BVmj
MINIMUM FLOW RATE: 10 GPM
PAGE 21

1..--,.- McMASTER•CARR. OVER 555.000 PRODUCTS
[phone]
[phone](fax)
[e-mail]
Text 58926
Calibration Column
0 - 4 gph/250 ml Capacity, 1/2 Pipe Size
—' 0 u —0
10 — s = .25 Pipe Size 1/2
20 = E
30 "M _ .50 Height 161/4"
25011 = N = .75 Tube Volume 250 ml
u =
• 60 E 1.00 Flow Range 0-4 gph
�'" . 70 E 1.25
El 80
• 90 = r = 1.50 Use these clear tubes to calibrate flow rates on metering pumps. They have a
100 = T = PVC body and fittings and a scale graduated in gallons per hour. Temperature
,, 110== o ` 1.75 range is 32° to 140° F. Connections are NPT female.
" 120 _ E -
= T — 2.00
• ' ,, 130 = E
• " 140—M: 2.25
• 4• E 150 = t =
., 180 = N — 250
• :• _ E _
170= F = 2.75
• , 180 mo o =
• ` '' 190 =w` 3.00
" 200 = �
210 = EE 3.25
220 = ` 3.50
r• N 230....+ = — 3.75
240—_
s---- 250 = ` 4.00
ML/MIN US GPH

McMASTER-CARR.
VC Inline Pipe Mixer $160.87 Each
with 6 Blades, 1-1/2 NPT Male 35385K26
Pipe Size 1 1/2
. Thread Type NPT
Pipe Connection
Threaded
Type
Gender Male
Connection Type Pipe
Length 15"
Number of Blades 6
Reynolds Number 1,000 and Above
Blade Material PVC Plastic
Body
Material PVC Plastic
Opacity Clear
Fitting Material PVC Plastic
For Use With Chlorine,Water
Mount Type Thread In
Use for pH control and chlorination.These mixers are
more chemical resistant than nylon mixers. Also
known as static mixers, they install in your pipeline
and mix liquid as it passes over fixed spiral blades.
They have no moving parts and require no external
power source.
Number of Blades—Follow these steps to determine
your Reynolds number, which indicates if you need a
mixer with 6 or 12 blades.
1. Multiply flow rate(gpm) by 3,157
2. Multiply specific gravity by total of Step 1
3. Multiply viscosity(cp) by pipe ID(inches)
4. Divide total of Step 2 by total of Step 3

7200 Series
A real value in general purpose rotameters.Vertical connections are from 3/8"NPT to 2" NPT.
DESCRIPTION
Metering Tube Machined cast acrylic
Internal Components 316L SS
- Fitting Material Standard:PVC(not for air service)
_________________ Optional:316 SS,
brass,aluminum
. Inlet/Outlet Fittings NPT,vertical
(—A
M som 0-Ring Standard:EPR
I Optional:Buna-N,Viton
`NGI
t00
PERFORMANCE
9Q _ Capacities Water 1 to 200 GPM
—R Air 4 to 245 SCFM
80 _i 10 —
0 9 — Scale 127 mm(5")direct reading
70 — Accuracy ±3%to±6%of full scale flow
Cs$ 8 See Specifications table
60 —
W cc 7 —o Turndown 10:1 unless otherwise indicated
50 Repeatability 1%to 2%
u 6 —a See Specifications table
d —o0
40 0 5 _Q Maximum Temperature Water 130°F(54°C)
Q = i Air 100°F(38°C)
30 i 4 —u Maximum Pressure Water 150 psig
Air 100 psig
20 3 1g2
'
Ambient Temperature 33°F to 125°F(1°C to 52°C)OPTIONS
Certified Calibrations Conform to ISA RP 16.6
Scales Any volumetric unit
11
CAUTION:Meters used in gas service are designed to operate at
•
- -_ 14.7 psis.Meters used in pressure gas service must be shielded using
ti77
_ 3/8"polycarbonate to protect personnel and equipment in the event
of tube failure.
WA
6 I When it comes to flow...we're instrumental.

7200 Series Specifications Acrylic Tube
Order Flow Flow F.S.Accuracy Press. Drop Actual Connection Dimensions DIMENSION
Number GPM-Water SC FM-Air Repeatability (In./W.C.) Turndown Size DIAGRAM
A B
0051 1 4 3%/2% 2.9 10:1 3/8"FNPT 1.375" 8.25" 1-.---A-
0052 1 4 3%/2% 2.9 10:1 1/2"FNPT 1.375" 8.25"
0061 2 8 3%/2% 5.2 10:1 3/8"FNPT 1.375" 8.25"
0062 2 8 3%/2% 5.2 10:1 1/2"FNPT 1.375" 8.25"
0071 3.5 14 3%/2% 9.5 10:1 3/8"FNPT 1.375" 8.25" 0111!lig
0072 3.5 14 3%/2% 9.5 10:1 1/2"FNPT 1.375" 8.25"
0081 5 20 3%/2% 13.1 10:1 3/8"FNPT 1.375" 8.25" :
0082 5 20 3%/2% 13.1 10:1 1/2"FNPT 1.375" 8.25" ss
0151 5 20 3%/1% 10 10:1 1"FNPT 2.000" 10 .25" : i
0161 10 43 3%/1% 12 10:1 1"FNPT 2.000" 10 .25" i
0171 15 62 3%/1% 18 10:1 1"FNPT 2.000" 10.25" a
0181 21 86 3%/1% 22 10:1 1"FNPT 2.000" 10.25" B n
•
20 i
0191 30.5 - 3%/1% 26 10:1 1"FNPT 2.000" 10.25"
I ::
0201 40 6%/2% 32 10:1 1 1/2 MNPT 2.000" 12.06" ip._
0211 `"°"'"",.....'' 0 6'r'/2T 38 f 0'1 1 1/2"MNPyr Mt- rc.uo--
0221 40 165 4%/1% 18 10:1 2"FNPT 3.000" 13.25"
0231 60 245 4%/1% 25 10:1 2"FNPT 3.000" 13.25"
0241 80 - 4%/1% 30 10:1 2"FNPT 3.000" 13.25"
0251 100' 4%/1% 35 5:1 2"FNPT 3.000" 13.25"
0261 120' - 6%/2% 45 4:1 2"FNPT 3.000" 13.25"
0271 160' 6%/2% 60 3.55:1 2"FNPT 3.000" 13.25"
0281 200' - 6%/2% 80 3.63:1 2"FNPT 3.000" 13.25"
'These meters have less than 10:1 turndown.
ORDERING:
Use the following guide to determine the specific product number you require.
Meter Series Order Number Fitting Material 0-ring Material Fold Met
See Specification Brass-1 C EPR 1 GPM-L .told-W
table above . • Buna-N-2 SCFM-Air-A
PVC'-3 Vitone-3
Ir' I -6
*Not for daservice
[phone] • www.kinginstrumentco.com I 7

D80 Series
Liquid Filled Stainless Steel Case
Specifications ecifications
--- Models Wetted Parts
- -
(Il ,i +rr/T1 >D82LFB (liquid filled) Bronze tube.
brass socket
80 0 012Q %. D83LFSS (liquid filled) 316 Stainless steel
tube 8 socket
( ,,
THRICE 140/‘
Dial Sizes 2",21/2" 4"
-40 160
r _ I Fill Glycerine,other fills available
�
t 20 180 See Optional Features Section
v5i • 200 Movement D82LFB:Brass
�� y�
D83LFSS: 316 Stainless steel
Connection Lower male or center back male,
1/4 NPT
_____ Case 304 stainless steel.
2", 21/2", 4" Dial Sizes stem-mounted flangeless
±1.6% Accuracy Ring Crimped 304 stainless steel
D82LFB shown Stainless Steel Case Window Acrylic
Glycerine Fill Standard Pointer Plain,black finished
Dial Face Aluminum,white background with
black graduations and markings
The Trerice D80 Series Utility • Optional features and case
style variations available Accuracy ±1.6%Full Scale
Gauge is designed for rugged Please consult the Optio+
performance requirements at an &Accessories Section for Maximum Temperature
economical cost. This liquid filled details. 150°F(65°C)
gauge is furnished with a stainless Approximate Shipping Weight
steel case and crimped ring. For correct use and
application of all pressure 2"Dial Size
Wetted parts are either bronze gauges, please refer to: 0.4 lbs[0.18 kg)
tube with brass socket or Pressure Gauge Standard 21/2"Dial Size:
stainless steel. ASME 640.100
0.5 lbs[0.23 kg]
4"Dial Size:
1.0 lbs[0.45 kg)
HOW TO ORDER Sample Order Number. D82LFB 25 02 L A 110
Model Dial Size Connection Connection Units of Range Code
Size Location Measure —
D82LFB 20 2" I 02 1/4 NPTI I L Lower A psi See Standard
83LFSS 1 frIntk D psi/kPa Ranges
40 41/2
T47T1ER10E
12950 W Eight Mile Road Oak Park, MI 48237-3288 TEL[phone] FAX: [phone] www.TRERICE.com

D80 Series
All dimensions are nominal Dimensions in I l are in millimeters. Liquid Filled Stainless Steel Case
Standard Ranges
/ • psl Ranges (A)
- ` Range Specific Range Figure Minor
Code (psi) Intervals Divisions
010 30"Hg to O 5 0.5
020 30"Hg to 15 psi 10/5 1/0.5
l 030 30"Hg to 30 psi 10/10 2/1
(14;;l 5,�tinHF ,� 040 30"Hg to 60 psi 30/20 2/2
050 30"Hg to 100 psi 30/20 5/2
' 060 30"Hg to 150 psi 30/20 10/5
070 30"Hg to 300 psi 30/30 5/10
080 0 to 15 psi 3 0.2
090 0 to 30 psi 5 0.5
.r Y- 100 0 to 60 psi 10 1
110 0 to 100 psi 20 2
t3RASS= 98 125J 10 ( psi rx:
.r 53=1 08(281 20 0 f
130 0 to 200 psi 50 5
$ ._t],,. 140 0 to 300 psi 50 5
150 0 to 400 psi 100 10
160 0 to 600 psi 100 10
180 0 to 1000 psi 200 20
c, _ _ _._ . M 190 0 to 1500 psi 300 20
200 0 to 2000 psi 500 50
i 210 0 to 3000 psi 500 50
220 0 to 5000 psi 1000 100
1 Ranges over 5000 psi are not
1_ --,-- available in D82LF13.
230 0 to 10.000 psi 2000 200
t t
H240 0 to 15.000 psi 3000 200
1- -t
For dual scale ranges specify the appropriate Units of Measure:D
F ..� (ps✓kPa)followed by the corresponding A(psi)Range Code
Dial Size C E F J H
2" 2.09 53.1 -__,__._ -0:4'3 f. I. 1.94 4 . __.
2„2" 2.67[67.8) 2.22[56.5j 0.37[9.5j 1.20[30.51 2.47[62.7)
4"Brass 4.18[106.1) 2.85[72.3) 0.48[12.2) 1.32[33.5) 3.93[99.7)
4"SS 4.18[106.1) 3.07[78) 0.46(11.8) 1.31[33.5) 3.93[99.7)
NTRERICE
12950 W. Eight Mile Road Oak Park, MI 48237-3288 TEL [phone] FAX [phone] www.TRERICE.com

41 Electric Actuators
wTRI AI v WE Series Weatherproof XE Series Explosion Proof
CONTROLS CSA Approved NEMA 4 & 4X ATEX Certified Eexd II B T4
500-25,900 in-lbs. torque 690-25,900 in-lbs. torque
444
1 444 4 Or
O
hAP
ATEX " ..,,, �
Eexd II B T4 ^�
0
a
C US
1905817IN
NEMA4&4X
, = _ . . .
... ...
o
,,,,,, i 0
ry 4
40
60
. .5
, ...ist liew
lik1446
4.
•
>

111

k
7 ,, 4 9' p p E ui m en t Cor ora tion
lnrrulturalinl; Kall)lr 13. Carter('rn►►Iraray
Shaftless Conveyor
For
212869 - Burlington, NC
One Princeton Avenue • Dover,NJ 07801 • P:973-366-6556 • f:973-366-3193 • www.jdvquipment.com
WRRNTY_23131 Rev 2020.1
+.01111/11f//j,,
Z‘1 �CAROth, .
1443;...'ssia' -F9"'-
�ov_ \
8107 =
$1..e)
iNalp
•q�C ....C. N�PJ•�`h .
••4•80111N1 o
0\. chant }-1 ea vem er

JDVEquipment Corporation
Incorporating Ralph B.Carter Company
Letter of Transmittal
To: ClearWater, Inc Date: May 4,2021
PO Box 1469 Re: East Burlington WWTP
Hickory,NC,28603 225 Stone Quarry Rd
Submittal 01-R00
Attn: Justin Kaylor
We are sending you: • Enclosed 0 Under Separate Cover Via 0 Mail
• Submittal 0 Prints 0 Data Sheets
O Shop Drawings 0 O&M Manuals 0 Brochures
COPIES PREPARED BY REFERENCE NO. DESCRIPTION
1 JDV Equipment Corp. PO#28933 Shaftless Screw Conveyor
THESE ARE TRANSMITTED AS CHECKED BELOW:
As Requested 0 Approved 0 Resubmit Copies for Approval
O For Your Use 0 Approved as Corrected C: A Submit Copies for Distribution
• For Review&Comment 0 Revise and Resubmit 0 Return Corrected Prints
• For Your Information 0 Not Approved Cam: Other
Remarks:
SIGNED: Kevin Thompson

JDEquipment Corporation
Incorporating Ralph B.Carter Company
Date: May 4,2021 Submittal No.: 01
Revision No.: 00
PROJECT NAME
Burlington,NC
SPECIFICATION SECTION
N/A
CONTRACTOR
N/A
REPRESENTATIVE
CLEAR WATER INC
PO BOX 1469 HICKORY,NC,28603
PROJECT NUMBER
212869

TABLE OF CONTENTS
JDV SHAFTLESS SCREW CONVEYOR SUBMITTAL INFORMATION
SECTION SUBJECT
1 List of Clarifications
2 Shaftless Screw Conveyor Data Sheet
Warranty
3 Bill of Materials
4 Surface Preparation and Painting Systems
5 Calculation of Drive Size
Torque Graph
6 Motor Data Sheet
7 Gear Reducer Data Sheet
8 Conveyor Component Cut Sheets
Sequence of Operations
9 Conveyor Layout Drawings

SECTION 1 -LIST OF CLARIFICATIONS
Equipment: JDV Shaftless Screw Conveyors Manufacturer: JDV Equipment Corporation
Quantity: One(1) Model No.: U320
Specification Section
Item (if applicable) Clarifications
1 N/A Contractor to verify all dimensions. Note that project will not be
released to fabrication until all dimensions have been verified.

SECTION 2-JDV SHAFTLESS SCREW CONVEYOR DATA SHEET
We propose to furnish the followingJDV Conveyor equipment to trans transport a maximum instantaneous capacity of 200
P P YP P Y
ft.3/hr. (65 lbs./ft.3)of dewatered sludge.
Unit No. 1: Conveyor#1
Model No.: U320
Capacity: 200 ft3/hr©20 rpm
Length: 27 ft. approx.- Inclined @ 30°
Orientation: Inclined
Drive Location: Inlet end
Inlet Location: Above from (1) Belt Filter Press
Discharge Location: At end thru bottom
Drive unit: 3.0 HP, constant speed

JDVEquipment Corporation
Incorporating Ralph B. Carter Company
Shaftless Conveyor
For
212869 — Burlington, NC
What is covered under JDV's Standard Warranty?
The warranty is included on all items except for motors and gear reducers,which will be
original equipment manufacturer(OEM) supplied manufacturers standard. Equipment and/or
systems that have not been maintained per manufacturer's recommendations and/or have
been utilized outside of fit for purpose and design are not covered.
What is the Warranty Period?
12 months from date of startup/commissioning service or 18 months from date of shipping,
whichever comes first.
What JDV will do to correct problems under warranty?
JDV will repair or replace equipment and/or parts. The customer shall be responsible for any
shipping/freight costs.
In addition to the Standard Warranty,what are additional warranty terms agreed to as
part of the project order?
Not Applicable.
How to obtain warranty service?
Contact JDV at 973-366-6556. Please have your JDV Project number available,this is
located in the JDV Operation & Maintenance (O&M) manual for your equipment and/or
system.
If the situation is an emergency and you are unable to contact someone via the JDV office
phone, please email supportnjdvequipment.com.
One Princeton Avenue • Dover, NJ 07801 • P:973-366-6556 • F:973-366-3193 • wwwjdvquipment.com
WRRNTY_23131 Rev 2020.1

JDVEquipment Corporation
Incorporating Ralph B. Carter Company
Subject to the general terms and conditions, the Seller warrants until one year after commissioning
(written notification to Seller by Buyer required) of the Product or until 18 months after delivery of
such Product to Buyer, whichever is earlier, that each Product will be free of defects in material and
workmanship. If(a) the Seller receives written notification of such defect during the warranty period
and the defective Products use is discontinued promptly on discovery of alleged defect, and (b) if the
owner("Owner")forwards the Product to the Seller's nearest service/repair facility, transportation and
related insurance charges prepaid, the Seller will cause any Products whose defect is covered under
this warranty to be either replaced or repaired at no cost to the Owner. The foregoing warranty does
not cover repairs required due to repair or alteration other than by the Seller's personnel, accident,
neglect, misuse, transportation or causes other than ordinary use and maintenance in accordance
with the Seller's instructions and specifications. In addition, the foregoing warranty does not cover any
Products, or components thereof, which are not directly manufactured by the Seller. To the extent a
warranty for repair or replacement of such Products or components not manufactured directly by the
Seller is available to Buyer under agreements of the Seller with its vendors, Seller will make such
warranties available to Buyer. Costs of transportation of any covered defective item to and from the
nearest service/repair center and related insurance will be paid or reimbursed by Buyer. Any replaced
Products will become the property of the Seller. Any replacement Products will be warranted only for
any remaining term of the original limited warranty period and not beyond that term.
DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES AND LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITIES
THE SELLER'S FOREGOING LIMITED WARRANTY IS THE EXCLUSIVE AND ONLY WARRANTY
WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCTS AND SHALL BE IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES
(OTHER THAN THE WARRANTY OF TITLE), EXPRESS, STATUTORY OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING,
BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR
A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND ANY STATEMENTS MADE BY EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OF THE
SELLER OR OTHERS REGARDING THE PRODUCTS. THE OBLIGATIONS OF THE SELLER
UNDER THE FOREGOING WARRANTY SHALL BE FULLY SATISFIED BY THE REPAIR OR THE
REPLACEMENT OF THE DEFECTIVE PRODUCT OR PART, AS PROVIDED ABOVE. IN NO
EVENT SHALL THE SELLER BE LIABLE FOR LOST PROFITS, LIQUIDATED DAMAGES OR
OTHER SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF THE SELLER HAS
BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. THE TOTAL LIABILITY OF THE
SELLER TO BUYER AND OTHERS ARISING FROM ANY CAUSE WHATSOEVER IN
CONNECTION WITH BUYER'S PURCHASE, USE AND DISPOSITION OF ANY PRODUCT
COVERED HEREBY SHALL, UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES, EXCEED THE PURCHASE PRICE
PAID FOR THE PRODUCT BY BUYER. NO ACTION, REGARDLESS OF FORM, ARISING FROM
THIS AGREEMENT OR BASED ON BUYER'S PURCHASE, USE OR DISPOSITION OF THE
PRODUCTS MAY BE BROUGHT BY EITHER PARTY MORE THAN ONE YEAR AFTER THE
CAUSE OF ACTION ACCRUES, EXCEPT THAT ANY CAUSE OF ACTION FOR THE
NONPAYMENT OF THE PURCHASE PRICE MAY BE BROUGHT AT ANY TIME.
The remedies provided to Buyer pursuant to the limited warranty, disclaimer of warranties and
limitations of liabilities, described herein are the sole and exclusive remedies. They modify the rights
and remedies available generally under the laws of the State of New Jersey.
Unless specifically agreed in writing by the Seller, no charges may be made to the Seller by Buyer or
any third party employed by Buyer for removing, installing or modifying any Product.
The Seller and its representatives may furnish, at no additional expense, data and engineering
services relating to the application, installation, maintenance or use of the Products by Buyer. The
Seller will not be responsible for, and does not assume any liability whatsoever for, damages of any
kind sustained either directly or indirectly by any person through the adoption or use of such data or
engineering services in whole or in part.
One Princeton Avenue • Dover, NJ 07801 • P:973-366-6556 • F:973-366-3193 • wwwjdvquipment.com
wRRNTY_23131 Rev 2020.1

SECTION 3-JDV SHAFTLES C LS
REV -
ITEM DRAWING QUANTITY DESCRIPTION PART NO. PAINT
CODE
CONVEYOR FEATURES
1 212869-10 27'-0" U-trough Model: U320 8XX3333333 1
212869-20 SHIPPED Material: AISI 304 Stainless Steel
IN ONE Thickness(in.): 1/8
SECTION With neoprene rubber gasket seal on top flange:
1/8"THK.X 3/8"W
2 N/A 25'-8" Shaftless Spiral: 1SH8104022 2
Material: High Strength Special Steel/Alloy Carbon Steel
Hardness-220 Brinell,minimum
OD(mm): 285
Pitch(mm): 275
Outer Spiral(mm): 60 X 25
Inner Spiral(mm): 40 X 15
3 N/A 1 LOT Trough Cover: N/A 1
Material: AISI 304 Stainless Steel
Thickness(in.): 1/8
Bolted
Notes'
1.Covers have a maximum span of 4'-0".
4 N/A 7@48" Trough Liner: 1SH8002102 N/A
RCH 1000 UHMW PE Plastic with one-color
Thickness(in.): 3/8"
AISI 304 Stainless Steel retaining clips
5 N/A 1 LOT Trough Flanges: N/A 1
Material: AISI 304 Stainless Steel
Thickness(in.): 1/4"
6 N/A 1 Trough End Plate(opposite of drive): N/A 1
Material: AISI 304 Stainless Steel
Thickness(in.): 1/4
7 N/A 1 Trough End Plate(drive end): N/A 1
Material: AISI 304 Stainless Steel
Thickness(in.): 3/8
8 N/A 1 LOT U Trough Stiffeners: N/A 1
Material: AISI 304 Stainless Steel
2"W X 3/16"Thk.Nominal
Fixed
9 N/A 1 LOT Assembly Hardware(nuts,bolts,washers,etc.): N/A 1
Material: 18-8 Stainless Steel
10 212869-40 1 LOT Supports: N/A 1
Material: AISI 304 Stainless Steel
Thickness(in.): 1/4
(See drawings for clarification)
11 212869-10 1 Drain: N/A 1
Material: AISI 304 Stainless Steel
3"Diameter,Flanged,Covered
(See drawings for location)
12 212869-30 1 Inlet Chute: N/A 1
Material: AISI 304 Stainless Steel
Thickness(in.): 1/8
(See drawings for clarification)
13 212869-20 1 Discharge Chute: 1
Material: AISI 304 Stainless Steel
Thickness(in.): 1/8
12-1/4"W X 15-7/16"L
DRIVE SYSTEM
14 N/A 1 Motor Mount: N/A 2
Material: Carbon Steel
Diameter(in.): 12
Length(in.): 6-3/8
Thickness(in.): 1/2
15 N/A 1 Drive Shaft: N/A 2
AISI 1018 Machinery Steel. The drive shaft is fitted with a
spiral connection semicircular plate
16 N/A 1 Packing Gland Seal with Adjustable Retainer at Drive N/A 1
End:
AISI 304 Stainless Steel with three(3)rings of Teflon
impregnated packing.

ITEM DRAWING QUANTITY DESCRIPTION PART NO. PAINT
CODE
17 N/A 1 Drive Assembly(Conveyor#1):
Gear Reducer-SEW Eurodrive flange mount helical-gear KAZ77
reducer with double output seals.
RPM=20
Ratio= 88.97
Motor-SEW Eurodrive TEFC,Premium efficiency,40`c, DRN100LM4 0S4
constant speed, 1.15 SF. NEMA A,Inverter Duty,Class F
Insulation
HP= 3.0
Electrical-230V/460V,3 Phase.60Hz.
Note:Motor factory set @ 460V
SAFETY ACCESSORIES
20 N/A 1 Safety Switch Mounting Plate(STI or CCC): N/A 1
Material. AISI 304 Stainless Steel
(Shipped loose for field mounting)
21 N/A 1 Safety Switch with Cord: N/A
Rope activated emergency stop switch with the following ER5018
components:
Safety switch-NEMA 6 enclosure,500VAC-1 A,250VAC-
2A, 100VAC-5A,2 N/C+1 N/O Contacts
Tensioner kit
Spring
Pull cord length 30'-0" 1SH8304023
(Cord to run on one side of each conveyor)
(Shipped loose for field installation)
23 N/A Motion Failure Alarm: N/A
Zero Speed Switch-WM100 EC100
NEMA 4X enclosure, 110/115/200/230 VAC switch
selectable,50/60 Hz.
SPDT Contact

SECTION 4-SURFACE PREPARATION AND PAINTING SYSTEMS
PAINT CODE SURFACE PREPARATION PAINT
1 All stainless steel components N/A
are acid passivated before final
assembly
2 Brush off sandblast One coat rust inhibitive
primer, 1.5 mils. DFT.
3 Cleaned with 2%alkaline One coat Burke Industrial
cleaner and rust remover coatings Blue Super Life
316 DTMR, 2.5-3 mils.
DFT.
4 N/A Molded epoxy

SECTION 5:_CALCULATION OF-DRIVE_SIZE
INPUTS:
Conveyor Number Conveyor#1
Conveyor Model U320
Conveyor orientation Horizontal
Conveyor inclination(°) 30
Material being conveyed Sludge
Capaci re uued ft3lhr 200
engii7 25.75
Conveyor speed(rpm 20
Fill Factor(%) 11111 .50
Spiral diameter(mm) 285
Spiral pitch(mm) 275
CAPACITY:
Maximum capacity ©specified 260
orientatign,and Fill Factor
Is proposed conveyor sufficient?
Maximum Instantaneous Transport 200 ft3/hr @ 65 Ibs/ft3 =5.90 metric tons/hr.
Maximum Transport Distance 25.75 ft. = 7.85 m
CALCULATION OF DRIVE SIZE:
Load= L(transport length)X Q(weight of product)/(1-degree of angle)
7.85 meters X 5.90 metric tons/hr / 0.7
= 66 metric ton meters/hr.
Torque= 925 Nm(Newton-Meter) (Refer to JDV Engineering Graph Insert)
Minimum Output Torque= 8186 lbs-in. @ 20 rpm
SELECTION OF MOTOR:
•
Required Motor Torque= Output Speed of Reducer X Minimum Output Torque
Output Speed of Motor X Efficiency
20 rpm X 8186.25 in.lbs.
1758 RPM of motor X.94
99 in.lbs
Manufacturer SEW Eurodrive
Model Number DRN100LM4
Motor RPM 1758
HP 3
Torque(lbs-in) 107
SELECTION OF GEAR REDUCER:
Gear reducer sized with a torque service factor of 1.5 times the absorbed power,or 1.1 times motor nameplate.
at driven shaft speed, whichever is greater.
Minimum Output Torque= Minimum Output Torque X 1.5
8186.3 lbs-in X 1.5
= 12279 lbs-in
Motor Rated Torque= Motor Speed X Motor Torque X 1.1
Output Speed of Reducer
1758 rpm X 107 lbs-in X 1.1 =
20 rpm
= 10346 lbs-in

Manufacturer SEW Eurodrive
Ratio 88.97
Model Number KAZ77
Torque(lbs-in) 13,700
S F 1.12
FINAL SELECTION OF DRIVE UNIT:
MOTOR
Manufacturer SEW Eurodrive
Model Number DRN100LM4
HP 3.0
Torque(lbs-in) 107
RPM 1758
S.F. 1.15
GEAR REDUCER
Manufacturer SEW Eurodrive
Model Number KAZ77
Ratio 88.97
Output RPM 20
Torque(lbs-in) 13,700
S.F. 1.12

J� Equipment Corporation
Incorporating Ralph B.Carter Company
TORQUE
Nr�
1400
1300
1200
1100
1000
900
800
700
6D0
500
400
3D0�
200
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140
L❑AID CTDNxMETER)
Revision: 1 Revision Date: 1/20/17

SECTION 6-MQTQJ DAT• . - T
Equipment: Manufacturer: SEW Eurodrive
Quantity: 1 Model: DRN100LM4
Operating Conditions
Type of Drive: Close Coupled Degree of Protection IP66
Ambient Temperature -4°F to 104°F Altitude(ft.): 633
Environment Severe,Wet Inverter Rated: Yes
Design Data
Power(hp): 3 0 Voltage(V) 230/460
Full Load Speed(rpm) 1765 Phase 3
Full Load Torque(lbs.-in.) 105 Frequency(Hz.) 60
No Current Amperage(A)@ 460V 2.35 j Current(A) 8.3//4.15
Locked Rotor Amperage(A)@ 460V r 9.4 Service Factor: 1.15
Frame Size: 100 Motor Weight:(lb) 75.00
Duty: Continuous Enclosure Type: TEFL
Bearing Type: Double Sealed Insulation Class F
B-10 Life(hrs.) 30,000 Efficiency Per NEMA Design MG-1
Lubrication Grease
Finish 0S4-Silver
Motor Efficiency @ Full Load 89.5 Power Factor @ Full Load 0.74
Optional Features
Oversized Conduit Box ❑ Space Heater ❑
Thermal Overloads Cl Grounding Terminals ❑
Drain Connection ❑ Other ❑

SEW-EURODRIVE/ Modular AC Motors and Brakemotors
SON
IDRODUC FOCUS EURODRIVE
Motor Series DRS../DRN..
Modular AC Motors and Brakemotors
The low-inertia rotor design of SEW's squirrel-cage AC motor and
brakemotor of the DRS..and DRN..series provides outstanding
,..,•
system stability,tight control, high-cycling capacity. In many cases,
its high performance allows it to replace a servo motor.
With a patented dual coil design and specialized rectifiers,its
electrically-released brake automatically engages during a power
failure and delivers extremely fast stopping and starting times with Insulation System
minimal drift. Moreover,its low-noise operation and quiet braking
make it perfectly suited for theater applications. • Phase insulators-prevents phase-to-phase shorts
• Class H insulation(not available with UR rating)
Every motor frame is available with multiple brake sizes to optimize
•cost.Select higher torque for a stopping brake or lower torque for a Slot liners prevents winding-to-ground shorts
VFD holding brake.With its various connector options,the DRN motor • Wire sleeves
is especially suitable for automotive manufacturers. • Voltage spike resistant per NEMA MG1-31.4.4.2,which
states 1600 V peak at.1 ps or larger rise time
Standard Features
• 0.25 to 300 HP Optional Features(see back)
• Efficiency per NEMA MG1 Table 12-11,IEC60034-30-1,and • 50Hz,60Hz,or 50/60Hz global motor
CSA 390-10.1E3>1.0 HP,IE1 <1.0 HP
•
Inverter duty;meets or exceeds NEMA MG1,part 30/31 High cycling,electrically released brake
•
• Continuous duty,TEFC,1.15 Service Factor @ constant speed Two or more brake sizes per motor
•
• Speed range:10-60Hz(1:6),constant torque w/std fan,1.0 SF, Backstop
• 4-pole,40°C max.Motor wired 230V@60Hz or 460V@60Hz • Encoder-built-in or externally mounted
• Speed range:10-120Hz(1:12),constant torque w/std fan,1.0 SF, • IP55,IP65,IP56,and IP66 ingress protection
4-pole,40°C max.Motor wired 230V@60Hz&460V@120Hz* • 0S2,0S4 external protection
• Low rotor inertia-high cycling,tight control • Encapsulated stator(<10 HP)
• Connection terminals(not pigtail) • Food Industry Option Package(101)+2 year warranty
• Double sealed or shielded bearings lubed for life • Forced cooling fan for low frequency operation
• Stainless steel nameplate • Thermostats,thermistors,KTY temperature sensors
• UR,CSA Energy Efficient Verified,CE,NEMA Premium • Low noise fan cover
caPremium
C E NEMA° (ee) • MOVIMOT®integrated frequency inverter
s
Ena9YWIM1aE • Plug connectors for quick disconnect
Mounting Styles • Cast iron high-inertia fan or aluminum fan
• Integral-for SEW gear units • Canopy on fanguard to prevent water/ice ingress(M4 mtg)
• IEC flange • FKM seal on motor shaft
• IEC foot mount • Hazardous Location certified to CSA LR45341,
• NEMA C-Face flange(size 56C-256TC)-4 pole Class I Div 2 Grps A-D,Class II Div 2 Grps F&G
*When used with appropriately-sized VFD.Consider thermal limitations of an attached gear unit for motor speeds above 60Hz.
9M01235/0516

SEW-EURODRIVE—Driving the World
, SEW
1 1
IDRODUC FOCUS
EURODRIVE
Nomenclature / Options OS Surface Protection
DRS.. IE1 (<1 HP)size 71 OSG Dip Primer Not a finish coat.User should
DRN.. 1E3(..1 HP)sizes 80-315 Acrylic Primer apply additional coating
/AC.JAS../AM.. Indoors-clean atmosphere,
/AD.JAB../IS Plug Connectors Dip Primer heated buildings
STD
/A_7Y or/A_7W SSI or RS-485 absolute encoder
Acrylic Top Coat Ex:automobile industry,
shops,airports
/AL Aluminum fan(cold environment)
Outdoors-low pollution,rain
/BE Electrically-released brake Indoors-unheated with
r
/C Canopy on fan guard A Acrylicli Primer humidity,condensation,
0S2 ri splashing water
/DH Condensation drain hole Acrylic Top Coat+W Ex:water treatment facility,
U.S. Operations: /E17_ Built-in encoder amusement parks
i _/E7C Mounted HTL encoder Outdoors-high pollution or
Midwest Region
SEW-Eurodrive,Inc. /E_7R Mounted TTL(RS-422)encoder Dip Primer salinity
2001 West Main Street Epoxy Primer Indoors-pressure spray,
Troy,OH 45373 /E_7S Mounted Sin/cos encoder oS4 Polyurethane Top chemical wash,brine
Telephone:[phone] /FC NEMA C-Face flangeCoat Ex:breweries,food
Fax:[phone] Polyurethane Clear processing,chemical plants,
[e-mail] /FF IEC Flange with through holes(B5) Coat+UV dairies,outdoor coastal
theast Region /FG Flange for integral gearmotor areas
SEW-Eurodrive,Inc.2107 High Hill Road /FI IEC foot mounted
Bridgeport,NJ 08014 /FL Alternate IEC flange(B5) About SEW-Eurodrive...
Telephone:[phone]
Fax:[phone] /FT IEC flange with threaded holes(B14)
[e-mail] HF Brake Screw Release Our product is motion.Our focus is solutions.As a
Southeast Region worldwide supplier of innovative gearing,motor,and
HR Brake Hand Release electronic drive technology,we have been solving
Inc.
1295 Old Spartanburg Hwy. -101 Industry Option Package for Food problems in large and small applications within virtually
Lyman,sc 29365 everyindustryfor over 85 years.
Telephone:[phone] �F Air filter
Fax:[phone] /LN Low noise fan guard
[e-mail] We also specialize in reducing the total cost of
/MM..D MOVIMOT®inverter ownership with our customer-specific energy saving
Southwest Region /RS Backstop on motor solutions.
SEW-Eurodrive,Inc.
3950 Platinum Way /f Thermistor(PTC)thermal protection
Dallas,TX 75237 Globally,we have assembly centers in 48 countries,
Telephone:[phone] /TN Thermostat thermal protection along with 15 manufacturing plants. Therefore,we
Fax:[phone] N Non-ventilated(no fan) are able to provide uniform quality tY standards and
N Separately wired cooling fan international application experience.
Western Region
SEW-Eurodrive,Inc. /Z Flywheel fan,cast iron
30599 San Antonio Street Locally,we provide final assembly and custom
Hayward,CA 94544 /2W Extended shaft @ end of motor modifications plus assistance with project planning,
Telephone:[phone] startup,and training.All products are backed by our
Fax:[phone]
—"[e-mail] industry-leading 24/7 support program.
www.seweurodrive.com
SEW-Eurodrive ... Driving the World

DR motor catalogue data Page 1 of 2
DR motors-catalogue table
Motor type DRN v
Poles 4 V
Choose catalogue USA,460V/60Hz v
goox
Pn Mn Speed In Eft.class t17sg, l Main ',Mot JMbt_BE AJ m Std.brake Them
Motor type [kW] INmI [t/min] [A) P'f' IE class gtoox a " M6lMn MM n owe [10� A�fan 17860E [kg) m[kW E tYPI
ke torque um,
(in lb/f) [A] kgm] kgmz] I10 kgtt�J rim] (Nm] lKl
0.75 82.0 3.7 2600
,, DRN 80M 4 4.1 1751 1.56 0.70 1E3 84.9 8.1 4.2 24.7 26.2 3.34 14 18 8E1 10 35
(ih p) (36.2) 85.5 3.0 6600
83.5
,, DRN 905 4 1'1 6 1762 2.3 0.69 1E3 86.1 8.2 3'3 4.0 54 58.7 5.65 1800 20 24 8E2 14 35
(1.5hp) 86 5 2.3 4800
(53.1)
83.5
DRN90L4 1.5 8.1 1767 3 0.70 IE3 85.9 9.1 3'3 4.0 67.2 71.9 5.65 1800 23 27 BE2 20 40
(2hp) 86.5 1.9 4700
(71.6)
87.5
,, DRN 10014 2'2 11.9 1765 4.15 0.74 IE3 89.2 9.4 3'7 4.2 112 118 5.65 1400 34 40 BE5 28 25
(3hp) (105.3) 89.5 2.2 3700
3 87.6 3.9
DRN 100E 4 (4hp) 16.2 1763 5.8 0.73 IE3 89.3 9.2 2.3 4.4 112 118 5.65 2900 34 40 8E5 40 40
(143.3) 89.5
87.8
,, DRN 10014 (ShP) 20 1758 7.2 0.72 1E3 89.4 9.1 4.1 4.0 .4 112 118 5.65 2900 34 40 8E5 40 45
(177) 89.5
88.5 4 2.8
. DRN 112M 4 (5.5hp) 21.5 1769 7.1 0.79 IE3 89.6 9.8 1.4 4.0 178 183 4.99 2300 45 52 8E5 55 45
89.5
90.9
,, DRN 1325 4 (7 Shp) 29.5 1768 9.2 0.82 IE3 91.8 9.8 2:8 4.3 241 251 4.99 1700 56 71 BE11 80 40
91.7
91.1
• DRN 132M 4 (10hp) 40.5 1774 13.3 0.77 1E3 91.9 8.5 2:6 3.7 381 403 23.8 900 73 91 13E11 110 40
(358.4) 91.7
9.2 91.0 4.3
. DRN 132E 4 (12.5hp) 49.5 1775 16.5 0.76 IE3 91.9 8.4 1 7 4.1 439 461 23.8 780 81 100 BEll 110 45
(438.1) 91.7
91.2
a DRN 160M 4 (15hp) 59 1776 18.5 0.80 1E3 92.3 7.0 2.6 32.1 .1 817 877 22.4 720 115 145 BE20 150 50
(522.2) 92.4
15 92.3 3.4
DRN 160E 4 (20hp) 81 1777 25 0.80 1E3 93.3 9.0 2.1 3.8 1040 1100 22.4 640 130 165 BE20 200 40
(716.9) 93.0
92.7
• DRN 180M 4 (25hp) 99 1781 29.5 0.84 1E3 93.6 9.5 3.4 4.0 1630 1690 20.8 400 155 190 BE20 200 45
(876.2) 93.6
22 93.2 4.2
i DRN 180E 4 (30hp) 118 1781 34 0.86 1E3 93.8 9.8 2.7 3.9 1950 2090 20.8 380 170 210 BE30 300 60
93.6
93.0
DRN 200E 4 (430 161 1783 48.5 0.82 IE3 94.0 8.5 2.5 3.3 2660 2890 140 400 280 335 8E32 400 45
94.1
94.2
DRN 2255 4 (50hp) 198 1785 56 0.88 IE3 94.7 9.2 2 6 3.0 4350 4580 140 180 310 365 BE32 400 45
94.5
94.5
,, DRN 225M 4 (60hp) 240 1785 70 0.85 IE3 95.1 8.9 3.6 2.7 4350 4580 140 160 310 365 BE32 500 60
2.295.0
55 94'3 4.6
.. DRN 250ME 4 (75hp) 295 1785 88 0.82 IE3 95.2 8.6 2 4 2.7 8940 9280 133 120 510 590 BE60 600 45
95.4
75 94.6 4.8
,, DRN 2805 4 (100hp) 400 1785 125 0.79 1E3 95.3 9.1 2.7 3.1 8940 9530 133 120 520 600 BE62 1000 60
95.4
90 94.8 4.8
., DRN 280M 4 (125hp) 480 1784 141 0.83 IE3 95.4 8.0 2.5 2.9 12000 12600 133 63 630 720 BE62 1000 60
95.4
95.0
. DRN 3155 4 (150hp) 590 1790 165 0.87 1E3 95.7 7.6 2:5 3.5 23400 24400 306 42 870 1000 8E122 1200 50
95.8
95132 .4
▪ DRN 315ME 4 (180hp) 700 1791 200 0.86 1E3 96.0 8.3 3.8 4.3 28300 29400 306 33 990 1130 6E122 1600 45
96.2
150,, DRN 315E 4 (200hp) 800 1788 225 0.87 1R3 95.5 7.8 2.7 3.8 28600 29600 306 27 1020 1150 8E122 2000 55
96.1
http://brudei is 1/D_EM/aspx/mdbx/Katalog/DRKatalog.aspx 11/6/2015

SECTION 7-GEAR REDUCER DATA SHEET
Equipment: Conveyor#1 Manufacturer: SEW Eurodrive
Quantity: Model: KAZ77
Performance Data
Motor Power(hp): 3.0 Input Speed(rpm):
Ratio: r,
Service Factor: 1.20 Output Speed(rpm): 20
Duty: Continuous AGMA Class: II
Mechanical Data
Gear Type: Helical-Bevel Housing Material: Class SAE 30 Cast Iron
Mounting Position: M4 Type of Cooling: Air
Cable Entry Position: n/a Bearing Type: Reinforced Tapered Roller
Type of Reduction: Single ❑ L-10 Life(hrs.): 100,000
Double ❑
Triple ❑ Efficiency: 95.50%
Lubrication: Oil-Shell Omala 220
Configuration: Permanent ❑
Fittings ❑
Miscellaneous
AGMA Certification: Yes ❑ Finish: 0S4
No 11
Features
Inspection Cover Fill Holes
Oil Breather Drain Holes w/Plugs
Double Output Seals
Options
Oil Level Indicator ❑
Other ❑

Technical Note
K-Series Gear Reducer K-Series
Features
The SEW-Eurodrive K-series reducer contains three gearing stages: 1st stage—helical, 2Dd stage—
bevel, 3'"stage—helical. Efficiencies are comparable to SEW's R-series and F-series helical reducers.
'L
1
0 O r a
1 ilk p
�. .if ,' C
(11 -'.---7'A)
CD
5 I
Pv cil) .a:,
f' O f
0
41.i) ,, \)' 1 i
Ili)
1. SAE Class 30 or equivalent(GG20) gray 7. Input and output shafts are available in either
cast iron housing and flanges. No bolt-on inch or metric sizes. Solid shafts contain a
bearing covers. center-tapped hole to ease mounting
components onto the shaft.
2. Finish ground or shaved steel gears heat
treated and hardened to 58-62 Rockwell C 8. Exclusive interlocking 2-piece seal design
consisting of a patented bi-helix Viton®inner
3. ABEC-1 bearing tolerances seal and a double-lip Nitrile (Buna N) outer seal
4. SAE 1045 steel shafts (SAE 4140 steel on to provide three sealing surfaces against
solid shafts for sizes K87 through K187) contaminants
5. Captured keys on input/output shafts 9. Oil level and breather plugs strategically placed
according to the customer's mounting position
6. Corrugated surface improves heat
dissipation and reduces vibration 10. Removable inspection cover
SEW Date: 6-2003 K-0 01 -04
NEW Page 1 of 6
EIIROORIVE

Technical Note
Features:
• Style: Right-angle shaft orientation
(output shaft at 90°to the motor shaft
or to a solid input shaft) 111011*,
• Flange: Contains 0-ring to minimize oil
leakage that may result from mounting
to a "flat" surface that exceeds 0 '_
acceptable tolerances. Also contains a
centering tenon (pilot) and is available
with either through holes (B5) or tapped
holes (B14)
• Input Types: Available with adapters to accommodate NEMA or IEC motor frames, solid input
shafts, backstops, adjustable motor mounting platforms, and scoops. Also accepts an R-series
reducer as the input (ex: KAZ67R37)to attain higher ratios and lower output speeds.
• Output Shaft—Keyed: Metric or inch shaft available in hollow or solid designs. Keyed hollow
shaft supplied with special mounting paste and a retaining kit. Paste protects against
corrosion as is available in regular or food grade. Retaining kit secures customer's solid shaft
and contains bolt, washer, and protective cap.
• Output Shaft—Keyless: Available as a metric shrink disc, an inch tapered bushing
(TorgL0r), or a DIN 5480 spline
• Mounting: Available as foot, flange, or shaft mounting
• Torque Ratings: Based upon mechanical capacity under continuous operation
• Torque Capacity: Ranges from 345 lb-in to 442,500 lb-in (sizes K37—K187)
• Shaft Rotation: Unrestricted -clockwise or counterclockwise
• Efficiency: Due to rolling friction, the efficiency is much higher than a helical-worm or single
worm reducer: only 1.5% efficiency loss per gear stage (ie: K67=95.5% efficient).
• Ratio Range—Single Reducer: 5.36 to 150.41
• Ratio Range—Compound: 94 to 17,550
• Fatigue Strength: Shafts and gears designed for infinite fatigue strength
• Shock Capacity: Meets or exceeds AGMA 6009-A00, which states that reducer must be
capable of withstanding 4 shock loads within an 8-hour period—each shock equal to 200% of
the maximum rated torque for 2 seconds.
SMAr Date: 6-2003 K-0 01 -04
NEW Page 2 of 6
EURODRIVE

Technical Note
Housing Material
All SEW K-series reducers are manufactured from SAE 30 or equivalent (GG20) gray cast iron due
to the following benefits:
• Cast iron flows well, allowing it to be used on intricate castings.
• Cast iron machines well.
• Cast iron serves as an excellent damping material to minimize vibration, contributing to
longer bearing and gear life.
Ductile iron (or nodular iron), a type of cast iron containing magnesium, is 2 to 4 times stiffer than
gray cast iron. It is often used in applications involving heavy shock loads at low temperatures—
when gray iron housings lose much of their shock absorbing strength.
Ductile iron housings are not available on K-series reducers.
Matched Bevel Sets I
During manufacturing, a bevel pinion is
paired with a driven gear. The two
gears are placed at right angles (see 011
picture at right) and are finely polished •
t+
using an abrasive liquid. This Ntik;
"lapping" operation meshes one gear
pattern into the other, like a foot
pressing a pattern into a shoe. The
result is quieter, smoother operating
gears.
Since these two gears are now mates,
they are sold as a set only. A unique "a � 5 \'
serial number is stamped onto both
gears for identification. 410
SBA, Date: 6-2003 NEW K-001 -04
EUROORIVE Page 3of6

Technical Note
Flange Mounting
Two styles of flanges are available: B5 and B14.
40 o Both flanges contain an 0-ring and tenon (pilot) as
IP �_ shown at left.
•jll,___ 0 The 0-ring helps prevent oil leakage that could
�',� occur if the flange is mounted to a "flat" surface
0-ring1)
� 0 that exceeds the recommended flatness tolerance.
„,, The tenon allows for easier installation as well as
protects the reducer from shifting out of alignment
if the mounting bolts were to loosen.
Tenon
B5 . , . "F„) -
A B5 flange bolts on ' -: •I ucer housing
and contains through-holes (non- -.. .
for mounting. These holes are intentional) milir o Orr
i►i•
made slightly larger than t • o: •r which
they are int•i a•:. e letter"F" is added to `....._..
• omenclature to designate this option.
/'
KAF67
— — B14 Flange ("Z")
A B14 flange bolts onto either side of the
reducer. It contains through holes to allow
access to the tapped holes of the housing.
The bolt circle and tenon diameters are
smaller on the B14 than on the B5 flange of
the same reducer. The letter "Z" is added to 9 •
the nomenclature to designate this option. •I 10. ,—
Please reference Tech Note GM-020 for
important additional information on -
mounting procedures for flanged units.
KAZ67
Snlir Date: 6-2003 K-OO1 -04
NEW Page 5 of 6
EURODRIVE

Technical Note
Flange-Opposite-Shaft Mounting L
A K-series solid shaft reducer is Flange
available with a `flange-opposite- __ 1 . }T
shaft' configuration, as shown at
right. The solid output shaft and j o - _
mounting flange are located on o� —F — —
opposite sides of the reducer. In this Y
configuration, a small radial force j / CD(OHL) on the output shaft results in a --L
large bending moment on the flange J o-)
III ili
due to the long lever arm (distance
L). Without additional support,the
allowable overhung load (OHL) must
be reduced to 25% of the published V
maximum OHL to avoid distorting or Driven
fracturing the flange. Contact Machine
Regional Engineering for more -11—
information.
Optional Bearings
K-series reducers are available with optional heavy-duty bearings as listed below. Heavy-duty
bearings increase the overhung load capacity. For more information, conta t SEW Engineering.
Output Bearings
Unit
Standard Optional
KA/KAF/KAZ 67 Ball Taper Roller
KA/KAF/KAZ 77 Ball Taper Roller
> KA/KAF/KAZ 87 Ball Taper Roller
> KA/KAF/KAZ 97 Taper Roller
KA 107 a Taper Roller
KA 127 Ball Taper Roller
K/KH 167 aper Roll Spherical
K/KH 187 Taper Roller Spherical
Note: Heavy-duty bearing option is only available with a metric hollow shaft.
SEW Date: 6-2003 K-O O 1 -0,4,
NEW Page 6 of 6
EURODRIVE

Product Notification - US SEW
EURODRIVE
OS. Surface Protection Levels March 3, 2011
10-008-06
Page 1 of 1
SEW-Eurodrive(US)coatings are revised per the tables below effective mid-March 2011.As always,the OS structure is
similar in concept to that supplied by other Eurodrives around the world and can provide an approximate interchange,but
the coatings are not the same.Products from NCP Coatings are used for all OS levels.
The levels of the coatings have also been rearranged.052 and 0S3 are combined and are suitable for—101 duty without
exposure to UV,whereas 0S4 adds an additional clear coating for UV resistance. Lyman remains the only facility approved
to apply the epoxy coatings.Other locations may qualify in the future.
Total
Level Coating thickness Sample applications i)'s�
Structure
[mils]2)
OSG Dip Generally not a finish coat.Additional coating to be applied after shipment from SEW-Eurodrive.
2 to 3 Normal ambient conditions
Std
DiP Pdf Outdoor applications Indoor applications
" top coat Heated buildings with clean atmospheres(e.g.,
Use OS1 or greater for outdoor duty.
shops,airports).
Medium environmental impact
Dip primer
051 Outdoor applications Indoor applications
top coat Atmospheres with low levels of pollution. Unheated buildings where condensation may
4 to 6 occur(e.g.,depots,sports halls).
Dip pnmer High environmental impact—without UV protection
0S2/3 Epcolyprimer Buildings or areas with permanent condensation and high pollution(e.g.,food processing,breweries,
Epoxy top coat dairies,chemical plants).High humidity and aggressive atmospheres.Coastal areas with high salinity.
Dip pdmer
High environmental impact—with UV protection
0S4 Epoxy 6 to 9
Epoxy top coat Same as 0S3 but clear coat provides increased UV resistance.
Acrylic clear coat
Coating Type 41'6) Coating Supplier I Product Color
Dip primer Various per MS 01 901_11 US 3) Gray—various
N-9061 RAL 7031 Satin Primer/Finish RAL 7031 Gray
N-9063 Blue Stainless Steel Water Based Acrylic Topcoat Blue metallic(default)
top coat N-9062 Stainless Steel Water Based Acrylic Topcoat Gray metallic(option)
IW-2461 Water Based Acrylic Topcoat White(option)
EPon Primer 1 NCP Coatings N-8942A Water Based Epoxy Primer/N-8942B Hardener Gray
Epoxy lop Coat N-8943A Stainless Steel Water Based Epoxy Topcoat/N-8942B Hardener Gray metallic(default)
N-8998A White Water Based Epoxy Topcoat/N-8942B Hardener White(option)
Acrylic dear coat N-9039 Clear Water Based Acrylic Topcoat Clear
Notes:
1) Conditions listed are examples only!Each environment must be evaluated independently!
2) Coating thicknesses are nominal dry film thickness(NDFT)and do not include the dip primer.Each coating is applied at 2 to 3
mils(50 to 75 µm)except for the dip primer.
3) The dip primer is not present on aluminum surfaces.
4) Reference MS 01 901_11 US and TD 01 802_11 US for details on coating options,application and performance.
5) Subsequent coatings by customer may alter performance characteristics.Check with SEW-Eurodrive.
6) All coatings meet USDA requirements for use in federally inspected meat and poultry plants.

SECTION 8 - CUT SHEETS

i JD VEquipment Corporation
Incorporating Ralph B.Curter Company
CONVEYOR DIMENSIONS (in) TYPICAL SPIRAL DIMENSIONS (in)
MODEL A B H 0 MODEL 0 H 1 x T1 H2x T2
U 260 10 1/4" 14 5/8" 10 1/4" 8 5/16" U 260 8 5/16" 2" x 3/16" 1" x 5/8"
U 320 112 5/8" 16 15/16" 12 5/8" 111 1/4" U 320 11 1/4" 2 3/8" x 1" 1 5/8"x5/81
U 355 14" 18 5/16" 14" 12 7/16" U 355 12 7/16" 2 3/8" x 1" 1 5/8"x5/8"
U 420 16 9/16" 20 7/8" 16 9/16" 14 3/8" U 420 14 3/8" 2 3/16" x 1" 1 3/16"x5/8"
U 500 19 3/8" 24" 19 11/16" 16 9/16" U 500 16 3/8" 3 3/16" x 1" 2" x 5/8"
U 600 23 3/4" 27 15/16" 22" 18 7/8" U 600 18 7/8" 3 3/16" x 1" 2" x 5/8"
B
—2 — A
I
{
f i \\___ -
i i
OPTIONAL
i SPIRAL
GUIDE
H
0♦ i
•
•
♦ I
♦♦ i
•
•
•
•
• J 1 H i
I p _ i(T-
1 2
,
U TROUGHS & LINERS CONVEYOR SPIRALS
* TROUGH COVERED WITH BOLTED OR HINGED LIDS * THE HEIGHT (Hi) OF THE SPIRAL BLADE CAN BE
* MATERIAL: STAINLESS STEEL, INCREASED WITH A SPIRAL SHAPED INSERT (H 2)
MILD STEEL, OR OTHER MATERIALS * MATERIAL: HIGH STRENGTH STEEL
CONVEYOR WEIGHTS (EMPTY)
MODEL TYPICAL SPIRAL DIMENSIONS SPIRAL TROUGH W/LIDS, LINER, SPIRAL
STD. PITCH / CROSS SEC. WEIGHT 1/8" TROUGH 3/16" TROUGH
(in) (Ib/ft) (Ib/ft) (Ib/ft)
U260 9" ( " x 1") 17.1 49.97 66.02
W/INSERT 9" (2" x 11 )+(1"x5/8') 19.6 52.47 68.52
U320 10 13/16"" (2 3/8" x 1") 22.8 58.71 77.65
W/INSERT 10 13/16" (2 3/8"x1")+(1 5/8'x5/8"), 27.2 63.1 82.05
U355 12 3/8" (2 3/8" x 1") 22.5 60.63 81 .5
W/INSERT 12 3/8" (2 3/8"x 1")+(1 5/8"x5/8") 26.9 65.03 85.9
U420 15 3/4" (2 13/16" x 1") 24.3 65.9 90.4
1/INSERT 15 3/4" (2 13/16"x1")(1 5/8"x5/8") 28.6 70.2 94.34
U500 16 1/2" (3 3/16"x 1") 30.1 84.34 120.86
W/INSERT 16 1/2" (3 3/16"x1")+(2"x5/8") 38.5 92.74 129.26
U600 21 1/16" (3 3/16"x1") N/A N/A N/A
W/INSERT 21 1/16" (3 3/16"x1 )+(2 x5/8") N/A N/A N/A
ONE PRINCETON AVENUE, DOVER, NJ 07801

STANDARD LINER SELECTIONS
JDV SHAFTLESS SCREW CONVEYORS
MODEL DESCRIPTION NORMAL APPLICATION
TYPE A SEGMENTED ULTRAHIGH MOLECULAR WASTEWATER PLANT SCREENINGS
WEIGHT POLYETHYLENE PLASTIC
TYPE B SEGMENTED ULTRAHIGH MOLECULAR WASTEWATER PLANT DEWATERED
WEIGHT POLYETHYLENE PLASTIC ALLOYED WITH SLUDGE CAKE
AN ANTI WEAR FILLER AND SYNTHETIC LUBRICANT
TYPE C SEGMENTED STAINLESS STEEL LINER PLATE WASTEWATER PLANT GRIT & OTHER
WITH "HARDOX" WEAR BARS SPOT WELDED HIGHLY ABRASIVE APPLICATIONS
TO LINER PLATE
TYPE D RUBBER LINER ENFORCED WITH BACKING PLATE CONSULT FACTORY
TYPE E STEEL WEARING PLATES CONSULT FACTORY
•
•
TYPE C
TYPICAL LINER SECTIONS
* JDVEquipment Corp. * 1 Princeton Avenue * Dover, NJ 07801

©Siemens AG 2010
Process Protection
Motion sensors
SITRANS WM100
ry Overview /��
, • 10.—r"'" ,
ipi (%
re � Ji max.100(4) I --
c s,, WI
ES
SITRANS WM100 mounting,dimensions in mm(inch)
Technical specifications
SITRANS WM100 is a heavy-duty zero-speed alarm switch.This Mode of operation
non-contacting unit provides cost-effective equipment Measuring principle Disruption of magnetic field by
protection even in the harshest conditions. ferrous target
Typical application Monitors absence or presence of
Benefits motion in harsh conditions
• Up to 100 mm(4°)gap between SITRANS WM100 and targets Output
• Rugged,low maintenance suitable for tough environments Contact 1 SPDT Form C dry relay contact,
• 1 SPDT Form C relay contact rated 5 A at 250 V AC,fail-safe
operation
• Provides cost-effective protection
Time delay Start up:10...14 seconds
• Visual indication of target triggered pulse (5...7 seconds with 12 ppm
jumper installed)
ii Application Zero Speed(selected via a com- •5 seconds±1(minimum speed
mon jumper) 10 to 15 ppm)or
This rugged unit is impervious to dust,dirt,build-up and mois- •10 seconds±2(minimum speed
ture and is ideal for such primary industries as mining,aggre- 5 to 7.5 ppm) 7
gate,and cement.Operating where other systems are prone to
failure,the non-contacting design eliminates the need for lubri- Rated operating conditions
cating,cleaning and part replacement.Downtime and clean-up Operating temperature -40...+60°C(-40...+140°F)
expenses associated with conveying equipment failure are re-
duced by the SITRANS WM100. It alarms to minimize spillage, Design
prevent extensive damage or even fire caused by belt slippage Probe body Aluminum
at the head pulley and warn against conveyor malfunction. Process mounting 2'NPSL
The SITRANS WM100 has built-in selectable start delays and Connection box Aluminum,3/4 NPT conduit
1 Form C relay contact.With an aluminum body,it operates from entrance,5 screw terminals plus
-40 to+60°C(-40 to+140°F). grounding terminal for electrical
• Key Applications:tail pulleys,driven pulleys,motor shaft sens- connection,max.12 AWG
ing,screw conveyor flights,bucket elevators (3.30 mmz)wire size
Gasketing Neoprene
IDesign Display Red LED for verification of pulses
Mounting Enclosure rating Type NEMA 4x,6,IP67
The WM100 probe should be mounted,using the supplied Dynamic range minute Minimum 6 or 12 pulses per
mounting flange,onto a vibration-free structure.The gap be- Maximum 3000 pulses per minute
tween the probe and the target should be sufficient such that Shipping weight 2 kg(4.4 Ibs)
there is no danger of the target damaging the probe.The maxi-
mum allowable gap is 100 mm(4')from the face of the target to Power supply •115 V AC/50 to 60 Hz,7 VA
the face of the probe for 4.5 x 4.5 mm(3/16 x 3/16')keyway.The •230 V AC/50 to 60 Hz,7 VA
WM100 is sensitive to lateral disturbances to its magnetic field. •±10%of rated voltage
If the WM100 is responding to motion from an interfering target,
move the WM100 or install a ferrous plate(steel)as a shield be- Certificates and approvals CSAusic,CE,C-TICK
tween the WM100 and the interfering target.Where possible,the
probe should be mounted such that the cable inlet is pointing
downward to avoid accumulation of condensation in the casing.
Connection of the probe should be made via flexible conduit for
easier removal or adjustment of the probe.
Siemens FI01 -2011 7/25

©Siemens AG 2010
Process Protection
Motion sensors
SITRANS WM100
Selection and Ordering data Order No.
SITRANS WM100 7MH7158-
A heavy-duty zero-speed alarm switch that does am A 0 0
not require a controller.
Model
�115VAC A
230 V AC B
.Selection and Ordering data Order code
Further designs
Please add"-Z"to Order No.and specify Order
code(s).
Manufacturer's test certificate M to DIN 55 350,Part C11
18 and to ISO 9000
Acrylic coated,stainless steel tag[13 x 45 mm Y17
(0.5 x 1.75')]:Measuring-point number/identifica-
tion(max.16 characters),specify in plain text
Operating Instructions Order No.
SITRANS WM100,English C)7141_1998-5NNVO1
SITRANS WM100,German C)7ML1998-5MW31
Note:The operating instructionsshould be ordered
as a separate item on the order.
This device is shipped with the Siemens Milltronics
manual CD containing the complete operating inst-
ructions library.
Dimensional drawings
Dimensions Detail A
6 dia.Hole for 1/4-20 bolt on
114(4.5)BCD,4 places
7
•-� 226(8.90) �i
Circuit cap, 197(7.76) / -,.
card aluminum 127(5.00) - / a
•)-/,t.f.4.
ktu
f — ----- ----— �-- -- --- -- — N 2'NPSL 25 1)�
o (
E co
/ J Mounting
10-32 sin _ n i {\ Locknut, — 2'NPSL, /
Screw x 4 / plated Aluminum 6 dia.Hole for
3/4'NPT Cap gasket, Casing gasket, Probe body 11ii/- 1/4-20 bolt or drill
Conduit neoprene neoprene / �• and tap on 114(4.5)
entrance _ BCD,4 places
Casing, Mounting flange, —
aluminum see detail A \
\ -/ 95(3.75)dia.
.- Probe clearance
hole
SITRANS WM100 mounting,dimensions in mm(inch)
7/26 Siemens FI01 •2011

®Siemens AG 2010
Process Protection
Motion sensors
SITRANS WM100
Schematics
Detection Terminal block
indicator LED for customer
_ connection
Terminal
circuit card i" ----
/ \ �,\
\ m e � / \
/ 7 emamm 1TB \ \
1 % — 1
W a N J Z 0 ZOO I
a o I
- III
\ \ >u / /
\ O ni
\ \f \ u�= / ,/
\
Ground terminal\-\ — ---- i
for customer •�
connection
SITRANS WM100 wiring
Notes:
1. Dry contacts shown in de-energized(alarm or shelf)state.
2. SITRANS WM100 is manufactured for either 115 or 230 V AC
operation.Check WM100 nameplate for applicable voltage.
Correct voltage must be supplied.Voltages lower than speci- 7
fied will result in an inoperative condition.Voltages higher
than specified will severely damage unit.
3. For 5 second time delay and a minimum 12 ppm range,con-
nect jumper across terminals 7 and 8.Without a jumper,the
default is a 10 second time delay and a minimum 6 ppm range
Siemens F101 •2011 7/27

Safety Interlock Switches
ER6022
ER6022µ
Rev.1211
Rope Pull Emergency Stop Switch
• Rope spans up to 80 m(262 ft.)means fewer number of switches required per
application
• Tension indicator makes system setup and rop tension maintenance easy i
• Contact arrangements of 2 N/C+ 1 N/O,3 N/C+ 1 N/O or 2 N/C+2 N/O
• IP67(NEMA 6)enclosure enables the ER6022 switch to withstand water
washdown cleaning
• Reset button—the blue reset button must be pushed in order to return to
"machine run"condition following switch actuation by a pulled or slacked rope •
• Indicator beacon—the optional dual indicator beacon,available in 24 VDC yd`
or 120 VAC,can be wired to flash red to indicate a tripped switch or glow a {r
constant green to indicate a properly reset switch toe
• E-stop button—the ER6022 has two mounting positions where the optional
%pie.
E-stop button may be installed;the E-stop button may be added or replaced in
the field
• Rubber bellows contain UV inhibitor making the switches suitable for outdoor
applications
G CE O TO
Conforms to IEC947-5-1,IEC947-5-5,
EN418,UL508,BS5304
Specifications UL and C-UL listed,TUV certified
Electrical All Models
Contact Configurations: 2 N/C+ 1 N/O,3 N/C+1 N/O,2 N/C+2 N/O
Safety Contacts: 2 N/C,3 N/C
Switching Ability AC:240 V-3 A, 120 V-6 A,Inductive,DC:24 V-2.5 A,Inductive
Auxiliary Contacts: 1 N/O,2 N/O
Max Switching Current/Volt/Amp: 240 V/720 VA
Minimum Current: 5 V 5 mA DC
Electrical Life: 1 x 106 minimum
Mechanical
LED Indicator Beacon: 24 VDC,120 VAC
Mechanical 1 million minimum
Mounting: Any position
Mounting Hardware: 4 x M5 screws
Max Rope Span: 80 m(262 ft.)
Operation Force: <125 N(28 lb.)
Tensioning Force to Run Position: 130 N(23 lb.)typical
Case Material: Die-cast aluminum alloy
Eye Nut Material: Stainless steel
Wiring Entry: 3 x M20 or 3 x 0.5 in.NPT
Weight: 880 g(31 oz.)
Color: Yellow
Mechanical Life: 1 x 106 minimum _
Environmental
Protection: IP67(NEMA 6)
Operating Temperature: -25 to 80°C(-13 to 176°F)
Cleaning: Water washdown
Compliance
Standards: IEC947-5-1,IEC947-5-5,EN418,UL508,BS5304
Approvals/Listings: CE marked for all applicable directives,UL and C-UL,TUV
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Note:The safety contacts of the Omron STI switches are described as normally closed(N/C)—
i.e.,with the rope properly tensioned and the machine able to be started.
SO OMRON SCIENTIFIC TECHNOLOGIES,INC. . For the Latest Information omRon
G34 USA Tel.[phone] Canada Tel.[phone] On the Internet:www.sti.com

ER6022 Safety Interlock Switches
Operation
Installation Hardware Available
Di
AIL 410.4•=0 - 4—Tension/Gripper
A l ) FSpring
�M 4—Tumbuclde
•
��E—Eyebolt
Blue Reset Knob ��
A blue reset button is provided Quick Link �1 Double Loop Clip 1r
to easily return the unit back to pope Pulley R
its machine-run position after Thimble
actuation. RK Rope Tension Kit Installation Hardware
The RK Rope Tension Kit comes Individual hardware items may be purchased for
1 with all of the required hardware specific installation requirements.
for most installations.A spring is
required as shown in the installation
4 example below.
11111111.
Contact Arrangements i
--. )1-)1
Emergency Push Button 1 1 G
The emergency push button may
be installed or repositioned in 0 mm 3.5 14.5 17.0
the field.The ER6022 has two 0 in 0.14 0.57 0.67
possible mounting positions for the 2NC+1NO veoions Rope Slack Tension Ra Rope Palled
emergency stop button. 11/12
21/22
33/34 —110.1111111111111111111
3NC+1NOVersions =fl L T Tension Ra_ 1111=.11
2NC+2NO Versions 1fr
❑Contact Open m Contact Closed
Mounting Specification
0• 00 ,1
Al
�_ <500mm Every.Am Every<3m 5500mm
19.7 in 9.84 ft r 9.84 ft 19.7 in
ER6022
1
1_7.h I■ saa....- k\ A HA
Tensioner Gripper
Eyebolt Support Safety Spring Wall
<_80m
262.5 fl
Note:Some installations may require a ER6022 on each end.
For a guide to installing,see"Proper Installation of Rope or Wire Pull Switches"
® in The Safety Library Section of this catalog on page A77.
SOOMRON SCIENTIFIC TECHNOLOGIES,INC. • For the Latest Information omrion G„USA Tel.[phone] Canada Tel. [phone] On the Internet:www.sti.com

ER6022 Safety Interlock Switches
Dimensions (mm/in.) Applications
,zT7i,, Typical applications are on
�_ conveyor systems and across
rotating machinery,and around
63 49 40 Et0- Blom hazardous areas.
z.4a t93 1 s7 �
7 89 FOR M5M5N SCREWS OLES RAKE
0.28��3.5�
AL
0?91 039 ..' 0 e 11101001H, 88_ 3 4 01 i@:i'
M, .-x .
32 98
1.28 222 MIN-239 MAX
8.74 9.41 3.78
Ordering
Model I E-stop I Indicator Beacon I Contacts I Wiring Entry I Part No.
ER Switches with 3 pole contact blocks
ER6022-021M Not included Not included 2 N/C+1 N/O 3 x M20 44506-5010
ER6022-021N Not included Not included 2 N/C+1 N/O 3 x 1/2 in.NPT 44506-5020
ER6022-021ME Included Not included 2 N/C+1 N/O 3 x M20 44506-5210
G ER6022-021NE Included Not included 2 N/C+1 N/O 3 x 1/2 in.NPT 44506-5220
ER6022-021MEL Included Included 2 N/C+1 N/O 3 x M20 44506-5410
ER6022-021NEL Included Included 2 N/C+1 N/O 3 x 1/2 in.NPT 44506-5420
ER6022-021NELAC Included Included,120VAC 2 N/C+1 N/O 1/2"NPT 44506-5423
ER Switches with 4 pole contact blocks
ER6022-031M Not included Not included 3 N/C+1 N/O M20 44506-5050
ER6022-031N Not included Not included 3 N/C+1 N/O 1/2 in.NPT 44506-5060
ER6022-022M Not included Not included 2 N/C+2 N/O M20 44506-5070
ER6022-022N Not included Not included 2 N/C+2 N/O 1/2 in.NPT 44506-5080
ER6022-031ML Not included Included,24 VDC 3 N/C+1 N/O M20 44506-5150
ER6022-031NL Not included Included,24 VDC 3 N/C+ 1 N/O 1/2 in.NPT 44506-5160
ER6022-022ML Not included Included,24 VDC 2 N/C+2 N/O M20 44506-5170
ER6022-022NL Not included Included,24 VDC 2 N/C+2 N/O 1/2 in.NPT 44506-5180
ER6022-031ME Included Not included 3 N/C+1 N/O M20 44506-5250
ER6022-031 NE Included Not included 3 N/C+1 N/O 1/2 in.NPT 44506-5260
ER6022-022ME Included Not included 2 N/C+2 N/O M20 44506-5270
ER6022-022NE Included Not included 2 N/C+2 N/O 1/2 in.NPT 44506-5280
ER6022-031MEL Included Included,24 VDC 3 N/C+1 N/O M20 44506-5450
ER6022-031NEL Included Included,24 VDC 3 N/C+1 N/O 1/2 in.NPT 44506-5460
ER6022-022MEL Included Included,24 VDC 2 N/C+2 N/O M20 44506-5470
ER6022-022NEL Included Included,24 VDC 2 N/C+2 N/O 1/2 in.NPT 44506-5480
ER6022-031NELAC Included Included, 120 VAC 3 N/C+1 N/O 1/2 in.NPT 44506-5463
ER6022-022NELAC Included Included,120 VAC 2 N/C+2 N/O 1/2 in.NPT 44506-5483
Accessories Part No. Accessories Part No.
SM06-SL500,Replacement Lid 24 VDC 44506-5700 SM06-TKOO,Tensioner Kit(Turnbuckle,8 Rope Grips& 44506-0700
SM06-SL510,Replacement Lid/LED 24 VDC 44506-5710 4 Thimbles)
SM06-SL510AC,Replacement Lid/LED 120 VAC 44506-5711 SM06-TGOO,Tensioner Gripper,Stainless Steel 44506-4700
(consult factory for complete switch with 120 VAC beacon) SM06-EB10,Eye Bolt,Stainless Steel,8 per pack 44506-4710
RK5,5 m Rope Kit,Stainless Steel 44506-2705 SM06-EB20,Eye Bolt,Galvanized 44506-0720
RK10,10 m Rope Kit,Stainless Steel 44506-2710 SMO6-DL20,Double Loop Clip,Stainless Steel,4 per pack 44506-4720
RK15,15 m Rope Kit,Stainless Steel 44506-2715 SM06-DL21,Double Loop Clip,Galvanized,4 per pack 44506-4721
RK20,20 m Rope Kit,Stainless Steel 44506-2720 SM06-THSS,Thimble,Stainless Steel,4 per pack 44506-4770
RK30,30 m Rope Kit,Stainless Steel 44506-2730 SM06-THGV,Thimble,Galvanized,4 per pack 44506-4771
RK50,50 m Rope Kit,Stainless Steel 44506-2750 SM06-QLSS,Quick Link,Stainless Steel 44506-4772
RK80,80 m Rope Kit,Stainless Steel 44506-2780 SM06-TB30,Turnbuckle,Stainless Steel 44506-4730
RSM,5 m Rope Only 44506-3705 SMO6-TB31,Turnbuckle,Galvanized 44506-4731
R10M,10 m Rope Only 44506-3710 SM06-SP30,Spring,Galvanized 44506-0730
R20M,20 m Rope Only 44506-3720 SM06-SP50,Spring,Stainless Steel 44506-4750
R30M,30 m Rope Only 44506-3730 SMO6-RPSS,Rope Pulley,Stainless Steel 44506-4780
R50M,50 m Rope Only 44506-3750 SM06-ES60,E-Stop Mechanism 44506-4760
R80M,80 m Rope Only 44506-3780 SMO6-LF40,Replacement LED Indicator Beacon,24 VDC 44506-4740
R100M,100 m Rope Only 44506-3711 SM06-LF41,Replacement LED Indicator Beacon,120 VAC 44506-4741
R126M,126 m Rope Only 44506-3726
_ • Rapid Delivery FIVE
RI OMRON SCIENTIFIC TECHNOLOGIES,INC. • For the Latest Information omrion
G36 USA Tel. [phone] Canada Tel [phone] On the Internet:www.sti.com

!®SCIENTIFIC TECHNOLOGIES INC.
ER-Series
Operating Instructions for ER5018,ER6022,ER1022& ER1032
Installation must be in accordance with the following steps and stated specifications and should be carried out by suitably
competent/� personnel. Adherence to the recommended maintenance instructions forms part of the warranty.
/i 1 WARNING: Do not defeat, tamper, remove or bypass this unit. Severe injury to personnel could result.
46 r it
,7,- —iMID "I il t:14C) ki-304:72 /
ER51. . ER6022
2 '^+mtmg Holes Clearance 4 Moun6 Holes Clearance
5 Screws 7 I 89 for M5 Screws
Ll Lo I_ :: 1E_ It _
`- u m — - it N`_ii # e
U� p_— P::'•ja"1
0 25 ,N 2
139 80 0 222 min-239 malt
188 m n-205 max
AI Dimensions in mm Ai Dimensi/ons in mm
223 min-240 max 92 — 327 m n-361 max _!'r
_ u if
56 mm, © ( 1 3 u (O24
ma ��"3 )) 1/3 i o [flll �l
4 Mounting Holes Cleaa ce 86 0 I Mounting Holes Clearance iiirl-8-16 10
for M5 Screws 100 P5 for M5 Stews 100 25
60 60
Ek ER1032
_mac_1 I ER1022 - ,,, NI O. t
34 34
All Dimensions in mm All Pi --inns in mm
R5018 ER6022 ( '1022&ER1032
Ong 35mm MSmn 17• Onm 4Lmi 1450n 170 mi Ornm 4.0rn 15.0mm 17Amn
21,1C ,1xeryes Rape Sled( Torsion Rape Rape' 2NC1epsei w Rope Sladc Tension Rage RopeP11ed ...2N0 Rope Slade Tension Rage PI11ed
1 ,2 11/12 11/12 -1/42
21, 21 2 2122 51 '
3334 33/34 32/34 6364
3NCxeses • , Sled( Tension Rive Rape Puled My/lanais Rope Slack Tension Range Rope Pared
11/12 11/12
2122 2122 Cooled open
31/2 31/32 Cooled dosed
ER5018 ER6022 ER1022& ' 032
11 11 12 11• 12 41 42
II
21 • 22 21 22 21 22 51 52
I I I
33• I • 34 33•--- I • 34 33 • 34 63 — I •
11 • 12 11 12
I
21 I 22 21 22
32 31 I 32

ER Series
Operating Instructions for ER5018,ER6022,ER1022& ER1032
Optional Indicator Beacon Tension Indicator
When +24VDC is applied to the red wire,the beacon will illuminate Indicator shown with steel rope properly adjusted.
red and flash.
When +24 VDC is applied to the green wire,the beacon will �
illuminate green. ♦` :I IIIII
III; III
Al TERMINAL (+24VDC) Red Black (_) a2 TERMINAL -qpimmon`
:3 TERMINAL (+24VDC)• Green
1. Installation of all Safety Rope Switch systems must be in accordance with a risk assessment for the individual application. Installation must
only be carried out by competent personnel and in accordance with these instructions.
2. Rope support eyebolts must be fitted at 2.5m. min. to 3m. max. intervals along all rope lengths between switches. The rope must be
supported no more than 500mm from the switch eyebolt or Safety Spring(if used). It is important that this first 500mm is not used as part of the
active protection coverage.
3. M5 mounting bolts must be used to fix the switches.Tightening torque for mounting bolts to ensure reliable fixing is 4Nm.Tightening torque
for the lid screws, conduit entry plugs and cable glands must be 1.5Nm to ensure IP seal. Only use correct sizing glands for conduit entry and
cable outside diameter.
4. Tensioning of rope is achieved by use of tensioner/gripper assemblies. Upon installation, tension to mid-position as indicated by the red
arrows in the viewing window of each switch.Check operation for all switches and the control circuits by puling the rope at various locations along
the active protection area and resetting each switch by depressing the Blue Reset button. Ensure each time that the switches latch off and require
manual resetting by depressing the Blue Reset button. Increase the system tension further, if required, depending upon the checks along the
active length of coverage. If fitted with a Mushroom type E-Stop button(Red)then test and reset each switch to ensure function of control circuits.
Typical operational conditions for successful operation of system is less than 75N. pulling force and less than 150mm deflection of rope between
eyebolt supports. If the optional LED is fitted but is not used, ensure that the conductors remain coiled and tied to the tie hole in the LED flange.
5. Every week: Check correct operation of system at locations along all coverage length. Check for nominal tension setting, re-tension rope if
necessary. Every 6 months: Isolate power and remove cover. Check screw terminal tightness and check for signs of moisture ingress. Never
attempt to repair any switch.
Standards IEC 947-5-1, IEC947-5-5, EN 418, UL508, BS 5304 Approvals cULus, TUV, some pending
Mechanical Features
Enclosure/Cover Die-Cast—Painted Yellow
External Parts Steel
IP Rating IP67
Rope Spans Max ER1022,ER1032(Heavy Duty),Dual Head 200m.,Single Head 125m.
ER6022(Standard Duty)=80m.
ER5018(Mini Duty)=40m.
Mounting 4 x M5 or 2 x M5(ER5018)
Mounting position Any
Conduit entries ER1022, ER1032(Heavy Duty)=4 x M20 or 4 x 1/2"NPT
ER6022(Standard Duty)=3 x M20 or 3 x 1/2"NPT
ER5018(Mini Duty)=3 x M20 or 3 x 1/2"NPT
Torque settings Mounting=M5 4.0 Nm
Lid=Torx M4 1.5 Nm
Terminals=1.0 Nm
Ambient Operating Temperature -25C.to 80 C.
Vibration resistance 10-500Hz 0.35mm
Shock resistance 15g 11 ms
Tension Force(typical mid setting) ER1022, ER1032(Heavy Duty) 130N.
ER6022(Standard Duty) 130N.
ER5018(Mini Duty) 100N. U
Typical Operating Force(Rope pulled) <125N.<300mm Deflection
Mechanical Life 1,000,000 operations
Headquarters
Weight ER1022, ER1032(Heavy Duty)Dual 1320 g.Single 1100 g. Scientific Technologies Inc
ER6022(Standard Duty)880 g. 6550 Dumbarton Circle,Fremont CA 94555-3605 USA
Electrical ER5018(Mini Duty)675 g. Tel:[phone](Int.+510/608-3400)
— — — Fax:[phone]
Contact type IEC 947-5-1 Double break Type Zb Snap Action up to 4NC 24 hour fax back system:l/916/431-6544
(Safety positive break)2NO(Auxiliary)
Contact Material Silver E-mail:[e-mail]
Termination Clamp up to 2.5 sq.mm conductors www.sti.com
Switching Ability AC= 240V 3A, 120V 6A,Inductive European Tech Support UK Sales Office
DC= 24V 2.5A, Inductive Tel: [phone] Tel: [phone]
Max Switching Current/Volt/Amp 240V/720 VA Break Fax: [phone] Fax: [phone]
Information with regard to UL 508 Use polymeric conduit only. Use copper conductors only. 092123-o1-11/05 ©1006Sri
Electrical rating:A300.Type 1 enclosures

1JDVEquipment Corporation
Incorporating Ralph B. Carter Company
Shaftless Screw Conveyor
212869 — Burlington, NC
Recommended Sequence of Operations
Overview
The system consists of One(1) Shaftless Screw Conveyor controlled by others.
Recommended Operators on Main Control Panel Door/HMI:
• Hand/Off/Auto Selector Switch
• System Reset Pushbutton
• E Stop Pushbutton
Recommended Lights on Main Control Panel Door/HMI:
• Power(White)
• Conveyor Run (Green)
• Conveyor Fault(Amber)
• Conveyor Stopped (Red)
Local (Hand)Operation of Equipment:
Turn the HAND/OFF/AUTO selector switch to the HAND position and each unit will begin to
operate. To stop the equipment,turn the selector switch to the OFF position or press the Estop
button.
In the event a fault should occur the unit will immediately shut down and illuminate the FAULT
lights on the Panel.
Auto Operation of the Equipment:
When using the Motion Failure Alarm Probe, a startup delay timer should be used to ignore the
input signal until the equipment comes up to speed. Typical delay is 30 seconds.
Revision:0 Revision Date:4-1-2021

Equipment Corporation
Incorporating Ralph B. Carter Company
Shaftless Screw Conveyor
212869 — Burlington, NC
Recommended Sequence of Operations
Running:
Turn the HAND/OFF/AUTO selector switch to the Auto position.
Once selector switch is in Auto and the signal to run is detected from the feeding equipment,
the conveyor will turn on and begin to run. Upon loss of this signal the equipment will run a
shut down cycle. Shut down cycle will allow equipment to operate for adjustable amount of
time from 0-15mins which allows all material to be transported from conveyor.
Recommended Alarms:
The following alarms will shut the unit down as well as illuminate the FAULT lights on the door:
• E-Stop Local Switch (located on conveyor)
• E-Stop Button (Control Panel)
• Over Torque Alarm (from Motor starter or Power Monitor)
• Motion Failure Alarm Probe (loss of motion indication)
If a fault should occur (in either HAND or AUTO) turn the HAND/OFF/AUTO switch to the HAND
position and then press the RESET button to clear the fault. This will enable the system to start
again.
Revision: 0 Revision Date:4-1-2021

SECTION 9 - DRAWINGS

REVISION HISTORY
PE\' DESCRIPTION DATE
tl ORIGINA1 SIIHAIISSION 5,412111
18'-4 15/16" 4 0' ....,_..-8
- T-5 11/16' J 10'-11 1/4"
r\ /1 4E
I,.., 1 NJ Ir
-I 1
4 i. rt C.
SUPPORT A3 SADDLE INLET CHUTE SADDLE
DISCHAR E CHUTE SUPPORT/12 SUPPORT A.
& JDv
EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
PRI RRTAT AID OXUIDNfAL
ALL DRAWS Na SPECITASC BARE AND KELM 14 WORD'Of DV
EAIREIIT MO IAST UPO I REQUEST.ES IIETMFD.ILL ARE Cdf DENTAL WO
WE NOT TOS=LOSES TO PERSONS OT1ER MAN TOR110Y THEY ARE TO BE USE
fdl/*PURPSE OTIEtTHAN OWGINKIYNTEICED VATH JT WRITTEN
AUROf✓QAIWRL
NW DATE
DRAWN KST 5/4/21
OWED AN 5/4/21
DDT.APAR
SPECIAL REM
YNAN JDVECWNPMENT.COM
•
TITLE:
SHAFTLESS SCREW CONVEYOR
PLAN VIEW
DI MIT SCALE IRAWDC
P1101 IC 1 212869 I I19n1 U320
SIZE DWG. Na REV
B 212869-10 0

REVISION HISTORY
REV. DESCRIPTION DATE
0 ORIGINAL SUBMISSION 5N/2021
ZERO SPEED--
SAFETY MAIMS
. STIFFENER
2T, TAL LEN.,
OISCKAPTIF PEPE .
21-3 sr.-
4/ ' TUTAl SEP,
LENG,
SAFE
1-7
PM CORD
A.1
I . ME 19111
j D v
_tr.,,,,....... _
. ...
,.
„•
n n irfj - , Q.=
I . EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
,
, PROTRIETARY NO COMM&
C,1 , ALL EIRANNOS AND SPE:MATINS ARE ARO MIMI TIE PROPERTY Oi ov
ll 11171
- .--tr)-*‘----13'1 -
m-, A
. -
,
- - :if
, •.,., , MERGENCE
STOP
SIN/CO
. XAMOSE1100.14,1
SORS.A SP EDAM MC IASI IPOI REQUEST.SE RERRIED All.ARE CONFIDE1111A1 AND
IRE NOT TO SE OS0.03E0 TO PERSONS OTHER TIAN TOMO/REY ARE TO GE USE
FOR AIN PURPOSE OTNER THNI ORICIONLLY IREICEDVEROUPARITTEN
ALT00112A110/
WIC DATE
II .
ti. MI mj---1-- I-1 riii_ '1.1 4 • IRAN K ST 5/4/21
I ..... •
E II,
- m-4, i DECKED - JDV 5/4/21
? I.
T.APPR
- SPECIAL RED.
A WWW.JOVEOUIPMENT COM
TITLE:
soMORT 9 5...,, SAW"
ElOPOST 49 SUPPORT El SHAFTLESS SCREW CONVEYOR
ELEVATION VIEW
DO POT SCALE/RAVING
MITTO.Ill. 212869 MODEL. U320
SIZE DWG. ND. REV
3 212869-20 0

REVISION HISTORY
REV. DESCRIPTION DATE _
0 ORIGINAL SUBMISSION 5/4/2021
0= I •v rl A 0= I •w �I
4,4„,;-,,i,,2.„=„ \L (iiiim•
,,.,,,,,,
•.„,; •_,,;
\Li (ii III.
■ ,
r-----2
8'-1 5/8- \ 8'-1•/16' \
A IJDV
/ rLi, / •
-' EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
PROPRIETOR,N0 COEIRIITML
�^ ALL DRAP/IGS NC SPEORCATOIB ARE MO RE1MN11E R CFERTY OF DV
r �' ,► EOIIIT1 AIOW4.URIIREBESI.BE RETMED.NI ARE CONELBIML BE
- 2'_0• ARE NOT TOMEOS(109®TO PERMS0RER THIN TO MOW THEY ARE TO BE USE
FM M MY PURPOSE OME R THAN ORONO NIBDED'M11q:111MBRB!
i AuiNR7ATIM
NNE 617E
OO OO OGVN KST 5/421
SECTION A SECTION A OWED JDV 5/4/21
GIST.APPR
HIGH END LOW END SPECIAL REEL
VAAAN.JDVEONIIPMENT COM
TITLE:
SHAFTLESS SCREW CONVEYOR
SECTION A
00 NOT SCALE BIAVBG
MI N6: 212869 NEL U320
SIZE DWG NO. REV
3 212869-21 0

REVISION HISTORY
REV. DESCRIPTION DATE
0 ORIGINAL SUBMISSION 5/1/2021
8'-0"
INLET CHUTE
CONVEYOR#1 - _
TYPE: STANDARD
MATERIAL: 304 SS
THICKNESS: k 1'-10 3/16"
TOTAL QTY ONE(1)
if 1'-3 1/2"
65° 1'-0 15/16"
1'-511/16" 6 1'-6 /16" 11
1'-4 /16"
4 3/4"
& JDv
EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
PREPRIFORT MIS D WDUITIK
3'-0 13/16" AILMOMS OSPE TDNISAREANDRaNN,IEI DF M
MAIMS MONIST WON BEGOT.SEIETRED.ALL ARE G EDENSALHE
ARE MOT TOE OSCLOSEO TO POISONS CITES TNW TO WNDM THEY ARE TO BE GE
3 e° FOR/RI PURPOSE OTTER THEN MON41Y P REMEOMMHWT WRSIEN
AUROSDATIOH
NAME DATE
MAW HST 5/1/21
CHECKED JDV 5/4/21
DJST.APPR
SPECIAL RER
W WW.JDVEOUIPMENT.COM
TITLE:
SHAFTLESS SCREW CONVEYOR
CHUTE DETAILS
BB TOT SALE DRAVDG
PRD.L IC. 212889 N®EL U320
SIZE DWG. Na REV
3 212869-30 0

REVISION HISTORY
REV. DESCRIPTION DATE
0 ORIGINAL SUBMISSION 5/4/2021
SUPPORT#3 DIMENSIONS
QTY SUPPORT# DIM A DIM B DIM C DIM D DIM X°
1 #3 135.8125' 8.00" 47.375" 83.375 30°
MATERIAL NOTES:
1. VERTICAL MEMBERS-4'X4'X}'304 SS Support
2. HORIZONTAL CROSS MEMBERS-2"X2"}'304 SS
3. BASE PLATE-r 304 SS
-
2.5'7.0' 4
- 253N•% _I
t 8
5.0' C
•__ y 11111
2.5
I I I SUPPORT #3 BAE L ATE
L MATERIAL 3/8ONLY"THK.S 304P S.S.
1 B •
. . D
J \ I I I I
1L_ ...I..B.� &*JDv
1. I .-GROUT 24 3/4
20 B/16
17 1 RE0
EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
.* NOMIETMR AS mimRUL
MATERIAL�'304 SS EOLOWEM NO MUM IPONAEOLESTRE RETUMED u1 ARE CONi M&u10
APE NOT TO BE TO PERSONS OTHER/IWI TONN00 THE ARE TO BE ISE
P
SUPPORT #1& #2 SUPPORT #3 AUT' D B HAM amour Y Ef F1DFD WWII MITTEN
BAKE DATE
DAVB NST 5/4/21
DEOQD JDV 5/4/21
LUST.APPE
SFECIN_BR
WHJW JOVEOUIPMENT.COM
TITLE,
SHAFTLESS SCREW CONVEYOR
SUPPORT DETAILS
00 WIT SCALE DDAVDIG
PRQl III. 212869 I08ELLt U320
SIZE DVG. NO. REV
B 212869-40 0

Rotary Lobe Pumps w to
Macerating Technology
07(1.41
5/7/2021
Macerator / Grinder
Project: E. Burlington, NC VVVVTP
Equipment: Macerator/ Grinder
_Descri tp ion: Macerator/Grinder
Model: HCL 390
------ -----
Quantity: 1
,�gMlttN��+
." HCAROLj'
3D Gtgrn
000000k:_ t......fe4, 10.>",-
z e ti ti, ' -ommtiso
to
BOERGER,LLC
2860 Water Tower Place p 612.435.7300 e [e-mail] M P
Chanhassen,MN 55317 I 612 435.7301 w www.boerger.com

Rotary Lobe Pumps
Macerating Technology BuRGER.
5/7/2021
TSI 5413277
Technical Submittal
Project: E. Burlington, NC VWVTP
Equipment: Macerator/ Grinder
Description: Macerator/ Grinder
Model: HCL 390
Quantity: 1
Preface
The following submittal has been compiled with the sole intent of providing our client with a
sufficiently detailed account of the technical aspects of the equipment proposed in order that they
may be satisfied that the units meet the requirements of the reference applications.
•
BOERGER,LLC
2860 Water Tower Place p 612.435.7300 e [e-mail] P
Chanhassen,MN 55317 f 612.435.7301 w www.boerger.com
tine

Rotary Lobe Pumps
Macerating Technology B b RG E
Macerator Data Sheet
BOERGER,LLC �^
2860 Water Tower Place p 612.435.7300 e [e-mail] OI
Chanhassen, MN 55317 f 612.435.7301 w www.boerger.com
4�,

Rotary Lobe Pumps B O RG E R.Macerating Technology ®
Table of Contents
1. Macerator/Grinder Data Sheet
2. Macerator/Grinder Performance Curves
3. GA Drawing
4. Coupling Data Sheets
P g
5. Gear Reducer Data Sheets
6. Motor Data Sheets
7. Installation Details
8. Coatings
9. Warranty Certificate
BOERGER,LLC
2860 Water Tower Place p 612.435.7300 e [e-mail] ■b�
Chanhassen,MN 55317 f 612.435.7301 w www.boerger.com �'f

MULTICRUSHER
VERSATILE MACERATOR
The dual-shaft grinder Multicrusher effectively and re-
liably processes solids contained in liquids and ensures
that downstream machines and pumps operate smoothly.
OPERATING PRINCIPLE
• The basic design of the dual-shaft grinder is based on the proven
Borger rotary lobe pump. The two shafts are equipped with blades and
,N��71�~ a •+r s le spacers instead of rotors. The solids-Laden medium passes through the
11111111111. ,!` • • counter-rotating blade configuration and is therefore macerated.
Borger Multicrusher overview
Multicrusher series Max.capacity in gpm Im3/h1 Max.pressure in psi(bar)
HAL 70 115) 175 112) M'P
HPL 2651601 175112)
HCL 530 11201 175112) „�E
HFL 115012601 175112) BORGER
CONSTRUCTION
Q The quick-release cover t
Access to all wetted parts through the quickrelease
cover-maintenance without removal of pipe or drive 1
systems(MI �PI.
'yfAppus
1 r
® The blades lad
The degree of maceration of the Borger Multicrusher depends on the blade selection,selected blade tooth s (1411111
shapes,blade thickness,arrangement of the bladesII a
I
and operational speed of the Multicrusher. 1 ' 1 I { 1
_,En
Q The intermediate chamber ( a r I The large-volume quench chamber is filled with oil i
and ensures the highest degree of safety.
•
O The carrier gear and gear reducer )1
The different. ....mferential speeds of the carrier -
shafts and the sharp blades create an excellent cut-
ting result.
16

Rotary Lobe Pumps
Macerating Technology BORGER
BLUE/ine
Structure
J ,'d
0 2� it
Pump feet indicate
mounting position
N,
116
1. Timing gear oil fill
BORGER
2. Intermediate chamber oil fill
4111N 3. Oil sight glass
J 4. Timing & Intermediate chamb..,
drain
5. Corrosion resistant nameplate
0
•
--pro 0 .„
1
In-line Configuration ,.,.�
Supplied ra
BOERGER, LLC p 612-435-7300 e [e-mail]
2860 Water Tower Place MII
Chanhassen, MN 55317 F 612-435-7301 w www.boerger.com

BORGER. Data sheet-Multicrusher 20150601
Rotary Labe Pumps Rev.:4
Boerger, LLC Tel.:[phone]
2860 Water Tower Place Fax:[phone]
Chanhassen, MN 55317 E-mail: [e-mail]
Customer: E. Burlington, NC WWTP
Multicrusher Type: HCL 390
Serial No.: TBD
Code: HC3SAACAAEAAAACC12 Delivery Date:
S.O. No.: 15413277
Conveying Product Operating Data
Name Sludge Location Closed building,dry
Viscosity 1 cP Hazardous Area Not Classified
Solid Content 5.0% Environmental Temp. Ambient°F
Solid Size Unknown Operating Mode Continuous
Density/Specific Gravity 1.00 Inlet Pressure Flooded
Temperature Ambient°F
ph-value Neutral
Performance Flow Shaft Speed
Min. Capacity
Norm. Capacity 250.0 gpm 143 rpm
Max. Capacity
Code Decoding
1.-3. HC3 Multicrusher Type _ HCL 390
4. S Gear Design(Bearings)_ Standard
5. A Drive Shaft Design 1x Cylindrical drive shaft, Pos.0
6. A Flow Direction Left-to-right(Facing front cover)
7. C Lpseals/Inner Rini - - Buna-N/Steel
8. A Casing ASTM A48 cast iron
9. A Cover 8,Axial Plates Hardened steel
10. E Radial Liners -
11. A Holding Bushes Steel
12. A Mechanical Seal Duronit seal faces,Buna-N o-rings
13. A Blade Design long shaft G10Z,short shaft G8Z,Standard width
14. A Blades Blades:AISI 4130H,hexagonal shaft:AISI 4140/4142,spacer rings:ASTM A570-36
15. C 0-Rings(static) Buna-N
16. C Flange Gaskets Buna-N
17. 1 Mounting Position Feet down(M1)
18. 2 Series Index _ 2
19. ,Special Equipment -
Lubricants Drive Data
Intermediate Chamber Mobil DTE 10 Excel 68 Make/Model WEG 01018ET3E215TC-W22
Timing Gear Mobilgear 600 XP 220 Power 10 hp
Flanges(B1) Speed 1800 rpm
Material Galvanized Steel Phase/HzNoltage 3/60/460
Inlet Side 6"ANSI 150-lb Enclosure TEFC
Outlet Side 6"ANSI 150-lb Option
_ Drive Connection Option
Coupling Rotex-lilac, Guard OSHA Orange Serial Number
Bored Gear Reduction
Base Frame Galvanized Steel Make/Model Nord SK42-210TC
Configuration In-line Output Speed 143
Gearing Gear Ratio 12.28
L-10(B-10) Bearing Life 100,000 h Option
Serial Number
Options:
Other:

Rotary Lobe Pumps
Macerating Technology BORGER
Macerator
Construction
sharp blades create an excellent cutting result.
44/44444
4, ,_ 1 Ot 0 4
© , i' ' ; , 1111111 YY
0
0, 2
© � . /Pt; I ,,.«,4
WWI
"� 111111' ritil" ---0 .
r. f
BORGER
1. Quick release cover—ASTM A536
2. Axial liners — Hardened steel DIN 1.8714, 550 Brinell
3. Directional cutting blades —AISI 4130 H
4. Hexagon shaft -AISI 4140 H
5. Mechanical Seals: Chill Casting (Duronite) face with
Buna-N 0-rings
6. Single Block Casing — Grey Cast Iron, ASTM A48-40 B
BOERGER, LLC
2860 Water Tower Place p 612-435-7300 a [e-mail]
Chanhassen, MN 55317 F 612-435-7301 w www.boerger.com

Rotary Lobe Pumps
Macerating Technology Bc$RG E R®
Macerator Performance Curve
BOERGER,LLC
2860 Water Tower Place p 612.435.7300 e america©boerger.com M,P,
Chanhassen,MN 55317 f 612.435.7301 w www.boerger.com

BORGER LLC
Curve of Losses - Multicrusher HCL 390
10
9
a
7 .
1 6
ev i 5
0
-J
4 _
3
2
1
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800
Flow Q[US Gallons I min]
A.Riers-21.12.2018 Test Fluid:Water 65°F(18°C)

1
Rotary Lobe Pumps
Macerating Technology B O RG E R.
GA Drawings
BOERGER,LLC
2860 Water Tower Place p 612.435.7300 e [e-mail] ��+
Chanhassen,MN 55317 f 612.435.7301 w www.boerger.com MAP

1 1
O 0
0 0 -
r.T
Al --••, INI' imG , 1
26 7/8" eill - •-
11 O O
O 0
1 1 +
63 1/8" 44.
ANSI 6" ANSI 6" A AD, •
ICI ,iI -� (il I
IIN / I I I, \ I 23 3/4" [(4 I H-bik I II Id_ ` �• J
� Ili �i - 1211/16" �1 a F
.�
I I I
Imo---20 7/8"--0-I 0- 6 1/8"
1. 231/4" 4411/16"
. 48 1/4'
PROPRFTARY AND COFFDFNTIAI BOERGER, LLCe
THE INFORMATION NED IN THS
DRAWING IS THE SOLE LE PROPERTY CF TNIRO-M14E PROJECTION
Haxgw,LLC,ANY REPRODUCTION IN 2860 Water Tower Place Model: HC
L
/Y 3 90('y('�
PART OR AS A WHOLE WITHOUT THE Chanhassen,MN 55317 M
PROHIBITED.
SION OF Boers LLC TEL [phone]
FAX:[phone] Gear: Nord - In-Line SK42-2I0TC 1
ALL DIMENSIONS IN INCHES NAME DATE
UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED DRAWN Ivil indqu t 02 07118 Power: 7.5 HP
TOLERANCES ± 1/2" CHECKED SIZE I DWG. NO. I REV
Do NOT SCALE DRAWING SHEET I OF I A SD-00I-088 0

•
Rotary Lobe Pumps
Macerating Technology B RG E R e
Coupling Data Sheets
BOERGER,LLC
2860 Water Tower Place p 612.435.7300 e america©boerger.com M P
Chanhassen,MN 55317 f 612.435.7301 w www.boerger.com

ROTEX" /\
Torsionally flexible coupling Made for Motion KTR S
Description of coupling
ROTEX®-couplings are characterized by small dimensions,low weight and low mass
moments of inertia yet transmit high torques.Running quality and service life of the cou- ►�j
piing are improved by accurate all-over machining. ��
�r
Their application is ideal for transmitting torque while damping torsional � � rj
__
vibrations and absorbing shocks produced by the uneven operation of certain / ,/•
l ,,,+• �`prime movers.
General description
ROTEX®-couplings are torsionally flexible and designed for positive torque transmis-
sion.They are fail-safe.Operational vibrations and shocks are efficiently dampened and
reduced. The two congruent coupling halves with concave claws on the inside are Load on spider
periphally offset in relation to one another by half a pitch.In addition,they are designed in torsos
such a way as to enable an involute spider to be located between them.
Amy
The teeth of the spider are crowned to avoid edge pressure if the shafts are misaligned. J1
aliMati
ROTEX® couplings are capable of compensating for axial, radial and angular -
displacements of the shafts to be connected. 1 � 1 to
rsion
Performance
In contrast to other flexible couplings,the intermediate members of which are subject to Deformation with load
bending stress and are therefore prone to earlier wear,the flexible teeth of ROTEX®cou-
plings are subject to pressure only.This gives the additional advantage of the individual
teeth being able to accept considerably higher loads.The elastomer parts show deforma-
tion with load and excessive speeds.Sufficient space for expansion should be ensured
(see drawing—deformation with load).
The maximum torsion angle with ROTEX®couplings of any size amounts to 5°.They can s •
be fitted both horizontally and vertically.
Spiders—our innovation T-PUR®
KTR has developed a new standard material for its spiders.The improved polyurethane
material T-PUR®is resistant to significantly higher temperatures and has a considerably ;, ♦ Spider
longer service life than the previous polyurethane material.From the visual point of view standard from
we have characterized the material T-PUR®by the colours orange(92 Shore-A),purple V Size to-so
(98 Shore-A)and pale green(64 Shore-D).The previous spiders made from polyure- if a
thane in yellow,red and natural white with green ends will still be available. Up to size Elements DZ
(double tooth
ROTEX®90 inclusive single spiders are used.For ROTEX®couplings from size 100 to NI + standarde from
180 the spider consists of DZ tooth segments as a standard.The single spider will still sire
be available in these sizes as an option. too-180
Explosion-proof use
ROTEX®couplings are suitable for power transmission in drives in hazardous areas.The
couplings are certified and confirmed according to EC standard 94/9/EC(ATEX 95)as
units of category 2G/2D and thus suitable for the use in hazardous areas of zone 1,2,21
and 22.Please read through our information included in the respective Type Examination
121
Certificate and the operating and mounting instructions at www.ktr.com.
Comparison of loads Twisting angle Damping
•
no..eetam eon[Ael \dr.ddnd.
Qi o,e CUM
w/o damping ° *w ° crest.
with damping dr.chared.
•
twisting angle
wa+ea vda
rr
period r.... Twisting angle 4
You will find continuously updated data in our online catalogue at www.ktr.com. 19

ROTEX" ..#00\„.
Torsionally flexible coupling Made for Motion KTR
V
Shaft coupling design No. 001 - casted materials
• Torsionally flexible,maintenance free
a° r • Damping vibrations
• Axial plug-in,fail-safe
a .p/ li: • Allover machining—good dynamic properties
Sf • Compact design/small flywheel effect
• Finish bore according to ISO fit H7,
v..
according
feather keywayto DIN 6885 sheet 1 -JS9
.,
• • • Stock programme/basic programme see pages 28 and 29
xig 4 t " '`� • G Approved according to EC Standard 94/9/EC
(without aluminium AL D)
• Mounting instructions under www.ktr.com
Components
RI L© rri e L © RI MI Spider \��*
as hardness 92 Sh-A `�����
711.1, �!Nib! � and 95/98 Sh-A (m 1416.
Istandard from size �re—
I 14-90 and 64 Sh-D :�-
1 �� 7I 1MINI I L .e..l size 14-180 'W�,'�\
9 f 9
`�Ni-1� \�\�(-j tttttttttttttt�ii[� elements DZ(double ,1l'-
� \lam \I`�i p� tooth elements) ,�=-.�
— 1\i,,,% —,1` rrirt•0" as hardness 92 Sh-A {
Mill
b "MI �111dl■= and 95 Sh-A {•
standard from srze 100 �!
I E I1 IMIIIII16,111 -180 wk."
.._.�
AL-D(thread opposite the keyway) Gil/GJS (thread on the keyway)
ROTEX5 Aluminium diecast(Al-D)
Spider(part 2)° Dimensions[mm]
Size Compo- Rated torque[Nm] Finish bore General Thread for setscrews
nent
92 Sh-A 98 Sh-A 64 Sh-D d(min-max) L 11;12 E b s DH DZ dH D;D1 N G t TA[Nall
14° to 7,5 12,5 - 6-16 35 11 13 10 1,5 30 - 10 30 - M4 5 1,5
1 6-19 32
19 10 17 - 66 25 16 12 2 41 - 18 20 M5 10 2
1a 19-24 41
1 9-24 40
24 35 60 - - 78 30 18 14 2 56 - 27 24 M5 10 2
1a 22-28 56
1 10-28 48
28 95 160 - - 90 35 20 15 2,5 66 - 30 28 MB 15 10
1a 28-38 66
ROTEX4 Cast iron(GJL)
1 12-40 66
114 45 37
38 to 190 325 405 38-48 24 18 3 80 - 38 M8 15 10
78
1b 12-48 164 70 62
1 14-45 75
42 1a 265 450 560 42-55 126 50 26 20 3 95 - 46 40 M8 20 10
94
1b 14-55 176 75 65
1 15-52 85
140 56 45
48 1a 310 525 655 48-62 28 21 3,5 105 - 51 M8 20 10
104
lb 15-62 188 80 69
1 20-60 98
55 410 685 825 160 65 30 22 4 120 - 60 52 M10 20 17
la 55-74 118
65 1 625 940 1175 22-70 185 75 35 26 4,5 135 - 68 115 61 M10 20 17
75 1 1280 1920 2400 30-80 210 85 40 30 5 160 - 80 135 69 M10 25 17
90 1 2400 3600 4500 40-97 245 100 45 34 5,5 200 218 100 160 81 M12 30 40
ROTEX®Nodular iron(GJS)
_ 100 1 3300 4950 6185 50-115 270 110 50 38 6 225 246 113 180 89 M12 30 40
110 1 4800 7200 9000 60-125 295 120 55 42 6,5 255 276 127 200 96 M16 35 80
125 1 6650 10000 12500 60-145 340 140 60 46 7 290 315 147 230 112 M16 40 80
140 1 8550 12800 16000 60-160 375 155 65 50 7,5 320 345 165 255 124 M20 45 140
160 1 12800 19200 24000 80-185 425 175 75 57 9 370 400 190 290 140 M20 50 140
180 1 18650 28000 35000 85-200 475 195 85 64 10,5 420 450 220 325 156 M20 50 140
=If no material is mentioned in the order,the calculation/order is based on the material marked with
o Maximum torque of the coupling TKmax =rated torque of the coupling TK Nenn.x 2.Selection see page 20/21 xt Material AFH.
Order form: ROTEX*38 GJL 92 Sh-A la — 0 45 1 — 0 25
Coupling size Material Spider hardness Component Finish bore Component Finish bore
You will find continuously updated data in our online catalogue at www.ktr.co--

Rotary Lobe Pumps
Macerating Technology Bpit RG E R®
Gear Reducer Data Sheets
BOERGER,LLC ''$ti
2860 Water Tower Place p 612.435.7300 e [e-mail] if"
Chanhassen,MN 55317 f 612.435.7301 w www.boerger.com

Intelligent Drivesystems
HELICALIN-LIN ± ei „..,
, .114101w lir '- '
SPEED REDUCERS/GEAR MOTORS- ;_..i i;=DRIVESYSTEMS
PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS
Configuration:concentric A.
Motor HP (min/ max) : 0.16/ 200 st r }
Motor kW(min/ max) : 0.12/ 160
Typical efficiency: 97.5% , i
Number of gear reductions : Ito 6
..„..74,7 IR ,ter 1
MOUNTING STYLES _- .�,, ) -, ., 1/11 , ..-`'''
• L
Footed housing style:standard - M A I "_
B5 flange outside diameter range [in] : 4.72 to 21.65 , r40110`
B5 flange outside diameter range [mm] : 120 to 550 ..----fi►Wc.,
B 14 flange outside diameter range [in] : 3.54 to 7.87
B I4 flange outside diameter range [mm] : 90 to 200
OPTIONS
NEMA C-face or IEC input
Custom adapter flange
Flange pilot removed
RATIO AND SPEED
Minimum standard ratio : 1.24 : 1
Maximum standard ratio : 13304.45 : I (compound gear unit)
Minimum output speed from 1750 rpm motor : 0.13 rpm I
Maximum output speed from 1750 rpm motor: 1411 rpm
Unit Size Torque Max* Ratio Range Shaft Diameter Unit Size Torque Max* Ratio Range Shaft Diameter
(lb-in] [Nm] Min-Max [in] [m i m] [lb-in] [Nm] Min-Max [in] [mmJ
SK 02 876 99 2.95 - 73.06 0.750 20 SK 51E 4,354 492 1.24- 13.27 1.625 40
SK 03 974 I 110 65.50- 313.11 0.750 20 SK 52 17,912 2,024 I 2.78-86.92 2.250 I 55
SK 11E 513 ' 58 1.35 -9.1 1 0.750 20 SK 53 19,744 2,231 ! 58.94- 728.20 2.250 55
SK 12 1,628 184 2.96-72.63 1.000 25 SK 62 27,612 3,120 2.97-48.73 2.500 65
SK 13 1,735 196 68.40-420.83 1.000 25 SK 63 32,745 3.700 17.37- 372.21 2.500 65
SK 21E I 681 77 1.46- 10.20 1.000 25 5K 72 41,666 4,708 2.76-43.71 3.000 75
SK 22 3,310 ! 374 2.79- 86.30 1.250 30 SK 73 50,003 5,560 18.00- 205.61 3.000 75
SK 23 1 3,009 340 64.80- 516.65 1.250 30 SK 82 64,127 7,246 2.89-48.82 3.500 90
SK 31E i 1,637 185 1.39- 10.20 1.250 30 SK 83 81,243 9,180 { 21.04- 216.61 3.500 90
SK 32 16,284 710 2.96-81.27 1.625 40 SK 92 93,925 10,612 1 3.51 - 35.47 4.250 110
SK 33N 5,947 672 88.18- 740.37 1.625 40 SK 93 123,900 14,000 19.12- 187.89 4.250 110
SK 41E 2,567 290 1.41 - 14.80 1.375 35 SK 102 153,698 17,367 4.28- 38.81 I 5.250 130
SK 42 ' 11,009 ; 1,244 1 3.02- 105.08 1.875 45 SK 103 204,966 23,160 21.19- 207.47 5.250 130
SK 43 I11,4081, 1,289 140.98- 1071.82 1.875 45
*Torque may vary by ratio
- -• _.,
n
ikplil 41.11i'Pil 10
I PV irtiA :lir 6 )10
II 1 0, C. 1 • 1 OF
www.nord.com .:, DS1010/2011

L£18 room eueito 01 pews-000I.) WOO'pJOU-MAMA
10Z 8Lt 9P1 9P1 Z£l £ri ZP)IS
69t L£t 90t 90l 06 101. 3t1►HS
c s 1 r '( _. r•__�_
•suo!leJap!suo3 lewiayl Jo;pi aged aas•leruetpaw ate sgwlej IIV
•gu!1ei Ja)npaJ ay)l!wy Aew„M„adAl oafs indu!pgos ayl;o 1!w!1 JaMod lemuetpaw ayl
Ap ede3 anbiol leruey7aw sa!un Rag ayl paa3xa Aew iaMod blow ayl - uo!lne) *
X X 89'0 EO'I 9£'T 90"Z 6Z9L Li 80'SOT
X X LCO LI'T SS'T 5E'Z SVOL TZ OT'S8
•X X X ST'T VL'T OE'Z 6V"E 8556 EZ LBW
*X X X SE'T VO'Z OCZ 60'V S888 6Z 99'09
•X X ECT 297 WE VZ'S LTL6 V£ 86'05
.X X TE'Z OS'E Z9'V 66'9 96VOT ZV 6Z'IV
.X X SS'Z TE"V 69"S Z9'8 89801 OS 5Z'SE
.X X X X SWZ TE'V 69'S E9'8 0V56 LS WOE
.X X VS'Z O£'V 89"S 09'8 9£06 09 62'62
X X 26"£ £6•S £8"L L8'TT TOOTT 89 88'52
.X X X X £6"Z VV"V 98"S 88"8 588E IL L9"VZ
*X X 98'2 VE'V EL'S L911 E65L ZL TV'VZ
•X X X X X 903, 91'9 ET'S TE'ZI 00L6 08 LS"IZ
X X LTV T9"9 £L'8 £Z"ET £6ZOT T8 OS'TZ
X X ES"V L8"9 90"6 ECET Z£88 86 26'LT
.X X X X X VV"S VZ'8 88"OT 6V'91 96VOT 66 IL'Li
X X X X X 09'9 00'0T OZ'ET 00'0Z 600TT 9TT ZL"ST
•X X X X X 55'9 Z6"6 60'ET V8'61 SVZOT ZZT SEPT'
X X X X X 09'9 00'0T OZ'EI 100'0Z 5850T EVT 8Z'ZI &.----
X X X X X 09'9 00'0T (WET 00'OZ SZEOT ZLT OZ'OT
X X X X X 09'9 00'0T CIVET 00'0Z £Z56 90Z OS11
X X X X X 09'9 00"0T OZ'£T 00"OZ £256 On 8Z"L
X X X 09'9 00'0T OZ"£T 00"OZ £6ZOT £92 59"9
X X X X X 09'9 00'0T OZ'£T 00'0Z VT56 £8Z 6T'9
X X X 09'9 00'0T OZ'ET 00'0Z 9E00I VOE SL'S
X X X X X 09'9 00"OT OZ"ET 00.0Z O£ZL LZ£ SE"S
X X X 09'9 00"OT OZ"EI 00'02 80L8 EVE OT"5
X X X X X 09'9 00'0T OZ"ET 00'OZ Z£89 Z8E 85"V
X X X 09'9 00"OT OZ"ET 00'02 96V8 S9E 6CV
X X X X X 09'9 00'0T OZ'£T 00'0Z 56T9 OSV 68"E
X X X 09'9 00'0T OZ"£I 00.02 5885 005 OS"E
X X X 09'9 00"OT OZ'£T 00'0Z LSVS SVS TZ"E
X X X 09'9 00"OT OZ'ET 00'02 SUES 6L5 ZO"£ ZV HS
X X ECO OUT SV'T 027 LLTT SIT 08'VT
.X X X 9V'T IZ'Z 267 EV'V 289T 991 55'OI
*X X ST'Z SZ'E OE'V TS'9 Z89T VVZ 8T'L
•X X 00"£ 55'V 00'9 60'6 9ZLI ZEE LZ'S
•X X X X £6'Z VV"V 98'S 88'8 ZLET SOP 62"V
.X X X X EO'E 653, 90"9 81'6 ESZT TSV 88"E
X X X X Z£'£ £0"S 179"9 LO'OT 6£ZI ZTS ZV"E
X X X X X 09'9 00'0T OZ'ET 00'0Z L95Z 895 SOT
X X X X X 09'9 00"OT OZ"ET 00'0Z 86£Z OOL OS'Z
X X X X X 09'9 00'0T OZ-ET 00'OZ 56TZ 8T8 VIZ
X X X X X 09'9 00'0T OZ'£T 00'02 VL6T Z96 Z8•T
X X X 09'9 00'0T OZ'ET 00'0Z OLLT PLOT £9'I
X X X 09'9 00'0T OZ"£T 00'0Z Z89T L9TT 05'T
X X X 09'9 00'OT OZ"ET 00'02 £65T TVZT TV'T 3TV MS
7109E 310ZE 3/08Z 0105Z 3101Z 31081 DIOVT a95 Id41 041 1d41 (d4) Iul 9!I (wdq
wdi 08s wdz SIB wd'0511!Ad,OSLT wdj 0511
paads lndul ..W rl zu w,!
suo;ieu(gwo0 aigeileny „M„adA)sueys InduJ PIPS •antriol paads otlea adAl
,a3ej-�11W3N ( �aMod indu!wnw!xeyy lnd;nO lndlnO zeag IapoW
suoquuiquwo3 is s6ul;uI - 6
er
M + 3-VW]N v .
Ztv 11S ` 3I# 1IS

Rotary Lobe Pumps
Macerating Technology Bb. RGER.
Motor Data Sheets
BOERGER,LLC
2860 Water Tower Place p 612.435.7300 e [e-mail] MAP
Chanhassen,MN 55317 f 612.435.7301 w www.boerger.com
!

Motors I Automation 1 Fnergy I Transmission &Distribution I Coatings
,u
4,,,
,,,„
Severe Duty is
an a
,. ., ,
r wi
motors . a
i
ft
,
♦
• `
L.
• 0 ;�•` s• ,♦. ,i + s'• . No matter what you
i call it, WEG's W22
standard product is
You uu not need a special motor for severe designed for:
duty. Severe Duty is standard with WEG DUTY STANDARD
W22 motors. Mill-Chem Inil
High performance with maximum energy efficiency is the goal of the WEG
W22 electric motor. High efficiency and low cost of ownership throughout Tough Service
MI
the entire motor lifetime have been the basis for the W22 development. Severe Duty MI
A design created to maximize performance and energy savings. Optimized
cooling system, large and accessible terminal box, exclusive bearing seal Crusher Duty MI
system, low vibration levels, and a 1.25 service factor are just a few of
IIMI
many STANDARD features of our W22 motors. WEG Duty
Available in NEMA Premium or Super Premium Efficiency levels.
1
1
I
I
' Please contact your authorized WEG distributor or e
go to weg.net/us for further information or additional
specifications. 1-800-ASK-4WEG
www.weg.net/us

Three Phase General Purpose Motors
W22 - Cast Iron f
N = 3
_ _ 1
O N
0,
Standard Features: '
• 50/60 Hz rated (380V on '
nameplate - 400/415 available) `, ---
a Rated 50HZ at same horsepower
up to 250HP 1.0 Service Factor Features that make a difference:
for 2,4 & 6 pole motors
,, Rated 50Hz at same horsepower • All NEMA Premium ratings have a 1.25 service factor(up
up to 125HP 1.0 Service Factor for to 100 HP) resulting in cooler operation and extended life
of the motor
8 pole motors
• All Cast Iron Construction, including Terminal Box and
Class F insulation (impregnation Fan Cover(*)
resin and magnet wire are class • Solid feet for reduced vibration levels and impact
H) absorption
«= F1 mounted (cast iron frames are • Optimized ventilation system for cooler operation and
F2 convertible). Frames 447T and extended life
up can easily be F2 converted by • High Grade FC200 cast iron provides superior mechanical
simply rotating the terminal box strength and heat dissipation
adapter • All WEG W22 motors are Totally Enclosed Fan Cooled
Cast iron frames: regreasable ball with a true IP55 rating against dust and moisture. (IPW56,
IPW65 and IPW66 available as optional)
bearings (frames 254T and up)
• Exclusive W-Seal 364T and larger provides superior
Gasketed conduit box bearing protection
• Taconite Labyrinth seal 586 Frame and larger
• Exclusive WEG painting system exceed 200hrs ASTM 117
corrosion test (Exceeds IEEE841 standard)
Inverter Rated • Balanced to 0.08 inches per second vibration limits
1000:1 for Variable Torque (Meets IEEE841 standard)
NEMA Premium • Four Bolt Conduit Cover with glued Neoprene Gasket
20:1 Constant Torque up to 250HP
6:1 Constant Torque 300HP and up • Impregnation Resin and magnet wire are insulation class H
High Efficiency (EPAct) • Stainless Steel Nameplate - Laser etched with high
12:1 Constant Torque up to 250HP contrast background
4:1 Constant Torque 300HP and up • Corrosion Proof Drains
• Inverter Duty per NEMA MG1, Part 31
ADDITIONAL TECHNICAL DATA • Certified Class I Div 2, Groups A, B, C & D; Class II, Div 2,
Groups F & G
ELECTRICAL DATA: p. B-6
• Suitable for IEEE45 and USCG 259— Marine Duty
MECHANICAL DATA: p. C-2
'Cast iron fan cover available as an option on 143-215T frames
I gtig---
A-18 www.weg.neVus

DATA SHEET
Three Phase Induction Motor - Squirrel Cage
q 9
Customer
Product line :W22 NEMA Premium Efficiency Product code: 12446945
Three-Phase
Catalog#: 01518ET3E254TC-W22
Frame : 254/6TC Locked rotor time :30s(cold) 17s(hot)
Output : 15 HP(11 kW) Temperature rise : 80 K
Poles :4 Duty cycle : Cont.(S1)
Frequency :60 Hz Ambient temperature :-20°C to+40°C
Rated voltage :208-230/460 V Altitude : 1000 m.a.s.l.
Rated current :39.8-36.0/18.0 A Protection degree : IP55
L. R.Amperes 255-230/115 A Cooling method : IC411 -TEFC
LRC :6.4x(Code G) Mounting : F-1
No load current : 11.7-13.6/6.80 A Rotation' : Both(CW and CCW)
Rated speed : 1765 rpm Noise level2 :64.0 dB(A)
Slip : 1.94% Starting method : Direct On Line
Rated torque :44.6 ft.lb Approx.weight' : 315 lb
Locked rotor torque :229%
Breakdown torque :270%
Insulation class : F
Service factor : 1.25
Moment of inertia(J) :2.62 sq.ft.lb
Design : B
Output 50% 75% 100% Foundation loads
Efficiency(%) 91.0 91.7 92.4 Max.traction :489 lb
Power Factor 0.68 0.78 0.83 Max.compression :804 lb
Drive end Non drive end
Bearing type 6309 C3 6209 C3
Sealing : V'Ring VRing
Lubrication interval 20000 h 20000 h
Lubricant amount 13 g 9 g
Lubricant type Mobil Polyrex EM
Notes
This revision replaces and cancel the previous one,which These are average values based on tests with sinusoidal
must be eliminated. power supply, subject to the tolerances stipulated in NEMA
(1)Looking the motor from the shaft end. MG-1.
(2)Measured at 1m and with tolerance of+3dB(A).
(3)Approximate weight subject to changes after
manufacturing process.
(4)At 100%of full load.
Rev. Changes Summary Performed Checked Date
Performed by
Checked by Page Revision
Date 26/02/2020 1 /6
This document is exclusive property of WEG S/A.Reprinting is not allowed without written authorization of WEG S/A.
Subject to change without notice

TORQUE AND CURRENT VS SPEED CURVE
Three Phase Induction Motor - Squirrel Cage
Customer
Product line :W22 NEMA Premium Efficiency Product code: 12446945
Three-Phase
Catalog#: 01518ET3E254TC-W22
TORQUE AND CURRENT VS SPEED CURVE
9
4 6
21I 17
1.8! i;
I I
I r9
LS 1,5
3
I
Z 4
0.9 3
06 2
li
03 j1
0 10 20 30 40 •0 60 i ri 80 9.?
UK
Percent of synchronous speed
♦Torque_1 p u •44 5 0 10♦Current-l p u - 18 0 (450 ti t
Performance :208-230/460 V 60 Hz 4P
Rated current :39.8-36.0/18.0 A Moment of inertia(J) :2.62 sq.ft.lb
LRC :6.4 Duty cycle :Cont.(S1)
Rated torque :44.6 ft.lb Insulation class : F
Locked rotor torque :229% Service factor : 1.25
Breakdown torque :270% Temperature rise :80 K
Rated speed : 1765 rpm Design : B
Locked rotor time : 30s(cold) 17s(hot)
Rev. Changes Summary Performed Checked Date
Performed by
Checked by Page Revision
Date 26/02/2020 2/6
This document is exclusive property of WEG S/A.Reprinting is not allowed without written authorization of WEG S/A.
Subject to change without notice

LOAD PERFORMANCE CURVE
Three Phase Induction Motor - Squirrel Cage
Customer
Product line :W22 NEMA Premium Efficiency Product code: 12446945
Three-Phase
Catalog#: 01518ET3E254TC-W22
LOAD PERFORMANCE CURVE
1 100 2.5 50
'a
•
0.9 90' -- ..2.25 45
0.8- $0 ._. 2 .40
0.7 70 1.75 35
0.6 60
.. 1.5 30
g
0.5 50. •-- .. .4i. - - 1.25$ 25
*
OA• 40. ... . ..... 1 20
C
: : x .; .
.3 011111111 _.0.75 15
..a
0.11 10 - 7/7!. - _.- 0.25 5
• 0 0 0
O 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130
Percent of rate0 output
•Effictency•Power factor O Slip*Current at 208 V'Current at 230 V K Current at 450 v
Performance : 208-230/460 V 60 Hz 4P
Rated current : 39.8-36.0/18.0 A Moment of inertia(J) :2.62 sq.ft.lb
LRC : 6.4 Duty cycle :Cont.(S1)
Rated torque :44.6 ft.lb Insulation class : F
Locked rotor torque :229% Service factor : 1.25
Breakdown torque : 270% Temperature rise :80 K
Rated speed : 1765 rpm Design : B
Rev. Changes Summary Performed Checked Date
Performed by
Checked by Page Revision
Date 26/02/2020 3/6
This document is exclusive property of WEG S/A.Reprinting is not allowed without written authorization of WEG S/A.
Subject to change without notice

THERMAL LIMIT CURVE
_TB
Three Phase Induction Motor - Squirrel Cage
Customer
THERMAL UMIT CURVE
10000
1000
•
k-
100
•
0 1 2 3 / S 6
Current(pu)-1 p.u.-18.0 A(460 V)
140 Overload ill-Locked rotor Chou*Locked rotor'cold)
Rev. Changes Summary Performed Checked Date
Performed by
Checked by Page Revision
Date 26/02/2020 5/6
This document is exclusive property of WEG S/A.Reprinting is not allowed without written authorization of WEG S/A.
Subject to change without notice

VFD OPERATION CURVE
1...Q.-
Three Phase Induction Motor - Squirrel Cage
Customer :
Product line :W22 NEMA Premium Efficiency Product code : 12446945
Three-Phase
Catalog#: 01518ET3E254TC-W22
4rD OPERATION r11RAT
200 ,-
250 .20
180' / 225 16
I
160 - - 200 16
1
140 i - - - 175 14
/ / /'-111--- M-
120 • w • L50 12
c
Y 100'' ` .. - 125 4 10 p�i
r
S0 .. 100 .6
60 75 6
40 7 _.._----- 50 4
20! __ 25 2
0 - - 0 0
0 10 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Frequency 0421
♦Torque♦Breakdown torque•vonaye*Output
Performance :208-230/460 V 60 Hz 4P
Rated current :39.8-36.0/18.0 A Moment of inertia(J) : 2.62 sq.ft.lb
LRC : 6.4 Duty cycle : Cont.(S1)
Rated torque :44.6 ft.lb Insulation class : F
Locked rotor torque :229% Service factor : 1.25
Breakdown torque :270% Temperature rise : 80 K
Rated speed : 1765 rpm Design : B
Rev. Changes Summary Performed Checked Date
Performed by
Checked by Page Revision
Date 26/02/2020 6/6
This document is exclusive property of WEG S/A.Reprinting is not allowed without written authorization of WEG S/A.
Subject to change without notice

1 I 2 f 3 I 4 I 5 I 6
A
Main terminal box
NPT 1 1/2"
Grounding for leads 5.2-25 mm'/10-4 AW G
—
12.953 9.252
10.492 Grease Inlet \ —7.815 / Grease inlet
II .1 NU 1/2"z13
3.976 �I 4�l\
B 'ifir
�`�_ 07.252 77 . 2.756 I
`� O r1 01
/ m m
ci ro
/gtillitar41 j%4110‘. I II III II
-1.772 0.530 I I � —8.252 I 0250
10.000 I I---10.000 4.250 \ I 4.1100
11.496 Grease outlet 11.732 -1 1 Grease outlet
C Drain hole I Drain hole
I 24.961 J
D
15 HP 04 Poles 60Hz I A
E DE Shaft End
0.375 n 0.375 ECM LOC SUMMARY OF MODIFICATIONS EXECUTED CHECKED RELEASED DATE VER
Without vertical Jackscrews //,' EXECUTED PIRWBUSER THREE PHASE W22 MOTOR-NEMA PREMIUM EFF
2� 1.416 l #‘ PREVIEW
Color RAL 5009hill CHECKED `a, FRAME 254/6TC IP55 TEFL M
Painting plan 203A 1.6250 RELEASED WDD
1.8240
Mounting B34R(D) REL or. canto Jursaua do SW Pmeucl Engineering SHEET I / I
WEG's property.ForKldden reproduction without previous authorization.

/����������������� i i / i/�y �., For 60Hz: Class I, Div 2, Gr. A, B, C and D — T3
i i i i i .�� !/%2 2 ' %�'%:/�/.. 3PT9
�A Pre'm u"m''s FOR SAFE AREA Class I, Zone 2, and G — T4
A For 60Hz use on PWM, Gr. A, B, C, D and F,
Inverter Duty Motor C US
Severe Duty Energy Verified VT 1000:1, CT 20:1, 1.0SF, T3A
cNi" o PH 3 FR 254/6TC HP(kw) 15.0( 1 1 .0) Hz 60
U o T11 T12 T10 bT11 r,T12 �T10 11 q 12 0.6 T10
N� 4 v 230/460 A 36.0/18.0 RPM 1765 DES B 5 6 T4 oT5 6T6 oT4 M bT8 bT9 9T4T
T82 T9 T7 T8 T9 T7
w O� N T2 T3 T1 �T2 �T3 �T1 T2 T3 T1
w Z NEMA NOM EFF 92.4 % INS. CL. F AT 80 K IP55 m L2 L3 L1 YY L2 L3 L1 A L2 L3 LI
o
N ENCL TEFC DUTY CONT. AMB. 40°C y -
SF 1 .25 SFA 45.0 22. 6309 C3 MOBIL POLYREX EM
w
a CODE G PF 0.835 ®/ 6209-C3 13 g 20000 h
CS USABLE ©208V 39.8 A SF 1 . 15 SFA 45.8
15HP 11kW 50Hz 380V 21 .5A 1455RPM SF1 .00 EFF 90.2% (IE2) ALT 1000 m.a.s.I. 315 Lbs
2

Rotary Lobe Pumps
Macerating Technology El RG E R e
Installation Details
BOERGER,LLCL
2860 Water Tower Place p 612.435.7300 e [e-mail]
MAP
Chanhassen,MN 55317 f 612.435.7301 w www.boerger.com

ioo
Rotary Lobe Pumps
Macerating Technology B 0 RG E R o
Installation Information
Boerger equipment base frames are designed to be installed without the use of grout, and grouting is not
recommended. Leveling nuts beneath the pump frame are not permitted. In cases where leveling is necessary,
or where there are gaps between the pump frame and base substrate, solid metal shims or spacers must be used,
and anchors must be in full tension for rigid anchoring. Anchor bolt example below for reference.
g g P
Install the base frame onto the reinforced surface without subjecting it to stress, e.g. using four suitable anchor
bolts and appropriate resin capsules or four other safe fixing systems suitable for the surface and the application.
The equipment mounting nuts underneath the base frame must be accessible with a wrench from the front and
back. If realignment is required or the machine is reinstalled on the base frame(e.g. following repairs or
replacement),then it must be possible to hold the nuts in place with a wrench.
U
In-line&Over-Head I
1 Mounting
_ /% 0
1 : ;1 i ® ® ,,
MIK 4
_♦i
1 t %
Anchor Bolt Nose(4) ,!
Equipment Mounting Nuts(4)
— ow - IP *
Anchor Bolt Hole(41 Equipment Mounting Nuts(2)
Each frame has four(4) anchor bolt holes.
Alchor Loi lxampie The holes sizes are as follows by Pump Series:
AL Pump Series Frame- .57"0 f
PL Series Pump Frame—.6875 0
MN `it ' * CL/EL/FL Pump Frame- -709 0 % '' , `
*EL Series pumps utilizing SK82 Reducer or ,, :,..,.' ,,
larger will carry six(6)anchor holes. Please ,,,/'
consult factory for further details. ./' Solid Metal Shim Example
BOERGER,LLC .`
2860 Water Tower Place p 612.435.7300 e [e-mail] (MIP
Chanhassen.MN 55317 f 612.435.7301 w www.boerger.com

Rotary Lobe Pumps
Macerating Technology C3�J RG E R®
Coatings
BOERGER,LLC
2860 Water Tower Place p 612.435.7300 e [e-mail] OP
Chanhassen,MN 55317 f 612.435.7301 w www.boerger.com
LJ

Product information 0/halO!
RAL SOZI LACKFABRIK
WAT F.v E31_1_It Certified to DIN EN ISO 9001
HEAD OFFICE Vehrte
D-49191 Belm-Vehrte•BahnhofstraEe 14
OSNACRYL PUR paint G (RAL 5021) TTeleph ne004950406/8300-0
mixing 8:1 by weight with hardener AL 17 Telefax0049 54 06 1 83 00-099
SUBSIDIARY PLANT Stegelitz bei Magdeburg
(0041-11963) D-39291 Mockem OT Stegelitz•Dammfeld 2
Article no.: 30 40-x x xx-0011 Telephone [phone]!9 71-0
Telefax 0049 39 22 1/9 71-39
High-build coating materials as top coats in multi-layered corrosion protection systems for outdoor exposure and
as single-layer coats or top coats in plant engineering and construction and in the machine industry.
Substrates/ substrates must be absolutely clean,dry and free of grease and dust
surface preparation: structural steel,sheet steel: corrosion protection systems:
suitable primers and/or intermediate paints
cast iron: single layer coats:
Clean and roughen/degrease
galvanized steel: (blast cleaning/sweeping/grinding)
stainless steel: (roughing up)cleaning/degreasing
light/non ferrous metal: (eg.glass bead blasting)
wood/wooden composite: suitable pore filling primers
mineral substrate:
plastics: following preliminary tests in own responsibility
old coatings, third party primers:
(recommended)primer OSNAPDX PA ZH primer(color shade)
(example): Containing zinc phosphate 12944
mixing ratio 8:1 (by weight),80:20(by volume)
with hardener PA 480(0091-50015)
Article no.: 7135-xxxx-0050
HANDLING AND APPLICATION
Storage stability: At least 6 months when both components are separately stored in original, un-opened
packages at temperatures between 15 and 25t(60- 85F).
hardener: OSNAPUR hardener AL 17
Article no.: 0041-11963
mixing Ratio by weight 8 parts of main component: 1 part of hardener
(by volume 87 parts of main component: 13 parts of hardener
or 6.65 parts of main component: 1 part of hardener)
potlife: 4-6 hours at 20-23t(68-734 )
thinner: OSNASOL thinner PU
Article no.: 03089-00200
application: Before application, the color shade and the compatibility with the substrate should be tested.
Object-, material and ambient temperature should not be below 15°C (49°F) and not above
25°C(77°F)and must be at least 5°above the dew point.
For Coating large areas spraying processes should be preferred. Set spray parameters
according to product specifications to avoid the need to add thinners.
Nozzle diameter Spray pressure
Viscosity: (mm) (mil) (bar) (psi)
Airless spraying 0.3-0.5 12-20 >100 > 1450
All values given are Cup gun not diluted > 1.8 >71 >2 >29
just examples,the
actual settings are Brush/roller To avoid faults in surface finish(differences in gloss according to working
process-and system- direction),apply undiluted material and smooth it in accordance with
dependent good professional practice.
OSNATOL-Werk GmbH & Co. KG http://www.osnatol.de Banks:
e-mail:[e-mail] Volksbank GMHOtte eG (BLZ 265 659 28) 4583 000.200
Limited Partnership:Headoffice Belm,court of registration Osnabruck HRA 3095 BIC:GENODEF1HGM IBAN:DE44 2656 5928 4583 0002 00
General Partner:Osnatol-Chemie Beteiligungs-GmbH,Head office Belm, Deutsche Bank Osnabruck (BLZ 265 700 90) 0557 44700
Court of registration Osnabruck HRB 1539 BIC:DEUTDE3B265 IBAN:DE26 2657 0090 0055 7447 00
Chief executive:Dipl.-Kfm.Hans-Jurgen Bartels Court of jurisdiction Osnabruck Sparkasse Osnabruck (BLZ 265 501 05) 9 904 509
VAT No.(Ust-IDNr.):DE117584437 Tax-No.65/207/03285 BIC:NOLADE22 IBAN:DE95 2655 0105 0009 9045 09
O:\Datenblatter\prodinfo\doc\EN-3040-xxxx-0011.doc - Johannes

Product information 3040-xxxx-0011 Page 2/2 Clenala
LACKFABRIK
theoretical at 80 microns(3.lmils)dry film thickness 5.6 m2/kg= 7.1 m2/I mixture
spreading rate: =140 microns(5.5 mils)wet film= 180 g/m2(0.33 lbs/yd2) 3.1 yd2/Ib= 38.6 yd2/gal mixture
at 100 microns(3.9mils)dry film thickness 4.5 m2/kg= 5.7 m2/I mixture
= 180 microns(6.9 mils)wet film= 220 g/m2(0.41 Ibs/yd2) 2.4 yd2/Ib= 30.9 yd2/gal mixture
drying time: (at standard climate 23C(73F)/ dust-dry approx.60 min.(spraying)
50%rel.humidity and adequate touch dry approx. 3 hours.
air circulation) splash-/rain-water prof approx.24 hours.
cured approx. 4 days
TECHNICAL DATA (All values are average values-depending on shade of colour)
Main component Hardener Mixture
density: 1290 1070 1260 kg/m3= 12.89 10.72 12.63 Ibs/gal
density(solids): 1600 1130 1530 kg/m3= 16.03 11.32 15.33 Ibs/gai
Solids: 68 75 69 Wt%
55 71 57 Vol-%
VOC content: 31.9 25 31.1 Wt%
classification to 2004/42/EC: VOC value: =391 g/I mixture
base of binder: Main component: Hydroxy acrylate resin(isocyanate curing)
Hardener: Aliphatic polyisocyanate adduct
colour shades: Main component: Many color shades(except fluorescent, pearl luster and metallic colors)can
be produced subject to the minimum production quantities.
For MIO-shades see special data sheet 3140-x06xx-0311
Hardener: Slightly yellowish,clear
viscosity on supply: Main component: pseudoplastic,flow time>80 s to DIN 53211 cannot be clearly determined.
Hardener: flow time according to DIN 53211 >80 s
FILM CHARACTERISTICS
gloss satin to gloss(depends on colour shade)
stability: Weather + Solvent o/+
(without top coat): Dripping water + Fuels o/+
Aqueous cleaning agents o/+ Lubricants +
Partial immersion in water - Dry heat 120'C
Other information: According to information from our suppliers,the cured film does not release any low molecular
weight constituents after a period of 14 days. Therefore, it complies with the European
Resolution relating to direct contact with food:
DELIVERY AND SHIPPING AMOUNTS (subject to minimum order quantity):
1 pail with 10 kg= 7.8±0.5 I = 22.05 lb= 1.7±0.1 gal main component
+ 1.25 kg= 1.2±0.1 I = 2.76 lb=0.3±0.0 gal hardener
amounts to 11.25 kg= 8.9±0.6 I = 24.80 lb=2.0±0.1 gal mixture
1 drum with 24 kg=18.7±1.2 I = 52.91 lb=4.1 ±0.3 gal main component
+ 3 kg= 2.8±0.2 I = 6.61 lb=0.6±0.0 gal hardener
amounts to 27 kg=21.5±1.4 I = 59.52 lb=4.7±0.3 gal mixture
other amounts on request.
not all colour shades are available in the container sizes cited.
HEALTH AND SAFETY / STORAGE / ENVIRONMENTAL DATA
Observe the universally applicable guidelines when handling and storing coating materials. Observe all hazard warnings
and safety advice printed on the containers.
For more details,please refer to the Material Safety Data Sheets.
The information in our leaflets and other publications are based on our careful research and testing methods. A liability may not be
derived. They do not represent guaranteed properties as defined by law. They are passed on to the best of our knowledge and
conscience,however,they don't absolve the user from the responsibility of testing the described products for the intended purpose.Rights
belonging to third parties and official rules and regulations must be observed.
OSNATOL-Werk GmbH & Co. KG http://www.osnatol.de e-mail:[e-mail]
PO box 1133 Bahnhofstr.14 subsidiary plant Stegelitz bei Magdeburg Regional Offices in
D-49187 Belm D-49191 Belm-Vehrte Dammfeld 2 D-39291 Mockern OT Stegelitz D-22529 Hamburg
Phone: [phone] Fax: [phone] Phone:[phone] Fax:[phone] D-31171 Hildesheim
O:\Datenblatter\prodinfo\doc\EN-3040-xxxx-0011.doc -

BDP Industries Inc.
City of Burlington, NC
East Burlignton Wastewater
Treatment Plant
Bench Test Report - 3DP Belt Press
Luke Fronhofer I [e-mail] I 518 695 6851
5/28/2021

INDU$TRI{*
Route 29 Greenwich.New York 12834
Phone No 5/8-695-6851
Email:luke(a�bdpindustries.corn
I. Introduction
BDP received a sample from the East Burlington Wastewater Treatment Plant for bench
scale testing on the Model 3DP Belt Press. Testing was performed on May 14, 2021. The
objectives of testing were to define the dewatering properties of the material, determine the
suitability for processing on the 3DP belt press, identify the appropriate type of polymer, and
identify the effects of increased throughput on cake solids.
II. Test Procedures
a. Polymer Screening
The following procedure was used to identify the proper polymer:
• Agitate sample to ensure homogeneous solution
• Pour into six, 200m1 beakers
• Add polymer in 2m1 increments and mix (for side by side comparison of floc)
The plant polymer along with other emulsion products were screened for
effectiveness. Various molecular weights and charge densities where tested. All
emulsion polymers were made down at a 0.25% solution and contained 40 -46% active
ingredient.
b. Belt Press Simulation
Once the sludge sample was properly conditioned, a gravity drainage test was
performed, simulating the thickening that occurs on the independent gravity deck of the
3DP belt press. The thickened sludge is then transferred to the BDP belt press test unit
to simulate the pressure section of the 3DP. This unit consists of a single drive roller
and single tension roller with variable speed and variable belt tension. By varying the
belt speed and pressure setting on the unit, each roll diameter of the 3DP can be
simulated. The test unit provides the time under pressure and belt tensions to
demonstrate the expected cake solids that will be obtained by a full size Model 3DP.

�`��,,,, INDUSTRIUS
Route 29 Greemvich.New York 12834
Phone No 518-695-6851
Email:luke pindustries.com
Picture 1: Flocculated sample with polymer. Picture 2: Sample after independent gravity
drainage.
4 '
s / , , r
l i.
aa ._1 . ` ' -'•' , ::'
:M1,`
..„ . 4.. \ . .!:1:1.:
Picture 3: Filtrate from the dewatering process. Picture 4: Discharge cake after the belt press unit.
� s
BDP Industries would like to stress that a bench scale test is based on a single grab sample. The sample
may not be perfectly representative of future operating conditions. Therefore, ranges are provided for
expected results based on the single sample tested. BDP Industries will not be held responsible for
reduced performance due to changes in characteristics or conditions at the plant.

INDY$TRIN
Route 29 Greenwich,New York 12834
Phone No 518-695-6851
Email:[e-mail]
III. Results & Discussion
Table 1: Bench Test Results for a 2.0 meter Model 3DP Belt Press
Feed Flow Solids Polymer Discharge Solids
Solids Rate Loading Dosage Cake Capture
(%) (GPM) (lb/ hr) (lb/dry ton) (% TS) (%)
3.81 75 1,400 10— 14 22+ 95+
3.81 150 2,800 10— 14 20+ 95+
*The feed solids were calculated to be 3.81% by weight.
*These results were achieved with the plant polymer.
IV. Conclusion and Recommendations
Based on the bench test results, the 3DP Belt Press will effectively dewater the sludge from
the East Burlington Wastewater Treatment Plant, achieving optimal performance with high
discharge cake solids, high solids capture and low polymer dosage. Please see pictures that
document the testing procedure on the following page. Please do not hesitate to contact us with
any questions, comments or concerns.
Sincerely,
Luke Fronhofer
Process Engineer
BDP Industries

Process Flow Diagram
Primary Thickener
Effluent to EQ Basin
Manhole-> E Filtrate
Raw Sludge to the
Belt Filter Press --4
Sludge Holding
Tank 3DP Belt Filter Press
(LST#2)
I Cake
Cake Trailer
Equalization Basin
(4 mg)
I !,g%
le apeirttic.
\
• ,:k•
• . e_s
aa 0101 7) 6 I J�
2

Residuals Management Plan and Disposal
Back ground information —
The East Burlington WWTP produces two (2) types of solids from its waste stream - primary
solids and secondary solids.
The current operation for the primary solids is to thicken the solids in two (2) primary gravity
thickeners. The thickened solids are pumped to a tank where they will undergo treatment using
hydrated lime raising the initial pH to a value of 12 or greater and at the end of the process the
pH is at 11.5 or higher, at this point the biosolids are ready to be land applied as a class B
biosolids.
The secondary/wasted solids go to two (2) secondary gravity thickener tanks where the solids
settle and thicken at the bottom of the tanks. The thickened solids can be pumped to either of
two (2) processes for removal which are the Zimpro Process (wet air oxidation) or the Fournier
Rotary press.
Zimpro Process—This process uses high pressure (800 psi) and high temperature (460 F) to
cook the solids. The left over material is an ash which gets dewatered and sent to the landfill for
disposal.
Fournier Rotary Press—This process uses polymer to remove the water as the material goes
through the screens and produces a cake material. The cake material is loaded into a roll off
dumpster which is picked up by McGill's Composting Facility.
3DP Belt Press— During the past several winters, land application has not been possible due to
wet conditions and the City has had to utilize contractors to provide mobile equipment to
dewater and remove our solids to maintain adequate storage for solids being removed from the
waste stream. With the addition of having our own belt press we will be able to cut the cost for
dewatering significantly by eliminating the contracted mobile dewatering equipment. When the
belt press is in operation the cake material will be conveyed into one of McGill's 40 foot open
top trailers. When the trailer is full, McGill's will take and transport the material to their
composting facility. The cake material that is produce will only be stored in their trailer until it is
full; at no time will there be any storage on the ground.
Submitted by; Darrin Allred
Chief Operator
East Burlington WWTP

McGill Environmental Systems
m _ GILLCj 634 Christian Chapel Church Rd
New Hill, NC 27562
(0) 919-362-1 161 I (F) 91 9-362-1 141
Transforming Waste... Rebuilding Soils' www.mcgillcompost.com
July 9th 2021
Mr. Darrin Allred
Chief Operator
East Burlington WWTP
dallredpburlingtonnc.gov
Mr. Allred,
I hope this letter finds you well. I am writing to confirm that McGill will remain capable of
receiving biosolids residuals from the East Burlington WWTP located at 225 Stone Quarry Rd,
Burlington, NC. The McGill New Hill composting facility located at 634 Christian Chapel Church
Rd, New Hill NC 27562 with permit#SW-19-06 has the East Burlington WWTP listed as a
municipal biosolids partner, approved for current composting.
I look forward to continuing to provide passive dewater, transportation and composting
services for the City of Burlington. This continued partnership has proved to be an effective and
successful venture for both parties.
Sincerely,
5Q.a.r- faA n-
Sean C. Fallon
Business Development Manager
McGill Environmental Systems of NC INC.
919-406-4270
[e-mail]
M.GIU
25

Building and Concrete Pad
Building L
Conrete Pad M

Final Drawing
For Review Purposes Only
Not Released for Construction
'
— —30'--- _ 1
1 r
1
i
I 15'
•
Roll Up Door
Front Back
4 0' !/ '
/
Ft
Left Side
40 .--
iv-
H
Roll Up Door
V
, Right Side
0.2+"\-"LtAA
(YI;d'Ae-t �ZaVenei-
1301t W WLvt poa j fik.'
Belt Filter
kl1 t Snn , KC. Press
q —/5'-Z l

BUILDING VIEW
VIEW IMAGE 1
a C:S
I ,
VIEW IMAGE 2

BUILDING VIEW
1M OP
VIEW IMAGE 3
m �> >o•xio•
VIEW IMAGE 4

BUILDING VIEW
IP°
VIEW IMAGE 5

East Burlington Waste Water Plant East Burlington Waste Water Plant
225 Stone Quarry Rd Haw River NC 27258 225 Stone Quarry Rd
3Carport
CENTRAL
**
STRUCTURAL DESIGN 4Q�
ENCLOSED BUILDING XJ�
Oy
MAXIMUM 30'- 0" WIDE X 20'- 0" EAV ..:*` EIGHT-
BOX EAVE FRAME AND BO\ ' • ME
12 April 201940
Revision
M&A Project 8378S
shared for:
t;itrport Central, Inc.
^ _ 7 South Main Street
c\ Mount Airy,NC 27030
r°
J�.
Q. Prepared by:
Oloore and Associates Engineering and Consulting,Inc.
6\ 1009 East Avenue
O
North Augusta,SC 29841
401 S. Main Street,Suite 200
�CP� Mount Airy,NC 27030
**
41C1&66
MOORE AND ASSOCIATES
ENGINEERING AND CONSULTING
East Burlington Waste Water Plant Haw River NC 27258 East Burlington Waste Water Plant
225 Stone Quarry Rd 225 Stone Quarry Rd

East Burlington Waste Water Plant East Burlington Waste Water Plant
225 Stone Quarry Rd Haw River NC 27258 225 Stone Quarry Rd
,A�1l..t6I..,6,�
``���r�llul/u�►r�rrrril//�i 0 -,S. M ies
ee
•
If ••.O�i r` 14 1ERS t{ 1I
`—a- :�.I .., .,y ,`oil I: a ;• O 57170• % ��..••.....Fy ►ilI
>: Ip��� # • * MOORS III r
1. 18604 F i : * • r j ANTI
▪ .b a'�,. `' i • �I'j/� .cr i :' ASSOCIATES,INC. i ti
, 9�,4,�IZ/1' . Q�c,\`\ 1.O STATE OF ..9. 1i s'�{••. No.4030809243 �, ?t
St/0 ONAI-E 0 ``‘. . .. \A
``,,,.,I.Iun°IU..... ``1111111////' ,a�L HQF \```�q{►IwAP ////
.`�H CAR .\ B q , • Pi �l'>J' ► O.
,,,y/ MOORS '17 *1 •'�• U 5" t-4 j`E11600621
n AND ._ = o.33416-E Ili: WAYNE S. MOORE - 411?/Aq
ASSOCIATES,INC. E? _ i PROFESSIONAL:—I: Lic.No.051637 �. •
No.CO2968 v �2�. 4/1"4441 9 STATE OF
•:�1**.A.,,,,.M,m..•,M• •c-- ,,�Sjy��GINE��DOQ% 'O-O +�Iz,/l4 3• /���SS ,�IANPNG\�� �:
. �OF�A��IU`,;.�,'• �////,/f.DAN �` ��sS1pNAL�` '',',,/r/►ONA�,► {{ ````
`.. ARO 11/• `. `11 11 1 1//r/ _�.bAft.. 00..1.
1 1 1///
\,k� gM 1 /// . . �►'��\� \‘‘ AID A,'/,
•
• Q SEAL `• = `��.•''W YNE S. '�.c: I '` ►i,..• .�... II,, • ,, a vQ
_ *: MOORE :*_ per`-. - m -
26784 =-v: 4)/1?/M? - i • 105142 o: i = 25235 =
- s
��yy i
/
30617 itu a
%%,47y NGINK.•cps` .0T• -
Ep :. • it,Or�•�►?/IR �c�`� p0,�'• N lt,�:
NF�g�IMo ;�s'•DENS. 'ca : II 1 I ..... ' .. : ssFAS �?\
''•!! {{�` '/ ,, NALc ` �u II 1 ONALENG= /// /ONALE��0`
/'11h1h1►{{ �N` `,�••...��= //IIi11111
`,,,,1„S,nuuu,,„.. , `���\\1111111111,*
% 11- CARp4/ %. .... i p�,�'/./ / I HAVE RESEARCHED T S CHAPTER
2 'L.°•_ .�!.'_1. 9 . AND THE LOUISIAN STATE
�� �.5:'> * UNIFORM CONSTRUC ION CODE
• E„y;,,.e,;1,9 and , E. _ �' ° = AND TO THE BEST OF M KNOWLEDGE
Consul ng, cc. 1 0 =W 44% HERIDAN MOORE= AND BELIEF,THESE DRA' INGS ARE IN
�,� No.C-3166 ~ = _ cense No.40931 = COMPLIANCE THERE ITH. I TAKE
'� \'�' % FULL RESPONSIBILIT FOR THE
• 411 �_,��,�pDI-se,, �./ �I2/14 moo- �� CONTENTS OF THE: PLANS.
'''.a.nn.....n•``• /<' FPS./ONA1.E•• \�
.� /////II11111111��``
``{{1{I{IIIIII!!I II///////Iiiii�� ...A.
.S i �..t I';JL 01,1:.,-;'
�� C' 1 •
'1. / •.- ENGINEER 'GZ��I. . /WAYNE S. 7jlll ( / * ,t�II
_ -' �'/12/14 i.� i * 4�/1�/I�1 * ' NE S. MOORE
t4SS)ONALi zQ. 'kr ;'f<1 27323 •,\ S%% , ..o NUMBER ce 5 i 120644 5
'9J%ryE �QO\ c!j/•''�.�..ri��� I1/1/ II�rif PE-2016030730 k.,, (�0/;. !/CENSE�..�/�i
////hnrusut►1������ -�"s!' \IIS ,,IIII1 111 •. `,\ 11�SS/pNA1.ENG\'
....,/.ai/N I��\\ONAL F' 41t1/q
CARPORT CENTRAL,INC.
MOORE AND ASSOCIATES 1111WN It LT 737 SOUTH MAIN STREET
ENGINEERING AND CONSULTING, INC. MOUNT AIRY,NC 27030
®C ED l'A PINT 30'-0"x2 '-0"ENCLCISET)STRI C 7l'RE
TIES MOMENT w m oIRIRCI PIMMIXTY Mr MOMa O.OR Yne �W PROJECT Wile WWI PATEi *12 19 SC 4.ES N$ .� Id 39870$
OW
III MI=i LBW ICI TIN. rt � CUM cc 9Hr. t DWG Nu SK-3 lore, o
East Burlington Waste Water Plant Haw River NC 27258 East Burlington Waste Water Plant
225 Stone Quarry Rd 225 Stone Quarry Rd

East Burlington Waste Water Plant East Burlington Waste Water Plant
225 Stone Quarry Rd Haw River NC 27258 225 Stone Quarry Rd
DRAWING INDEX
SHEET 1 PE SEAL COVER SHEET (1 OF 2)
SHEET lA PE SEAL COVER SHEET (2 OF 2)
SHEET 2 DRAWING INDEX
SHEET 3 INSTALLATION NOTES AND SPECIFICATIONS
SHEET 3A TYPICAL SIDE AND END ELEVATIONS
SHEET 4 TYPICAL RAFTER/COLUMN END AND SIDE FRAMING SECTION (BOX EAVE RAFTER)*
SHEET 4A TYPICAL RAFTER/COLUMN END AND SIDE FRAMING SECTION (BOX EAVE RAFT
SHEET 5 COLUMN CONNECTION DETAILS 0
SHEET 5A COLUMN CONNECTION DETAILS
SHEET 6 TYPICAL RAFTER/COLUMN END AND SIDE FRAMING SECTION (BOW EA f FTER)
SHEET 6A TYPICAL RAFTER/COLUMN END AND SIDE FRAMING SECTION (BOW E RAFTER)
SHEET 7 COLUMN CONNECTION DETAILS
SHEET 7A COLUMN CONNECTION DETAILS sy
SHEET 8 BASE RAIL ANCHORAGE OPTIONS O
SHEET 8A BASE RAIL ANCHORAGE OPTIONS IS,
SHEET 9 TYPICAL END WALL AND SIDE WALL FRAMING SECTI❑ �X EAVE RAFTER)
SHEET 10 TYPICAL END WALL AND SIDE WALL FRAMING SE::CTI[. (BOW EAVE RAFTER)
SHEET Ii CONNECTION DETAILS e-NV5
SHEET 11A CONNECTION DETAILS
SHEET 12 CONNECTION DETAILS eSHEET 13 LEAN-TO OPTIONS (BOX EAVE RAFTER) �
SHEET 13A LEAN-TO OPTIONS (BOX EAVE RAFTER) �i`
SHEET 14 LEAN-TO OPTIONS (BOW EAVE RAFTE v
SHEET 15 VERTICAL ROOF OPTION END AND S LEVATION AND SECTION
SHEET 16 OPTIONAL BASE RAIL ON GRADE
SHEET 17 OPTIONAL CONCRETE STRIP
SHEET 18 OPTIONAL HEADER
O�
t
C2'
O
t9
C
*
CARPORT CENTRAL,INC.
MOORE AND ASSOCIATES DRAY% 1 Y i LT 737 SOUTH MAIN STREET
ENGINEERING AND CONSULTING, INC. Dy, Pna MOUNT AIRY,NC STRU7030
CTURE
Tras �xxt a DE---TY Cr l— pm=MATES O�G NM MELT MR. YSM TE, 4 IE-14 SGAI.E NTS KY MOBS
TIC uwrtw�n��l coma a QTT'Qw . W +y►
T1QS af3JO(T 13 TT�,TLY MOM) Atm A!H"O..ai ai M nannrv4 !NY _.
la as Ez r Tfl L . ACTION =Dirt CC SNT. 2 WM 1 a SK-3 V
East Burlington Waste Water Plant Haw River NC 27258 East Burlington Waste Water Plant
225 Stone Quarry Rd 225 Stone Quarry Rd

East Burlington Waste Water Plant East Burlington Waste Water Plant
225 Stone Quarry Rd Haw River NC 27258 225 Stone Quarry Rd
INSTALLATI❑N NOTES AND SPECIFICATI❑NS
1 DESIGN IS FOR MAXIMUM 30'-0' WIDE x 20'-0' CAVE HEIGHT ENCLOSED STRUCTURES.
2. DESIGN WAS DONE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE 2018 NORTH CAROLINA BUILDING CODE, 2017 FLORIDA BUILDING CODE (FBC) 6TH EDITION,
2018 INTERNATIONAL BUIDLING CODE (IBC), 2006 IBC, 2009 IBC, 2012 IBC, 2015 IBC, AND 2018 IBC.
3. DESIGN LOADS ARE AS FOLLOWS:
A) DEAD LOAD = 1.5 PSF
B) LIVE LOAD = 12 PSF
C) GROUND SNOW LOAD = 33 PSF AT 5'-0' OC SPACING
= 42 PSF AT 4'-0' O.C. SPACING.
30 PSF (WITH U-CHANNEL PEAK BRACE) W S 26'-0'
(UNBALANCED SNOW LOADS DUE TO DRIFTING HAVE NOT BEEN EVALUATED.) ,
4 ULTIMATE WIND SPEED 105 TO 143 MPH (NOMINAL WIND SPEED 82 TO 110 MPH) �`�
MAXIMUM RAFTER/COLUMN AND END COLUMN SPACING = 5.0 FEET
5. ULTIMATE WIND SPEED 144 TO 155 MPH (NOMINAL WIND SPEED 111 TO 120 MPH).
MAXIMUM RAFTER/COLUMN AND END COLUMN SPACING = 4.0 FEET
6 END WALL COLUMNS (POSTS) ARE SIMILAR TO SIDE WALL. POSTS IN SIZE AND SPACING UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.
7. _OW HAZARD RISK CATEGORY I.
8 WIND EXPOSURE CATEGORY B.
9. SPECIFICATIONS APPLICABLE TO 29 GAUGE METAL PANELS FASTENED DIRECTLY TO 2 1/4' x 2 1/4' - 14 GAUGE IUB TEEL (TS)
FRAMING MEMBERS (UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE).
10 AVERAGE FASTENER SPACING ON-CENTERS ALONG RAFTERS OR HAT CHANNELS, AND COLUMNS (INTERIOR OR E. ` 8 INCHES.
II. FASTENERS CONSIST OF $12-14x3/4' (UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED) SELF-DRILLING FASTENER <SDF), USE I IL SEAL WASHER WITH
EXTERIOR FASTENERS. SPECIFICATIONS APPLICABLE ONLY FOR MEAN ROOF HEIGHT OF 20 FEET OR L %' ROOF SLOPES OF
14' (312) PITCH OR LESS SPACING REQUIREMENTS FOR OTHER ROOF HEIGHTS AND/OR SLOPES MAY V�
12 ANCHORS SHALL BE INSTALLED THROUGH BASE RAIL WITHIN 6' OF EACH COLUMN
13 STANDARD GROUND ANCHORS (SOIL NAILS) CONSIST OF N4 REBAR W/ WELDED NUT x 36' LON�NAILS MAY BE USED FOR MAXIMUM
WIND V = 145 MPH AND IN SUITABLE SOIL CONDITIONS OPTIONAL ANCHORAGE MAY BE USEIj I TABLE SOILS AND MUST BE USED
FOR WIND V ) 145 MPH AND/OR IN UNSUITABLE SOILS AS NOTED
14 WIND FORCES GOVERN OVER SEISMIC FORCES. SEISMIC PARAMETERS ANALYZED AREt
SOIL SITE CLASS = D
RISK CATEGORY I/II/III
R= 3 25 IE= 1 0 t ,
SDs= 2039 g V= CSW ��rr//
SDI= 1.258 g �V
15 DOCR AND WINDOW PRESSURES APPLICABLE TO THE STATE OF FLORIDA.•
V�
P
ov-
**
CARPORT CENTRAL,INC.
MOORE AND ASSOCIATES DRAWN Dri LT 737 SOUTH MAIN STREET
ENGINEERING AND CONSULTING, INC. MOUNT AIRY,NC 27030
OEM3) BY. PDH 30'-0"x20'-0"ENCLOSED STRUCTIIRE
TICS mama rs TNC FlasRTT CF oast Alm=COATES occolutAND PIDIELT NCJB VSM IL1TFa 4-12-19 SCALJ_i NTS JD9 ND 1a'�?$
CM/TM THE 1 TM=V14a1 CCTV{, Comm.0R OT/ERVISE USE OF - ♦
SUM= YU�ACTIIxwo�nEa NC err nE�san MAY CLIENT1 CC SIT. 3 DWG. to SK-3 R>_va o
East Burlington Waste Water Plant Haw River NC 27258 East Burlington Waste Water Plant
225 Stone Quarry Rd 225 Stone Quarry Rd

East Burlington Waste Water Plant East Burlington Waste Water Plant
225 Stone Quarry Rd Haw River NC 27258 225 Stone Quarry Rd
BOX EAVE FRAME RAFTER STRUCTURE
ROLL-UP DOOR-- PERSONNEL DOOR WINDOW (AS APP1.'CAD)i I—.-
(AS APPLICABLE) (AS APPLICABLE) DESIGN PRESSURE
DESIGN PRESSURE DESIGN PRESSURE (5672 PSI. —578 PSF)
(492) PSF —4991 PSF) ,�- ,,,, (5502 PSF. —560 PSI) _
6'.
i
I (TYP)
C _ <TYP) 1 E
T £ i FLASHING
"
• I
........: < {yam-5
LENGIN vAR1ES DEPI.NDING GN
MA1(INUM RAFTER SPAY IV) NUMDEN AND SPACING OF RA.IERS
TYPICAL END ELEVATION—HORIZONTAL ROOF TYPICAL SIDE ELEVATION—HORJZL.AL ROOF
s y,_.,_ '._ __.... SCALE NT`>
BOW FRAME RAFTER STRUCTURE
SSC__-JP 0DT)0----_- - ---ReRsONNEL DOOR viNDOv <as APPL'[CAB'-E)—
(AS APPLICABLE) (AS APPLICABLE) LL SIGN PR,SSURI
DESIGN PRESSURE I DESIGN PRESSURE (5672 PSF, 578 PSF)
(AB 21 PSI, —4991 PSF) (5502 PSI. —560 PSF) i
3
i e
y
. ... 1 ;''
LENGTH VARIES DEPENDING ON I
NAXININ RAFTER SPAN (v) j NUMBER AND SPACING 7RAFTERS
TYPICAL END ELEVATION TYPICAL END ELEVATION
SCA_E NTS / (�� SCALE NiS
Cil'i
�O✓ lF
`N
�2�
e
CP
- CARPORT CENTRAL,INC.
MOORE AND ASSOCIATES DRAWN aT) LT 737 SOUTH MAIN STREET
ENGINEERING AND CONSULTING INC. MOUNT AIRY,NC 27030
OEDCE.D SY) PDH 30'-0"x20'-0"ENCLOSED.TRUCTURG
1103 E�TDO TfEttuW PNITOHY Dr MIME ZDX COMM aat Cr1E7 ONDEDOG AND PIIpECT 1[it( VSM •IIIE+ -1E-19 SCALE' IfTS ,ICE PO 1 ,
Nit MONEY TO L .ACIM IS P+o�1�w�Mr vsItnmorr TtcoAl MAY DTI CC s T. 3A 1Pda ND SK-3 IR va 0
East Burlington Waste Water Plant Haw River NC 27258 East Burlington Waste Water Plant
225 Stone Quarry Rd 225 Stone Quarry Rd

East Burlington Waste Water Plant East Burlington Waste Water Plant
225 Stone Quarry Rd Haw River NC 27258 225 Stone Quarry Rd
29 GA GALVANIZED METAL POUF AND WALL
29 GA.GALVANIZED METAL RODE AND VALE PANELS FASTENED TO RAFTERS AND POSTS I
PANELS FASTENED TD RAFTERS AND POSTS
'S REEF RA F.- TS ROOF RAISERVI
...
,A t,
}
lz I?
-,- ,i0
�. BRACE FASTENED TO , � ,/ + .•m• ?S 2M2-U GA.. �'t..x, f
RAFTER VITH tD) I If'-0' JJ_
,� EACH END(4 PER BRACE)AT
# �s()rS ,51,.'^"" ■I x3
, Q I�
'i+—".Y LACED C(LUNN 1 0 ?- TS 'ACED COt.UNN I( -3
(TYP) 1 A'd i! (TYP.)
1
.D._ Ng I' Er
i 26'-0' MAXIMUM RAFTER SPAN 26'-D'< Ni $.30'-0'NA%)MUM RAFTER SPAN
TYPICAL RAFTER/COLUMN END FRAME SECTION TYPICAL RAFTER/COLUMN END�1 ,1ME SECTION
SCALE: YTS SCALE NTS s{
SEE NOTES '�{®�
(SHEET RAxiM3)
uH
FCR SPACING
$PACING
1 8 tX C)
{�VlB
II
D
ENGTH VARIES DEPENDING ONI .",
NJBER AND SPA,INC SF RAFTERS II `_
TYPICAL RAFTER/COLUMN SIDE FRAMING - IN
SCALE NTS
•
c\
V
V�
10
� NJ
CARPORT CENTRAL,INC.
MOORE AND ASSOCIATES DRAWN Ws LT 737 SOUTH MAIN STREET
ENGINEERING AND CONSULTING, INC. MOUNT AIRY,NC 27030
OEC10rD By, poiUl'-0"x2n'-0"ENCLOSED STRI IC I IRE
Mt 0DE11ETfT 13 TIE ITT IT MOPE NO Af3Ot3ATCS ETO<EI DO NO PRELECT lab VSN RAID 4-12-19 SCALE, NTS I Al ND 1037eS_,
COMILTOO. TIE 1liNTToara D SIDS. 01'Df,Ot OTOMITO-OSE Er
TKO OIiMJ(T n lTIOTTLY 1910aCRED NO Nfrun:mo 7� 7 T THOMP JS MT
t n(.EZT TO LEGAL ACM( CLIENT( CC TNT. 4 DWG. ND SK-3 kv, o
East Burlington Waste Water Plant Haw River NC 27258 East Burlington Waste Water Plant
225 Stone Quarry Rd 225 Stone Quarry Rd

East Burlington Waste Water Plant East Burlington Waste Water Plant
225 Stone Quarry Rd Haw River NC 27258 225 Stone Quarry Rd
I GALVANIZED METAL R 29 GA GALVANIZED METAL ROOF AND VALE-
29 Is) ROC AND WALL PANELS FASTENED TO RAFTERS AND POSTS
( B. PANELS IASTENED TO RAFTERS AND POSTS ,t8 TB Roar awn*
5* IlUlfy (t1�
t._ TS RCCF RAFeR \ 12 i
SA. .,..�` 12 12
L At r
N' IB GA U-CNANt(EL -�
BRACE FASTENED TO TS 2x2-t4 GA
•
RAFTER WITH(2) �' t �/ '-' I
•12-14x3i4'SIN'S AT 1' - r-
EACH END(4 PER BRACE) #
Vi m! I , i.
~r—TS DOUBLE COLUMN f ;A I .. TS DOUBLE COLUMN I M x+
Ael •
t (TYP) -e 1 ,.TOP)
ILF ':. IS BASE RAIL 1 II I TS BASE RAIT-OS in
S.26'-0'MAXIMUM RATTER SPAN I Z6'-0' ( V < 30'-Y UM MAXIM RATTER SPAN 410
TYPICAL RAFTER/COLUMN END FRAME SECTION TYPICAL RAFTER/COLUMN END F .Ir;, SECTION_
SC AL L t'S SCALE. N'S
29 GA GALVANIZED ��Or AND WALL
i9 GA GALVANIZED NE IAL ROOF AND WALL'- PANELS FASTENED 1�� TERS TERS AND POSTS
PANELS FASTENED TO RAFTERS AND POSTS TS ROOF RATTER
TS ROOF RAF-E,R Jr
i8 �- 12 ..-""-� 12
y
24. 10 GA U-CHANNEL
BRACE FASTENED TO I. 2-14 W.
RAFTER WITH(2) t! 11'-0'
1112-14x3/4' SW'S AT �.
•1 EACH END(4 PER BRACE) ? - _
,I 31Y
,1...»TS COLUMN (TTP) b b f StC ELAN ETTP) o�
t i `
3 elk i
TS BASE RAIL TU, TS MATE RAIL•
S 26-0•MAXIMA(
V RAFTER SPAN 1 26'-0' ( V ( 30'-0' MAXIMUM RAFTER SPAN 1
TYPICAL RAFTER/COLUMN END FRAME SECTION_ ICAL RAFTER/COLUMN END FRAME SECTION
SCALE N'S ALE' NTS
SEC NOTES
(SHEET 3) ,��
FOR MAY won
SPACING
1
•
A
4 a
i
LE.. 1
VARIES DEPENDING EN 1
R MID SPACING OF RAFTERS
TYPICAL RACPR/COLUMN SIDE FRAMING SECTION
SCALE NTS AZ
CiCT
CARPORT CENTRAL,INC.
MOORE AND ASSOCIATES DRAWN HYI LT 737 SOUTH MAIN STREET
ENGINEERING AND CONSULTING INC. MOUNT AIRY.NC 27030
OEf3CED HY. pm Th'-0"x2n,_I)"ENCI OSFI CTRIIC'TI'R)
DCTS =JIM DS DE rusrorri CIF M[OE AND AaCGATLE [NG4Q7@G AND PAIIJECT MGR, VSDI T'FI 4-12-19 SCALD NTS I:13 ND 183785
=ELL'MX TIE L WIDOCIZEy IE}BESICT CK CST'DE, ER QM>tVDE UfE Tr
INIS ®JE)TT ES STTOB:RY 140401STED AND AII7-9F11011 71T TEISS1IN MAY
x SURJE T TD LEGAL ACTII I CLIENTI CC IIT, 4A DVG PO SK-3 REV,. 0
East Burlington Waste Water Plant Haw River NC 27258 East Burlington Waste Water Plant
225 Stone Quarry Rd 225 Stone Quarry Rd

East Burlington Waste Water Plant East Burlington Waste Water Plant
225 Stone Quarry Rd Haw River NC 27258 225 Stone Quarry Rd
IS HULA' RAF UM
SECURE WITH(4) Yp
Ole-1493/4' SDF'S �,,`
(EACH END> ..^
le
SLEEVE i0 - y
RAFTER) 3f l6 ? I-Jy,..... a/
"'--'—_,r MINIMUM 6' LONG, ,
MINIMUM 14 GA,
CUNNECTDP SLEEVE / '�F'
q r i SECURE Wu DF
i 6H
,
iI'._V
! / Vw.vB
I
i .-BB GA U-CHANNEL
KNEE BRACE FASTENED
�`',� 'U RA('1FR AND CC(UMN /y��'%C)
1 )$ 2X2-:.C,A CHORD
1 ... _.._.._. V
Y _TS mum ry�
BOX EAVE RAFTER COLUMN
C❑NNECTI❑N DE TA1't. FOR
iA HEIGHTS 16'-P' < TO S 20'-0'
cAc \-s
e
N j
I
A. --IR GA.U-CHANNEL BRACE FASTENED
(\,rFjF TO THE COLUMN AND ROOF BEAM,
/� WITH(4)112-1493/4' SDF'S AT EACH
{+(Q1 ' 2 1/2• END (a PER BRACE)
\`
C7).
BRACE SECTI❑N
SCALE NTS
CARPORT CENTRAL,INC.
MOORE AND ASSOCIATES DRAWN WI LT 737 SOUTH MAIN STREET
ENGINEERING AND CONSULTING, INC. MOUNT AIRY,NC 27030
CBEO® VI YDPI 10'-0"x2 '-0"ENCLOSED STRUC I IRE
TICS =JIM a THE PODTOTTT Of Nam! Alm AiMA=DI@ETEXOC Arm PROJECT Nlib VSPI DATE) 4-12-19 SCAM PITS ,108 PO 11078S
CDC LTDn 11C UPIAUTCPOZID fr7IMICLTTIA, OPTDC, Olt O OM=USE ff -
TICS DIEM II Srt@TLT POCCOIITED NC ANY anivia orr fEE/!1,1QI NAY
BE s 1LELT To=A L. 'crux t1_ NTF cc SNT, S DV6 PO SK-3 IREv, o
East Burlington Waste Water Plant Haw River NC 27258 East Burlington Waste Water Plant
225 Stone Quarry Rd 225 Stone Quarry Rd

East Burlington Waste Water Plant East Burlington Waste Water Plant
225 Stone Quarry Rd Haw River NC 27258 225 Stone Quarry Rd
ITS ROOF RAFTER
SECURE WITH CO �' TS ROOF RAFTER
1112-14r3/4•Slr"S
(EACH END) A
12 l `.
12 - CONNECTOR 3/16
^CMrECTG2�, 3/t6 --''�� -"-':., ,f SLEEVE TO 3 -
SLEEVE TC >^3/16 3�"` �-'^'-� RAFTER ,. 3/Ib �, '
RAFTER / ^,YY�'-_
3, ,4j
‘,".'---^"' .s' •
ft - //,
L_SECIX$ WITH
• JJ JJ'' I i,4, (!) M12-14.3/!•
• I ,�.,, SOPS (EACH E
6 ®,
t.
— @N
ill
MIN/
MINIMUM 6•LONG. CONNECTOR SLEEVE
CONNECTER SLEEVE MINIMUM I! GA, -.1D GA U-CRANE KN
MINIMUM 1!GA, SECURE COLUMN TO BRACE FAS I EN.0
SECURE COLUMN TO l SLEEVE WITH(4) RAFTER AND eUMN
SLEEVE WITH(!) / 112-1Na/!' SOPS
•12-1l.3/a' SDF'S
.s6i)C.)
',
I r 3-t2 \ �s TS DOUBLE
E -\- 19 GA.1-CHANNEL KNEE
,f BRACE FASTENED TO 3-IT j (/'/y�
RAFTER AND COLUMN f t V
3-12 14 ;
3-12 Ll -.TS DOUBLE COLUMN BOX EA AFTER COLUMN
,- CONK N DETAIL FOR
BOX EAVE RAFTER COLUMN ir H 10'-0' < TO S 12'-0'
CONNECTION DETAIL FOR / c�'T'
( B HEIGHTS 12'-0' < TO i 16'-0'1. " --./("'�
/ TS ROOF RAFTER --‘ v
12 _,.... .'
1 a
CONNECTOR\ 3/16 .. ✓ ✓ �v
SLEEVE TO !3/16 i 3 1`� i. . -�`-A
RAFTER r , loe
-
+3• SECURE vim Q)B ``
♦ 12-H.3/4'
6, I F Ors(EACH EN
MINIMUM 6' C),.., //���� "
CONNECTOR SLEEVE ID GA .1-CHANE (NEB
MINIMUM I!GA, BRACE rAST I1dO�����
SECURE COLUMN TO RAFTER AND� .IB(Y
SLEEVE WITH (!:
1 TS COLUMN
{
BOX EAVE COLUMN
CONNECTI N AIL FOR
1\, HEIGHTS '-0'
8820,
m1
1 1'
: B N
449
/+�' --18 GA U-CHANNEL BRACE FASTENED
(7 ti TD THE COLUMN AND ROOF BEAM,
WITH(O Rl2-Lla3/1' SDI'S AT EACH
yxi, 2 /2' 1 END CB PER BRACE)
T -
BRACE SECTION
SCALE: N T S
CARPORT CENTRAL,INC.
MOORE AND ASSOCIATES DRAWN 111.1 LT 737 SOUTH MAIN STREET
ENGINEERING AND CONSULTING, INC- MOUNT AIRY.NC 27030
C/ED� 91, PIN 3f'-0",(211'-n"ENCLOSED STRUCTIIRE
Faxm11 ttUNAUTNl�D mr®LTInt a,, . OR mloly�4IC PROJECT IIQi 1/SM LATE, -12-19 SCALDMTS NDtR37K
MC a+aA= TO LEGAL ALTDDL DOCUMENT IS ITIOCTLT � AND Ahrr�vlaTorT l)oOrw IMT CLmrT1 CC SHT, SA mttl tO SK-3 REVa 0
East Burlington Waste Water Plant Haw River NC 27258 East Burlington Waste Water Plant
225 Stone Quarry Rd 225 Stone Quarry Rd

East Burlington Waste Water Plant East Burlington Waste Water Plant
225 Stone Quarry Rd Haw River NC 27258 225 Stone Quarry Rd
29 GA. GALVANIZED METAL ROOF AND WALL—'1
29 GA.GA:.vrwurb NE IAL ROOF' AN➢ Y.,.t. ..
PANELS FASTENED TO RAFTERS AND POSTS
PANELS FA.TENE➢ Til RAFTER:AND POSTS 11
Atik TS DOW RAFTERAli TS BMRAfTCR �T2 /
24' lb GA U CHANNEL
BRACE FASTENED TO TS£x2-TA GA-
Li,
RAf TER WITH<2) \ �,:,' 31'-0' \Iif t-
M12-14.3/P SCP'S AT `
EACH END(4 PER BRACE) i
i a t, '} b k
ISYPL) FS
COLUMN i :t $, T5 LASED+_TILUMN 2?tilt
S5 L -[
`2y' i 1 1 II i
Mr
if ___ ___.S.26-0'MAXIMUM RAFTER SPAN 26'-0' < V S.30'-0' MAxIMUM RAFTER SPAN
TYPICAL RAFTER/COLUMN END FRAME SECTION TYPICAL RAFTER/COLUMN END FhµME SECTI❑N
SCALE N-S `;CA_E: N-,
SEE NOTES
(SHEET 3)
FOR MAXIMUM „�q
SPACING q S
1
4
•
•
_.ENGTH VARIES DEPENDING ON ! IN
N.MiER ANT 3P4:ING OF RAPERS _f `_
TYPICAL RAFTER/COLUMN FRAMING SIDE 90UN
SCALE NTS
`' PA'.'
g>
V
<9
CARPORT CENTRAL,INC.
MOORE AND ASSOCIATES DRAWN BY* LT 737 SOUTH MAIN STREET
ENGINEERING AND CONSULTING, INC. DEICAED VI PD„ „+-f.+�M OU;NT AIRY,N STR CTI IRE
MIS DM/ENT LS 7 E rwarveTr OF fmc NOS AiSCLOUTES PGDEE3m16 NO maw MG1t• WSM DATEI 4-12-19 SCALE. NTS m wO ,� NI t8379S
611TDG TN[ +mEU � �t 4 OR Imo'YD RFJLT arru OTTiEVISE [ -
TICS LEXLINENT TS STRICTLY P1OCRIT[0 MO Mr"'LIfpQ70R TFCE1FOR MT
SE SLaIExT TO LEGAL ACTmw CLIENTI CC SHT, 6 DWG. 10 SK-3 itEv., o
•
East Burlington Waste Water Plant Haw River NC 27258 East Burlington Waste Water Plant
225 Stone Quarry Rd 225 Stone Quarry Rd

East Burlington Waste Water Plant East Burlington Waste Water Plant
225 Stone Quarry Rd Haw River NC 27258 225 Stone Quarry Rd
I 29 GA GALVANIZES METAL ROOF AND WALL @9 GA GAi.VANIZED METAL ROOF ANE VA.Lt ---
p — PANELS FASTENED TO RAFTERS AND r'[:S TS
i�¢7M' PANELS FASTENED TO RAFTERS AND POSTS ID TS BOW R`N'S'
17
7A -
Iw 'S BOV its,tA �y 13 \ T2
/
74 `"'-.......�3 NW .' 1 ^" ''.ti.�3 /
2 .� /_... ,,.
BRACE FASTENED TO `: r,'! ETS 2x2-N GA 'a\ ''�� JJ
C
` { B GA Li-CHANNEL 3 RAPER WITH<2) "Ij I 11'-0' \ l✓012-.4x3/4' SDF'S AT 1
4„ EACH END (4 PER BRACE) '� E
i�# x6
tj ; 1* iv
I Qt i---TS DOUBLE COL.IMN ( ----TS D0u3LE COLUMN i yo *
a
(TYP) < S I (TYP)
2$
I8I ] ! TS BASE RAIL
TS BASE RAi;;-'+ Il
I S 26'-0'MAXIMUM RAFTER SPAN ! 26'-0' ( V S 30'-0'MAXIMUM RAI TER SPAN
TYPICAL RAFTER/COLUMN END FRAME SECTION TYPICAL RAFTER/COLUMN END F SECTION
SCALE NTS SCALE NTS
29 GA GALVANIZED M':.AL ROOF AND WALL
29 GA GALVANIZED METAL ROOF AND WALL TS HC4 RA 'ER OrAmh
PANELS FASTENED TERS AND POSTS
PANELS FASTENED TO RAFTERS AND PCSTS •
TS KV A rFq.- 1 12 • _12
:D �-- 12 4101 12 \\\
2, B GA II-CHANNEL 1 d '�`:
y; ��t BRACE FASTENED i0 J QS Rx -0*GA „,,.
f RAFTER VI'H (i1 ��
Yl2-:4xl/a' SCE•S AT �� I- 11'-0'
EACH ENC(A PER BRACE) I 445 I xl
i Y = f*
o �1
.,.........'1 COLUMN (TYP.) oO • __.T,y�LITL. 'IvP I b8
all i } � 2A
IV 1
} j 1
( 26' 0 MAXIMUM RAFTER SPAN I V 26-0' < V S 30'-0'MAXIMUM RAPER SAAN f
TYPICAL RAFTER/COLUMN END FRAME SECTION \ ICAL RAFTER/COLUMN END FRAME SECTION
SCALE NTS i/j�j . ALE NTS
SSE NOTES
S) �V
SHEET D
FOR MAXIMUM
SPACING
lb
?
is
s^+A B I 1
1,4
L 14 VARIES DEPENDING EN
U .R AND SPACING DI RAFTERS
TYPICAL R/COLUMN FRAMING SIDE SECTION
SCALE NTS
CP'
**
CARPORT CENTRAL,INC.
MOORE AND ASSOCIATES DRAWN FYI LT 737 SOUTH MAIN STREET
ENGINEERING AND CONSULTING, INC. MOUNT AIRY,NC 27030
DOMED >tn PDN 32-0 s2 0"[NCI OSFO?MUM RE I
TIES mom a T)€PICIPOIRTIr NUE NO 4111COATC11 ETIMIEEER110 NO pffluErf tab WSM DAM 4-12-19 SCALD NTS I JOB NU 19379$
calaILTOS MC OIMMOOZCO IIVIIIONLTOI,IXVIDO.lit QOM=WE IT t t
alraT To LETrII N:TOI WWI CC 15HT. 6A 'DWG ND SK-3 iiEv. 0 '
East Burlington Waste Water Plant Haw River NC 27258 East Burlington Waste Water Plant
225 Stone Quarry Rd 225 Stone Quarry Rd

East Burlington Waste Water Plant East Burlington Waste Water Plant
225 Stone Quarry Rd Haw River NC 27258 225 Stone Quarry Rd
TS ROOF RAF rE R
SECURE WITH(1)
ACH+xJ/ S3'S r.,,�-:�".-
(EACH END))
12
•-•'''''''\''Cr ...,,,m.-'''''' _____,--m-"' / /
�, **
I ^\�
/4 0
MINIMUM B• LUNG."^ y fJ. / "
MINIMUM GA. V
CONNECTOR
HI EEVE
SECURE WITH DI' /�__
/
I o i� \V`j
42
c a.- ....18 GA U-CHANNEL /m\{/I
t -'',. KNEE BRACE FASTENED,�
TO RAFTER AND COLUMN [/\j
V
m - IS 2Y2-I46A CHORD „w
I
I C �
1_ § -TS CA.uPM
1N.
1
3/16 �
1 3/16 Irr f'�
' '/VT+
Noe
BOW RAFTER C❑LU
C❑NNECTI❑N DET OR
c1AHEIGHTS I6'-0' i'❑ S ZO'-O'
SCALE. NTS 0
V
N
10 GA.U-CHANNEL MACE FASTENED
TO THE COLUMN AND ROOF BEAN,
WITH(4) II2-11x31+' ODES AT EACH
2 1/2• END (R PER MACE)
BRACE SECTI❑N
SCAT : N N .
CARPORT CENTRAL,INC.
MOORE AND ASSOCIATES DRAWN BY. LT 737 SOUTH MAIN STREET
ENGINEERING AND CONSULTING, INC. MOUNT AIRY,NC 27030
oFn® m PDN ar>,_o c?n'_!I"FNCtC)S��`i1RI ICPI!RI=
THU =mom it TIC rlIDPi1lTT CD'NOOK Mm AausATu DCMITme MC MULCT NriA WSN ,DATE., 4-1E-19 SCALED NTS .i N@ t837S
KaCILTDG TIE umwmOrou R[7icournoR. GWrDEr OR cmclivar Lar LF
aa�a TO Lax MERT ES lY ACI1 noOTm MO umDP�rT Twasoi MAY Q Ta pc SHT, 7 DWG. 1401 SK-3 REVa 0
East Burlington Waste Water Plant Haw River NC 27258 East Burlington Waste Water Plant
225 Stone Quarry Rd 225 Stone Quarry Rd

East Burlington Waste Water Plant East Burlington Waste Water Plant
225 Stone Quarry Rd Haw River NC 27258 225 Stone Quarry Rd
I TS BOW RAFTER
SECURE WITH(4)
NI2-14.3/4'SOPS TS BOW RAFTER
(EACH END)
1 12
fir. 12 - '�'
3 __...__-""7..-__:',............„,........ )71 ''./ \ ,9-*
//// T
i _ /
f / SECURE WITH
SOPS(EACH END) '
ia. ;p ' 18 GA L-CHANNE-KNEE„x�``
BRACE FASTENED TO (/�\/!
! RAF?ER AND C0.1kIN
18 GA U-CHANNEL KNEE +
- -MINIMUM 8'LONG.MIN M
BRACE FASTENED TO CONNECTOR SLEEVE DDr
RAFTER AND COLUMN RAFTER AND COL y I ECTOR
WITH ODRI2-)4K 1J S
�+�c
\ MINIMUM 8'LONG,MINIMUM 14 GA. TS DOUBLE cOLe
CONNECTOR SLEEVE SECURE ROOF �+r�
RAFTER AND COLUMN TO CONNECTOR - '
WITH(8)•12-14x3/4' SDI'S
3-t2 h--TS DOUBLE CDLLMN BOW RAF :1; OLUMN
3_,B CONNECT,,PI DETAIL FOR
�~`� BOW RAFTER COLUMN 1C `HEIZt i'-0' < TO 12/-0'
- CONNECTI❑N DETAIL FOR `'A AL
f 1� HEIGHTS 12'-0' < TO S 16'-0' \---"
SCALE' NTS j
TS BOV RAFTER �`
t2 4[
r
SECURE WIN c'\
(4)412-1443/4' ``//.
1d SDF'S(EACH EN�
F..._.� !
A.. •' fir/
T
\� IB GA 1-CHANNEL K�y
k��f BRACE FASTENED G
-- Y" RAFTER AND 04.
MINIMUM 8' LONG. 14 GA,
1 CONNECTOR S E URE ROOF
RAFTER AND D CONNECTOR
WITH(8) N1i� 4' SEE'S
IS COLUMN
— BO RAF"TER COLUMN
(-----,,, CO CTION DETAIL
1D Li EIGHTS S 101-0'
- FE NTS
in
• �i
m
Ci" 18 GA U-CHANNEL BRACE FASTENED
WITH
)) 1 COLUMNAND RODE BEAN.
;, IC THE 41/4' $DF"$ AT EACH
2 1/?• END (8 PER BRACE)
BRACE SECTION
SCAI..i NI
CARPOR 1"CENTRAL,INC
MOORE AND ASSOCIATES DRAVN BY. LT 737 SOUTH MAIN STREET
ENGINEERING AND CONSUI...TING, INC. MOUNT AIRY,NC27030
C►EO® m vDH 3n'-n°x2n'-n^ENCLOSED. TRIICILRI=
TN# OIXIILOF3TT VI TM nvvrtr or 1mt AI®AlSIrtATST OGDELRDE AFm PRELECT 1432) VS/4 I/ATE1 4-1E-19 SCM.E NTS .ai ND L8378S
CZNELL TN: tA8u11♦®EPIELICILTIDR COMO.1R CMCINIECCIEM Cr
MS =LOFT IS STIMTLY PBDQTED MS ANY ofTmmort NISIO PI%AY
E SMELT TO tZGAL. ACTE34 CLD 4T1 CC ISHT. 7A DV6. No SK-3 REV) o
East Burlington Waste Water Plant Haw River NC 27258 East Burlington Waste Water Plant
225 Stone Quarry Rd 225 Stone Quarry Rd

East Burlington Waste Water Plant East Burlington Waste Water Plant
225 Stone Quarry Rd Haw River NC 27258 225 Stone Quarry Rd
BASE RAIL ANCHORAGE OPTIONS
INSTALL I/2'x6 1/2'
-�,WF `R i'; :;;.,,; A';',",,-„„....----`--- EXPANSION ANCHOR THROUGH
FIBERS REINF BASE RAIL WITHIN 6' OF 2' WASHERS
ACM COLUMN v, DRILL 5/8' DIAMETER HOLE
w TOP OF ASPHALT- THROUGH THE BASE RAIL AND
-+-I r♦ 4:, PAVEf!U!AC
T E 1/2' DIAMETER THROUGH BOLT
,? i GRADE *
I ;....` l I'S CONTINUOUS ```
"' Y BASE RAIL �V)
MINIMUM 3 1/4'
EMBEDMENT S
(TY :) HELICAL AUGER -
EYE ANCHOR
q4 -y (SEE NOTES BELOW) Cry'
MONOLITHIC CONCRETE FOOTING y
(3000 PSI MIN:) REINFORCED .
WITH (2) N4's CONTINUOUS 11 ;•-D VARIES HELICAL AUGER A [i IORAGE
I
1,�� SCALE tiT; H AN BE U ` €`JR ASPHALT)
CONCRETE MONOLITHIC SLAB \
O
BASE RAIL ANCHORAGE
SCALE: NTS
UM MINIM ANCHOR EDGE DISTANCE IS 4'.
* COORDINATE WITH LOCAL CODES/ORD,
GENERAL NOTES //��
�
1",.‘NOTE CONCRETE MONOLITHIC SLAB DESIGN BASED ON MINIMUM
SOIL BEARING CAPACITY OF 1,500 PSF. v
CONCRETED '�
CONCRETE SHALL. HAVE A MINIMUM SPECIFIED COMPRESSIVE
STRENGTH DF 3,000 PSI AT 28 DAYS.
COVER OVER REINFORCING STEEL',
FOR FOUNDA"IONS, MINIMUM CONCRETE COVER OVER REINFORCING /�
BARS SHALL BE PER ACI-318: �
3' 'N FOUNDATIONS WHERE THE CONCRETE IS CAST AGAINST AND _`
PERMANENTLY IN CONTACT WITH THE EARTH OR EXPOSED TO THE Ate`
EARTH OR WEATHER, AND 1 1/2' ELSEWHERE �j``
REINFORCING STEEL'
THE TURNDJWN REINFORCING STEEL SHALL BE ASTM A615 GRA
60. THE SLAB REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE WELDED WIRE FA C
MEETING ASTM A185 OR FIBERGLASS FIBER REINFORCEMENT.
REINFORCEMENT MAY BE BENT IN THF�C
SHOP OR THE FIELD PROVIDED ��'j�
: REINFORCEMENT IS BENT COLD.
2 -HE DIAMETER OF THE BEND, MEASURED 0 SIDE OF THE
BAR, IS NOT LESS THAN SIX-BAR DIAMET
3 REINFORCEMENT PARTIALLY EMBEDDED IN RETE SHALL NOT
BE FIELD BENT
HELICAL AUGER ANCHOR NES'
I FOR VERY DENSE AND/OR CEME Y . SANDS, COARSE GRAVEL
AND COBBLES, CALICHE, PR Li•ri, SILTS AND CLAYS, USE
MINIMUM (21 4' HELICES WI IMUM 30' EMBEDMENT OR
SINGLE 6' HELIX WITH M 50' EMBEDMENT
2 FOR CORAL USE MIN 4' HELICES WITH MINIMUM
3C' EMBEDMENT OR IN 6' HELIX WITH MINIMUM
5C' EMBEDMENT.
3 FOR MEDIUM D�ARSE SANDS, SANDY GRAVELS, VERY
STIFF SILTS CLAYS USE MINIMUM (2) 4' HELICES WITH
MINIMUM 30 EMBEDMENT OR SINGLE 6' HELIX WITH MINIMUM
5C' EMBE
4 FOR 0 MEDIUM DENSE SANDS, FIRM TO STIFF CLAYS AND
SILjS N� VIAL FILL, USE MINIMUM (2) 6' HELICES WITH MINIMUM
LMENT
5x4.OR VERY LOSE TO MEDIUM DENSE SANDS, FIRM TO STIFFER
CLAYS AND SILTS, ALLUVIAL FILL, USE MINIMUM (2) 8' HELICES
WITH MINIMUM 60' EMBEDMENT.
CARPORT CENTRAL,INC.
MOORE AND ASSOCIATES DRAWN ire LT 737 SOUTH MAIN STREET
ENGINEERING AND CONSULTING, INC. MOUNT AIRY,NC 27030
oic� m PEN W-0"y20'-0"ENCLOSED TRtICTURE
ties imam 1i THE mown or wow No AMIDES DIamm6 MD MUTT NO6 WA WO 4-12-19 ,SCALE/ NTS .1112,129 1037BS
CCIEULTDQ THE uwrtw®Iecs+®sliok GPM'.DR Gnaw=usE or
TES GE ENT IS STE MLT FIDGETED Alm NH-0E»EKT T011I01 MITT
NE asaT To LELAL ETRE CLIDIT's CC 'SNT. 0 DWG. PO SK-3 We, D
East Burlington Waste Water Plant Haw River NC 27258 East Burlington Waste Water Plant
225 Stone Quarry Rd 225 Stone Quarry Rd

East Burlington Waste Water Plant East Burlington Waste Water Plant
225 Stone Quarry Rd Haw River NC 27258 225 Stone Quarry Rd
IBASE RAIL ANCHORAGE OPTIONS
c
- q'
-1/2' MA. x 6 1/2' EX? ANCHOR
--EDGE OF CONC.
TS 2 1/4x2 1/4-14 GA C 4'
O
.0 a 1 ':: -4
z
cam' " -�+---EDGE OF CO*"
......_.._......_ / . 1
3/16 " MINIMUM 3 1/4' -'
/ EMBCDMENT
NO -TS Cr11_. (LEG) (TYP) ,�,\J
SECTION f c
TYPICAL ANCHOR DETAIL WHEN BASE SCALE NTS -
RAIL IS NEAR EDGE OF CONCRETE
ALE ti'.. `,
V��
0
�NiP.
V
. �
y V V
`
�+� V
V�
Isc...)
ENN
**
CARPORT CENTRAL,INC.
MOORE AND ASSOCIATES DRAWN fn IT 737 SOUTH MAIN STREET
ENGINEERING AND CONSULTING, INC. MOUNT AIRY,NC 27030
CiEL1® BYE PDN 3n'-n"x2 '-0"ENCLOSED,TRUC'TLRE
ME T�c EHIEEx►re THE POOPIOT T OF NO ME AID)ASSICAne S OiGOE�i• ,SS , +�
PRUXCT } VSM TE1 4-122-19 WI P NTS 1 NO 1.0378S
THIS SOOMENT IS co1+nLqa uruJrKter�n �,c�+rsr�. aneivt�wr
�aIE TO t ACTYiaKrWnEtanta ANp ANY DfmldiAdEllr t1E71ltlrvl MAY =END CC SHT. 0A DWG. 10 SK-3 + 0
East Burlington Waste Water Plant Haw River NC 27258 East Burlington Waste Water Plant
225 Stone Quarry Rd 225 Stone Quarry Rd

East Burlington Waste Water Plant East Burlington Waste Water Plant
225 Stone Quarry Rd Haw River NC 27258 225 Stone Quarry Rd
BOX EAVE RAFTER END WALL AND SIDE WALL OPENINGS
SEE NOTES SEf. NCPES
(SHEET 3) ,FL,:r 3,
FOR MAXIMUM FOR ,AX:HU.,
SPACING AK SPACING
77. le
II
,A
1147 CRYJYtN6 Frx ADLL-u+
DIB1R MITM HEADER 11111111
fil `�
Tz-D MAXIMUM
:4
• T
,e, , • ,
t, ,
CI
Iler
..OPEN! -•
.* DOOR
i TH R
TYPICAL BOX EAVE RAFTER TYPICAL BOX EAVE RATER END
_END WALL FRAMING SECTION WALL ❑PENINGS FRAM N^G SECTION
SCALE NTS SCALE: NTS N•N'''
SEC NOTES �y+��
(SHEET 3) i RAFTER/COLUMN �./FOR SPACING
ASSEMBLY
SPACING �+
1 I , 4.1
, .t' 4 I T K
4 ,.�...._.,} I I ....b IPA. iV{/\
1 IRA
i fo ��
OPENING FOR ROLL-UP j i
DOOR VITH HEADER 1 ,< op. OPENING F I .NE0v
SEE NOTESA VITH - D VINDOV
1 i„..__ RAIL* ;� 'PLICABLE
IL TO !ll•li)
I l
,..• � 11A;
il
0 _ `,#
_.._.. OPENING FOR- 7
PERSONNEL DOOR SLA 6.
VITH HEADER
TYPICAL BOX EAVE RAFTER
SIDE WALL OPENINGS FRAMIy G CTION
SCALE N1 `
NOTES: Q
■ 9'-' MAX FOR '-O O.C. AFT RAFT SPACING.
N 9'-C' MAX FOR 4'-0' ❑C. RAFT LUMN SPACING.
\P
1
t
NJ
CP'
CARPORT CENCRAL,INC.
MOORE AND ASSOCIATES JRAVN IlYi LT 737 SOUTH MAIN STREET
ENGINEERING AND CONSULTING, INC. MOUNT AIRY.NC 27030
BY, pm 10 0"x20'-0"ENt`LOSED STRUCTURE
TICS IMAM II TIE/1QIIEor1'Y Cr ICD E Alm ASSOCIATES DOWERING INC PROJECT MGM WM TEI 4-i 19
miHLTD4 THE (AVTl47®RP�LTmI. �TD4 ON QTIOMTSE USE DF -� �- SCN.E).NTS .lQ,B.NO 183784
TICS DOLUNDST IS STICIETLY FINED Alm Mr VW Nl4ainrt T1EIE3/DI NAY
X MOIST TO LEGAL ACTION CLIENT. CC SM. 9 DWG. NO) SK-3 REV, 0
East Burlington Waste Water Plant Haw River NC 27258 East Burlington Waste Water Plant
225 Stone Quarry Rd 225 Stone Quarry Rd

East Burlington Waste Water Plant East Burlington Waste Water Plant
225 Stone Quarry Rd Haw River NC 27258 225 Stone Quarry Rd
IBOW EAVE RAFTER END WALL AND SIDE WALL OPENINGS
SEE NOTES SEE NOTES
(SHEET 31 (SHEET 35
FOR NA%1MlIN FOR MAXIMUM
SPACING 4 SPACING
IT
t( is ;
**
6 �`-�11
4/
11A OPENING FUR EADERP `�
'"�-^" DOOR VI?M tEADER I
, t2'_0'MAXIMUM ,f�
141, E; liA IP I
OPE.
7 S DOOR
Ur vl ADER
TYPICAL BOW RAFTER TYPICAL BOW RAFTE ct. D
END WALL FRAMING SECTION WALL OPENINGS F'. e 'G SECTION
SCALE NTS SCALE; NTS /V��')�jP'
SEE NOTES `J V
SHUT 3) \VT
FUR MAxI(UM .--TS RAF MR/COLUMN
SPACING s ASSEMBLY
d 12 .2i
.
iA 6 9A.__ _ i }
_- 1/A "
" \
OPENING FOR ROLL-UP /
DCOR VIM HEADER L� 1 vINDOV
a NCES• II\ . ADER AND RI N DOw
(ALSO APPLICABLE
AL ''' • END WALLS)
t/ f?
OPENING FOR
l:Ti PERSONNEL DOOR {IA
V;7M HEADER
O
TYPICAL BOW RAFTE' Pi
WALL OPENINGS FR- SECTION
SCALE NTS 0
NCTES \„
1. 1C'-0' MAX. FOR t O.C. RAFTER/COLUMN SPACING.
M 5'-0' MAX. FOR ❑.C. RAFTER/COLUMN SPACING.
��'
V
.49
**
CARPORT CENTRAL.,INC.
MOORE AND ASSOCIATES DRAWN m LT 737 SOUTH MAIN STREET
ENGINEERING AND CONSULTING, INC. MOUNT AIRY,NC27030
CNEOC D BYO PEN 30'•0^K20*.0"ENCLOSED,TRUCTURF
DOS DIn1QR CS TIE FROMM or ACME AND A!ZCIATU OICONWO fi APO PROEM limas NSN BATE/ 4-i2-19 __SCALE, NTS JOVO LINOS
ONS LTDAL 114E IIM/ROIOS D P17103111LTID6 CC7TDQ.CR QMR=UME of
RCM =MINT II SE sauccr To ilfrAcM A r��NAY
C7.IENTI CC SW. 10 DV6 ND SK-3 , o
East Burlington Waste Water Plant Haw River NC 27258 East Burlington Waste Water Plant
225 Stone Quarry Rd 225 Stone Quarry Rd

East Burlington Waste Water Plant East Burlington Waste Water Plant
225 Stone Quarry Rd Haw River NC 27258 225 Stone Quarry Rd
CONNECTION DETAILS
'1r'r' - T1 COLUMN TS DOUBLE COLUMN
r MINIMUM 6' LONG, MINIMUM 6' LONG,
SLEEVE TO 3/16 CONNECTOR SLEEVE ,/ CONNECTOR SLEEVE
BASE RAIL MINIMUM 14 GA., SLEEVE TO 3/16 r MINIMUM 14 GA.,
3/16 SECURE WITH (4) BASE RAIL 3/• 16 SECURE WITH (4)
N12-14x3/4' SDF'S o' a 1112-14x3/4' SDF'S
TS SCONTINTINUOUS •1° H TS CONTINUOUS
BASE RAIL
._..._
,---`. RAFTER COLUMN/BASE RAIL S- RAFTER COLUMN/BASE ROIL
2A CONNECTION DETAIL (..____)2B C❑NNECTI❑N DETAIL "
_.�, �N'_ SCA_E ' S
V
__._ ; ; I TS COLUMN TS ROOF RAFTER eic
t i 1 \Vr/
al
I MINIMUM 6' LONG, i
'
I MINIMUM 14 GA.,
CONNECTOR SLEEVE •� .-2'x2'x2' 16 GA. ANGLE
�� I SECURE WITH (4)
N12-14x3/4' SDF'S CLIP SECURE TO COLUMN
SLEEVE TO 3/16 , AND RAFTER WITH
N12 14x3/4' SDF'S 2 ON
BASE RAIL r 3/16 f •
/"� TOP AND 2 ON SIDE
TS END &JAN -
END COLUMN/RAFTER
TS CON-INLOUS -,,, tic.'"
CONNECTI❑N DETAIL
BASE RAI_
RAFTER COLUMN/BASE RAIL CCALE NT
CII'"
CONNECTION DETAIL
;Isi,NN.16'.\1\(?)1C\N"
xV
V
C
CARPORT L'f•.NTRAI.,INC.
MOORE AND ASSOCIATES DRAWN BY. LT 737 SOUTH MAIN STREET
ENGINEERING AND CONSULTING, INC. MOUNT AIRY,NC 27030
CHECKED HY� PDN 30'-0"x20'-0"INCLOSED.TRUCTIJRE
ill!IMAM 12 TfE 1Y ,2 Ir IF NINE Ne At�U1TES i tam PRD,JECT I�iR+ Y 1 TE+ 4-12-19 SCALEI NTS .III ND MVOS
apor u DC WINlf 111T11® UTft11 M UCT/M,COMM et E OF
11(W TO LEGAL 1l 1Mommta Aim AM asunatlE7rt ttoEtPD/MY ON s CC Stir. U DWG. NOS SK-3 IREVJ a
East Burlington Waste Water Plant Haw River NC 27258 East Burlington Waste Water Plant
225 Stone Quarry Rd 225 Stone Quarry Rd

East Burlington Waste Water Plant East Burlington Waste Water Plant
225 Stone Quarry Rd Haw River NC 27258 225 Stone Quarry Rd
CONNECTION DETAILS
.INIMUM 6' LONG, MINIMUM MINIMUM 6' LONG. MINIMUM
TS COLUMN 14 GA., CONECTOR SLEEVE TS DOUBLE COLUMN 14 GA., CONECTOR SLEEVE
(CORNER) SECURE WITH (4) (CORNER) / SECURE WITH (4)
N12-14x3/4' SDF'S I♦ N12-14x3/4' SDF'S
2'x2'x2' 16 GA. ANGLE 2'x2'x2' 16 GA ANGLE
CONNECTOR\3/16 CLIP SECURE TO RAFTER CONNECTOR 3/16,` CLIP SECURE TO RAFTER
SLEEVE TO COLUMN AND BASE RAIL SLEEVE TO COLUMN AND BASE RAIL
BASE RAIL i" 3/16 WITH (4) C12-14x3/4' BASE RAIL 3/16'� '`q. WITH (4) 1112-14x3/4'
SDF'S SDF'S
TS CONTINUOUS ,--TS CONTINUO
BASE RAIL BASE RAIL.. (j�l
END COLUMN/BASE RAIL END COLUMN/BASE RA gr,
` 5 CONNECTI❑N DETAIL 5A C❑NNECTI❑N DETAII,rcia
SCALE NTS SCALE. NTS
TS COL
ORE UMN
MINIMUM 6' LONG,
2'x 16 GA. ANGLE CLIP
MINIMUM 14 GA„ E TO COLUMN AND
CONNECTOR SLEEVE R TOP OF HEADER, OR
WINDOW RAIL
TS COLUMN SECURE VITH (4) ITH❑M12 F14x3/4' SDF'S
1112-14x3/4' SDF'S
2'x2'x2' 14 GA. CLIP
ANGLE SECURE TO
SLEEVE TO 3/16 1" RAFTER COLUMN AND -TS HEADER OR 2'x2'-14 GA
BASE RAIL / " BASE RAIL WITH (4) WINDOW RAIL
3/16 s M12-14x3/4' SDF'S
•
'�CI
COLUMN OR WINDOW
RAIL TO POST
TS CONTINUOUS ,- ��c? 6 \ CONNECTION DETAIL
I BASE RAIL
(5END COLUMN/BASE RAIL �+
B CONNECTION DETAIL '
/ SCALE NTS / A
�✓ TS TRUSSED RAFTER CH OR
►�
2'x2'-14 GA. NON-ST lllRfdfj_WWWIIkFFAL HEADER
TS END COLUMN • 16 GA. ANGLE CLIP
OR DOOR WINDOW RE TO COLUMN (EACH
FRAME POST E) AND RAFTER CHORD/RAIL
A ITH R12-14x3/4' SDF'S 2 ON
"Y .. BOTTOM AND 2 ON SIDE
NOTE AT ROLL-UP DOOR
TS HEADER, OPENINGS, COLUMN SHOULD BE
BASE RAIL, OR FLUSH WITH RAIL END. CLIP
2'x2'-14 CA. COLUMN TO RAIL ONLY ON
WINDOW RAIL "'_` SIDE OPPOSITE THE OPENING.
---., COL 0 HEADER, BASE RAIL, OR
-7 jL W 4)1 RAIL CONNECTION DETAIL_
VI).
**
CARPORT CENTRAL,INC.
MOORE AND ASSOCIATES DRAWN Pi LT 737 SOUTH MAIN STREET
ENGINEERING AND CONSULTING, INC. MOUNT AIRY,NC 27030
CIEs® BD PDH 1n'-0"x20'-n"ENCLOSED STRUCTURE
nes =aw SS DE PRIP RTS Or NOt Alm ASla3AT S DEG Alm PR13 JFCT MCA WSM j 0'i1Ea 4-12-19 SCALD NTS. ISMS
�t1TDG.THE uIAU IZIZ D R7�TIIK �Tv4 Elt Q►►ON=USE ar
11 TIQS Ia]!O(T DIST�TL N �Y OTm Alm ANT .,v* :•wr TNEMEMI(MIIY
E IID.ILT TD LEGAL ACTTIIK OMIT, CC SHT. 11A DWG to SK-3 .. a
•
East Burlington Waste Water Plant Haw River NC 27258 East Burlington Waste Water Plant
225 Stone Quarry Rd 225 Stone Quarry Rd

East Burlington Waste Water Plant East Burlington Waste Water Plant
225 Stone Quarry Rd Haw River NC 27258 225 Stone Quarry Rd
CONNECTION DETAILS
CONNECTOR 3/16'�"
SLEEVE TO , -y TS DOUBLE HrADER
HEADER 3/16' ,✓� TS COLUMN
i CONNECTOR 3/16
S SLEEVE TO
HEADER /�s j
3/16 , . MINIMUM 6' LONG, MINIMUM
14 GA., TS SLEEVE.
• • MINIMUM 6' LONG, MINIMUM l SECURE WITH (4)
14 GA., TS SLEEVE. SECURE •' 012-14x3/4' SDF'S
e * EACH WITH (4) #12-14x3/4'
- * SDF'S '1
TS COLUMN 3 12
) 3-12 -TS DOUBLE HEADER
'"--s. DOUBLE HEADER/COLUMN COLUMN/DOUBLE HEADEf "'5V"
r 8 i CONNECTION DETAIL 9 CONNECTION DETAIL V
',1:4 F N'S SCALE q .. e,„,.(6
i TS COLUMN COLUMN
i MINIMUM 6' LONG, MINIMUM ,-MINIMUM 6' LONG, MINIMUM
SLEEVET R }3/16 i 14 GA., CONECTOR SLEEVE CONNECTOR 14 GA., CONCCTOR SLEEVE.
/ SECURE EACH WITH (4) 3/16 SECURE EACH WITH OD
BASE RAIL 3/161 ' • r12 14x3/4' SDF'S SLEEVE TO
\\Y BASE RAIL 3/16 • a12-14x3/4' SDF'S
1
• _. _.._ ,,,'-TS CONTINUOUS • TS CONTINUOUS
-__..__._. BASF RAIL. BASE RAIL
...........
COLUMN/BASE RAIL c�—- COLUMN/BASE RAIL
1\, CONNECTION DETAIL \�{ l0A`� CONNECTION DETAIL
f SCALE. NTS Ci
'Z M- ) TEAL.E� NTS
`„ TS RODE RAFTER iv
3/16 L', /j (,,6
3/16✓/ '`Y'V
RAFTER TO CHI!
11 . CONNECTION `•I` •IL
SCALE NTS
y
TS ROOF RAF --
�<` COLLAR TIE
C, CONNECTION DETAIL
SCALE NTS
'
CARPORT CENTRAL,INC.
MOORE AND ASSOCIATES DRAWN sn LT 737 SOUTH MAIN STREET
ENGINEERING AND CONSULTING, INC. 0E00:11 iv. PIN 3n'-rrxMOn T AIR 51 ll 270 CT('RF
'nos ammo D1 TIC FlVOYTY OF MOE Mm=LIAM orvaITIc AO M ER NSW VSN DATFa 4-I2-19 SCALES NTS 4111 ND 19970E
@61LTD4 TIE UNAUTHORIZED IRTIMIXC IDL cram,OR ImCN>sr Ug Q
WS �i?TTO L s ACTS TRICTLY XT�MO ANrro�ral�(r TTm�an MY CLIDITI CC SHT. 12 rms. ND SK-3 1REY.' 0
East Burlington Waste Water Plant Haw River NC 27258 East Burlington Waste Water Plant
225 Stone Quarry Rd 225 Stone Quarry Rd

East Burlington Waste Water Plant East Burlington Waste Water Plant
225 Stone Quarry Rd Haw River NC 27258 225 Stone Quarry Rd
IBOX EAVE RAFTER LEAN-TO OPTIONS
13
IF40 , „4.,..........,. ED
l **
i mi EMENSION OPTION MAIN SIT.LILRE { STANDARD anr4-TO OPTION `�
1 Ai rd 9~ 3 \^Cr`,8 _.. .,,.T _Ai ....F _. ..._.. �� I ._.. I1 0,
iiiTYPICAL BOX EAVE RAFTER LEAN-TO ❑PTI❑NS FRAMING SECTI❑N (BOTH ❑PTI❑NS J10WN)
SCALES NT
TS ROOF RAF'LR ... TS RCJF RATTER
RAIN BUILDING MAIN BUILDING t
12' LONG CONNECTER SLEEVE— /"1
12'LONG CONNECTOR SLEEVE' E E SECURE RAFTER TO `l/r/f
14 GA. SECURE RAFTER TO CONEC(0R SLEEVE FIELD BOLT
CONECTOR SLEEVE FIELD BELT MN U> M12-Ux3/4' SDF'S .
V1TH DO 1112-1443/4' SDF'S 'S 1LWILE _4 ,.,,,---....-
EXTENSION
A.
LTENLI
S10N j$(/3-� ``\
RAFTER J �(55S4, j h 3-12 �^-TS Cfd UM
b•, / i •eD'R2' 16 ULijANGL\E C4U'
IS'r. ..../ CURE T-1 GW/4 SIND RAFTER I
TN H2-14x3/4' SOPS 2 ON -L.}—
no
---* SIDE EXTENSI❑N RAFTER/COLUMN E EXTENSION RAFTER/COLUMN
r 13 DETAIL FOR SPAN i 12'-0' DETAIL FOR SPAN 12'-0' < L i 16'-0'
SCALE N'S 1 SCALE' NTS
TS ROO'RAFTER VV
MAIN BUILDING
14' LONG R i SLEEVE
14 GA SECUUREE RAFTER TO7044414*
CCNECTCR SLEEVE FIELD BELT
WITH(41 412-14x3/4' ODE'S
TS LACED a.
EXTENSION
RAFTER VV)
V---1-1--
10
-1 _..„\,.\__.- • ' .1
rs CCLUNN
2'42'4.2.16 4 E CLIP
SECURE T. i *• AND RAFTER
WIT. 1.1 '/ SDF'S 2 EN
TER AN. ' • SIDE
1BSIDE ,EX"fc VISION RAFTER/COLUMN
DET 41_ -OR SPAN 16'-0' < L S. 20'-0'
Sism ,
* fP
V
CARPORT CENTRAL.,INC.
MOORE AND ASSOCIATES DRAVN DTI LT 737 SOUTH MAIN STREET
ENGINEERING AND CONSULTING INC. MOON r AIRY,NC 27030
ClEO® DY. PIM 30'-0"%20'-0"ENC I OSFn STRUCTURE
1Tas trT IT TIM►PEPOLTT Cr TOE MO ASSOCIATES ET6yMEEtL AIm pRaJELT 'MI YSN .t TEA 4—te-19 SCALD NTS JI ED s._.
MOLL TOM TK II* TT1Q�D O�LTIIK ta'EW., Ot OTTE3(VL7�OSE Or fL�_'
AMr DsOrtTaos Tw WAY
SUBJECT TO LETr1L ACTEN. 'MCmQ7
CLIENT( Cr $FfT, 13 DV ND SK-3 VI 0
East Burlington Waste Water Plant Haw River NC 27258 East Burlington Waste Water Plant
225 Stone Quarry Rd 225 Stone Quarry Rd

East Burlington Waste Water Plant East Burlington Waste Water Plant
225 Stone Quarry Rd Haw River NC 27258 225 Stone Quarry Rd
LEAN-TO OPTIONS
x•r
2'a2'a2' 16 GA.ANGLE CLIP SECURE
2't2' 16 GA ANGLE CLIP SECURE TO COLUMN AND RATTER VITH
-",:- 'J TO COLUMN AND RATTER VITH 412-14w3/4. SDF'S 2 ON TOP AND 2
T`Y#' 2'a2'a2' 16 GA ANGLE CLIP SECURE 412-14a)/4' SDr'S 2 ON TOP AND 2 ON SIDE
TO COLUMN AND RATTER VITH ON SIDE
a12-1443/4' SOPS 2 ON TOP AND 2 TS DOUBLE RAT TER
ON SLUE TS LACED RAFTER
f
ITS RAFTER
r ,...,,,„.4
N'', 7S COLUMN
At- .rS mum l3-12
LEAN-TO RAFT T J 3 IL
R ❑E TS COLUMN `�
RAFTER COLUMN LEAN-TO RAFTER TO WM
CONNECTION DETAIL RAFTER COLUMN LEAN-TO RAFT T❑
FOR SPAN S 12'-0' -- C❑NNECTION DETAIL FOR RAFTER CI;riieN
1 CONNECTIDETAIL FOR
scA. `+ SPAN 12'-0' < L 16'-0'
14A� scAL_ :�=s �4B SPAN < L i 20'-0'
�✓ SCALE:IC
_1���� 3/IS CONNECTOR {
-4 3/16 I\ /TNEVCT7 �,, MUIIN SLEEVE TO �M`
SLEEVE 70 / 3/16 ' .,.TYP /1 3i16 COLUMN 1/ /4_
N(MIMUM 6'LONG.MININUM 14 GA., �/'�
M:VjIiM 6' LONG,MINIMUM 14 GA, 1"1" TOR SLEEVE SECURE �/
"/ CONNECTOR SLEEVE SECURE COLUMN 70 CONNECTOR SLEEVE /�
J CGLUiIN 10 CO''NECTUR SLEEVE VITH(4) Mi2-1443/4' SDF'S (7YO
fj VITN c4>ei2-f4.3/s' $pT'$ TS DOUBLE [ V
TS RATTER RATTER
'4.,
i ; ''COLUMN...: .(v
A, COLUMN 2..
LEAN-TO RAFTER TO
RAFTER COLUMN LEAN-TO R TO
- C❑NNECTI❑N DETAIL RAFTER MN
15 FOR SPAN . 12'-0' ----,,,, CONNECTION DETAIL FOR
SCALE N :
15A ' SPAN' ,L'-o' < L S 16'-0-
3/16 °CONNECTOR 0
SLEEVE TO 4
3/16 / COLUMNP +(r``
Y w TY
Y-- ffjJ# ///---MINIMUM 6' LONG,MINIM is. ,
CONNECTOR SLEEVE. ,
COLUMN TO CO.NEC VE
vITH/A)1112-1443 . 'S
(TYP.)
` 1'_,._ T )0,._.•.RAFTER
14 4
4, 7 COLUMN ..
AI1\ER TO COLUMNRAFTER TO
/-9( FT
4CONNECTION DETAIL FOR
SPAN 16'-0' < L i 20'-0'
t sr_<. NT7,
CARPORT CENTRAL,INC.
MOORE AND ASSOCIATES DRAVN Wf1 LT 737 SOUTH MAIN STREET
ENGINEERING AND CONSULTING INC. MOUNT AIRY,NC 27030
C)E7](ED DYR pm 30'-0"x20'-0"ENCLOSED STRo TI1RF
TICS =NW 11 TIE P1Q4RTT Or M E Alm ASSTTSATTS T)GWER:DC MC PALLELT NQb VIM DATER 4-12-19 SCALER NTS .RIB ND t93T�
CLICCLT16 NEuALM4M LD AETI�LTIIBL CORTDfa OR OT►OM= Iris Or { --
MI S=M R IS STRQTLT Flo UTE D Alm AMT'9WMOCEREIAT THE VELIPE(IVIT
AMA= TO LEGAL ACM*. CL DIT. Cc 'SNT. 13A DWG. ND SK-3 Pv, o
East Burlington Waste Water Plant Haw River NC 27258 East Burlington Waste Water Plant
225 Stone Quarry Rd 225 Stone Quarry Rd

•
•
• .
._ .. . . . • • • e
,i,. afs i.. 1 ,...;. a• { [ .. om„r vau aw, iitwooeaa ?.Am`
• xt rtti ..I,. •
_ i tTt�i ,�. •>,
•
lY0 M>NI:Ia(..p'�, i Miteli t1f'9ttt•, f•.'agyr r41*i Vtt...iota'Y14a 't•
� '�0��t tr�fNVr. tlp e► (oq�wwr�. 1"� �[• mer ewurars+n.1d't r..
ii \f #*, y :...Li,---
1 t. 1 -1, 1tl. L\ rial iRi31ti wart"
a i 1�(�rr, wu��.�.�.. , ! mtWlr u.•fin a4tY Jp .1
la
,.. F_y �1 1lrtM?7f.,.+.'.'mil. e„ tOi`otirt a{:`�.iry iaef Itug,eit 1
Itelt:,:ow: :•.NothicRiO'.f •°I''1it rl- �: tttttt.• .t
7qU: simm• .. t.
r, "tar$Y44`,�.t:111 r t e�•utr4•Km•t..:mow ' �o 040 q� i tots-.-I xA nwnaa xw tes+-tit-OM VON*ww av�ry y*if tl
\ ialfaq111p ttM1 II!M-wA4f•0N i hitY ttl ,', lOCH11 toMM t'•�IY a'. 'tlK MS14)MK Ng 1100t1M Jett Nmai Imr.lit•tMU+t tra+vat***room DyrAi motes
i� a NO�m1 �' - A.+�P f ictt1 94WA YNft tIM+ '41. !Y, (44 ' + i ww t;aaft . s wr •
ry.w ,a,ypq d ffrtNKbi qt ai •�t'fa>vroW(ta Crum;wtam y
,F �
a.Iyrw+i .�
.i m.Lrt' ".i .0 • „. -+4 A1.1 w-�t.t4. .atlas- . ..,......... ......, ..__.. .. 34ugbil hr.�ns,tiue>-,l �etAtN6iiveiat�I+111�i�1Sf'Yri•+puo�a H maa aiai:ri....
yyww • ' . �i�i f�• a�� �o.� t Dram*owe a e 02*Art•wntyeox r.t rman�If /rt**tivait 1,0*** ty 4
144 Y i' t t M1 + -, r.+tro rpnn,putt .rh
I� .. ��� - ..i.-tN•C .' Y,Idt �t wf 3 +'+wro'....,.a:.-tgt.aw:-irt/ilt/ra•+a1s Y:ielq+•.!MoS.****ur4Y.. +s r
,{ .y.t.• �f (iajo�t;i i ucro w.:atyntw Alp �t
tYft_�y�iY 5. '. :l'I " f� - flWq+M M7FRMa9.r GI Sh :OM s rvtl41'Mr. .01 Y ..
`- +?m wn :Y)ato+7,Pw xo a QI �rdirl+tt st• .yna►akmv x
$a9Cfli1l1 �� +q pn°tit
-� \ A,. 'iL�+�t_}��. 'af :.t-h rira.Jaxi aflrMta.7r4ttnrr t•a�t.t, nNf tut 3wtaaiYt4.44*I4444 in***Y
-... rpart• >`iba 1 Alt 004 dt'!rW.Ui•t Is) 4 104*,fc Ia:0.eJ.c.rN1'.4.,AJo vrtdaa MM.ra1/R.14444 yp 040t7010.41344 trbf»
vav+mt r¢;imeo.MO xti,t Iq 4:t. - uta N.l:yv Winn.on aaaaf w xt+a LA if ow bet.4t 1 4.4 44 40 f go*TM m
1mi 7700 f4it it . lay rip*1***t.l4t*1)*4•Y4tu{
t\^ad1' 1 �OPIh 1,
�... ,04:Y nu)inhKM11S?YNOWbt**Ai tin WO*DP1.1<1
_ ' Wilma' t=:,k.1 k♦Zt N.+IOtI#w+a4nm
. : ...
•
4 . tit Ott t
�R -:. ' te:'saw*
'L1b`.a. .1 r .I+rWtTfj (It'd 1n�. -
Y qtgtn M. 911t1i wA11 • F
F C`W�A if Wta 1: � .t,-.t-..-..:�„_ r----.pr.,l ....•
.t d
j. R t'tif ii.af-. is ttrq 1 .t .l r-.f ,f
.X •IHIF� ! ItaaY M
> rr at 1 f 1
r.itti1 7laltt . n I i . . ( j {
K""'�"s r i j 1 i . • t t !
�f •
t i i_ ; i • ,
••
_mi. II s11a `:tiara rt'fr +dif�t .•':; 1 (.
I II
4.4' .'••Y14M,Jt. i11f' Af.4:a.SI gt i" egil4 tt1).' 1 1
ei•itt w e,taldrlt� 04, »W o- I : *"v i
1N1•flt•t_ -y:!Nil lY,'_ t I � I i.T.....-.1J.
iIa akvr}-t as` ..NO �d� s..
(tA/MW •1�.. '. .art'�r1��If.rfM f '
liel a4!•arf 4 .b.. ..gy0ma�7{a.tat i.
wit
fir.a.34�.w _a Mt At
ta4 t
i OT ITsuo• - 10 j 1 Ar410 sasod ;MaTA.a iO &u!M.r1 U1.
Y .

Y � R
r I-- 11/i IF
l 40
II■' ���=S! 7"�T= !•�IIMM err..,,,...,,, .a �T�i•ri rxw ri i um.. 1r:�
Itiii!i
1;11 '1 pr JIfi il ii �111
ittI
, 11. I,I; .; 1i1
11 0. Final Drawing / for Review
I 11 ii 1 �' �'p, t
l ii i' • a Purposes Only / Not for
I VI 0 I, 1 1:11 11, d 11 11 1 u Construction
11
I !II '' I 1 111, "j h "
11.1'; ;i•• 'j +111. •
• i
it
■ no�.w�l 1�.1- _ " II:
I -- �i-mil;-, ,,,„\— J ®®u t(/�. /f/��j yet
i 1304 tAik r LA 8414 Ai k)
000 000 0 ® 00
o mm 000 0 m Deb f 71'i0
OmOmF9 mm ® Omm m 00000000 0 m0
,a i
r‘111 i
..4),,
0 c)0 °,0 0 0 4 VkittassR:1/._cfly_41474+%
,�:, - /
0 0 7: 0+000 ® OO
00 --_ ti,P..:".. , . 4:k.
$ ® -r�`�3;;.�r r g II q.r..re-+rre��ali ile,W r ai 1 1 J, � l�f�rG"44.i
tibb
o© �/ � ) '.,,;ij�"'"�c . i, . ":. I fr y
ii
CV 0 m 0 W {'3 O a) c)a) ® 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 © 0 coy. ! 0 4'110.Y wi. no,f moms0 ® 0 O 0 m O © m Q O P B1W INDUSTRIES,Mn a INC.
r r
m— - - o• _.
�._ �'-�{ r-wr r-
eim.R�o..«a' ze�.rs ~moorid{ a,-Ifiryam. rM 1 T16.1. - = F m* Um 30P wile Ont 00
.AM - lF
jt.f11` *mu.MOO ma*loom I 7 7 t-156f-S 1

, . .. .
Final Drawing / for Review Purposes Only / Not for Construction
•
Cal4, _.........11611MIEN.P."-::-.:...iraia..._
111.W= 7. (415 ja28""41__... .•..-., .....—---.i.....:„..
;‘ --.;.14110 "•,;1.- a 'lip
• 4 •Fini
41111110.11Ilit -_--- IIV 110 .
• __ ______,
N. --...NaMiiiiiIIIiIiiiilia'• • ' - . - . .111 ,....------="-"•• .imi'tt I'
1 ! Td"elkiNIN. 11. 1.411 ..__
1 4111.-111-11-111.1.191111111111111111111111111.1111111111111=Imi 1: -I* '411. - II A
O.—41 WI WI' •-•••11111r,--"110 Iiimo"."-- • m 1110"" - '--)- ...--77-..- mil^. . '
Mk,. 1111111111111111Waid yofffii 4i,triffiiii...,--:,..1 ....t.,,...'im..-
•• s miniiv--;,-. OWN \----t•1 --Iii;4 "AiliF....ddan iii
ilemr ....
*-i ia-a-- IIIIPANIUMNIININIIIMM
1 ,......_ ... . .. ........_....... . . . ......... ____..--
/ I 1 . '..."et . 442 t -k(:)- •
•
0 CID A
III
3,..,04. ao4-19,rhiV.'40114114% ',Ai
rct. SIO . 7 .-- LA)if Seri Il-
i P9C
. . .
. - - 18117
1., „it , . tk. . °Dr. 1 otscarnoft Iran I mai 1 ammo
li.-,;146•eiti 01,7 444 -
se°,e744,/....Pjj., tii.1464*idt. lice7ap. SOP INDUSTRIES,INC.
onamvocti.KT.t3104
e4„,-,,1 6
-4, . .. 0-
......Ac I"Iir 34"- ..."6.01.4.ARRANCEMENT
4881 il$4,04%- "'lat. 1.11 I rie: MO NOUNTCD 2.0n,VP
...... .44 i 44. . .4,
1,1 4,..ow on. 1.-1586-2 1...... .--- .

• • Final Drawing/for Review Purposes Only/Not tor Construction _
.�a.� •,fil „ „ ,' a i , 111' t�1
1 }i R i ! I NIB mi
��!! ': p 7 sp.
i li I i . i I .11 ifi
f i gel' llr `li :ill ►.t' Ii� 114
!� III
' , r ObI 4 I 1!! � !! t ' I'll 1 I
If 1 i, tI: { � f it •
,
Li
; l °
— s - - ' aQ ii'8
1 ....®�1 ill"
itlaMlla _•
9- +` _.fa ems° ►w __ _=__=v= == io i� r:x
. Ob© o -F 4:,0._ _4ite El,.i.,...;s, ..
L � :
nnG MO 1,M row N'�c.1oP.+twfnv.,...
iu+q+Mfi(W�'N IO:N 1
•
._aot awc l awr roe ay 004.n.
s A mow'F 19l ;.�7py�. - a wowya w!wt q+!lr vw.,rc. '/
__ _ s pw. a eota•s'e
•
.• �' }�y- -B t41I ,1� 'wAi EA � t� R MYGiWK.OMf�'UPI Laac%fiW44 •
•
■�Ir
(,�{$� • o 6 t�/l . w+
;1 �. ! 117.• •._... a •-'-.- �4?w.JiwKnww _.
_ - 4rr..444 �m IL iot+RStiiiie z�P1Y'.i�1►11A.t2•S.1G YY41l1t�idtNlaWtEt1scit
• r-
*a.� ./ r+ *ra�til �q and t wa+t�o ��tl
1 re � `__t! Ste. .ate �,•t �f�;.n •
; •rwortcm iwr. i
tI %
III
•
�� �........ .. .* A ., f -1 °����,, BAPtMt1USFIyE$.�NC. iott t w
:: .. ,.tomIWWUni t c
.0.* r O O Q' y a aw ao► 6E7KWL AefvNR77EMt 'J ti
P___..ems' u• ^4'°�' 0r,�ee.ahal ! VC MOlaiip/,1.W.n dV` • !, / `
,ram � � � ; .�� �t
eItINtttt

Final Drawing/ for Review Purposes Only/ Not for Construction
. .
,I,JiI
I ::,;11, II
I II
Till
n— J �
O y I, j
,� - - - - - - - - - - r ..�
8 glT
Dy"E GE.END WV - e..71.
•Nl ET ENQVIEW
00 C) o® 40 ARo�
it ® 1 JP 4 Q44�iS! 1 %A
�� .® .. --. ®sue
"4#\4k ...41....;:11.1'itai---0: 317:"14—yrolliiii 37 -1°7'• IPS*.:GI Net-
14
\�� ��i 0 I l�[�/**roses* ae's4 Q�t
• 3a® 'I 00 �J�� fI C� 4 ,fir
b /p
I s ►- �„ .p ; �
T��
--"IiNlitailm"--111.161,011111."-- ,---—-- .7.zz-..,..,..451..,....; 111 ON 0
I " ' .. �1_ m.1 oe nOH I rug.I ram I RENMICS
s it.rt,�s�;
w s _-- BDi+INOUS.NY.0 INC.
wsnnnortxr.�rw
1 4(� t tea.rc f ip.X. GOMM.MRANGENENT
��'y`---i--•r-.c i a'-a' qM 1 We 1.w.• 2.0rw ICP./10•GOY(1N)
119b1-41,11kATOR SOF VIEYf
-(' ha ' e.a ve), r-
i30 t v -I IA ita.,,,1 iv,A)
t
i {x ►
.- FWD

min
" I`, INDUSTRIES, INC.
Control Panel Drawings
Final Drawing / for Review Purposes Only / Not for Construction
I
A.
41.o.1m I 1 1►
.,II_ I-- _
Air -WO /
E1. Ilk-
1 ,,,....„3,,I__-:3rjr.),..i- -,::,
y i ,
'y 0 M M O l _,.. •I
HcAROt; '+ ,
ti9
Al rCkt ei i 4O O0.SS �Nq'
Cake/A -r 1
`� i16 18107
Wit Gt\ �'1 s � k
/ 7�F .
l'•-- may�rvCl NE*Pa�``$
r.
5' _/ 5-- zI

I
O
00
r __ '
i
':II'>II�T i i.'� 3 • u.n•nnu•►•• nn•N i
. { •.•• .
F- .......»....nulsM.•.nnwnmw.u�!!!!lnwlxnw•.n•mmmn..nl.w.w•onl.`..'.n»R -
�■1.1■Q a�■SIIQ f
I:minor s ��■Q" 0 ma 0
J■EI■Q I ZI■sl■Qu,o O O
A .i■Q
A 1.1
�� ■Q 37lls1■Q L. - -__r
■al■L't Y A ■nl■Q I., �d
itj ® — = ® •II !IQ a MI■11■Q—
il
L.44.0
a •■s1■0 Q
a allIIIIIIE�■11■Q 'a - -
■11■Q
T
• aimerr-a—- o ':�
J_ AGIP
R 11 ■Qc.�. �@i Io. off: , .
•i 1:_1,1-
§ ■11■Q aY
mums• C�, a ] . IIP illi; ri 1 A MlliIllgr.- 0 I-
ps
• ® u® `_ 1 ■E1■g da Li lie.41;
401
° l� �o I o ;� m , Oi e ,: `,s�jIswim/t�,
.. ,�� EC 7]7• ,�H �`AR0� ���
e• /4
%
.9.
o misior ,
o o . % ......
___ (.1. 1 , .
____
IA/ A1l
LC I
•
NOTES tt.o oESGRrnoN Mnr. nEM REAlePKS .0% •
1810 E.
I. THIS DRAWING TO RE USED WITH DRAWINGS I-1586-5 k I-1586-6. BDP INDUSTRIES,INC. Iii, •i►� �•�••l`4��=
CR6EJIWICH,N.T.1t•H ♦ • N • `�
7.WEIGHT DRY _ 300 LBS ♦ ��•• GI NE�• ,9
3 ALL DOOR MOUNTED OPERATOR DEVICES ARE ALLEN-BRADLEY AND ARE NEMA aY RATED. •wtM4 Gll NC I LO.v✓ eA GENERAL ARRANGEMENT ♦,♦, 4 •••••••••••PA ,�'
�ew U.REFER TO VENDOR DATA SECTION OF SUBMITTAL FOR CATALOG CUTS AND ADDntONAL INFORMATION. �O•raN I rc I , 30P ELECTRIUL CONTROL PANEL **-'4'. C. 1 ,,�,,
0 INS RYAS[ fIilf.•© S.SYMBOL©INDIUTES A REVISION WHERE THE N IS iNE REVISION NUMBER_ �� v..a A 1 IIIII�11
OTSLACnDA MR © --_. - - cnc I-1586-. , /

• • ■
CONTROL FIELD/SKID
PANEL TB-1
If PRESSURE I71 I• •.. 3HP
112 SECTION 1T2•. -• 480VAC
113 MOTOR I1,I-1 1T3.• .- iM-I -_
114 PRESSURE 114. •� 3HP
115 SECTION ITS R. •. 480VAC -
116 MOTOR 1M-2 1T6..,..... 1M-2 /y, - SYMBOL SHOWN FOR FIELD
/'�l WIRING RI OTHERS
2E1 GRAVITY 271.. ... 3HP
212 SECTION 212•• •• 480VAC , - RE-WIRED TO SAID RY BOP
ALL OTHER COMPONENTS
273 MOTOR 213.. .- 2M --
371 FEEDBOX }T1�� •� /3H•
372 PADDLE ST2.. •• 480VAC
STS MOTOR ST3.. .- 3M
1T1 SLUDGE 411" -‘ 20HP
412 PUMP 472•• •• 480VAC
ST3 MOTOR 473•. -- 4M
5T1 NEAT 511.. ....
/2H•
512 POLYMER PUMP 512.. .. 480VAC POLYMER SYSTEM JUNCTION BOX
513 MOTOR 5T3.• .- 5M ,NEWS PITS-WIRED TO ARCHON BOO BT BOP
611 HYDRAULIC 6T1.• •4M 2HP •MAL(IS)S'NWM TRW WIRES TR PANEL TO JUNCTION Box
672 UNIT 6T2•«.• 480vAC
6T3 MOTOR 6T3.. .- 6M TB-1
7T1 WASHWATER 7T1 SHP h•.•.5T1 571
7R PUMP 712•. •. 480VAC , POLYMER
MOTOR 7M _ 1'•••.512 MIXING PUMP 512
713 7TS r.�.- =_ h••••5T3 MOTOR 5T3
BTl CONVEYOR 8T1.• .♦ }HP /Y h•••.8T1 POLYMER 8T1
8R MOTOR DR••,•• 4ROVAC (,4�'+,� h•...812 PUMP 8T2
813 873.. .- BM = h.••.813 MOTOR 8T3
977 BOOST 911.• •� /4H•
972 FAXING 972••.-- 480vAC -, TB-2
973 PUMP MOTOR 973,. .- 9 M - ___
G9INOER 1 OAP ` O F /al 120V COMMON all
� 120V COMMON in
10T1 UM r. ...
Ill? MOTOR i012.• •• 480VAC 1X2 F---IllSENSOR 120VAC POWER lig
1073 1013.. ..... 10M
C9 F--- ll LOSS OF WATER INPUT pi
TB-2 1X3 F--- VALVE POWER fl
C110 C110 C75 F--- VALVE CLOSED
Cl 10 CONTROL POWER ,C110 C74 F--- VALVE OPEN g
C110 C710 C1761----MI DILUTION WATER
CI10 CONTROL POWER C110 C177 1---- 8 VALVE OPEN/CLOSE
CO CO
CO NEUTRAL CO
CO CO-CF NEUTRAL CO O O
ES2 E-STOP LOOP ES2-- _a__ 1"�•�+T
CO BELT MISALIGNMENT CO-- ...Li' u+�>Pi 1...!,^- - �
C4 TENS.OR SYSTEM FAILURE C4 +�•-Cu ._
-CST . LEGEND
CS PRESS ZERO SPEED C5 - +O•-
!52 e2b-NORMYLY OPEN RELAY MONTAGE
C6 GRAVITY ZERO SPEED CO-- -�0•- "'
C7 CONVEYOR ZERO SPEED C7- 4 .N.-NORMALLY CLOSED MCAT CONTACT
HYDRAULIC UNIT R-I C l-Ewan DREAMER
CO LOW PRESSURE SWIICN CB -- -_-,*- "p..--j 1 -TCRWRML BLOCK
C9 LOSS OF WATER CB -_ —___�
POLY STSIEM ALARM /•►+L ...-3--PVSN-10-1EST MOT LICK&
CIO SPARE DIGITAL INPUT GTO wW/� ,�-_ is-3 .#.-PLOT LION
WW VALVE OPEN C74-- Iw41G F CONTRACTOR .eo-OAT SWITCH
' C75 WRY VALVE CLOSED C75-- - (f8 SSEC/ -PWSMBUTTON
C76 SPARE DIGITAL INPUT C76 NOT USE t
C77 SPARE DIGITAL INPUT C77 L` 7 17PPM .0.-RELAY COIL
C78 SPARE DIGITAL INPUT C78 O}---• 5 l2N -..U.--HORN
1X -C131 C131-- -- .-- 4 L1 •a•-PRESSURE WINCH
DILUTION WATER VALVE
AT _C132 OPEN/CLOSE C132•- •-4 I J NC •-a- -• •FLOAT SWITCH
i_.,__C133 SPARE RELAY C13 O 4_•_. 2 CONT. -I GNo -Q--ZERO SPEED WITCH
C7 i---- 1 NO -' ©-RONSON
SD R -IG00 SHUTDOWN RELAY C400 IN-CUSTOMER SUPPLIED CONTACT
F•--C401 SIR N.O. U01
-.-94-•—,C401 SDR N.C. C402 '---"'WAG UnEPNAM TO PANEL
1%2 WATER FLOW SENSOR 1%2__ -_ -120VAC CONTROL WRING
I20V POWER
103 01U110N WAATER V LVE 103-- __{ - --.--ETHERNET CABLE
-----514ELDE0.-20.A CABLE
—-NCH VOLTAGE WIRING
008/240/460/ST5V1
Oj -KIN WON C110 FROM TOP
Of TB-2
© -ION WIN CO FRAM Toy
Of TB-2
NOTES:
1. T.115 DRAWING TO RE USED WON DRAWINGS
1-1506-4& 1-1506-5.
OTT I DESCRIPTION I MAT. I REM I REMARKS
67
� ' BDP INDUSTRIES,INC.
GREENWICH,N.Y.1283.
m.
•T00TIR.NC I 2Om MAN PANEL
yore BELT PRESS MA PANEL
I^W. I— TERMINAL STRIP ARRANGEMENT
DOW RYAS( V1S/11 MUG ....• sc... r . ...
MON.. RATE- n I awe ea I-1586-6
77)/).'. 611a4,661'44hare vorottill lilt,,,,
CAROL
Lffa A .,•,,`g,sck
��,."ISS! N
C •
.„. ,
s
o
-15,
::
%
�• �,
:�• S•FNGI Nt .0kt
•
aneu1a0t
q- ZB-2)

• • I
ES RLCNCY REST TENSOM FOR HTWAC COHKYDR PRESS SECTION GRMM1 SECROM SEUOCE PIP PRmER SYSTEM WOAD
STOP tSWCHUERT (MUM RRESSINE ZERO SPEED ZERO SPEED ZERO SPEED TARLAC ENSURE MAAR(
0000000000
RESET SEERCC l MD TEST
CD BLK O
RMH
CPDE
MEMu4
MODE NATO yar NTORRUUC ROOSTER EUUP COMEITA MOM SECTOP COM O 4CTOR ROOM COMER SEIOGE MOVER
UPPIPAG
O RAPS PIMP MMRVM: MMMMG MUMIMG ROOMS RMPRHG RUMRRC PUMP RSYSTEM
0"
A o .
o e
HNO MORE M1H 140� SORT START START START START SENT START START START
RENT
® CD ® CD ® CD ED ® C)
STSTM Poo START STOP STOP STOP STOP STOP STOP STOP STOP STOP
® ® ® ® ® CD CD O O
SPEED SPEED SPEED `FOR CONTROL CSSPEEEDE
JOG STDP CONTROL CO.... COMMOE REPERMAG
0 CD • .
0 ',WO 0 0 0 0
SSTEN JOG
0
EIMEE
HOURS ra
404 1
.I. 001s .—.
1
Z
I,
a— ' L I E i I I
y�;T o ? t� O'n * -
-
X N tis .— y ;ni -----❑--_ -
ril DANGER
.R i1 ? cK
'-n ..R. (/ i 2'- -- I I I -- HAZARD
OR.cUS
VOLTAGE
_
MI
vi co t X y Vj 0 - IIIII -
�: ^ lIiIlll Y :tSF o9 _, � e4:
.
A •
E 0 3 O P a
t4:". --'";st
t t\14

•
•
WM
����1' .0 7 4 1 llNve WUINDJ lYl.tllJ717 eDC V' .,' “i1 ..
���, ••••• INln3 IffUYY 7rtl7N)J rot.01-71,.'m.arnn.
• ••• "" ._ 7H09'me'wnoev
• NM 1.11'N�IAIN.7W f \ ,
. Pl e. \I Z '3N1's31tl1snaNI da81 H3MOd ONIWOONI
. ""'" *'.. ' \ T
SVY.n7Y YOU '1W1 NDU.HYJ990 '110
,�`;�.`. S ��HOI ��0� -- «,w. : +�.i �..,�....e...Hn+tirl • LL
cw.• — OL 9: IC
7
_ .
•
E. ,i) .
, ......... $ .... ..•.....,...... ._ 4..,,,) .
»....w I. Iv.
.wa.....Y.`YM...Yf•. • .� ftf::iLJ♦I [iHj
V.
W.
�� ... b
it!
p__,71 190/ /haC vom
_ .AAA: — 0 (u Lr
/,Al1472?ti P12112'I M.
V ..1 I11110.........•••MeV. 1 I•
I i I 1111 I i'.-- C)
VD
m ♦ (»»• Flh b i! 9c ec n � CDC), » �w �� 0ao
,, II w.1 n.u. . e i I a rr CDC)LC pi 0 0 /
. ,
I •
__
. ...I•••v.•r•..... I. .
BL / _� � :LA, ii wy iii_4�l._-w i:_- (Detl ((tl D �'
INA.
'0. (L}"` -- - A�ri nn IF nn AA nnn nnn RA r, ., :
0 - r . .
O O O O 0 O D PEra
O i0
C1__ ._ .e. .• f FiIMINh1 •wWeaW rot14
_.. _. II
L- 1-
0
•••••••••••• " .. e...s.........tntr4 ' T .4,Or •
...... . . louron•vo•vs...,..._ ,
tglial
... ` �KXK� 09..
itJ
RI •
_
■

• • .
ct tO AC INPUT MODULE c0
1769-IA16
SLOT 1
RR-1 C1
♦0 EYEROS • _J 1 o /y IN O 1
a BELT M15NIDNMf41 ---oQ'Oc3A co c3c .._.0 \)IN 1
�V L57 c, LS6 Co
d2 'ENSON FAILURE• O---O.QO -. r --O .----.--_ ®IN 2
.0
-I
PRESS BELT /1 //�''� C 5
a3 ZERO SPEED~moo-- --o 1""N)IN 3
ZS-2 `
QA DRAVRY BELT • -_-/1.-`�.._J'� C 6 _7 IN 4 I
2CR0 SPEED• -aJ "-�_0 V \]'
Z5-3
C 7
i5 2E2 SPEED ~— & -o_ _ -0 N IN S
P_ C B
a6 LOW(PRESSURE •---0-- -1.1 '®IN 6
POLT SYSTEM ^ -- 111iY��,, ^
d] LOSS OF WATER• I'2-0-�F'"5--0 C 9 --(\)IN 7 I
0
C10 IN6
AB WIRED SPARE •
♦9 CIE
50 ail
51 ,1111
52 Mil
53 ,1111
54
55 ,1:121
56 AC COMO •
57 AC COMO---
5B
AC INPUT MODULE
59 1769-IA16
SLOT 2
C 31
60 RESET• 0 0 -)IN O I
_L C 32
61 SLENCE* 0 0 --®IN 1
_L C 33
62 LAMP TEST • 0 0----------- -.®IN 2
63 NAND MODE• II I owo C SA -®IN3
C 35
64 AUTO NODE• o�-o-00z -®IN 4
65 SEWN RUN• -__0 C S6 .-L`l IN 5
�— C37 \Y
66 SYSTEM 20C• --'--0 0 '-&IN 6 I
_L- C 38
67 AUTO START• o o------------------- --N IN 7 I
C 39 �L�
66 AUTO STOP•--__ -(s)IN 8
69 NYDRMA STINT a o o-__- -_ CAO_____ \\®IN9
70 N'DR'WLC 5�0• e I o C 41 ,C�`IN 10
71 WASHWATER PUMP• _-o-1 0 C d2 --(�1 IN 11
START �(�r�
72 WAS7WATER PUMP• __-0 I 0 C 43 -\1 IN 12
STOP \Y
73 CONVEYOR• _-_-_ 0- o C 04
5144T ——� o—--— - '-'(\)IN 13
C d5
74 CO.. StOP OR• 0-1-0
— IN 14
ST
PRESS SECT51M+i -ON• _-O 0 C 46
75 IN 15
76 AC COM(j) •
77 cno AC COMO--- co
on, I DE9CRICT10N I MAT. I MA 1 REMARKS
SDP INDUSTRIES,INC.
OREENWION.N.Y.120.}4
0 1.77.
r�� ° ........ SOP BELT PRE55
`'''',..al.al I" I Vm POWER AND CONTROL SCNENAOC
.ro ~... v r N.
�W 1-1586-5
/71 41aiJ> ��uA 41-C/V es.,,„
1 ()a,,14.e-ilt, t r 4� �EESSIp�,•�,,9
UJ /SE z
�Tg L
•
1 F�� ' •ict. -
•
•
•aq `.
;±t„1KEP00
g.......Z8-z/

• • III
31)P MAN CIRCUIT
\ BREAKER
1 p _e, a—O SHEETS 6 k 7
41 60 AMP L
2 Cli
F
1500 MR
RIM VA%F
a80 PART VOLTS 25
3 120 SECONO6RT VOLTS
5 r•,..X--1 2
a RI CO • 11.
10A
xI
5 �� ! AR CONDITIONER } •
2A
6 f+ ti2 /-1__T__ g IFlAWATER © ___--0 •
FLOW
I SENSOR
L L. li�© ___--O--C r RUNG a6
7
2A DILUTION WATER VALVE
8 •--�b 163 •----� 120V POWER O •
' RUNG 157
2A
9 •__ -. 1Ya RECEPTACLE } •
2A
10 IRS L OC POWER I2_ ♦
SUPPLY
I if—ORD 12BVOC
C700 _1. F- C201
12 L—---t SENSOR;RUNG 17B CRHKOER CURRENT J
13
to
,5
16
SA
17 r Ct 10 • /'l • •
�y PRESS CONTROL POWER
- ,O, FOR FIELD USE 0—_.•
_
18
19 u
a LOMM POWER SLAWLY SLOT I SLOT 2 SLOT 3 SLOT a SLOTT 5 SLOT 6 SLOT],SLOTS
TV. PC 8 P `m ^1
20 R a <O <I0 <'I7 aO '°u e� •L, $
m' '� i¢' gym' 6m 6a aoe ya a
21 U ORO LI U m m m m 0 m m
1 1I
22 • J --- •
CRH SOOOON
23 . __ ° 11 ° C2 •
PRESS EMERGENCY
STOP PULL CORDS
LSI LS2 ES2
24 •-- 0 ocD..Q\..o-co....0 _
`ESt
ENERCENCT STOP
25 --
E53
RR
26 J TEST/RESET 1 H-----
RESET
RR
27 • °0 0--- • C30 - • 0 0 •26,29,40
29 •______(Th___ - o°o C31 1:2/O
CD
RR
29 O I I° ESa r RUNG I57
OTT. I DESCRIPTOR 1 MAT. 1 TVA 1 REMARKS
30 — %V�� BDP INDUSTRIES,INC.
'^ OREENVRCH.N.Y.I2W
"''�""L I ]�" ..P ^"" 3DP BELT PRESS
1 w I"-, POWER AND CONTROL SCHEMATIC
dia,(AiRi , iqacte
`.,, c CARP(jya,•
:
18 ••
e4, ,.

O • El
trio AC INPUT MODULE co
- 1769-IA16 -
SLOT 3
76 PRESS SECSTOPTION• 0 1 o C 47 IN 0
79 GRAvm SECTATONRT• 0 P c 48 o IN I
S
80 GRAVITY SECTION
SIOP -
• 0 1 0-_ C 49
-- \IN 2
50
81 FEEO80aT•><• -0 C --N IN 3
srA �c
82 FEE060A• N1 N a- C St �IN 4
SW
83 STAgp• 00 o C52 ®IN5
84 GRINDER• 4.1 0 C 53 r IN 6
STOP
S PU �— C 54
LUDGE
85 START
• —0 o---— --N IN 7
06 SLUDGE PUMP
• e i o C 55 --�IN 8
STO
87 POLYMER SYSTEM• q 1 0 C 56 --®IN 9
STAR
88 POLYMER SYSTE
TOM• n A C 57 .�>IN 10
STOP
i \Y
89 ,13111
90 ,ZEI
' 91 0E1E11
92 ,1111
93 ,21111
94 AC COMO •
95 I AC COM c J--1
95
AC INPUT MODULE
1769-IA16
97 SLOT 4
VET
PRESS SECTION• „_I L.�._._-____C 63 IN 0
98 RUNNING• RI a2
WFO
99 GRAVITY SECTON• ---"—a I j C 64 IN 1
RUNNING
UPS
FEEDROR O I I O C 65 71N 2
100 RUNNING• RI A2 \Y
9ED
101 SLUDGE PUMP• C 66
RUNNNG A"-I R \�/IN 3
vF0
NEAT POLY PUMP _-R,�_i I C 67 C\IN 4
102 RUNNING• �—- 7,l N\YI
6M5
103 NTDRAVUC UNTI�_ ___I' o C 68 N IN 5
IN RUNNG -11---1 lA
714
C 69
WAS YIATER PUMP 1J I __._____.._____.._._._.._ -. _ &IN 6
104 RUNNNG•
8145 4 c\
105 CONVEYOR
• N;-1 I O C 70 f 1IN7
9M5 �r
106 8005T ADIeN PUMP•
RUNNSC 1J I o C 71 IN8
10E15-FRD
GRINOER FWD C 72
107 RUNNING• 13 I I I4 N IN 9
10M5-REV
GRINDER REvNNI O C 73 1\INN 10
�08 RUNG• 13 I 14 \\ YYY
109 OILUTON WATER• 193 -OT�� /"�__..._.C 70...__._ IN 11
VALVE OPEN L!- �J
DIVATCN WATER• 1_-CH
o_--0 C 75 /E\IN 12
I IO LVO CLOSES• v 'r v (\\YI
IN 13
1 t 1 WIRES SPARE• C 76
C 77
112 WIRED SPARE • O 013131
C 78
113 WIHEO SPARE• O ---- N IN 15
114 AC COMO •
115 C110 I COMO--- co
ore 1 DESCRIPTION l MAT. 'ITE4 1 REUARMS
16
�_COCRMU BDP INDUSTRIES,INC.
�CW`•"' GREENWICH.WV.1]6N
R0#L06108 "T I I.pn_P 3DP BELT PRESS
1; I s I
-v.n POWER FUND CONIROL SCNE0A0IC
o.. wow ;. 7: ..
Paa 1-1556-5 ...
Vat, jf i a-0.6/1)(--)
p/a4Aii,e �OQO( 44.04ESSIp�9,q
Lajt`find+v Q% g
ill y/� .
a.
i:fjylNEtrf4Er'

• •
CO
C110
AC OUTPUT MODULE
117 1769-0A16
SLOT 5
1is NVAC1
SOS
119 OUT 0 0 C 80 °O o •SHUTDOWN REUY:168159
CRH
120 OUT 1 0 C 81 O O O •HORN RELAY:23
121 OUT 2 0 0 52 • Q O •`IMER KT STOP
122 OUT 3 C 83 Q BELHTL MISALIGNMENT
LIG
123 OUT 4 0 C 84 • 0 0 •`CNSION,ALLURE
124 OUT 5 0— C 85 „y�(_„ UR T
125 OUT 6 ) C 86 �• 0 ° •ZEO SPEEDP UGHT
126 CH, -. C 87 _ • 0 O •Z ROS SECTION
SPEED 10241
127 • (VAC2
C 88 GRAVITY SECTION
128 OUT 8 0 • 0 o •ZERO SPEED UGNT
C 89 SLUDGE PUMP
129 OUT 9 0 0 ° •FAILURE LIGHT
130 OUT 10 0 0 90 • 0 o -PO`YMERLIRE SYSTEM
C 91 GRINDER
131 OUT 11 0 • 0 ° •FAILURE LIGHT
C 92 HANG MODE READY
132 OUT 12 0 - •LIGHT
133 OUT 13 0 _6 93 O •LSY'SIEM.LOG
134 OUT 14 C 94 B -,° L AUTOGHT MODE READY
C 95 AUTO MODE
--
135 OUT 15 _ -_ . 0 O •RUNNING UCNT
136
AC OUTPUT MODULE
137 1769-CA16
SLOT6
138 • (4VAC1
139 OUT 0 O C 96 . 0 o •RUNNNING uG i1
•
140 -
.t 1I4�1SI C 97 • O O -. •VIASHWATER RUNNING LIGHT
C 98 _ WASH CYCLE
141 OUT 2 "' • 0 ° •LIGHT
142 OUT 3 . C 99 _ • O o _ • ON+EYOR RUNNING
GHT
C 100 PRESSURE SECTION
143 1 OUT 4 0 - - O _. •RUNNING LICIrt
l C 101 GRAVITY SECTION
144 OUT 5 -- • 0 ° •RUNNING LIGHT
C 102 EED
145 OUT 6 0 • 0 ° --- •F VONlBOY RUNNING
103 GRINDER
146 OUT 7 0 • 0 ° •NUNN'NG LIGHT
147 - (\s)VAC2
C 90 _ •GR.DER REKRS•NG
148 OUTS — • 0 . LIGN1
C 91 SLUDGE PwP
149 OUT 9 0 - • 0 •-- •RUHNwc LIGHT
C 92 POLYMER SYSTEM
150 OUT 100 - ° C o •RUNNING LIGHT
151 OUT 11 0 C 93 - -•HOAR METER
HOUR METER
52 �•n��'��7 ,
153 1I'
154 3=0) CO
155 �EZ9
Ott. I DESCRIPTION t MAT I ITEM' REMARKS
c� uU BDP INDUSTRIES,INC.
W f °REEMYICH.M.Y.12434
••11*61 4.H4 t 1-7"'m• ��•^ 3021 BELT PRESS
1'"" 1 v POWER AND CONTROL SCHEMATIC
...''''' 1..-"'
7-
• 7 a..,... 1_15.96-5I 177)4-C/rt.,/ 1111°A T
ttai
1 1 3-s 0 4'Lt•tiwk,e , iect,c, r� `��� CARp17y,,�
. "k)e \A_1(,,c..
1 . `
-7e
'ml,
•r
�'- Z6- z,l

• • •
ESA.RUNG 29 CO START!STOP
AC OUTPUT MODULE I CONTACTS
156 1769-0A16 SLOT 7 DILUTION WATER VALVE
CR6
1%3 I _ C131 O
157 • --NVACt
cR1 CR6
PRESSURE SECTOR C132
158 OUT 0 0 „/-1-„ ♦START/STOP.201
lCoo��
C 112 CRAVTrY SECTION
--"-
159 OUT 1 0 9-0-9 ♦START/STOP:206
CR3 EEE0600
C 113
160 OUT 2 ♦STurr/STOP,215 SPARE RELAY
CR{ CR7
C 114 O SLUDGE PUMP O C133 ° II R C134 O
161 OUT 3 0 . ° ° ♦START/STOP'.222
CR5 C 115 NEAT POLYMER PUMP
162 OUT 4 0 ° ° ♦START/STOP:229
CR6
C 116 DTLUT°N WATER VALVE
163 OUT 5 0 0_0° ♦OPEN/CLOSE.157.156
CR7
164 OUT 6 0 1 C 117 °O 0 ♦SPARE RELAY: 161
6M5 0/L
■����/l C 116 M9RA000 VRR
165 ,I Al A2 9 % MOTOR STARTER
166 `Y VAC2 I INTERLOCKS
7MS o/L DRY ALARM CONTACTS
C 119 _� u WASNWATER PUMP
167 OUT 80 .4 `/ ,°,2 y°s�'9e •MOOR STARTER
euS OIL O C{00 �;Hi R C401 O
C 120 240708 OR
168 OUT 90 Al AZ 9 % MOTDR STARTER 9 6
/� 1 SDR
169 OUT 10(�1-. C 721 Al 9MSW Y-O--�Yr—.MOTOR STARTER RUMP ° I Y 3 C{02 O
Y ' 10mS---I WOA1 9`O/L 11
170 LOUT 11�^ C 112 Ap{ �_Ia 96 4DTOR STARTER
TOYS-REV
r C 123 .0 CRINGER REV
171 OUT 12 0— Al LJ ♦MOTOR STARTER
172 'CUT 13 0
173 OUT 14 0
17{ OUT 15 0
I 175
ANLG INPUT CARD
1769-IF4
176 c2oo SLOT 8
.2{YDC -_-_____--
IVINO+
177
LR RE
PRASE-CURRENTACUAMP COOT
1713 SENSOR 11N 0+
179
DC CON r-__COOT _--- Vll IN 0-
160 \ANLG COM
161 NVIN1+
182 )IIN1+
183 \YVlIW1-
184 &ANLG COM
185 NV IN 2+
186 N I IN 2+
187 N V/1 IN 2-
188 N ANLG COM
189 NV IN 3+
190 )I IN 3+
191 \v WI IN 3-
192 lY ANLG COM
193
194 OTT I DESCRIPTION I RAT. I TOO' REMARKS
^�mVU v BDP INDUSTRIES,INC.
�`� OREEMWICR.N.Y.1]43{
3DP BELT PRESS
- : I''''.•A_I POWER AND CONTROL SCREMATC i
..n... I''''' -- °' e.... 1-1586-5 1
l�) •
44eSeaVeiti/L) i.,,.. CARP 4*te
/.. 6)1//a)tkilAZA- 6--6/Pet‘e •PfligroN%.'4 N.
. (---tt..-adato -"n e_._ ,.
41„,t.,,
�y c g , ;
-
U '
1 7 2 , •F
•,, 'et14 HEP
9- 8-
Zl

MI
• •
SHEET 1
195 u © ©1
196 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE
ALLEN BRADLEY POWERFLE%525 - -[_
197 15A 258-0010H104 - 5HP -
11 T1 IT1 O -
L1
1L2 L2 PRESSURE SECTION 5HP
toe T2 11j O •�� 480VAC 1_
IL3'-' T3 "3 O ....... ,M
L3 r----
199 1112 1 1111 1621611 1 112113114/
200
zD, F "'
CR1 RUN
CONTACT
202 .RUNG 98
203
VARu9LE FREQUENCY STOIC
ALLEN BRADLEY POWERFLEX 525 ,
204 10A 259-D6PQN104- 3HP -
.--",.,. ......f. 31�L1 Tl 2�o-TI .'..
A--Ae.""d1y�12 GRAVITY SECTION �2 2T2 JHP
. 48DVAC
205 - -• 2u J_
1 TA " L3 TT--- T3 2�J o- r
PRwernes 525 Cam•+R.Arne Paro,nete,s
206 1112 1 1111 1R21R11 1 1121131141 1 5.1 Acc.1 Gme 1(P0413 to 3 s.
r} Set Nast TIm. 1 [POQ]to sec
I 1 pl WI 3I Set Min Fr.R IP043)to 10 He
' 207 I I : : 5e1 Stop Mode[P045)to 1 (Coost)
1 ^1 TT l' Sot Start SIC 1[Pa6)to 2-i9�� Set Speed Ref 1 [P047]to 5(0-1OV)
UI y o •� Ar' Set R.'or OW set(t076)to 2(Mohr Run)
708 `i[ U U Set Va.,mr+m Voltage(5534)I.480
CR2 RUN 8 I¢ Set Auto R.s1rt Tres[A541]l0 3
CONTACT U'1/ Set Auto R.sirt Dolor(A542)to 2 0 sec
209 RUNG 99 "`�f��:
..Nbe•Drive Doer
• Set Motor 0/L Current(P0331 to 0.8
210
VARt48LE FREQUENCY DIME
ALLEN BRADLEY POWERFLEX 525 '6' -L
211 2A 258-02P3N104 - 1HP
rM.....d~ 3L L1 T1 JTI O -
!' "2 L2 0(00 0%P DDEE T2 3T2 O --- 490VAC
272 1. ___ 3 ..� JM
S3 LJ r T3_
213 1 1 1 2 I 1111 I821611 I 1121131141 I
i i SIg. 31 .
214 1 I cc.. J
215 i 3 e
CR3 RUN
CONTACT
216 RUNG 100
217
VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE
ALLEN BRADLEY POWERFLEX 525 -p 1_
218 40A 258-0037N104 -25HP `1 _1
► J1 �J .fi1�L1 L1
��. 4(I SLUDGE PUMP T2412 .. SAC
^
219 LZ ' ' i� aM ''
V.'" 44-3 L3 r-'-- T3_ ,10_•�
220 I112I 111) IR21R11 I I1
21131141 I
I I q 0I 0I'
221 I I 8
uL ' a cp XP+ •$
222 i 1. 0
CR4 RUN d�`/barb
CONTACT
223 RUNG 101
124 VARM5LE FREQUENCY DRIVE
ALLEN 9.RAOLEY POWERFLEX 525 -0. _L ��'t'•
ZIS 2A 259-02P3N104 - 1HP -
1 A A l 5L1 L; , ���� ,,�I
A 5L2 12 NEAT POLYMER PUMP T2 5T2 0-e- 490VAC j .M•••••.. ••4.4 4
226 x3 L} r ___ T3 S. T -r• 5M = 444,4�SV'p c• ''fir
:::
111?14:16:10"un
.111R21 R111111201 311 1; �` ;
g' TO 9 Z, lt : ir,
V .229 i ��/ 111C ` .e��,CPS RUN
CONTACT it $ � iti
RUNG 102 � MHN aC��
230 If et C H[ ,,
11 10.
'232 /M4.6'11 Cal
IAajd4lle/t)
(A \G�/`bi, riled on. I 1 Oucil PTiTION/
233 / 3© / I LW I OVA I REMARKS
I+ �//^/1///I._ 4��\� BDP INDUSTRIES•INC.
.I��r�i�� / 1 V seerin4 MCH.M.V.13W
°1^+'"stp'r i I .Rm1. 30P BELT PRESS
vv POWER AND CONTROL SCHEMATIC
.w... .u... I. 0 errfO6 1-15E5-S

• •
SHEET 1
234 LI
235
MYDRAUUC UNIT LC100967
6A MOTOR STARTER W/LRDOB
236 ♦--ATAN.J 4... 44 10, --/� EyJ'-- �.— — �'TT -O__' .
i.d,--..Li 67+112`..---1 TT2 6T7 O ._. 49OVAC 1_
237 6L3 DI3.-----1 1 G --T3 .r
•
ri 1' L
238 113141AI A2I 95196197I98I
RUN CONTACT C110 I CO START/STOP
239 RUNG 103 C61 CI18 RUNG 165
240
WASNWATER PUMP LC101BG7
241 15A MOTOR STARTER W/LR016
7Lt ILT---1 f— o- .r- TT •, SNR
242 71. L2--I♦'- 6--4-vr=_.T2...111`0.. - 4BwRC J-
7u L3. ----4--�
— X4--'T3 73 O _r M
243 r4 h ro-1 ry*i ri h
113114I*IA21 1951951971981
244 C110 I I 1 - co
RUN CONTACT STINT/STOP
RUNG 104 C69 C719 RUNG 167
245
CON+EYOR LC100967
246 10A MOTOR STARTER W/LR010
ell 1L1--1 f--4 __,x,.--TI''ALLo-..,•
]MP
267 4 1L2�--II--CI-—.-sX'—r2—ELC-_.. 4e0VAC e J-
4 8L1 1L3---r1 6 X�--T3�o-••••
•248 I1311,4IA1 A21 95 9619798I—
249 RUN CONTACT C110 I I I J I L-co
START/STOP
RUNG ,Os C70 C120 RUNG ,68
250
? BOOST MIXER LC100967
251 3A 1` MOTOR STARTER W/LR007
9L1 1L1—i r D' TT at1 o-_.,
4. 3/AMP
252
*-^ -L 9L2 1 L2'- 1 I•—_-0-� �T2_9T2--rl... 4BwAC 17
_ ()
1 9L3 1 LS 1 r---v—vr^—
=- -T3'� -r•
-
253 r11 r01 EA'ET r4 h
1131141 A 11 A21 1981961971981
254 CTTo J I 1 i CO
RUN CONTACT— START/STOP
RUNG 106 C' C121 RUNG 169
255
1 GRINDER REV. MOTOR STARTER I
304 LC101807 L61016G7 1R021
256 ,.., ,.., F...1—,' 'Ti' 1L3- 4-I I- -Tyr---./v.T-T1443111104..
IONP
'1'0 _••. 60vA L
101.2 iL2-•-•�1 • D S T2 4ewAC
257 r OM
'� 100 (--_1 1LJ,-�-'� .++i}- 4-„X —T3' o-,.r LECEriD
Ti 11 1LT^--1 I- ri-c1 (H h .IF.-NORNALLT OPEN MAT CDNTACI
258 I VI -- 1 L2--1 . 1951961971981 HN.-NORMALLY CLOSED RLUY CONTACT
8: el-ORN_/4114CR
—nr-1 1-
259 J- 3- �f0-TERwNu moo(
r•h r1 h 101 --H--Pus»-TO-LEST TROT DUET
260 2 13I141A11A2 131141A11A2 - --INtOT UGNT
i RUN--"IL) L.,....,---.1____ CO �-urn RCN
fCID RUN_261 CONTACT 072 C123 REV START/STOP RUNG ITT rA,-ILS.MPTON
RUNG 107 C122 MD START/STOP RUNG 170 .0.-RELAY COAL
C0 ��
REV RVN_11 -- 4:1'-INN
262 V CONTACT C73 "I"-vR¢suRE mi.,
RUNG 106
-no,,WK.
263 -43--2E40 SPEED STARCH
®-RMSO.
264
*-GUST..SUPPLIED CONTACT
____ IRSR mERwR TO RAND.
(eTCONTRACTOR)
265 ... ....1717*C CONTROL RNND
266 - ..--ETNERNCT GABLE
—--—-SMELTED 4-20_cA WLE
-RCM VOLTAGE WRIT.
267 (201/240/4141/5750
tttt1/11/1111
268Itiatrititatti
��Vi CAROLj 1'%ry" BQ7ESt/� `� •♦~~ / '� 1, THIS DRAWING TO BE USFD WI7M DRAWINGS
269 gitl „ " A- T{-.70�� �VVVr♦O CCsto�/:� �I, 1-1586-4& I-1S66-6
•♦n� i
270 , G /i � ` (ritill- A
Q ?
271 , -7Q ♦/a )y' �O `
A
� 0,
272 S %♦♦ `♦46 OTT I DESLRVIICN 1 MA•. I REM I REMARKS
I,'y c•.....NE..����r ,`CDR} BDP INDUSTRIES,INC.
qP �DDIIUU CAREENWTCM,N V.12W
'"Ulf 111Ntt',, M 1�'»C 1 ADP BELT PRESS
J V/ 1 as, •• N PDWER AND CONTROL SCHEMATIC
,MTN4 RCWft��L41P I�Nc .,.aTR w,. ._. r..
040 80600 * j n1E n _ r I P...e 1-1586-5

Copyright: This drawing is our property and patented for us according to the low of copyright and associoted rights !
space allowing disassembly of the stator
33 1/4" _ 94
• 18451 (2396.1196.1► A
61 15/32" 32 7/8"
_ hi
115611 183511
15 31/32"
46 15/32" 1405 51
Lon, 111801
cc 615/32- 91/2"
it m in o DN 6" 1164 51 12411
Z z o ANSI RF \
A l'n 'I �,, N ‘a
ON _ y _ 1 J—_ r N.-_ `�`N47 1 M o
.' `-�-�- i e i `� N
LI
�MI MN_ "
s m r n 8001 8200 8100 � N
m as-o 01" co
N
125.41
• e
N n
N r m -
`c, - - - - - ao o m
a �n T
p N
I. a,0hylll///��.,
53" _i _ 4 flow flow 4.00�CAROt44,�i
(134621 1101.61 ■ a ~•••.� i1
— 611/32" w © . Lmi © 4,41?} 'rOE �l �Lv�d�115501 I ccv cw �,dimensions in I I are in millimeter• 1 baseplate 8200Var.:801 200/0350-C-100 40i8107
1 drive:Nord SK52F-160LP 8100 173II
i� /C .�*G1 NEf,��`�
1 pump: BN 35-12/70-6L /110-6LT/ 55-127 8001 160 .....•.•
Quant. Denomination Item Moteriol Note Weight / kg 'Tt- C. H��‘0%
2017 Name Day Scale Weight Denomination f�+111~I`,
SEEPEX.
Drown lsh 14,03. OD 1:20 373 kg dimensional drawing .1�-Z I
ALL THINGS FLOW 161ED 69. Drawing—no.
Checked jar 14.03. 161649.dwg 262-C18/0350-C-714A4
General tolerances for dimensions without specified tolerances acc. to DIN ISO 2768—v `Nil CO N n n ,y e r
I '6 6114 1).)kV4A-Iir Gact 14 °)
i' I1

Q

_ i-b
' s
`` rriuillith •• 1
114,11,,,IA,. \ ,
olni rt 4kfairvoi fro21 1
.. ...toisov 4- .itrw-tAvaff rx.pw
we sics unnoa a)Iew aauuAiod 6u!xiw ;song A.ieuollels
1 41: ,,i. .41....(.. i ) ,
111
I♦ , ,, l
I .
) ''
/ . r 1
LIOf a11JIISUOi) .IOj j0N / OK) sasod ind MaTA1N .IOJ / LIIMI'.I(I IY.LIId
su!nM1.JQ uralsiis JacuAIod
xoer I. -do 1- -00t7zw9s
Sa12H±SflONI

•
M1-k11 1.w-=,11I-1i-1Li--,-il,-1-1-u;a11•l.0_n;.-
0 I ,
I -0
.ICI 0iD MAtilLzrwi_..N_l'P\'.f:•h_--,-gAoi,-_ 4.. tlIt,zI‘rt..;,•(,
,,„
0
1a9.
0 .1,%,•ft,u.1•-1:5.,.,.1„Ni:,tl.,.4.,.,,
14
:% w3,\i1P.4is0,0r1A1i
,a,ii,.lrt,4,.•k-,l.,.\3
I1hM1Ii1i1/11.1//.1.1I.vMI1M.•1IN.1I o;� I 0 .gip , #& •Sio 44 ' Viii.
.,4 tik,,--0o,,,l-o,.l
Io
,D
`il 1111 C ,4 .
la . i. l 1 V ���i . . . �� •
v:ry(
)' h� Sorg i��C1
ntl111i111 ♦ w4f Ma
_ m 01111111%
® m �,��`�� CAR j'' .
1.
• if ,1.\. A ) i
-AA* 18107
'%41111111110- 1
QTY. DESCRIPTION MAT. ITEM REMARKS
� \-p BDP INDUSTRIES, INC.
-UU GREENWICH,N.Y.12834
CUFOMN MACNINt DWG NIIF
s8M POLYMER MAKE DOWN SYSTEM
5D/1OSM0 oWNn. art SBM2400-10P-1,J-BOX,SKID MOUNTED
MJG 5/7Ri
rep I OBU 111Oo I DArt I A•OOVCD awAn SC4t SAT of .a
51Nv,5100s 2 2 oWGNo 2-110-892 1

• 0 a-a-ft 1\
11
00 i
O 1 If!srd
Illib''..' AL t...11111.. ! ji, 411
111110 il 8
WI� t- a
a
ail5.to
O ►i 4110
1 II
0 illgl _
.III
J.;ill,,:
tt
yam_,, 0 ii .....,
. k. , ,..,,.,
i fi..�� O
f iv ,. _ _
____ , ,
.,..:
•gui MI
it(4,�, ijQa y r
6 -F
181
'-0i' 33
/ iz LAW(7\C."x.i ci(a
1 223. '----- 334. --.-
1JNC:ION BOX .IOFIMAY IA A'°WC-WESS
I GLOBEVAL v E.1-'IT 55 13 4/42417
I FLOW SENSOR MOUNI.NG PIPE '2 3.110.13,0
--
I FLOW SENSOR FM 1' 51500E
III _
I SIA'ICM'%tN.I.1/7' MCMASIER 10 22-IX.'S0/WEAi.%X N 35385X2o _
-._ �I�flifff
SICCING BAU VAIV[;I'/Z' !RIAC U CARO',`j,
PLOWMEIER KING 8 7205-020131W �4/ 4j�
BOOST MIX PUM' GOUlDS 7 SnM02N0616PBOE +� 4,SS1' '. S
LOCATION CONNECTION -
uE,ERINGPUMP SEEPS% 6 .0 ZS 2/A6-10,340GA
A I-1/2'FNPT SOLUTION OUTLET METERING . . I } uI�-..
PUMP DRIVE NORD 5 SRR012.1`/%F/111A AL
B 1.1/2'FNPT DILUTION WATER INLET 1 CAL BRA:IDN CO.UMN MCMASTER A 4,46K72
C I"FNPT NEAT POLYMER INLET 1 srslkM FRAME:3545$ GROUP 3 7-110-621_,), Q107D I"FNPT PAN DRAIN PRESSURE GAUGE,O100P51 IUSE CE 2 CB2LFd2502_01i. vl / :•/1_;SACR DREST RE VANE GR IECO BP0050° 4' eryr �r((V i atVC-
QTY. DESCRIPTION MAT. ITEM REMARKS .. ,�I� E- •��.�«•i::�•.a�•�`,%
��---U BDP INDUSTRIES,INC. '�I's;,ft C.son�P�‘`,,
_ GREENWICH.N.Y.12834 /) I
NOTES: CDI7OMIt MACHINE DWG TM y /
I. APPROX.WEIGHT;275 LBS 1
SUM POLYMER MAKE DOWN SYSTEM
2. MAX.WATER PRESSURE;100 PSI
Kw10EMo wan: SBM2400-10P-1,J-BOX.SKID MOUNTED
MJG s//UI
AND BY. %GCE UN 01 ¢H
1 2 DwC No 2-110-892 1

• \ A PVC TUBING
(4)
\\ (4) PLACES
11 Ill II
n m
1_ 1 ---- 1/2" PVC VALVE
Y (4) PLACES
CAP SHIPPED LOOSE /�\ 1' L
TO BE MOUNTED ON
/�-r: EITHER END ~ A-- -- - i
14,E+*1- -..-,_- ______.__-. .____ _____ _—_____ - -..__.-___-.__ �— POLYMER
- -i- -h 1 1 1/2" SCH. 80
PVC PIPE 03
\ PLAIN END
SHIPPING PLATE--- - F. i
A. �., EACH END I �� `_+I
ySI
I I FLANGE EACH END
--- -- ----
ID--
SLUDGE FLOCCULATED 1'(!� Q/�
PRESSURE GAUGE-- - --}-- - -- -- I - -------- ---='?�- - - ----------'SLUDGE V��r"�I
0-60 PSI 1/4" NPT 1 1We&I p
GLYCERINE FILLED q • , 6 � / -_ _ ,�/ ni Ou
3813K5 /, I — =I I I � �I �Y 1�"d,(/�
,j•gi ADJUSTABLE
WEIGHT
• ', PVC POLYMER INJECTION CLEAN OUT AND INSPECTION
RING W/ (4) 3/8" ID COVER
TUBING CONNECTIONS 12" -
- 20" (MAX WIDTH) -
ttlHtbtte�
.,t�CAROL,>,
�d ._ L1. M1. MAY BE MOUNTED HORIZONTAL OR VERTICAL. /IsE :;
2.VENTURI MIXER IS MANUFACTURED BY BDP. ,
18107 r
or
or
OTY. DESCRIPTION MAT. ITEM REMARKS4. ��: �
•0 N... 1 NE �r
- S.
V\V 5 BDP INDUSTRIES, INC. ,�i q4(.,C.N�Pa<`
GREENWICH,N.Y.12834 5•4110f+"t`it\\\\\
CUSYOMFR lMC1UNE DWG nTU 1 4 I Z GENERAL 4" VENTURI MIXER -
3 ADDED 316 4 COf6TRUC110N NO1E DCW 6/12/03 SOP JOB NO. OWNV: MI 316 SS CONSTRUCTION
2 CHG'D PIPE BRACKET KCE 2/22/01 SKD one/Of
1 ISSUED KCE 1/16/01 APvo•Y. SCALE SMT. or REV.
REV. DESCRIPTION BY DATE
1 1 onGeo 3-110-83 2

__ ._
DW VALVE OPENED DI ---
J
W
Z Q OW VALVE CLOSE DO ----
O.
d OW VALVE OPEN DO - L' FRAME J
MOUNTED -4
Z i JUNCTION
2 LOW WATER 0. + BOX 1
MIXING PUMP 0—
POLYMER PUMP®i
CALIBRATION COLUMN 460VAC Q
TO VENTURI
— o00 ..... MIXER
STATIC MIXER
MULTISTAGE BOOST
MIXING PUMP
-1
` m CHECK
O
VALVE
u
NEAT POLYMER SOURCE �_e
BY OTHERS 460VAC
FAVAVAVAVA • • — Li
NEAT POLYMER PUMP - ;
—
• _ 0
ELECTRIC BALL VALVE E`
PI
F$ T
\�1111111111/1,
DILUTION _, J \\ �I�
WATER SOURCE - - - -- --- --� --- - -- -- �- ,��\��CAROM ,,,
- - PRv L s,•`�Q••FESSIpN.9
s.
c SE Alfe
.
OTT. I DESCR23I70N I MAT. I ITEM I REMARKS ?'
ems. (R KFS BDP INDUSTRIES,INC. S.M. �• ����� •
I. Mt vttm...tn.PInifort M VV..0 VA,.5v an RUY•K uPSTPUai WU GREENWICN,H1.11BJE 444 I:
�!f- �/ 4441
I. vmK FA.J.C71 1 O.IO O[MCES Ww,EO ON SKO n OW K IA. cvTm� 5•T[Si-TP_I spa mM C •••• (� ,,
o.Ma To w«PLC PANEL ITT OOP 50,222O-Ka.-IJBOx �//(� �*4• •( �v`l�`R •
O tlu wC TS TON IV[MENCI O,,T NO/rO•E uSW,u COnSTw,CMS. �'PSK I e I„ LEVEL I CONTROLS va10 SR1D JB02 ,I i�I/ CT
mv.1 OEBnmon I—,•,1 •••••, «or. • . —BM-1.5 SROO PID J \\VV I��N11111111%1\\
nil 1 ' 1a..e.�i 14u_ pi v15 G
I3oy oav&a.41.2 chi is

r. �s.../ Equipment Corporation
iI1 uI;trrraling Ralph B. C'arler('ur►►Iranv
Shaftiess Conveyor
For
212869 — Burlington, NC
One Princeton Avenue • Dover, NJ 0/801 • f:973-366-6556 • F:973-366-3193 • www.jdvquipment.com
wRRNTY_23131 Rev 2020.1
_0g1111//IIII,
�` %CAR......,
INOK
8107 =
Q• 1/471
'•�ycy� INE.�a<to
4:5tt Co ..0
%soiC 01111,,
q -i5 l)
M .1 chi 1-leav

i ev�rw i16n'
OW RIP
I i
• 2:9 11J16' DfU'-11 III. - ..
I
C' s
r
I
, I.( J
- _r -
-AA
DI
S�LOIE E1 C..OtE 9.1
gSC.NR CMJtE +�nvpu�J SuuVOul ri �1 < ,� •.
*JDV
mire FGURo1F..0 CIOVOIATl01+
/"c...141,s0tilka
CARP ''A., ,_ .. ,- .ix..
4 ;p4%)
\
�S'c'.•F�'GI N '. , .. TITLE.
SHAFTLESS SCREW CONVEYOR
(• ••h•...•••.avV♦, FLAN VIEW
,,,, Mt 111111116
�� /IIIINS" 0 MU ell z1.41 Jam, u320 _
i SIZE vC IQ REV
-!S'-� B 2,2863,0 0
in 1 ►a1a_ ,,f( ilea'''u -r
•
t1 Son,-Y\C,

LtlaaiarAIM
.-0.. _
INLET CHUTE
CONVEYOR#1
TYPE: STANDARD
MATERIAL: 304 SS 1'-10 3/16"
THICKNESS:
TOTAL OTY ONE(1)
•
t'-31/2" �—
1-5 11/16" 6C� 1'-6''/16"
T-0 3/16"
4 3/4" +
J D V
1•0011171In a*MINK
11001101101C MOM&C.AV
3%0 13/16" +a wa moon anno.,e
RI.W:VN 004101101 IIY 0,01i nl
IY[ MR
P▪m03 Iw wvt
OM Arm
IP=DI
TITLE,
SHAFTLESS SCREW CONVEYOR
CHUTE DETAILS
E C SAL WYIL
Il132 ul• 212B63, I MI U320
SIZE DVC 141 REV
B 212869-30 0
a1u1/1,
, CARO(� „ M-Icncut' 14QaVe 'er
5-0 tA)a erIA,, krtal
+� �ESSIQ�•ti ••,. � � f
18107 ,1,ISM , 1n6
c4R-ick. *
NE..•�c*�r
Nff8/1111•4"
q

.,.
W,UW‘SYW,SY[ir Y•app,
( elk ^ O (fit L!�
0 0\Q (�t1 •
\� t�l�
J
LEA
r-1 slr 6a w,e• 1
► #JDV
I. �I` rc uirMe n c0VOQA ua,•
NWNW ON C11111162916
a•4444,w.ua wn.vwe 4.NI cwcmi.•,o
ill
1. n uom
WI WC
Loo Qo w6 K.
SECTION A SECTION A 1 .® . wr
HIGH ENO LOW ENO "1 AM.ma n
TITLE,
SHAFTLESS SCREW CONVEYOR
SECTION A i
o at WU rtnc
Ma IQ. 212669 1I13C, U320
SIZE DVG IA REV
B 212869-21 0 0111t1tIIItI,,
M t /
�% , C a, �� G� ep
)
•••••• y1
• •. q 00
E
.r.,4 i'L-
. \/1�`iy(1\-
IP,ti,9~••f.....0°4c,�
yh"�+i��1aM�P�,�,

S •
OR C1641 iaMi55NM 5.01.r
SUPPORT N3 DIMENSIONS
OTV SUPPORTS OIMA DMS DIRLC DIM D DIM X'
NJ I75.6125' BOO' 47.375' 53375 J0'
I
MATERIAL NOTES:
1. VERTICAL MEMBERS•4'X4'4'304 SS Sow.
2. HORIZONTAL CROSS MEMBERS•21X21'304 SS
J. RASE PLATE-+'304 SS
2.0
2. ' 4..
5.0'
2.5
L_
I I I SUPPORT•3 ONLY BASE PLATE
----- MATFNRL - J/R'IRK.301 S.S.
4. I 1
\L.
Ln--1 �.a e 1.
t — * JDV
R100 DH rj I f..blfMLit<p NLFe�„.„ _..�
II' •��'II' LLJ
MATERMI.rX1155 '1�,'4'IM1{i'1MV0,1pia•• Wtl••;o•.rl
mvM11.:42447,4MCI,I N UUYIfMII.OfN
SUPPORT#1&#2 SUPPORT#3 '•„""" WIC .n
INA XII VS I
0=1 SI 3411
D.L.SIR
PURL 0
TITLE,
SHAFTLESS SCREW CONVEYOR
SUPPORT DETAILS
b MS PAL IYV16
Rm116, 212169 Timm U320
SIZE DVG b. REV
B 212869-40 0
`110111111111%,,
��CAROB/ *0
rp ql
Akaiatj) QG��+'1Q✓ A. 1
jSUøA7 :
1 C)11- ki01/4A4AjkliCCt WV)
-034C:4'.. 4...*'
0‘\‘,X)1(\, 't \C 1.,
'� • '9 .•
q it l)

WWI. a301•19. O+.TI
a WIWWWI'mx L.0.11
411/4 I 4 4 I' ",11Nk41 ,.`i 4.1 iii:4%
0 ,,,,,, tor•,ho Ova.
w.rcw o
C
ii-N. i ir ti► ;,R
cI
.�; JDV
111!!
f1iINPA1F+rt C:02.UR.iI.Jry
aMI • 1+1 7 3 03011,00.
.,vnnr.uos�ia�ulm�iui•�uo .swnn.a
Tn.OL._.YW.OwMN.TRY
NM OW
.1211. I c.
—k 11 1 ♦, OmO AY YVn
—T 4---L.— �' an.WI
Ma MI
Al NW V JS5IOVWY5.+.COM
r TITLE.
SHAFTLESS SCREW CONVEYOR
ELEVATION VIEW
C Cr L6c MYK
14S IC. 212069 11910+ U320
SIZE DV6 IQ REV
B 212869-20 0
0i061/11114
CAROL
t f 1u� �eVent- a ga -SESSION ri -4$
P.\ 5.04 v\SKArtt?rad AIW iii,
zlii,,,,,, iiik_
•
0 \\)t14sbv1 , •- `!Pito l'OcA,4:t•.F%I E .•G k'i
ft
off/Hin11t1, 1
-I 'S'7i

S

Rotary Lobe Pumps * •
Macerating Technology RGER.
5/7/2021
Macerator / Grinder
Project: E. Burlington, NC WWTP
Equipment: Macerator/ Grinder
Description: Macerator/ Grinder
Model: HCL 390
Quantity: 1
(*!
9 IA
'C ,�qua quail 4441
g t' 15t-h' P
BOERGER,LLC
2860 Water Tower Place p 612.435.7300 e [e-mail] N11�P
•
Chanhassen,MN 55317 f 612 435.7301 w www.boerger.com

0 o .
IMM
l ..
I r
r__ 1PH
i _
boo
dinni— \ /'. •
war 63 1/8' Hi
i
ANSI 6" ANSI 6" .S, _ •
Isl
,i, I I 23 3/4" T— .
- fit! • .. •
►I ICI Al — 12 11/16" �9 . tti :
i
il
1— 20 7/8"---I r — 6 1/8.,
I— 231/4" 4411/16' --+
$ 'cARo7'?. 48 1/rr
iat
aanva�rARr nra�raaFxNT1ai • •
O� �, A;�;,L,� -FE,.CM� C�.NEDN.S BOERGER, LLC GORGER..
• O ��.s^����r� v GRIMING R:. 50.E WW Wi.OF 'wo-A�»E ouC£C'ro,•
Z eowgor.LLC.4V1'IEP9ap,CipgN TEL 12-4 Tower Ploce
PAR'OR ASAnlgEE RfM0.Jf TEE Chanhassen,MN 55317 Model: HCL 39C
• • 4 is�a ,-cEH � �� TEL [phone]
l• �,nI NEx�.4""•r L �m , `�1 FAX [phone] Gear: Nord - In-Line SK42-2I CTC
,,'���.7��~^•.f A1�.,� - ��1 Q9 l ALL DIMENSIONS IN INCHES NAME DATE 7
��,'",lt,,,,[',`�t`t,�,` I r v UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED DRAWN _ 021C'7 1 POWer: I.5 HP
TOLERANCES , ur CHECKED SIZE DWG. NO. I REV
- Z) DO NOT SCALE DRAWING SHEET I OF I A SD-CC i-088 0